Flow

Contents Applications You Can Trust

pH/ORP
Flow
Flow System Selection Guide ............................................. 4
Features and Benefits ............................................................ 5
Flow Compatibility Matrix ................................................... 7
Specification Matrix .............................................................. 8 Conductivity/Resistivity

Paddlewheel Flow Sensors
515 Rotor-X .................................................................... 12
2536 Rotor-X .................................................................. 16
3519 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 20
525 Metalex .................................................................. 22
2517 Brass ...................................................................... 24
Conductivity/ Temperature,
Resistivity
Conductivity System Selection Guide ................................ 70
Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71
Conductivity Compatibility Matrix ....................................... 72
Specification Matrix ................................................................. 73
Standard Electrodes
2819-2823 Stainless and Titanium ....................... 104

Pressure,
2540 Stainless Steel .................................................... 26

Level
Short Length Electrodes
Turbine Flow Sensors 2839-1 to 2842-1 Dual Threaded ........................ 108
2100 PVDF ...................................................................... 28 2839-2 to 2842-2 DryLoc ........................................ 108
In-line Rotor Flow Sensors Sensor Electronics
2000 Micro-Flow .......................................................... 30 2850 Conductivity Sensor ....................................... 112

Instrument
Parameter
2507 Mini-Flow ............................................................. 32 Sanitary Electrodes

Multi-
Insertion Magmeters 2819-S1 to 2821-T2 .................................................. 104
2550 Electromagnetic ................................................. 34 Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments
2560 Blind ...................................................................... 36 5800CR Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor ........... 116
Vortex Flow Sensors 5900 Salinity Monitor ............................................... 118
7000/7001 Transmitter ............................................... 38 Digital Display Instruments

Products
Other
7002 Transmitter ........................................................... 44 8850 ProcessPro Transmitter ................................... 120
Ultrasonic Flow Sensor 8860 Two-Channel Controller ............................... 122
NEW 3300/3500 Flow Monitor System ........................... 48 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 124
Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Conductivity ................ 126

Installation
5075 Totalizing Monitor ............................................. 52

5090 Sensor-Powered Monitor ................................ 54
5091 Loop Current Monitor ...................................... 56
5500 Flow Monitor ...................................................... 58
5600 Batch Controller ................................................ 60
Digital Display Instruments
& Wiring
Temperature, Pressure, Level
System Selection Guide .......................................................... 70
Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71
Compatibility Matrix ................................................................ 72
Sensors

Installation
8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer .................... 62 2350 Temperature ...................................................... 128

NEW
8550 ProcessPro® Transmitter ................................... 64
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ............................ 66
Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Flow ............................. 68
Fittings
2450 Pressure .............................................................. 130
Digital Display Instruments
8250 Level Transmitter .............................................. 132
8350 Temperature Transmitter ................................ 134

Accessories &
Replacement
pH/ORP 8450 Pressure Transmitter ........................................ 136
pH/ORP System Selection Guide ................................... 70 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 138

Features and Benefits ......................................................... 71
pH/ORP Compatibility Matrix ......................................... 72
Specification Matrix ............................................................ 73
Standard Electrodes
Parts
Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Temp., Pressure, Level ........... 140
Multi-Parameter Instrument
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ...................................... 142

Reference
Technical
2714-2717 Twist-Lock .................................................. 76
2754-2757 DryLoc ........................................................ 80 Other Products
NEW 2774-2777 Threaded DryLoc ................................... 84 NEW 8058 Signal Converter ......................................................... 148
Differential Electrodes 8059 External Relay Module .............................................. 150
NEW 2764-2767 DryLoc ....................................................... 88 7300 Switching Power Supplies ........................................ 152
Wet-Tap System
Glossary
of Terms

3719 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 92 Installation & Wiring ............................................................... 156

2756-WT and 2757-WT DryLoc Electrodes ......... 80
Preamplifiers
2720 Twist-Lock .............................................................. 76
Installation Fittings .................................................................. 180
Accessories and Replacement Parts ................................ 195
Part No. Cross

NEW 2760 DryLoc Preamplifier ........................................... 94

Reference

Sensor Electronics
Technical Reference ................................................................. 202
2750 DryLoc Sensor Electronics ............................... 94
Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments Glossary of Terms .................................................................... 234
5700 pH/ORP Monitor .............................................. 98
Digital Display Instruments Part Number Cross Reference ............................................. 242
8750 ProcessPro® Transmitter ................................. 100
Index

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 102 Index ......................................................................................... 252

All information and specifications contained in this catalog are subject to change without notice. Corporate trademarks and logos stated herein are the property of their respective
companies. All rights reserved. Copyright© 2004, GEORGE FISCHER SIGNET, INC.
www.gfsignet.com
 Flow System Selection Guide
This section provides tips and suggestions on how to choose just the right flow system
for your specific liquid application needs (in full pipes). For specific product informa-
tion, refer to the individual catalog sheets.

Step 1: Determine Application Requirements

Defining the following variables before building your system will ensure peak
performance from your +GF+ SIGNET sensors and instruments.
• Flow rate (minimum and maximum) • System specifications (such as tem-
• Installation requirements perature and pressure)
• Pipe size and material • Performance requirements of sensor
• Chemical compatibility of all • Fluid particulates
wetted parts to process chemicals • Viscosity of fluids
• Hazardous location requirements

Step 2: Select Sensor Technology

Based on the application requirements determined in Step 1, choose a flow sensor.
See Tables 2 and 3 for flow sensor specification overview. (See next page for a
brief description of the different flow technologies). Then, determine your signal
output requirement to allow you to match just the right instrument (see Step 3).

Note: Please contact your local

George Fischer sales and
support office if you need
assistance in choosing any one
of these products.

Step 3: Choose Instrument

Choose a flow instrument (see Table 4 for flow instrument specification overview).
All units are available in 1/4 DIN panel or field configuration and are available
with either digital, analog, or analog/digital display. Various retrofit adapters and
mounting accessories are also available (see Accessories on page 195.

Step 4: Determine Installation Requirements

Insertion flow sensors require installation fittings, and +GF+ SIGNET offers the
widest selection of paddlewheel installation fittings in the industry. These fittings are
specifically designed to ensure the proper placement of the sensor in the system to
achieve specification. (See Table 1 for flow sensor and fitting compatibility.)

4 www.gfsignet.com
+GF+ SIGNET Flow Technologies:
Features and Benefits
Insertion Paddlewheel Sensors:
• Four-bladed paddle design ensures
optimal performance and lower flow
rates than five or six-bladed rotors
that have a higher weight/bearing
inertia.
• The open-cell design and the con-
trolled insertion depth work together
to deliver a linear and repeatable
output over a wide dynamic range
with virtually no pressure drop in the
process pipe.
• Choice of corrosive resistant plastics
and rugged metals enable use in
many aggressive fluids.
• The widest choice of installation
fitting materials, sizes and connec-
tions on the market that meet endless
application needs.
Flow-Through Rotor Sensors:
• Operating flow ranges from 110mL/
min to 12110 mL/min (0.03 US gpm to
3.2 US gpm) in clean opaque or clear
liquids ideal for precise low flow
applications such as dosing.
• Hall-effect devices provide excellent
noise immunity output signals.
In-line Turbine Sensors
• Small compact design for tightly
spaced installations.
• Superior ceramic bearing provides
long life without the need for mainte-
nance.
• Radio Frequency (RF) pick-up pro-
vides added advantage without rotor
drag or contamination from ferrous
particles.
www.gfsignet.com
Flow
2536
• Insertion design lowers installation Paddlewheel
and maintenance costs. Flow Sensor
• Self-powered sensors are well suited
for remote locations and are FM
approved which enable installation in
hazardous locations.
• Paddlewheel design has no pressure
drop, making it ideal for gravity flows.
• NIST traceable test certification with
all plastic sensors provides superior
price-to-performance ratio. 525
Metalex
• Hot-Tap designs are available to Flow Sensor
allow service and maintenance
without shutting-down the process;
saves costly downtime.
• Sensor body design allows easy 2507
access for cleaning, inspection and Mini Flow
Sensor
rotor replacement without the need
for powering down.
• Flexibility with end connections allow
flexible tubing or rigid pipe installa-
tions.
• Four fully encapsulated magnets
provide high resolution signal output.
• Detachable electronics means sensor 2100
Turbine Flow
maintenance is possible without the Sensor
need to cut power to unit.
• Low priced package with highly
chemical resistant materials.
• Mounting at any angle offers total
installation flexibility.
• Wide choice of end connections in
hose barb, flare or union ends.
• Two flow ranges available for opti-
mum measurement resolution.
5
 +GF+ SIGNET Flow Technologies:
Features and Benefits (Cont.)
In-Line Vortex Sensors
7000
Vortex Flow • Absence of moving parts ensure long
Sensor service life and zero maintenance.
• Injection molded body means non-
machined surfaces, therefore no
particle shedding or crevices that allow
bacterial contamination and ideal for
high purity applications.
• PVDF models provide for absolute
system integrity for high purity pro-
cesses. These models are made from
virgin polymer in Class 10,000 environ-
ment and then cleaned with DI water
and tested and bagged in Class 1000.
Insertion Magnetic Sensors
2550 • No moving parts means no fouling or
Magmeter reduced wear.
• Insertion design provides easier
installation and removal than full line
magmeters. One size fits all pipe sizes
from DN 50 to DN 300 (2 in. to 12 in.)
• Rugged design with good chemical
resistance suitable for tough applica-
tions.
• Analog 4 to 20 mA and frequency
outputs provide signals to remote flow
meters and data acquisition.
3500
Ultrasonic Flow Ultrasonic Flow Sensors
Sensors
• Doppler technology utilizes sound
waves reflecting off liquid particles,
providing accurate and repeatable
readings of wastewater flow rates.
• Absence of moving parts ensures no
pressure drop, long life, and low
maintenance.
• Proprietary “Advanced Spectrum”
signal processing means entire flow
stream is measured, rather than a
single ultrasonic beam, and this
provides exceptional accuracy.
6 www.gfsignet.com
• The most accurate +GF+ SIGNET
flow sensor provides superior
performance and surpasses any
plastic vortex sensor available, ideal
for chemical transfer applications.
• Analog 4 to 20 mA or frequency
signal outputs available with a wide
choice of fitting materials, end
connectors and options, such as
integral display, provide the user
with superior added value.
• Vibration-resistant design minimizes
the risk of false readings.
• Temperature compensation provides
accurate readings despite wide
temperature variance.
• High input impedance provides low
sensitivity to coating which makes it
ideal for dirty liquids.
• Isolated outputs provide barrier to
“ground loops”
• Fluid diagnostics provide the user
with valuable setup and mainte-
nance data.
• Strap-in or insertion design for
maximum installation flexibility.
• Choice of insertion style sensor or
depth/velocity style sensor provides
opportunities for accurate measure-
ment in open channel or closed
pipes.
 +GF+ SIGNET Flow System Compatibility - Table 1

Flow
The chart below outlines the compatibility between +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors, instruments
and sensor fittings. Refer to individual product pages and fittings section of the catalog for
more information.

Flow Sensors

0
0

1
7

0
0

7
0

2
6

0
255
254
250
525

700
210
256

251
2 00

700
253

700
515
Instruments

5075 Totalizing Flow Monitor

5090 Sensor Powered Flow Monitor

5091 Current Monitor

5500 Flow Monitor

5600 Batch Controller

8550 Flow Transmitter

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

Fittings

FPSXXX Fiberglass Glue-On Saddle

PPMT0XX Metric PP Union Tee 1

Uses standard 1 .5 inch NPT or ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threaded fitting (customer supplied)
PPMT0XX Metric PP Wafer

SFMT005 - 20 Metric PVDF Union Tee

Uses standard 2 inch NPT or ISO 7/1-R 2 threaded fitting (customer supplied)
SFMT025 - 80 Metric PVDF Wafer Tee

PV8T0XXF PVC SCH 80 Tee

Uses standard 3 in. and 4 in. flanges or wafers (customer supplied)

PV8T0XX PVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

CPV8T0XXF CPVC SCH 80 Tee

Uses 1/4 inch flexible tubing or rigid pipe (customer supplied)

CPV8T0XX CPVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

Wide choice of end connectors - see individual data sheet

Wide choice of end connectors - see individual data sheet

PV8S0XX PVC Clamp-on Saddle

PVMT0XX /PVAT0XX Metric/BSP PVC Union Tee

PVMS0XX /PVAS0XX Metric/BSP PVC Saddle

FPT0XX Fiberglass Glue-On Tee

IR4T0XX Iron Threaded Tee (NPT)

IR8SXXX Iron Strap-On Saddle

CUKT0XX Copper Sweat-On Tee

BR4BXXX Brass Brazolet

CS4T0XX Carbon Steel Tee (NPT)

CS4WXXX Carbon Steel Weldolet

CR4T0XX 316SS Threaded Tee (NPT)

CR4WXXX 316SS Weldolet

P526-1XXX Metalex Strap-On Saddle

P526-20XX Metalex Socket Weld

P526-2XXX Metalex Weld-On Mini-Tap

PPS1XX PP Clamp-On SLarge Saddle

PV8S1XX PVC Glue-On Large Saddle

BR4T0XX Brass Threaded Tee (NPT)

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PVC)

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PP)

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PE)

Steel Weld-On Fittings (SS 1 .4435)

www.gfsignet.com 7
8
+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensor Specification Matrix - Table 2
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our flow measurement family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.

515 2536 525 2517 2540 2550 2560

Insertion Paddlewheel, Insertion Paddlewheel, Insertion Paddlewheel, Insertion Paddlewheel, Insertion Paddlewheel,
Sensor Style Insertion Electro-magnetic Bi-polar pulsed DC
AC frequency Open collector AC frequency AC frequency RF Sensor
Flow rate range m/s 0.3 to 6 0.1 to 6 0.5 to 6 0.1 to 7 0.1 to 5
(ft/s) (1 to 20) (0.3 to 20) (1.6 to 20) (0.3 to 20) (0.3 to 15)
Custom fittings offered in various plastic and metal Custom plastic fittings
Installation Mounting Custom installation
for sizes 1/2 - 12 inches. Customer supplied threaded type fittings offered in sizes 1/2 in. to
Styles fittings for metal pipe
Above 12 inches customer supplied 4 in.
Pipe Size Range DIN 15 to 900 15 to 300 40 to 900 50 to 300 15 to 100
(inches) (0.5 to 36) (0.5 to 12) (1.5 to 36) (2 to 12) (0.5 to 4)
Sensor body PP or PVDF 316 SS Brass 316 SS
Rotor PVDF or Tefzel® Stainless Steel CD4MCu SS N/A N/A
Titanium, Tantalum, Stainless Steel,
Rotor Pin Tungsten Carbide GRP 1
Ceramic, Hastelloy-C, or PVDF
O-ring FPM EPDM, or Kalrez® N/A FPM or EPDM FPM
316 SS
PFA Polypropylene (Cap)
Other None Fluoroloy B, 316 SS and Fluoroloy B

Wetted Materials
(Insulator) + PVDF (Insulator)
Klinger sil C-4401
Fluid Temperature (°C) -18°C to 100°C -18°C to 85°C 0°C to 100°C
* 66°C (150°F) 100°C (212°F) 85°C (185°F)
Fluid Temperature (°F) (0°F to 212°F) (0°F to 185°F) (32°F to 212°F)
* Max. Operating Pressure 14 bar (200 psi) 103 bar (1500 psi) 17 bar (250 psi) 1.7 bar (25 psi)
Approvals FM, CE CE FM, CSA, CE None CE None CE
Power Requirements None 3.5 to 24 VDC None 5 to 24 VDC 24 VDC 20 to 30 VDC
4 to 20 mA Outputs None Yes
Compatible
All except All except
+GF+ SIGNET Flow All All except 5090, 5091 All except 5090 5091 only
5090, 5091 & 5100 5090, 5091 & 5100
Instruments
Economical brass sensor Steel sensor, low flow Sturdy magmeter with
General Purpose Sensor with installation fittings for For high pressure, high Blind magmeter with 4-20
Comments popular in turf irrigation capability requires no frequency and
many materials temperature applications mA output only
applications custom fittings 4-20 mA outputs
Moving Parts Yes No
Suitable for High Purity
Yes No
Applications
* Fluid temperature and operating pressure are interdependent. Consult the product manual for more detailed specifications.

www.gfsignet.com
 +GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensor Specification Matrix - Table 3
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our flow measurement family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.

www.gfsignet.com
2000 2507 2100 7000/7001 7002 3500
In-line Turbine In-line Vortex
Sensor Style In-line Rotor, Open collector output Doppler Ultrasonic
Open collector output Open collector or Current output
Velocity range
Flow rate range lpm 0.11 to 12.11 0.400 to 12.000 0.38 to 38 4.29 to 570.2 0 to 1736
0.03 to 4 m
(US gpm) (0.03 to 3.2) (0.105 to 3.170) (0.10 to 10 ) (1.13 to 150.6) (0 to 459)
(0.1 to 13 ft/sec)
Socket, flare end, or Various Socket end Insertion or
Installation Requirements 1/4 in. threads Wafer or Flange versions
hose barb fittings connectors strap inside pipe
Pipe Size Range DN DN 8, DN 10, DN 15 15 to 50 DN 80, DN 100 DN100 - DN1800
1/4 in. tubing
(inch) 1/4 in., 3/8 in., 1/2 in. (0.5 to 2 in.) (3 in., 4 in.) (4 to 72 in.)
PVC/Epoxy,
PVC, PP, PVDF,
Sensor body PPS PVDF PVDF nickle plated brass,
HP PVDF
316SS
Rotor PEEK PVDF N/A N/A
Rotor Pin N/A N/A
O-ring FPM FPM or EPDM N/A N/A

Wetted Materials
Other N/A PTFE Ceramic None N/A N/A
Fluid Temperature (°C) 0 to 80 -30 to 120 -20 to 70 0 to 65 0 to 70 -5 to 50
*
Fluid Temperature (°F) (32 to 176) (-22 to 248) (-4 to 158) (32 to 149) (32 to 158) (23 to 122)
16 bar (232 psi)
* Max. Operating Pressure 5.5 bar (80 psi) 9.3 bar (130 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) TBA
varies per material
Approvals CE CE
Power Requirements 5 to 24 VDC Battery Powered
4 to 20 mA Output No 7001 only Yes Yes
Compatible +GF+
All except 5090, 5091, 5100 All except 5090, 5100 Self contained display
SIGNET Flow Instruments
lowest flow range:
Excellent chemical Excellent chemical Open channel or
110 mL/min. Industrial PVDF, PVC models or
resistance, resistance, replaceable closed pipe/channel
Comments PPS body for tough HP PVDF models in PA6/PE packaging for ultrapure
note significant pressure electronics, affordable RS232 outputs
service, good chemical applications.
drop. package Solar panel available
resistance
Moving Parts Yes No No
Used in High Purity
No Yes No
Applications
* Fluid temperature and operating pressure are interdependent. Consult the product manual for more detailed specifications.

9
Flow
10
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument Specification Matrix - Table 4
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our flow measurement family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.

Model Number< 5075< 5090< 5091< 5500< 5600< 8150< 8550< 8900<
Sensor Powered Flow < Flow Monitor with < Batch Controller with < Battery Powered Flow< < Single or Dual Input < Multi-Channel, Multi-<
Description< Flow Monito<r< Current Monito<r<
Monito<r< Outputs and Relays< Outputs and Relays< Totalizer< Flow Transmitter< Parameter Controller<
Modular Components< NoL YesL
1 PermanentL 1 PermanentL 1 PermanentL 1 PermanentL 6 PermanentL
Number of Totalizers< NoneL
1 ResettableL 1 ResettableL 2 ResettableL 2 ResettableL 6 ResettableL
up to 2 frequency;L
Total Sensor Inputs< 1L 2 (8550-3)L
6 total sensor inputsL
Mounting Options< PanelL Panel, Wall, Pipe, Tank, IntegraLlL PanelL
Analog dial L LCD or VacuumL L
Displa<y< Analog diaLl A nalog dial L and LCLD L CDL L
and LCLDL FluorescentL
Active 4 to 20 mA,L Active 4 to 20 mA,L
Active 4 to 20 mA,L Passive 4 to 20 mA,L
OC pulse at input freq.L 2 SPDT RelaysL 2 SPDT relaysL
Outputs and Type<s< NoneL 2 SPDT RelaysL NoneL 2 SPDT Relays (8550-2)L
OC pulse at Total freq.L OC pulse at input freqL.L OC pulse at input freqL.L
OC pulse at EOLBL Programmable OC pulseL
OC p
L uL lse at total freLq.L L OC LpuL lse at total freLqL.L
Relays< NonLe 2 L NoneL 4 up to 12L
% Rejection, Difference, L
% Rejection, Difference, L
Derived Measurements< NoneL Ratio, Total Flow, sum, % L
Ratio, delta flowL
Passage (flow), %RecoveryL
English, French, German, L
Language<s< EnglishL Spanish, Italian, and L
PortuLgLuese L
Operating Temperature (°C<)< -10°C to 55°CL -10°C to 65°CL -10°C to 65°CL -10°C to 55°CL -10°C to 55°CL -10°C to 65°CL -10°C to 55°CL -10°C to 70°CL
Operating Temperature (°F)< (14°F to 131°F)L (14°F to 149°F)L (14°F to 149°F)L (14°F to 131°F)L (14°F to 131°F)L (14°F to 149°F)L (14°F to 131°F)L (14°F to 158°F)L
12-24 VDC orL 12-24 VDC orL 12-24 VDC or 100/240 L 12-24 VDC orL
Power Supply Options< NoneL 3.6V Lithium BatteryL
12-24 VALCL 12-24 VACL VALCL 110/220 VALCL
CE, CSA, UL, NEMA L CE, FM, CSA, UL, NEMA L CE, UL, CULL,L CE, CSA, ULL,L CE, CSA, ULL,L
Standards and Approval<s< CE, NEMA 4X/1P65L CE, CSA, UL, NEMA 4X/1P65L
4X/1P65L 4X/1P65L NEMA 4X/1P65L NEMA 4X/1P65L NEMA 4X/1P65L

www.gfsignet.com
Notes:

Flow

www.gfsignet.com 11
515 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors
Features
Standard Integral Wet-Tap • Flow rate range 0.3 to
Sensor Sensor Sensor 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s)

• Wide Turndown Ratio

of 20:1

• Highly repeatable
output

• Simple, economical
design

• Installs into pipe sizes

DN 15 to DN 900
(0.5 to 36 in.)

• Self-powered

No External Power Required • 7.6m (25 ft.) cable for

Standard and Wet-Tap
Description Sensors
Simple to install with time-honored variety of materials for a wide range of
reliable performance, Model 515 Rotor-X pipe sizes and insertion configurations. • Chemically resistant
paddlewheel flow sensors are highly The many material choices include PP, materials
repeatable, rugged sensors that offer PVDF, and Tefzel® makes this model
exceptional value with little or no mainte- highly versatile and chemically compat- • Easy to replace rotor
nance. The output signal of the Model ibility to many liquid process solutions.
515 is a sinusoidal frequency capable of Sensors can be installed in up to DN900 • FM and CE Approved
driving a self-powered flowmeter (Model (36 in.) pipes using +GF+ SIGNET’s
3-5090). The wide dynamic flow range comprehensive line of custom fittings.
of 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s) allows the These custom fittings, which include tee’s, Applications
sensor to measure liquid flow rates in full saddle’s, and weldolets, seat the sensor • Pure Water Production
pipes and can be used in low pressure to the proper insertion depth into the • Filtration Systems
systems. process flow. The sensors are also • Chemical Production
offered in configurations for wet-tap and
• Liquid Delivery
The Model 515 sensors are offered in a intrinsically safe installation requirements.
Systems
• Pump Protection
System Overview (For overview of Wet-Tap System, see page 20) • Scrubber Systems
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount • Water Monitoring
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET • Not suitable for gases
Flow Instrument Flow Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET (sold separately) (sold separately)
FM
Flow Instrument
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET APPROVED

Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit

(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8051) (sold separately)

Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
The 515 Rotor-X Paddlewheel
Model 515 Model 515 Model 515 Flow Sensors are compatible
Standard or Standard or Integral Mount with the following +GF+
Wet-Tap (not shown) Wet-Tap (not shown) Flow Sensor SIGNET instruments:
Flow Sensor Flow Sensor
8550 5075 5090
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings* 8900 5500 8150
(sold separately) 5100 5600

See individual catalog pages

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 515 Flow Sensors, see pages 180
for more information.
through 194.

12 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General Shipping Weight
515 Standard Mount Flow Rate Range: P51530-X0 0.454 kg 1 lb.
Sensor 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft./s) P51530-X1 0.476 kg 1 .04 lbs.
Pipe Size Range: P51530-X2 0.680 kg 1 .50 lbs.
DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) P51530-X3 0.794 kg 1 .75 lbs
Linearity: ± 1% of full range P51530-X4 0.850 kg 1 .87 lbs.
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range P51530-X5 1 kg 2.20 lbs.
Min. Reynolds Number Required: 4500 3-8510-X0 0.23 kg .50 lbs.
53.3 mm/
2.1 in. 3-8510-X1 0.23 kg .50 lbs.
-X0
Wetted Materials
thru Sensor Body: Max. Pressure /Temperature Ratings
26.7 mm/
1.05 in. -X2 Glass-filled PP (black) or PVDF (natural) Standard and Integral Sensor:
O-rings: • PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 90°C
FPM-Viton® (std) or optional EPDM or (180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @194°F)
FPM-Kalrez® • PVDF: 14 bar @ 20° C, 1 .4 bar @ 100°C
Pipe Range Rotor Pin: (200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 212°F)
0.5 to 4 in.: -X0 = 104 mm/4.1 in.
5 to 8 in.: -X1 = 137 mm/5.4 in. Titanium or Hastelloy-C or PVDF; Operating Temperature:
10 in. and up: -X2 = 213 mm/8.4 in. optional ceramic, Tantalum, or stainless • PP: -18°C to 90°C (0°F to 194°F)
steel • PVDF: -18°C to 100°C (0°F to 212°F)
515 Integral Mount Rotor:
Sensor shown with Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; optional Wet-Tap sensor
Transmitter (sold separately) Tefzel® with or w/o Fluoraloy B® sleeve • PP: 7 bar @ 20°C, 1 .4 bar @ 66°C
96 mm/
(100 psi @ 68°F, 20 psi @ 150°F)
3.8 in. Electrical Operating temperature:
Frequency: 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal -18°C to 66°C (0°F to 150°F)
(6 Hz per ft/s); sinusoidal Max. wet-tap sensor removal rating:
102 mm/
4.0 in. Amplitude: 3.3 V p/p per m/s nomi- 1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25 psi @ 72°F)
-Y0 or -Y1 nal (1 V p/p per ft/s)
Source Impedance: 8KΩ See page 226 for Temperature & Pressure Graphs
26.7 mm/ Cable Type:
1 .05 in.
2-conductor twisted pair with shield Standards and Approvals
(22 AWG) • CE
Pipe Range • FM Class I, II, II/Div./groups A-G
0.5 to 4 in. -Y0 = 152mm/6.0 in. Cable Length:
5 to 8 in. -Y1 = 185mm/7.3 in. 7.6m (25 ft.) standard/60m (200 ft.) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
maximum for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Environmental Management
515 Wet-Tap Mount
Sensor with 3519 Wet-
Tap Valve
See more information on the
3519 Wet-Tap Valve on page
20 of the catalog.

Application Tips:
• Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized • For liquids containing ferrous particles use
Water. only metal paddlewheel sensors (Models
• Use the Conduit Adapter Kit to protect the 525, 2517, or 2540)
cable-to-sensor connection when used in wet • For systems with components of more than
environmental areas. See page 198 for more one material, the maximum temperature/
information. pressure specification must always be
• Use a sleeved rotor in liquids with particles referenced to the component with the lowest
-P3
to reduce wear. rating.
thru • Sensor plug is used to plug installation fitting
-P5 after extraction of sensor from pipe.

For More Information:

26.7 mm/ • For flow wiring information see page 173. • For flow sensor mounting position
1.05 in.
• For flow installation tips and information see information see page 156.
page 156. • For rotor pin and rotor replacement
Pipe Range • To compare this Sensor with other +GF+ information see page 197.
0.5 to 4 in. -P3 = 297 mm/11.7 in. SIGNET Flow Sensors, See Flow Selection
5 to 8 in. -P4 = 333 mm/13.1 in.
10 in. and up -P5 = 409 mm/16.1 in.
Guide on page 4.

www.gfsignet.com 13
Ordering Information
Model 515 Standard Mount Paddlewheel
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall or Model 515 Standard
in a remote location up to 60 m (200 ft) (standard cable length is 7.6 m(25 ft.)) by connecting Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
the sensor through a standard junction box. Use listed fittings (see page 180) for proper
seating of the sensor into the process flow.
Sensor Part Number
P51530 Flow Sensor for use with remote mount instrument
Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*
H Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Hastelloy-C
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
S Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Natural PVDF
T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF
V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C
Pipe size - Choose one
0 0.5 to 4 in.
1 5 to 8 in.
2 10 to 36 in. *Model 515
Ordering Notes:
1) Most common part
P51530 -P 0 Example Part Number
number combinations
shown. For all combina-
Mfr. Part No.* Code Mfr. Part No.* Code tions, refer to the Part
P51530-H0 198 801 659 P51530-T0 198 801 663 Number index on page
P51530-P0 198 801 620 P51530-T1 198 801 664 242.
P51530-P1 198 801 621 P51530-V0 198 801 623
P51530-P2 198 801 622 P51530-V1 198 801 624 2) Other rotor and pin
P51530-S0 198 801 661 P51530-V2 198 801 625 materials are available
for purchase and can be
easily replaced in the
Model 515 Integral Mount Paddlewheel field. See accessories for
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument is mounted directly onto the sensor for a parts listing.
local display. See Guideline below for instructions.
Sensor Part Number
Flow Sensor for integral mounting on the 8150 or 8550 instrument using the 3-8051
3-8510 adapter (instrument and adapter sold separately) Model 515 Integral Mount
Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF
V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C
Pipe size - Choose one
0 0.5 to 4 in.
1 5 to 8 in.

3-8510 -P 0 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No.* Code Mfr. Part No.* Code

3-8510-P0 198 864 504 3-8510-T0 159 000 622
3-8510-P1 198 864 505 3-8510-V0 198 864 506

Guideline: Combining a 515 Integral mount flow sensor with an integrally mounted
instrument
Once an integral mount sensor is chosen, it c) Assembling the sensor with the integral
can be mounted directly to an instrument by adapter and instrument is quick and
following these guidelines: simple. These parts can also be ordered
a) Order the integral adapter kit 3- as an assembled part. See “Integral
8051(sold separately) to connect the Mount” data sheet for more information
sensor to an instrument. See page 15. (page 68)
b) Order an instrument (sold separately).
The following instrument part numbers are
compatible: 3-8550-1, 3-8550-2, 3-8550-
3, 3-8150-1 . See pages 62-65.
14 www.gfsignet.com
+GF+ SIGNET 515 Wet-Tap Ordering Information (continued)

Sensor with the 3519 Wet-Tap
Valve (see page 20)
Flow
Model 515 Wet-Tap Mount Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall or
in a remote location up to 60m (200 ft.) (standard cable length is 7.6 m (25 ft.) by connecting
the sensor through a standard junction box. This style of sensor uses the 3519 Wet-Tap valve
only. See page 20 for more information regarding Model 3519.

Sensor Part Number - Choose one

P51530 Flow Sensor for wet-tap mounting with the 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)
Body/Rotor/Pin material*
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
Pipe size - Choose one
3 0.5 to 4 in.
4 5 to 8 in.
5 10 to 36 in.
*Model 515
Ordering Notes: P51530 -P 3 Example Part Number
1) Most common part
number combinations Guideline: Combining a 515 Wet-Tap
shown. For all combina- Mfr. Part No.* Code Sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve
tions, refer to the Part a) Once a sensor is chosen, it can be mounted in
Number index page P51530-P3 198 840 310 a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)
242. b) Assembling a sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap valve
P51530-P4 198 840 311 is quick and simple. These parts can also be
P51530-P5 198 840 312 ordered as one part. See Model 3519 Flow
2) Other rotor and pin
Wet-Tap Valve data sheet for more information.
materials are available
for purchase and can be
easily replaced in the
field. See accessories for Accessories and Replacement Parts
parts listing.
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Rotor Rotors
M1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF Black
P51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF Natural
M1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, Tefzel®
Rotor Pin P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural
3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black
3-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural
3-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel®
Sleeved Rotor (pin not included) Rotor Pins
M1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium
M1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C
M1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum
Sensor Cap
M1546-4 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic
P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural

O-Rings
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton®
Sensor Plug
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez®

Miscellaneous
Conduit
Adapter Kit P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro
P31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF Metric
P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF
P31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red
P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap
P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w/shield, 22 AWG
3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter (see system over
view for graphics)
www.gfsignet.com 15
2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors
Features
Standard Integral Wet-Tap • Flow rate range 0.1 to
Sensor Sensor Sensor 6 m/s (0.3 to 20ft/s)
• Wide Turndown Ratio
of 66:1
• Open-collector output
• Simple , economical
design

• Highly repeatable
output

• Installs into pipe sizes

DN 15 to DN 900
(0.5 to 36 in.)

• High resolution and

noise immunity
Description • 7.6m (25 ft.) of cable for
Simple to install with time-honored pipe sizes and insertion configurations. standard and Wet-tap
reliable performance, Model 2536 Rotor- The many material choices including PP, sensors
X paddlewheel flow sensors are highly PVDF, and Tefzel® makes this model
repeatable, rugged sensors that offer highly versatile and chemically compat- • Chemically resistant
exceptional value with little or no mainte- ibility to many liquid process solutions. materials
nance. The Model 2536 has a process- Sensors can be installed in DN 15 to DN
ready open collector signal and has a 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) pipes using +GF+ • Easy to replace rotor
wide dynamic flow range of 0.1 to 6 m/s SIGNET’s comprehensive line of custom
(0.3 to 20 ft/s). The sensor measures fittings. These custom fittings, which • CE Approved
liquid flow rates in full pipes and can be include tees, saddles, and weldolets,
used in low pressure systems. seat the sensor to the proper insertion
depth into the process flow. The sensors Applications
The Model 2536 sensors are offered in a are also offered in configurations for
• Pure Water Production
variety of materials for a wide range of wet-tap installation requirements.
• Filtration Systems
• Chemical Production
• Liquid Delivery Systems
System Overview (For overview of Wet-Tap System, see page 20.) • Pump Protection
• Scrubbers/Gas stacks
• Gravity Feed Lines
• Not suitable for gases

Compatible Instruments
The 2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel
Flow Sensor is compatible with
the following +GF+ SIGNET
instruments:

8550 8900 5500

5075 5600

See individual catalog pages for

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 2536 Flow Sensor, see pages 180 more information.
thru 194 in the catalog.

16 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
2536 Standard Mount General Shipping Weight:
Sensor Flow Rate Range: 3-2536-X0 0.454 kg 1 lb.
0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft./s) 3-2536-X1 0.476 kg 1 .04 lbs.
Pipe Size Range: 3-2536-X2 0.680 kg 1 .50 lbs.
DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) 3-2536-X3 0.794 kg 1 .75 lbs.
Linearity: ± 1% of full range 3-2536-X4 0.850 kg 1 .87 lbs.
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range 3-2536-X5 1 kg 2.20 lbs.
Min. Reynolds Number Required: 4500 3-8512-X0 0.35 kg 0.77 lb.
3-8512-X1 0.37 kg 0.81 lbs.
Wetted Materials
Sensor Body: Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating
Glass-filled Polypropylene (black) or Standard and Integral Sensor
PVDF (natural) • PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 85°C
O-rings: (180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @185°F)
FPM-Viton® (std) or optional EPDM or • PVDF: 14 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 85°C
FPM-Kalrez® (200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 185°F)
Rotor Pin: Operating Temperature:
Titanium or Hastelloy-C or PVDF; optional • PP: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)
ceramic Tantalum or stainless steel • PVDF: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)
Rotor:
Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; optional Wet-Tap sensor
2536 Integral Mount Tefzel with or w/o Fluoraloy B® sleeve PP: 7 bar @ 20°C, 1 .4 bar @ 66°C
Sensor shown with (100 psi @ 68°F, 20 psi @ 150°F)
Transmitter (sold separately) Electrical Operating temperature:
Frequency: 49Hz per m/s nominal -18°C to 66°C (0°F to 150°F)
(15 Hz per ft/s nominal) Max. wet-tap sensor removal rating:
1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25psi @ 72°F)
Supply voltage: 3.3 to 24 VDC regulated
Supply current: <1 .5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs
<20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC
Output Type: Open collector transistor, Standards and Approvals
sinking • CE
Output Current: 10 mA max. • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Cable Type: Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
2-conductor twisted pair with shield Environmental Management
(22 AWG)
Cable Length:
7.6 m (25 ft.) standard/305 m (1,000 ft.)
2536 Wet-Tap Mount maximum
Sensor with 3519 Wet-
Tap Valve
See more information on the
3519 Wet-Tap Valve on page
20 of the catalog.

Application Tips:
• Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized
Water.
• Use the Conduit Adapter Kit to protect the
cable-to-sensor connection when used in wet
environmental areas. See page 198 for more
information.
• Use a sleeved rotor in liquids with particles
to reduce wear.
• Sensor plug is used to plug installation fitting
after extraction of sensor from pipe.
• For liquids containing ferrous particles use
only metal paddlewheel sensors (Models
525, 2517 or 2540).
• For systems with components of more than
one material, the maximum temperature/
pressure specification must always be
referenced to the component with the
lowest rating.

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173.
• For flow installation tips and information see
page 156.
• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+
SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow Selection
Guide on page 4.
• For flow sensor mounting position
information see page 156.
• For rotor pin and rotor replacement
information see page 197.

www.gfsignet.com 17
Ordering Information
Model 2536 Standard Mount Paddlewheel
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe
or wall or in a remote location up to 305 m (1000 ft) (standard cable length is 7.6m
(25 ft.) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. Use listed fittings Model 2536 Standard
(see page 180) for proper seating of the sensor into the process flow. Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
p
Sensor Part Number
3-2536 Flow Sensor for use with remote mount instrument
Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF
V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C
Pipe size - Choose one
0 0.5 to 4 in.
1 5 to 8 in.
2 10 to 36 in.

3-2536 -P 0 Example Part Number

*Model 2536
Mfr. Part No.* Code Mfr. Part No.* Code Ordering Notes:
1) Most common part
3-2536-P0 198 840 143 3-2536-T0 198 840 149 number combinations
3-2536-P1 198 840 144 3-2536-V0 198 840 146 shown. For all combina-
3-2536-P2 198 840 145 3-2536-V1 198 840 147 tions, refer to the Part
Number index on page
242.
Model 2536 Integral Mount Paddlewheel
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument is mounted directly onto the sensor 2) Other rotor and pin
materials are available
for a local display. See Guidelines below for instructions.
g and can be easily
Sensor Part Number replaced in the field. See
accessories for parts
Flow Sensor for integral mounting on the 8150 or 8550 instrument using the 3-8051
adapter (instrument and adapter sold separately)
listing.
3-8512
Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
T Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF
V Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C Model 2536 Integral Mount
Pipe size - Choose one Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
0 0.5 to 4 in.
1 5 to 8 in.

3-8512 -V 0 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8512-P0 198 864 513 3-8512-T0 198 864 518
3-8512-P1 198 864 514 3-8512-V0 198 864 516

Guidelines: Combining a 2536 integral mount flow sensor with an integrally

mounted instrument
Once an integral mount sensor is chosen, it c) Assembling the sensor with the integral
can be mounted directly to an instrument by adapter and instrument is quick and
following these guidelines: simple. These parts can also be ordered
a) Order the integral adapter kit 3- as an assembled part. See “Integral
8051(sold separately) to connect the Mount” data sheet for more information
sensor to an instrument. (page 68).
b) Order an instrument (sold separately).
The following instrument part numbers are
compatible: 3-8550-1, 3-8550-2, 3-8550-
3, 3-8150-1, see pages 62-65.
18 www.gfsignet.com
Model 2536 Wet-Tap sensor Ordering Information (continued)

with the 3519 Wet-tap valve
(see page 20)
*Model 2536
Ordering Notes:
1) Most common part
number combinations
shown. For all combina-
tions, refer to the Part
Number index on page
242.
2) Other rotor and pin
materials are available
and can be easily re-
placed in the field. See
accessories for parts listing.
Flow
Model 2536 Wet-Tap Mount Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe
or wall or in a remote location up to 1000 ft (305 m) (standard cable length is 7.6m
(25 ft.) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. This style of sensor
uses the 3519 Wet-Tap valve only. See page 20 for more information regarding
Model 3519.
Sensor Part Number - Choose one
3-2536 Flow Sensor for wet-tap mounting with the 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)
Body/Rotor/Pin material*
P Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium
Pipe size - Choose one
3 0.5 to 4 in.
4 5 to 8 in.
5 10 to 36 in.
3-2536 -P 3 Example Part Number
Guideline: Combining a 2536 Wet-Tap
Mfr. Part No.* Code Sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve
a) Once a sensor is chosen, it can be
3-2536-P3 159 000 758
3-2536-P4 159 000 759 mounted in a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold
separately)
3-2536-P5 159 000 760
b) Assembling a sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap
valve is quick and simple. These parts can
also be ordered as one part number. See
Model 3519 Flow Wet-Tap Valve data
sheet for more information.

Rotor
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Rotor Pin
Rotors
3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black
3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural
Sleeved Rotor 3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel®
Sensor Cap 3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural
3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black
3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural
3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel®
Sensor Plug Rotor Pins
Conduit M1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium
Adapter Kit M1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C
M1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum
M1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless Steel
P51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic
O-Rings
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton®
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez®
Miscellaneous
P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro
P31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF Metric
P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF
P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue
P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap
P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w/shield,
22 AWG
3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter (see System
Overview for graphics)
www.gfsignet.com 19
3519 Flow Wet-Tap Valve
Features
Assembly shown with • Allows for sensor
extended length flow removal without
sensor installed. process shutdown

• Includes pressure
release valve for safe
sensor removal

• Dual safety lanyards

• Rugged corrosion-
resistant PVC con-
struction and stainless
steel hardware

• Utilizes either +GF+

SIGNET 515 or 2536
Rotor-X Wet-Tap Flow
Sensors

• Eliminates Process
Description Downtime
The +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Flow Wet-Tap The +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Wet-Tap Valve
Valve serves as a unique interface mounts directly onto standard +GF+
between the installation fitting and the SIGNET installation fittings found on
wet-tap style +GF+ SIGNET 515 or pages 180. The 3519 Wet-Tap consists Applications
2536 Rotor-X flow sensor. It provides a of a flange and support plate that • Filtration Systems
fast method of removing the sensor from threads onto the pipe fitting insert, and a • Chemical Production
the pipe under specified operating PVC ball valve through which an ex- • Pump Protection
pressures. The PVC & stainless steel tended length sensor is inserted into the • Scrubbers
design of the Wet-Tap makes it resistant pipe. Refer to the Installation section of
• Water Distribution
to corrosion and chemical attack by this +GF+ SIGNET catalog for more
acids, alkalies, salt, and a number of information (page 156). • Effluent Totalization
other harsh chemicals. • Process Cooling Loops

System Overview
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instru ment Flow Instru ment (sold separately)
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit
3 8050) (sold separately)
( -

+GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET
Wet-Tap Mount
Wet-Tap Mount
Flow Sensor
Flow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET
3519 Flow +GF+ SIGNET Compatible Sensors
Wet -Tap Valve
3519 Flow The 3519 Flow Wet-Tap
Wet -Tap Valve Valve is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors; wet-tap mount only:

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings* 515 2536

(sold separately)

See individual catalog pages

*For information on pipe fittings for use with this product, see pages 180 through 194 of this catalog. for more information.

20 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications Standards & Approvals

Flow
General • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
Body: PVC for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Ball Seat: PTFE Environmental Management
Seals: Viton® (STD) or EPDM also
available, contact Factory
Hardware: 303SS (brackets),
18/8SS (nuts & bolts) See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure
graphs.
Shipping weight: 1 .3kg (2.86 lbs.)
137 mm:
(5.39 in.)
Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
• 7 bar max. @ 20°C
(100 psi max. @ 68°F)
• 1 .4 bar max. @ 66°C
(20 psi max. @ 150°F)
Wet-tap maximum installation/removal
185 mm/:
7.28 in. rating:
1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25 psi @ 72°F)

121 mm/:
Application Tips:
4.75 in. • Removal and insertion of sensor can be • Do not use this assembly in liquids
performed while in service; observe containing ferrous particles. Use the
Model 515 or 2536 Wet-Tap installation/removal pressure specifica- 2517 or 2540 Hot-Tap sensor.
Sensor tions. • Use sensors with sleeved rotors in
• Use the Conduit Adaptor Kit to protect liquids with particles to reduce wear.
the cable-to-sensor connection when • For systems with components of more
used in wet environmental areas - see than one material, maximum tempera-
page 198 for more details. ture and pressure specifications must
always be referenced to the compo-
nent with the lowest rating.

For More Information:

• For installation tips and information see • For sensor insertion/removal proce-
page 156. dure, see page 158.
• For flow sensor mounting position
+GF+ SIGNET information see page 156.
Model 515/2536
Extended Flow Sensor
Ordering Information
Part Number
+GF+ SIGNET
3519 Wet-Tap 3-3519 Wet-Tap Valve for 515 and 2536 Wet-Tap flow sensors
Assembly Flow range
N/C Valve only
+GF+ SIGNET
Pipe Fitting 515-P3* Valve with Model 515 sensor for 0.5 to 4 inch pipes
515-P4* Valve with Model 515 sensor for 5 to 8 inch pipes
515-P5* Valve with Model 515 sensor for 10 to 36 inch pipes
2536-P3** Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 0.5 to 4 inch pipes
2536-P4** Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 5 to 8 inch pipes
2536-P5** Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 10 to 36 inch pipes
Model 3519
Ordering Notes: 3-3519 Example Part Number - Valve only
1) N/C = no code needed. 3-3519 /515-P3 Example Part Number - Valve with sensor
2) *See model 515 Data Sheet
for sensor specifications.
3) **See model 2536 Data Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
Sheet for sensor specifica-
tions. 3-3519 159 000 757 3519/2536-P3 159 000 822
4) Models 515 and 2536 3519/515-P3 159 000 819 3519/2536-P4 159 000 823
Wet-Tap sensors can be 3519/515-P4 159 000 820 3519/2536-P5 159 000 824
ordered seperately. 3519/515-P5 159 000 821
www.gfsignet.com 21
525 Metalex Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Features
• Flow rate range 0.5 to
6m/s (1 .6 to 20 ft/s)
• For up to 103 bar
(1500 psi) pressure

• For up to 149°C
(300°F) temperatures
• DN15 to DN300 (0.5
to 12 in.) pipe range
• Simple Installation
• 316SS body (1 .4401)
• Tungsten Carbide
shaft
No External Power Required! • 7.6m (25 ft.) cable
included
Description • FM & CSA, CE
The +GF + SIGNET 525 Metalex A comprehensive fitting program allows approved
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor combines installation in steel lines with the mini-
stainless steel construction with insertion block for small diameters, and either the
paddlewheel technology. The result is a mini-tap or saddle for pipes up to
highly reliable sensor suitable for opera- DN300 (12 in.). The self-generating Application
tion at extreme pressures and tempera- output signal allows use with any battery • Boiler Feedwater
tures. The Tungsten Carbide shaft and operated flow totalizer, including the Monitoring
Fluoroloy B®/PTFE bearing provides new 8150. • HVAC Systems
excellent wear resistance for extended • Chemical Transport
service.
• Heat Exchangers
• Reverse Osmosis
System Overview • Cooling systems
• Not Suitable for Gases
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET (sold separately)
FM ®
Flow Instrument
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET APPROVED C US
LR092369
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Model 525 Metalex Model 525 Metalex
Flow Sensor Flow Sensor

Compatible Instruments
The 525 Metalex Flow Sensor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:
+GF+ SIGNET *
8150 5100 8900
Metalex Fitting
(sold separately) 8550 5500
5075 5600

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 525 Metalex Flow Sensor, see page See individual catalog pages for
188 in the catalog. more information

22 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
7.6 m/25 ft.: General Electrical (continued)
cable included Flow Rate Range: 0.5 to 6 m/s Cable type:
SIGNET
(1 .6 to 20 ft/s) 22 AWG, 2-conductor w/shield, 150°C
-1 = 38.4 mm/: Pipe size range: DN15 to DN300 maximum
1.5 in. (0.5 to 12 in.)
Linearity: ± 1% of full range Shipping Weight:
-2 = 63.5 mm/: Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range P525-1 0.723 kg 1 .6 lbs.
2.5 in. P525-2 0.774 kg 1 .7 lbs.
Minimum Reynolds number required: 4500
P525-3 0.923 kg 2.0 lbs.
-3 = 114.3 mm/: Wetted Materials
4.5 in. Sensor body: Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating
316SS 1 .4401 (ACI type CF-8M 1 .4408 • Socket Weld or Weld-On Mini-Tap
per ASTM A351), DIN 17440 fittings:
Rotor material: 103 bar (1500 psi) @ 149°C (300°F)
SS (CD4MCu 1 .4517 cast steel Alloy) • Strap-on Saddle fitting:
Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1or 21 bar (300 psi) @ 66°C (150°F)
stainless steel
Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401) See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure
graphs
Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
Application Tips: Gasket: KLINGER®sil C-4401 Standards and Approvals
• Use the Conduit • Manufactured under ISO
Adapter Kit to protect Electrical
Frequency: 12 Hz per ft/s nominal, 9001:2000 for Quality and ISO
the cable-to-sensor
connection when used in 5 to 8 mV p-p per Hz 14001:1996 for Environmental
wet environmental Source Impedance: 11 .6 KW Management
areas. See page 198 for Cable length: • CE, CSA
more information. 7.6 m (25 ft), can be extended to 60m • FM Class I, II, III, Division 1
• Use the Socket Weld or (200 ft) with no significant degradation of (Groups A-G)
Weld-on Mini-Tap signal strength
fittings for sensor
installation in pressures
Ordering Information
up to 1500 psi (103 bar). Sensor Part Number
• The 525 can be used in P525 Metalex Flow sensor for high pressures and temperatures
intrinsically safe areas Sensor style
using an approved -1 used with 0.5 to 1 inch socket-weld mini-tap fittings*
barrier between the -2 used with 1.25 to 12 inch weld-on mini-tap fittings*
sensor and instrument. -3 used with 2 to 12 inch strap-on saddle fittings*
Rotor Pin Material
- Tungsten Carbide
For More Information: S 316 Stainless Steel (1.4401)
• For flow wiring
information see page P525 -1 Example Part Number
173. *see page 188 for compatible fittings
• For flow installation tips
and information see Mfr. Part No. Code Model 525 Ordering Notes:
page 156.
P525-1 198 801 494 1) Each sensor option is used with a
• To compare this Sensor P525-2 198 801 495
with other +GF+
different fitting.
P525-3 198 801 496 2) Fittings must be ordered seperately.
SIGNET Flow Sensors, P525-1S 159 000 963
See Flow Selection 3) See flow sensor accessories on
P525-2S 159 000 964 page 197 for fitting information.
Guide on page 4. P525-3S 159 000 965
• For flow sensor mounting
position information see Accessories and Replacements Parts
page 156.
• For rotor pin and rotor Mfr. Part No. Code Description
replacement information P52509 159 000 479 Rotor kit (rotors, stainless steel pin, bearings, retainers)
see page 197. P52509-2 159 000 480 Rotor kit (rotors, tungsten carbide pin, bearings, retainers)
P52504-1 198 801 500 Rotor Pin, Stainless steel (1 .4401)
Rotor Kit P52504-2 198 820 023 Rotor Pin, Tungsten Carbide
P52618 159 000 493 Gasket
retainer rotor pin retainer P52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
P52527 159 000 481 Retainers, Stainless steel
bearing bearing P52628 159 000 504 Fitting cap kit (cap and gasket)
P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit
rotor 5523-3222 159 000 393 Cable (per foot) 2 cond. w/shield, 22 AWG
www.gfsignet.com 23
2517 Brass Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Features
Standard Hot-Tap Sensor • Flow rate range
Sensor 0.5 to 6 m/s
(1 .6 to 20 ft/s)
• Standard NPT or ISO
process connections
• Usable in pipe sizes
up to DN 900 (36 in.)
• Hot-tap versions for
installation/service
without system
shutdown
• 7.6m (25ft.) cable
• FM Approved

No external power needed

Application
Description • HVAC
The +GF+ SIGNET 2517 paddlewheel flow totalization when coupled with the 8150 • Turf Irrigation
sensors offer added strength and durability battery operated Flow Totalizer. Sensors can • Cooling Systems
of brass construction for a variety of applica- be installed in DN 40 to DN 600 (1 .5 to 24 in.) • Filtration Systems
tions. The wide flow range of 0.5 to 6 m/s pipes using the 1 .5 inch (or ISO 7/1-R 1 .5) • Water Distribution
(1 .6 to 20 ft/s) allows the sensor to measure threaded process connection. The sensors are
• Leak Detection
liquid flow rates in full pipes and can be also offered in a hot-tap configuration with a
used in low pressure systems. Fluoroloy B®/ bleed valve for installation in pipes up to • Pump Protection
PTFE bearings and a Tungsten Carbide pin DN 900 (36 in.) and allows for servicing • Clarified Effluent
provide exceptional wear resistance. The without process shutdown. Totalization
2517 brass sensor signal allows for remote • Ground Water
Remediation
System Overview
FM
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount APPROVED

+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET (sold separately)
Flow Instrument
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Model 2517 Model 2517
Standard or Standard or Compatible Instruments
Hot-Tap (not shown) Hot-Tap (not shown) The 2517 Brass Flow Sensor is
Flow Sensor Flow Sensor compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8150 5100 5075

8550 5500 5600
Customer Supplied 8900
Fittings
See individual catalog pages for
more information

24 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
2517 63.5 mm
Standard Sensor (2.5 in.) General
1 .5 to 24 in. 7.6 m (25 ft.) Flow Rate Range: Electrical
pipes integral cable 0.5 to 6 m/s (1 .6 to 20 ft/s) Frequency: 20 Hz per ft/s nominal,
Linearity: ± 1% of full range 5 to 8 mV p-p per Hz
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range Source Impedance: 11 .6 KΩ
194.31 mm
(6.0 in.)
Min. Reynolds Number Required: 4500 Cable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can be
Pipe size range: extended up to 60m
• Standard version: DN40 to DN600 (200 ft.)
1-1/2 in. NPT (1 .5 to 24 in.) Cable type: 2-conductor twisted-pair
or ISO 7/1-Rc
1.5 Thread • Hot-Tap version: DN40 to DN900 with shield, 22AWG
(1 .5 to 36 in.)
26.95 mm Sensor fitting options: Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating
(1.06 in.) dia.
• 1 .5in NPT threads • Sensor with standard FPM sensor
64 mm • ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threads fitting O-rings:
(2.5 in.) 2517
Hot-Tap 17 bar @ 82°C (250 psi @ 180°F)
7.6 m
(25 ft.) Sensor Wetted materials • Sensor with optional EPDM sensor
cable 1 .5 to 36 in. Sensor body: CuZn38Pb1 Free cutting brass fitting O-rings:
457 mm pipes Sensor fitting: CuZn38Pb1 Free cutting brass 17 bar @ 100°C (250 psi @ 212°F)
(18 in.)
Sensor fitting O-rings:
Standard Viton®, optional EPR See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.
Rotor: CD4MCu stainless steel
Bleed
(1 .4517) Shipping Weight:
valve Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1 • 3-2517.100, .101: 2.04 kg (4.5 lbs.)
Sensor fitting:
1.5 in. NPT or Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401) • 3-2517.102, .103: 2.63 kg (5.8 lbs.)
ISO 7/1-R 1.5
thread Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
O-ring seals (2) Standards and Approvals
24 mm • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
(0.94 in.) Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Application Tips: Environmental Management
Ordering Information • FM approved, CE
• For systems with
components of more Sensor Part Number Model 2517
than one material, the 3-2517.10 Brass High Performance flow sensor Ordering Notes:
maximum temperature/ Installation fitting and Wet-
Mounting option - choose one
pressure specification Tap valves and accessories
must always be 0 1.5 inch NPT thread
are customer supplied
referenced to the 1 1.5 inch ISO thread
component with the 2 1.5 inch NPT thread, hot tap design*
lowest rating. 3 1.5 inch ISO thread, hot tap design*
• Use the Conduit Adapter
Kit when used in wet
environments. 3-2517.10 1 Example Part Number
• The 2517 can be used in *Must use 3-1500.663 Hot-Tap installation tool (ordered separately)
intrinsically safe areas
using an approved Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
barrier between the
sensor and instrument. 3-2517.100 198 840 003 3-2517.102 159 000 267
3-2517.101 198 840 007 3-2517.103 159 000 268
For More Information:
• For flow wiring informa- Accessories and Replacement Parts
tion see page 173. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
• For flow installation tips
and information see 3-1500.663 198 820 008 Hot-Tap Installation Tool (See page 158 for more
page 156. information)
• To compare this Sensor 1220-0121 159 000 852 O-ring, FPM
with other +GF+ 1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM
SIGNET Flow Sensors, P52509-1 159 000 479 Rotor Kit, 316SS Pin (1 .4401)
see Flow Selection Guide P52509-3 159 001 068 Rotor Kit, Tungsten Carbide Pin
on page 4. P52504-1 198 801 500 Pin, 316SS (1 .4401)
• For flow sensor mounting P52502-2 198 820 023 Pin, Tungsten Carbide
position information see P52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
page 156. 3-2517.567 159 000 269 Cable, per ft.
• For rotor pin and rotor P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit
replacement information P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap
see page 195.

www.gfsignet.com 25
2540 Stainless Steel High Performance
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Features
Standard Sensor Hot-Tap • Flow rate range 0.1 to
Sensor 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s)

• Replaceable electronics

• Non-magnetic RF
detection

• Standard NPT or ISO

process connections

• Hot-tap versions for

installation/service
without system
shutdown

• For pipe sizes up to

Now With Field Replaceable Electronics DN 900 (36 in.)

Description • 7.6 m (25 ft.) cable

The +GF+ SIGNET 2540 Paddlewheel to provide greater immunity to large
flow sensor offers the strength and voltage disturbances (ie. lightening)
corrosion resistance of stainless steel for sometimes encountered in field wiring.
liquid applications with low velocity Sensors can be installed in DN40 to Application
measurements. Unique internal circuitry DN600 (1 .5 to 24 inch) pipes using the • HVAC
eliminates the need for magnets in the 1 .5 inch or ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threaded • Turf Irrigation
process fluid, enabling flow measure- process connection. The sensors are • Cooling Systems
ment of 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s) while also offered in a hot-tap configuration • Filtration Systems
maintaining the advantages of insertion with a bleed valve for installation in • Water Distribution
sensor design. Fluoroloy B®/PTFE bear- pipes up to DN900 (36 inches) and • Leak Detection
ings and Tungsten Carbide pin provide service without process shutdown. Both • Pump Protection
exceptional wear resistance. The model styles of sensors must be used in full • Clarified Effluent
2540 offers field replaceable electronics pipes and can be used in low pressure Totalization
and transient voltage suppression (TVS) systems. • Ground Water
Remediation
System Overview • Gravity Feed Line
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount • Not suitable for
+GF+ SIGNET
gases
Flow Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET (sold separately)
Flow Instrument
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Model 2540 Model 2540
Standard or Hot-tap Standard or Hot-tap Compatible Instruments
Flow Sensor Flow Sensor The 2540 Stainless Steel High
(not shown) (not shown) Performance Flow Sensor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 8900 5600

Customer Supplied 5075 5500
Fittings
See individual catalog pages
for more information.

26 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

2540 High Performance
Flow Sensor for 1 .5 to 24 in. pipes
64 mm (2.5 in.) dia.
7.6 m (25 ft.)=
integral cable
=
127 mm/ =
5.0 in.
O-ring =
seal (1)
24 mm =
(0.94 in.) dia.
2540 Hot-Tap for
1 .5 to 36 in. pipes
= Rotor:
Application Tips:
• For systems with
components of more
than one material, the
maximum temperature/
pressure specification
must always be
referenced to the
component with the
lowest rating.
• Sensor electronics can
be easily replaced by
PN 3-2541.260-1.
Flow
General Electrical:
Flow Rate Range: Frequency: 15 Hz per ft/s nominal
0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s) Supply voltage: 5 to 24 VDC
Linearity: ± 1% of full range Supply current: 1 .5 mA max.
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range Output type: Open collector, sinking
Min. Reynolds Number Required: 4500 Output current: 10.0 mA max.
Pipe size range: Cable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can splice
• Standard version: up to 300 m (1,000 ft.)
DN40 to DN600 (1 .5 to 24 in.) Cable type: 2-conductor twisted-pair
• Hot-Tap version: with shield, 22AWG
Sensor fitting:=
DN40 to DN900 (1 .5 to 36 in.)
1.5 in. NPT or= Sensor fitting options: Shipping Weight:
ISO 7/1-R 1.5=
thread • 1 .5in NPT threads 3-2540-1, -2: 1 .79 kg 3.9 lbs.
• ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threads 3-2540-3, -4: 2.15 kg 4.7 lbs.
Wetted Materials Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings:
Sensor body: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401) • Sensor with standard FPM sensor
Sensor fitting: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401) fitting O-rings:
Sensor fitting O-rings: 17 bar @ 82°C (250 psi @ 180°F)
Standard FPM, optional EPDM • Sensor with optional EPDM sensor
CD4MCu stainless steel fitting O-rings:
(1 .4517) 17 bar @ 100°C (250 psi @ 212°F)
Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1
Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401) See pages 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs
Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
Standards and Approvals
• CE
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
mental Management
Ordering Information
Sensor Part Number Model 2540
3-2540 Stainless Steel High Performance flow sensor with removable electronics Ordering Notes:
Mounting option - choose one Installation fittings
-1 1.5 inch NPT thread
and Hot-Tap valves
-2 1.5 inch ISO thread
are customer
supplied.
-3 1.5 inch NPT thread, hot tap design*
-4 1.5 inch ISO thread, hot tap design*
3-2540 -1 Example Part Number
*Must use 3-1500.663 Hot-Tap installation tool (ordered separately)
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-2540-1 198 840 035 3-2540-3 198 840 037
3-2540-2 198 840 036 3-2540-4 198 840 038

For More Information: Accessories and Replacement Parts

• For flow wiring informa- Mfr. Part No. Code Description
tion see page 173.
• For flow installation tips 3-1500.663 198 820 039 Hot-Tap Installation Tool (see page 158 for more information)
and information see 1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM
page 156. 1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM
• To compare this Sensor 1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez®
with other +GF+
SIGNET Flow Sensors, 3-2540.320 198 820 040 Rotor Kit, 2540 Peek Bearing (old version)
See Flow Selection 3-2540.321 159 000 623 Rotor Kit, 2540 Tungsten Carbide Pin (new
Guide on page 4. version since 1 .1 .2000)
• For flow sensor mounting 3-2540.520 159 000 648 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE
position information see P52527 159 000 481 Retainers, SS (1 .4401)
page 156. 3-2541 .260-1 159 000 849 Standard replacement electronics module
• For rotor pin and rotor 3-2541 .260-2 159 000 850 Hot-Tap replacement electronics module
replacement information 5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per ft.
see page 197. P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit
P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap
www.gfsignet.com 27
2100 Turbine Flow Sensor

Features
• Flow rate range of
0.38 to 38 lpm (0.10
to 10 U.S. gpm)

• Unaffected by mount-
ing angles

• Non-magnetic turbine

• Union ends for vari-

ous connector types

• End connector kits for

rigid or flexible tubing
Features removable electronics (installs from either side of the sensor). or DN15 (0.5 in.) pipe
Sensor mounts at any angle.
• PVDF & ceramic
wetted parts provide
Description superior chemical
Engineered specifically for small diameter piping and tubing connections along compatibility
applications, the +GF + SIGNET 2100 with removable NEMA 4X electronics
Turbine Flow Sensor provides accurate allow for easy assembly and field • For use with both
readings in two flow ranges: 0.3 to 3.8 replaceability. The 2100 can be used clear and opaque
lpm and 3 to 38 lpm (0.1 to 1 gpm and with DN8 (1/4 in.), DN10 (3/8 in.), fluids
0.8 to 10 gpm). DN15 (0.5 in.) tubing, or DN15 (0.5 in.)
piping for simple installation. End • Small and compact
The injection-molded PVDF body and connections are available in PVDF for design
ceramic bearings provide excellent hose barbs, flare ends, fusion socket or
chemical compatibility and long service in IR/butt fusion, and in PVC for socket or • 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
dosing and batching applications. Union NPT thread.
• CE approved
System Overview
Application
• Chemical Addition
• Textile dyeing
• High-purity Chemical
Dispensing
• Water Addition
• Fertigation
• Dosing
• Pump Protection
• Not suitable for gases

Compatible Instruments
The 2100 Turbine Flow Sensor
is compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5075 5500

5600 8900

See individual catalog pages for

more information
28 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General Electrical
Flow range: Power:
L = overall length • -L = 0.38 to 3.8 lpm (0.10 to 1 U.S. gpm) 5 to 24 VDC @ 1 .5 mA max.
All sockets: 102 mm (4 in.) • -H = 3 to 38 lpm (0.8 to 10 U.S. gpm) Reverse polarity protected
• -H (w/flare) = 3 to 27 lpm (0.8 to 7 U.S. gpm) Output:
Butt fusion/IR: 170 mm (6.7 in.)
Linearity: ± 3% of reading Open collector, sinking, max 30 mA
All flare ends: 47 mm (1 .85 in.) Repeatability: ± 0.5% of reading Cable type:
1
/4 in. Barb: 124 mm (4.9 in.) Pipe size range: DN15 (1/2 in.) PVC jacketed, 2 conductor twisted pair
3
/8 in. Barb: 127 mm (5 in.) Hose size: DN8 (1/4 in.), DN10 (3/8 in.), with shield (22 AWG)
1
/2 in. Barb: 132 mm (5.2 in.) DN15 (1/2 in.) Cable length: 4.6 m (15 ft.)

Wetted Materials Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating

Sensor body/rotor: PVDF 16 bar @ 20°C, 9.3 bar @ 70 °C
Shaft/bearings: Ceramic (232 psi @ 68°F, 130 psi @ 158°F)
O-rings: -1 = FPM, -2 = EPDM Operating temperature:
Electronics box: PBT (polybutylene terephthlate) -20° to 70°C (-4° to 158°F)
EVA (ethylene vinyl acetate) Storage temperature:
-15° to 80°C (5° to 176°F)
Standards and Approvals Relative humidity:
• CE 0 to 95%, non-condensing
l = 64 mm (2.5 in.) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for Quality
and ISO 14001:1996 for Environmental See page 226 for pressure and temperature graphs
Management
Shipping Weight: 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs)
Ordering Information
Application Notes: Sensor Part Number
• All socket and hose barb 3-2100 Turbine flow sensor, PVDF body and rotor, for use with various end-connectors
O-ring material - Choose one
connector kits are sold
1 FPM
individually. Two kits are 2 EPDM
required for each sensor. Flow range
• Flare end connector kits L low, 0.38 to 3.8 lpm (0.10 to 1 gpm)
are sold in package of H high, 3 to 38 lpm (0.8 to 10 gpm) except if used with flare fitting
two. H high, 3 to 27 lpm (0.8 to 7 gpm) when used with flare fitting
• Mount at any angle.
3-2100 1 L Example Part Number
• Terminal block recom-
mended if standard cable *Note: To install this flow sensor, end fittings must be installed on both ends of the sensor. See selection below
is extended to maximum Fitting Part Number
300 m (1000 ft.) 3-2100 End fitting for Model 2100 sensor
Type of end fitting
31 Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 1/2 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)
For more information: 32 Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 3/8 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)
• For flow wiring informa- 33 Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 1/4 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)
tion see page 173. 34 Fusion socket connector, PVDF, DN 15 1/2 inch (1-fusion socket and 1 ring nut)
• For flow installation tips 35 Butt Fusion/IR connector kit, PVDF, DN 15 1/2inch (1-IR socket and 1 ring nut)
36 Metric socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-solvent socket and 1 ring nut)
and information see page 37 SCH 80 socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-solvent socket and 1 ring nut)
156. 38 NPT thread socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-threaded socket and 1 ring nut)
• To compare this Sensor 40 Flare end, 1/2 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)
with other +GF+ SIGNET 41 Flare end, 3/8 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)
Flow Sensors, see Flow 42 Flare end, 1/4 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)
Selection Guide on page
3-2100- 33 Example Part Number
4.
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-2100-1L 159 000 001 3-2100-35 159 000 009
3-2100-2L 159 000 003 3-2100-36 159 000 010
3-2100-1H 159 000 002 3-2100-37 159 000 011
electronics
3-2100-2H 159 000 004 3-2100-38 159 000 012
module
3-2100-31 159 000 005 3-2100-40 159 000 633
o-ring 3-2100-32 159 000 006 3-2100-41 159 000 634
3-2100-33 159 000 007 3-2100-42 159 000 635
3-2100-34 159 000 008
D
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Flare Ends
1220-0018 159 000 019 O-rings FPM (2 required per sensor)
1224-0018 159 000 020 O-rings EPDM (2 required per sensor)
Hose barb 3-2100.390-1L 159 000 015 Turbine Lo Flow with FPM O-rings (replacement body)
3-2100.390-1H 159 000 016 Turbine Hi Flow with FPM O-rings (replacement body)
3-2100.390-2L 159 000 017 Turbine Lo Flow with EPDM O-rings (replacement body)
Socket 3-2100.390-2H 159 000 018 Turbine Hi Flow with EPDM O-rings (replacement body)
3-2100.390 159 000 014 Electronics Module with cable
www.gfsignet.com 29
2000 MicroFlow Rotor Sensor
Features
• Flow rate range
0.11 to 12.11 lpm
(0.03 to 3.2 U.S. gpm)

• Simple Mounting

• 1/4 in. NPT or ISO

threads for simple
pipe or tubing con-
nection

• Measures clear and

Cover Removed dark liquids

• Low pressure drop

• Standard cable
7.6 m (25 ft.)

• CE approved

Description
The +GF+ SIGNET 2000 MicroFlow Rotor
Sensor is constructed of Polyphenylene
Sulfide (PPS) which provides high material
strength. The 2000 offers two flow ranges
starting at 0.11 or 1 .13 lpm (0.03 or 0.3
gpm), for clean process liquids, regard-
less of fluid color or opacity.
Applications
This sensor can be connected to flexible
tubing or rigid pipe, and uses standard • Coolant Flow
hardware for mounting. Only one moving • Dosing
part and a low pressure drop across the • Batch dispensing
sensor reduces operating costs and • Not recommended for
maintenance requirements. strong oxidizers

System Overview
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET (sold separately)
Flow Instrument
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Model 2000 Flow Model 2000 Flow Compatible Instruments
Sensor Sensor
The 2000 MicroFlow Sensor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5500 8900

Flexible tubing or rigid pipe 5075 5600
(customer supplied)
See individual catalog pages for
more information

30 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
Top View General Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating:
Flow rate range: 0° to 80°C @ 5.5 bar max.
100 mm (3.94 in.)
• -11 & -12 version: (32° to 176°F @ 80 psi max.)
0.11 to 2.6 lpm (0.03 to 0.7 U.S. gpm)
• -21 & -22 version:
1 .13 to 12.11 lpm (0.3 to 3.2 U.S. gpm) Shipping Weight: 0.3 kg (0.7 lbs.)
Linearity: ± 1 .2% of full range
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full range Standards and Approvals
Connections: 1/4 in. NPT (male) or • CE
ISO 7/1 - R1/4 (male) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Mounting tabs for metric M3 or 6 Wetted Materials Environmental Management
standard #6 screws on 68 mm6 Sensor body and cover:
(2.68 in.) bolt circle 40% glass filled Polyphenylene Sulfide
(PPS) Pressure Drop Across Sensor vs.
Side View Rotor: PEEK™, natural, unfilled Flow Rate
Bar PSI Pressure Drop - High Flow
36 mm (1.42 in.) Rotor O-ring: FPM 1.70 25
Cover O-ring: FPM
1.36 20

Pressure Drop
Electrical 1.02 15

81 mm6 Power: 0.68 10

(3.2 in.) 5 to 24 VDC @ 10 mA max. 0.34 5
Output type: Flow
0
Open-collector NPN transistor, gpm 0 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.0
10 mA max. sink lpm 0 2.85 5.7 8.5 11.4
Cable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can splice up
to 300 m (1000 ft.) Bar PSI Pressure Drop - Low Flow
Cable type: 2-conductor twisted pair 2.04 30
w/shield, 22 AWG 1.70 25

Pressure Drop
1.36 20
1.02 15
Application Notes: 0.68 10
• For use in clean fluids 0.34 5
- no suspended solids. 0
Flow
• Use the mounting gpm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
tabs to secure the lpm 0 0.8 1.5 2.3 3.0 3.8
sensor to a flat Ordering Information
surface, ± 30°. Sensor Part Number
• Verify chemical 3-2000 MicroFlow rotor flow sensor
compatibility before Flow range
installation. 1 low flow, 0.11 to 2.61 lpm (0.03 to 0.7 gpm)
2 high flow, 1.13 to 12.11 lpm (0.3 to 3.2 gpm)
End fittings
1 0.25 NPT threads
2 ISO 7/1-R1/4 threads
For more information:
3-2000 -1 1 Example Part Number
• For flow wiring
information see page
173.
• For flow installation
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
tips and information 3-2000-11 198 822 000 3-2000-21 198 822 002
see page 156. 3-2000-12 198 822 001 3-2000-22 198 822 003
• To compare this
Sensor with other
+GF+ SIGNET Flow Accessories and Replacement Parts
Sensors, see Flow
Selection Guide on Mfr. Part No. Code Description
page 4.
• For Flow Sensor 3-2000.390 159 000 248 Replacement rotor kit
mounting position 1220-0029 198 820 049 Cover O-ring
information, see page 2450-0620 198 820 051 Cover screw
156. 5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per foot
www.gfsignet.com 31
2507 Mini Flow Rotor Sensor
Features
• Flow rate range 400
to 1200 ml/m (0.1 to
3.2 U.S. gpm)

• Detachable Signal
Connector for easy
servicing

• Simple Installation
with a G 1/4 in.
(1/4 in. NPT) Threaded
Connection

• Standard 7.6 m (25 ft.)

Detachable Signal Top View
Connector (cover removed) cable

• PVDF Construction

• Compact Assembly
FLOW

• CE

Description Application
The +GF +SIGNET 2507 Mini Flow Rotor into the rotor trigger an electronic switch • Fluid Dispensing
Sensor contains a free-running rotor that in the top of the sensor creating a • Laboratory and
is driven by the fluid flow. Within the square-wave output. Both opaque and Clinical Wet Benches
given measurement range, the rotational transparent fluids can be measured with
• Chemical Dosing
speed of the rotor is proportional to the kinematic viscosities between 0.2 to 20.0
fluid flow rate. Permanent magnets built centistokes. • Batch Processes

System Overview
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instrument Flow Instrument
(sold separately) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Model 2507 Model 2507
Mini Flow Mini Flow
Sensor Sensor
Compatible Instruments
The 2507 Mini Flow Sensor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5075
+GF+ SIGNET 5500 5600
Pipe Fitting Adapters (two included) 8900
Used to convert the sensor's G1/4 in.
straight threads into 1/4 in. NPT threads See individual catalog pages for
more information.

32 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
Electrical
95 mm/3.74 in.
General Power:
Flow Range:
5 to 24 VDC @ 10 mA max
• -2V sensor: 400 to 2800 mL/m Output type:
(0.105 to 0.740 U.S. gpm) Open-collector transistor, 10 mA
• -3V sensor: 700 to 4200 mL/m
maximum sink
(0.185 to 1 .123 U.S. gpm) Cable length:
FLOW
• -4V sensor: 1300 to 6000 mL/m 7.6m (25 ft.), can be extended up to
(0.343 to 1 .585 U.S. gpm)
300m (1000 ft.) max.
• -6V sensor: 3200 to 12000 mL/m Cable type:
68 mm/2.7 in.
(0.845 to 3.170 U.S. gpm) 2-conductor shielded twisted-pair, 22
Linearity: ± 0.25% of full range
AWG (Signet order no. 5523-0222)
Repeatability: ± 0.25% of full range
Viscosity range: 0.2 to 20.0 centistokes Max. Pressure/Temperature
65 mm/:
2.6 in. Connections:
• 5.5 bar @ -18°C (80 psi @ 0°F)
G 1/4 in. ports, 1/4 in. NPT pipe adapters • 5.5 bar @ 24°C (80 psi @ 75°F)
(2 included) • 3 bar @ 120°C (45 psi @ 248°F)
See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs
Wetted Materials
Housing: PVDF Shipping Weight: 0.115 kg (0.25 lbs)
Flow insert: PTFE
Quad ring seal: FPM Pressure Drop Across Sensor vs. Flow Rate
Rotor: PVDF PSI BAR
Pipe thread adapters: PVDF 21 .76 1 .50 -2V

18.13 1 .25 -3V

-4V
Standards and Approvals 14.50 1 .00 -6V
• CE 10.88 0.75
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for 7.25 0.50
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
3.63 0.25
Environmental Management
0 20 40 60 70 80
Flow rate (%) of full scale
Ordering Information
Application Tips: Sensor Part Number
• Use the threaded ports 3-2507.100 Mini-flow low flow sensor with free-running rotor
on bottom of sensor to
Insert option
secure the sensor to
any flat surface. 2V With 2 mm insert; for 0.15 to 0.740 gpm (400 to 2800 mL/m)
• The range of any 3V With 3 mm insert, for 0.185 to 1.123 gpm (700 to 4200 mL/m)
sensor can be changed 4V With 4 mm insert, for 0.343 to 1.585 gpm (1300 to 6000 mL/m)
by replacing the flow
insert. 6V With 6 mm inlet, no insert, for 0.845 to 3.170 gpm (3200 to 12000 mL/m)
• Suitable only for clean
fluids without particles.
3-2507.100 -2V Example Part Number

For more information: Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
• For flow wiring
information see page 3-2507.100-2V 198 801 732 3-2507.100-4V 198 801 734
173. 3-2507.100-3V 198 801 733 3-2507.100-6V 198 801 736
• For flow installation tips
and information see Accessories and Replacement Parts
page 156.
• To compare this Sensor Mfr. Part No. Code Description
with other +GF+
SIGNET Flow Sensors, 3-2507.080-2 159 000 254 Rotor, 2507
see Flow Selection 3-2507.080-3 159 000 255 Quad Ring, 2507
Guide on page 4. 3-2507.080-5 159 000 256 DIN Connector, 2507
• For Flow sensor 3-2507.081-2 198 801 502 2 mm Insert
mounting position
3-2507.081-3 198 801 503 3 mm Insert
information see page
156. 3-2507.081-4 198 801 558 4 mm Insert
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per foot
www.gfsignet.com 33
2550 Electromagnetic Flow Sensor
Features
• Local Rate Indication

• Fully Scaleable
Isolated 4 to 20mA
Output

• Pushbutton Program-
mable

• Fluid Diagnostics

• Frequency Output

• Pipe sizes DN 50 to
DN 300 (2 to 12 in.)

Applications
Local Display • Waste Effluent
Monitor
• Scrubbers
• Raw Water Intake
Description • Metal Recovery and
Rugged construction allows the +GF+ bipolar pulsed DC drive which prevents Landfill Leachate
SIGNET 2550 Electromagnetic Flow coating of the stainless steel electrodes. • RO Feedwater
Sensors, otherwise called magmeters, to Suited for pipe sizes DN 50 to DN 300
be installed in fluid conditions where (2 to 12 in.), easy maintence, and
other sensors would fail, such as high features a local display and state-of-the-
particle concentration. It features a art microprocessor technology.

System Overview
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount 4 to 20 mA Input
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Programable
Flow Instrument Flow Instrument 5091 OR Logic
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) Controller

+GF+ SIGNET
50
PLC Compatible Instruments
The 2550 Electromagnetic
0 100

Universal Adapter Kit

(3-8050) (sold separately)
Flow
flow sensors are compatible
with the following +GF+
SIGNET instruments:

5075 5500 8550

+GF+ SIGNET 5091 5600 8900
2550 Electromagnetic
Flow Sensor See individual catalog pages
(frequency & current for more information.
output)

(Model 2550 sold outside EU only)

34 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General Fluid Condition
View-A Flow Rate Range: Temperature: 0 to 100°C (32 to 212°F)
218 mm (8.6 in.) 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s) Min. Conductance Req’d: 5 µS/cm
203 mm (8.0 in.)
Linearity: Ambient temperature:
± 2% of reading or ± 0.05 ft/s -20 to 80°C (-4 to 176°F)
122 mm
(whichever is greater)
(4.8 in.) Min. Reynolds Number: 4500 Shipping Weight: 6.7 kg (14.8 lbs.)
Pipe Size Range:
44.5 mm DN50 to DN300 (2 to 12 in.) Max. Pressure./Temperature Ratings
(1.75 in.)
17 bar (250 psi) max. @100°C (212°F)
Wetted Materials:
Sensor Body, Electrodes and Installation Standards and Approvals
2 in. NPT
male thread Hardware: 316SS (1 .4401) • CE
(ISO 7/1-R2
optional) Insulator: PFA • Manufactured under ISO
Internal O-Ring: FPM 9001:2000 for Quality and ISO
Enclosure: NEMA 4 die cast aluminum 14001:1996 for Environmental
Management
View-B Electrical
140 mm
(5.5 in.) Power Requirements:
24 VDC ± 10%, 600 mA
Max. Loop Impedance: 600Ω, isolated
71 mm Frequency Output:
(2.8 in.) 0 to 6m/s (20 ft/s) = 0 to 500 Hz
isolated, open collector, 5 to 12VDC
(2KΩ pull-up resistor recommended)
3/8 in. NPT
205.7 mm two plugs,
(8.1 in.) two cable
glands
included

Application Tips:
• Note minimum
conductivity
requirements for Ordering Information
each sensor. Sensor Part Number5 5
• Minimum (0.2 in.) 3-2550.1008 Insertion Electromagetic Flow Meter (Magmeter), Model 2550 (sold outside the EU only)5
insertion depth needed; Process fitting size - choose one5
allows for no pressure 181
-8118 08
8 0
8 8 2 inch NPT5
drop. -818
118
1 8 18
18 8 7/1-R2 ISO
• These products are not
Installation tool - optional5
submersible.
The installation tool simplifies installation and insures proper insertion depth 5
T8 for maximum accuracy.5
For more information:
• For flow wiring 3-2550.1008 -.1108 Example Part Number5
information see page
173. Mfr. Part No. Code
• For flow installation tips 3-2550.100-110 159 000 294
and information see
3-2550.100-110T 159 000 632
page 156.
• To compare this Sensor
3-2550.100-111 198 840 024
with other +GF+ 3-2550.100-111T 198 840 025
SIGNET Flow Sensors,
see Flow Selection
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Guide on page 4. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
• For Flow sensor 3-2550.355 159 000 296 Magmeter Installation Tool (for 3-2550)
mounting position 1500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector (0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)
information see page
6400-0020 159 000 647 Fuse, Slo-Blo
156.
1222-0439 159 000 235 Gasket, outer cover
www.gfsignet.com 35
2560 Electromagnetic Flow Sensor
Features
• Alarm Relay

• Test Mode

• 4 to 20mA Output

• Pipe size DN 15 to
DN 100 (1/2 to 4 in.)

• Utilizes standard
+GF+ SIGNET instal-
lation fittings

Applications
• Waste Effluent
Monitor
• Scrubbers
• Raw Water Intake
Blind Transmitter
• Metal Recovery and
Landfill Leachate
• RO Feedwater
Description
The rugged +GF+ SIGNET 2560 Electro- installation, in pipe sizes DN 15 to DN
magnetic Flow Sensors are ideal for 100 (0.5 to 4 in.), easy maintence, and
piping systems where suspended solids state-of-the-art microprocessor technol-
are present. Bipolar pulsed DC drive ogy make the 2560 the best alternate to
prevents galvanic reactions from coating traditional full-line magmeters. The 2560
the stainless steel electrodes. Simple is available only with 4 to 20 mA output.

System Overview
4 to 20 mA Input
+GF+ SIGNET Programable
5091 OR Logic
(sold separately) Controller
Compatible Instruments
PLC
0
50

100
The 2560 Electromagnetic flow
sensors are compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
Flow

instrument:

5091
+GF+ SIGNET
2560 Electromagnetic See individual catalog pages for
Flow Sensor with more information.
4 to 20 mA
Output

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings

(sold separately)

36 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General Fluid Condition
View A
150 mm (5.9 in.)
Flow Rate Range: Temperature: -20 to 85°C (-4 to 185°F)
86 mm 0.1 to 5 m/s (0.3 to 16 ft/s) Min. Conductance Req’d: 20 µS/cm
(3.4 in.)
Linearity: Ambient temperature:

(2.6 in.)
66 mm
± 2% of reading -20 to 80°C (-4 to 176°F)
Min. Reynolds Number: 4500
Pipe Size Range: Shipping Weight: 1 .2 kg (2.6 lbs.)
PG16 OR DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.)
1/2 in. NPT
178 mm Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
(7.0 in.)
cable
glands (2)
Wetted Materials: • 12.5 bar (180 psi) max@ 20°C (68°F)
Sensor Body, Electrodes and Installation • 1 .7 bar (25 psi) max @ 85°C (185°F)
Hardware:
316SS (1 .4401) w/glass-filled Standards and Approvals:
86 mm (3.4 in.) polypropylene cap • CE
Insulator: PVDF • Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000
Internal O-Ring: FPM for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
View B Enclosure: NEMA 4X aluminum w/e-coat Environmental Management
(1 .7 in.)
44 mm

99 mm (3.9 in.)
16 mm
(0.6 in.) Electrical
Power Requirements:
20 to 30 VDC, 125 mA max.
Max. Loop Impedance: 750Ω, isolated
(3.7 in.)
93 mm

Frequency Output:
244 mm (9.6 in.)

Alarm contact, SPDT relay

75VDC @ 0.5A max; 60 VAC @ 0.4A
75 mm (3.0 in.)

maximum

25 mm (1 in.)
19 mm (0.7 in.)
22 mm
(0.9 in.)

Application Tips:
• Note minimum
conductivity
requirements for
each sensor.
• Install using +GF+
SIGNET installation
fittings. Ordering Information
• These products are
not submersible. Sensor Part NumberH
3-2560A Insertion Electromagetic Flow Meter (Flowmag), Model 2560H
Cable gland ports - choose oneH
-1A 0.5 inch NPT Cable Gland PortsH
For more information:
• For flow wiring -2A PG 16 Cable Gland PortsH
information
see page 173. 3-2560A -2A Example Part NumberH H
• For flow installation
tips and information
see page 156. Mfr. Part No. Code
• To compare this
Sensor with other 3-2560-1 198 840 031
+GF+ SIGNET Flow 3-2560-2 198 840 030
Sensors, see Flow
Selection Guide on Accessories and Replacement Parts
page 4.
• For Flow Sensor Mfr. Part No. Code Description
mounting position 1500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector (0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)
information,
see page 156.

www.gfsignet.com 37
7000/7001 Vortex Flow Sensors
Features
• No moving parts
R
I TTE • Injection-molded
SM
R AN SO
R construction for
D T R N excellent surface-
IN O SE finish quality
BL NC
Y
U E
EQ • Piezo Detection
FR
• Six sizes in the range
DN 15 to DN 50 (0.5
to 2 in.)

• Vibration-noise and
reverse polarity
protected

• PVC, PP, and PVDF

End connectors not shown. materials

• High Purity models

Description available
+GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow Sensors precleaned for ultrapure service, and
provide extremely accurate and reliable double-bagged in PA6/PE packaging. A
flow measurement with no moving parts. variety of end connector options simplify Application
Material choices of PVC, PP, or PVDF installation and allow unparalleled
• Process Flow
accommodate applications ranging from configuration versatility.
• UPW Distribution
chemical delivery to deionized water
distribution. The sensors feature either frequency • RO/DI Skids
output or fixed 4 to 20 mA current output, • Process Cooling
The sensors are injection-molded to and can be used with the comprehensive Water
achieve a smooth surface finish for offering of +GF+ SIGNET flow instrumen- • Neutralization
cleanliness and better chemical compat- tation to achieve enhanced system
Systems
ibility, that also drastically reduces functionality. Integral transmitters with
local displays and many additional • Waste Water Effluent
manufacturing inconsistencies and in-
service particulation associated with features are available as accessories, or • Scrubber Control
machined surfaces. All HP or high-purity select from a wider variety of panel- • Chemical Delivery
versions are lot-traceable, molded in a mount flow instrumentation. • Accurate Batching
dedicated high purity environment, • Plating rinse
• Not suitable for
System Overview gases
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount 4 to 20 mA Input
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Programable
Flow Instrument Flow Instrument Flow Instrument 5091 OR Logic
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) Controller

+GF+ SIGNET 0
50

100
PLC Compatible Instruments
Universal Adapter Kit Flow
The 7000 Vortex Flow Sensor is
(3-8050) compatible with the following
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET instruments:
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
7000 Vortex Flow 7000 Vortex Flow 7000 Vortex Flow 7001 Vortex Flow
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor with
8550 5075 8900
4 to 20 mA 5500 5600
Output
The 7001 Vortex Flow Sensor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET instrument:

5091
+GF+ SIGNET Socket Fusion BCF/IR
End Connectors Solvent Socket Butt Fusion Butt Fusion
(sold separately) See individual catalog pages for
more information.

38 www.gfsignet.com

Specifications
General
Linear Flow range:
• DN 15 to DN 20 (0.5 to 0.75 in.) sensors:
0.5 to 4 m/s (1 .6 to 13 ft/s)
• DN 25 to DN 32 (1 .0 to 1 .25 in.) sensors:
0.4 to 4 m/s (1 .3 to 13 ft/s)
• DN 40 to DN 50 (1 .5 to 2.0 in.) sensors:
0.3 to 4 m/s (1 .0 to 13 ft/s)
NOTE: Below these velocity ranges, Vortex
output is non-linear.
Flow
Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
• PVDF:
16 bar @ 0 °C, 9.8 bar @ 65 °C
(232 psi @ 32 °F, 144 psi @ 149 °F)
• PP:
10 bar @ 0 °C, 2.9 bar @ 65 °C
(145 psi @ 32 °F, 42 psi @ 149 °F)
• PVC:
16 bar @ 0 °C, 3.7 bar @ 60 °C
(232 psi @ 32 °F, 54 psi @ 140 °F)

Pipe size range: See page 224 for Temperature and Pressure graph
• Metric PP/PVDF:
d20 to 63 mm, DN15 to 50 mm Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65
• PVC, Sch80: 1/2 to 2 in. Operating temperature:
Linearity: ± 1% of reading @ 25 °C 0 to 65°C (32 to 149°F)
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of reading @ 25 °C Storage temperature:
-15 to 80 °C (5 to 176 °F)
Enclosure Relative humidity:
Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Material: PC/PBT blend of resins
Seals (2): Buna-N (NBR) Shipping Weights
Maximum vibration: Consult factory
1mm or 1g double amplitude @ 500 Hz
Standards and Approvals:
Wetted materials • CE
Sensor: PVC, PP, or PVDF • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Union O-Rings: FPM or EPDM Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
mental Management
Electrical
Reverse polarity protection.

Frequency Output Model

Power:
3.5 to 24 VDC, regulated, 1 .5 mA max.
Output:
Open-collector NPN transistor, 10 mA
max sink, 24 VDC max pull-up voltage, 0
to 300 Hz (normal), 50% duty cycle, non-
isolated

Current Output Model

Power:
7 to 30 VDC, regulated, 20 mA max

Current loop (2-wire)

Loop impedance:
300Ω maximum at 12 VDC
800Ω maximum at 24 VDC

Application Tips:
• Sensor can be mounted at any angle • Power supplies are available and sold
• A special socket fusion joining machine is separately. See page 152.
required to install fusion, BCF, and Butt/IR • Be sure to select the correct output signal,
connections. frequency or current.
• A minimum back pressure is required to
prevent cavitation within the sensor - see
page 229 for more details.

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. • To compare this Sensor with other +GF+
• For flow installation tips and information see SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow Selection
page 156. Guide on page 4.

www.gfsignet.com 39
Dimensions HP BCF/IR True Union
HP BCF/IR Butt Fusion d Closest DN D L l H e
mm inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm Model 7000/7001
True Union
20 1/2 15 47 1.85 226 8.90 90 3.54 117 4.61 1.9 Ordering Notes:
25 3/4 20 57 2.24 236 9.29 100 3.94 120 4.72 1.9 1) HP BCF/IR True Union
32 1 25 64 2.52 248 9.76 110 4.33 123 4.84 2.4
Conduit port:G supplied with white FPM
PG13.5 or G 40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 286 11.26 110 4.33 127 5.00 2.4
H 1/2 in. NPT o-rings.
50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 298 11.73 120 4.72 132 5.20 3.0
63 2 50 109 4.29 317 12.48 130 5.12 139 5.47 3.0
+GF+
XX DN XX XG
XX
2) All HP Sensors are 100%
cleaned, inspected and
d D double-bagged in heat-
l
sealed PA6/PE liners.
e

L 3) HP Socket Fusion True

Union supplied with black
HP Socket Fusion True Union FPM O-rings.
PVDF Socket Fusion
G
PP Socket Fusion
Conduit port:G
HP Socket Fusion True Union: PVDFG and PP, Socket Fusion
PG13.5 or G
1/2 in. NPT d Closest DN D L l H G
mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch G
H 20 1/2 15 47 1.85 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.61 G
+GF+ 25 3/4 20 57 2.24 142 5.59 100 3.94 120 4.72 G G
XX DN XX XG
XX

32 1 25 64 2.52 156 6.14 110 4.33 123 4.84 G G

dD 40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 160 6.30 110 4.33 127 5.00 G
50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 176 G 6.93
G 120 4.72 132 5.20 G
l 63 2 50 109 4.29 194 7.64 130 5.12 139 5.47 G
L
Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.)

PVDF Butt Fusion/IR PVDF & PP Butt Fusion/IR connectors

d Closest DN D L l H e
PP Butt Fusion/IR
mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm
Conduit port:G 20 1/2 15 47 1.85 196 7.72 90 3.54 117 4.61 1.9
PG13.5 or G 25 3/4 20 57 2.24 212 8.35 100 3.94 120 4.72 1.9
1/2 in. NPT
32 1 25 64 2.52 228 8.98 110 4.33 123 4.84 2.4
40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 234 9.21 110 4.33 127 5.00 2.4
H 50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 250 9.84 120 4.72 132 5.20 3.0
+GF+ 63 2 50 109 4.29 266 10.47 130 5.12 139 5.47 3.0
XX DN XX XG
XX

D Shown with Butt

Fusion/IR connectors
e l
L
Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.)

PVC Sch 80 Solvent Socket

PVC Sch 80 Solvent Socket D L l H
PVC Metric Solvent Socket Inch size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
1/2 43 1.69 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.61
Conduit port:G 3/4 53 2.09 144 5.67 100 3.94 120 4.72
PG13.5 or G 1 60 2.36 160 6.30 110 4.33 123 4.84
1/2 in. NPT 1-1/4 74 2.91 168 6.61 110 4.33 127 5.00
1-1/2 83 3.27 188 7.40 120 4.72 132 5.20
H 2 103 4.06 212 8.35 130 5.12 139 5.47
+GF+
XX DN XX XG
XX PVC Metric Solvent Socket
d Closest DN D L l H
dD
mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
l 20 1/2 15 43 1.69 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.61
L 25 3/4 20 53 2.09 142 5.59 100 3.94 120 4.72
Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.) 32 1 25 60 2.36 156 6.14 110 4.33 123 4.84
40 1-1/4 32 74 2.91 160 6.30 110 4.33 127 5.00
50 1-1/2 40 83 3.27 176 6.93 120 4.72 132 5.20
63 2 50 103 4.06 194 7.64 130 5.12 139 5.47

40 www.gfsignet.com
 Ordering Information

*Model 7000/7001
Ordering Notes:
1) +GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow
Sensors and End Connector
Kits are ordered separately,
except the high purity
versions in SYGEF® HP-
PVDF, which are sold fully
assembled with end
connectors, cleaned and
double bagged.
2) All PP and PVDF Vortex Flow
Sensors are shipped with
FPM O-rings.
3) PVC Vortex Flow Sensors
are shipped with EPDM O-
rings.
4) O-ring kits of 2 each are
available in both materials.
Flow
Sensor Part Number
3-700 Vortex Flow sensor
Output - Choose one
0 Frequency output for use with the 8550, 5500, 5600, 5075, and 8900 instruments
Current output (4 to 20 mA) for connection to external devices or Model 5091
1
Wetted material and end fitting options - choose one
-1 HP-PVDF BCF/IR; Butt fusion True union (end connectors included)
-2 HP-PVDF Socket fusion True union (end connectors included)
-3 PVDF; purchase end connectors separately*
-4 PP; purchase end connectors separately*
-5 PVC Sch 80, Solvent socket; purchase end connectors separately*
-6 PVC Metric, Solvent socket; purchase end connectors separately
Size of flow chamber d/DN/inches (see Dimensions section for d/DN/inches) - Choose one
1 20 mm/15 mm/0.5 inches
2 25 mm/20 mm/ 0.75 inches
3 32 mm/25 mm/1.0 inch
4 40 mm/32 mm/1.25 inch
5 50 mm/40 mm/1.5 inch
6 63 mm/50 mm/2 inch

3-700 0 -2 3 Example Part Number

See ordering information below for available connector kits

Part Number
3-7000.391 Connector kit for the 3-7000 and 3-7001 sensors, -3, -4, -5, and -6 options
Wetted material and end fitting configuration - choose one
-1 PVDF Metric, Butt fusion
-2 PVDF Metric, Fusion Socket
-3 PP Metric, Butt Fusion
-4 PP Metric, Fusion Socket
-5 PVC Sch 80, solvent socket
-6 PVC Metric, solvent socket
Size of connector - Choose one
1 20 mm/15 mm/0.5 inches
2 25 mm/20 mm/ 0.75 inches
3 32 mm/25 mm/1.0 inch
4 40 mm/32 mm/1.25 inch
5 50 mm/40 mm/1.5 inch
6 63 mm/50 mm/2 inch

3-7000.391 -2 3 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-7000-11 159 000 106 3-7000-24 159 000 115
3-7000-12 159 000 107 3-7000-25 159 000 116
3-7000-13 159 000 108 3-7000-26 159 000 117
3-7000-14 159 000 109
3-7000-15 159 000 110 3-7000-31 159 000 118
3-7000-16 159 000 111 3-7000-32 159 000 119
3-7000-33 159 000 120
3-7000-21 159 000 112 3-7000-34 159 000 121
3-7000-22 159 000 113 3-7000-35 159 000 122
3-7000-23 159 000 114 3-7000-36 159 000 123

www.gfsignet.com 41
Ordering Information (continued)
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-7000-41 159 000 124 3-7001-24 159 000 157
3-7000-42 159 000 125 3-7001-25 159 000 158
3-7000-43 159 000 126 3-7001-26 159 000 159
3-7000-44 159 000 127
3-7000-45 159 000 128 3-7001-31 159 000 160
3-7000-46 159 000 129 3-7001-32 159 000 161
3-7001-33 159 000 162
3-7000-51 159 000 130 3-7001-34 159 000 163
3-7000-52 159 000 131 3-7001-35 159 000 164
3-7000-53 159 000 132 3-7001-36 159 000 165
3-7000-54 159 000 133
3-7000-55 159 000 134 3-7001-41 159 000 166
3-7000-56 159 000 135 3-7001-42 159 000 167
3-7001-43 159 000 168
3-7000-61 159 000 136 3-7001-44 159 000 169
3-7000-62 159 000 137 3-7001-45 159 000 170
3-7000-63 159 000 138 3-7001-46 159 000 171
3-7000-64 159 000 139
3-7000-65 159 000 140 3-7001-51 159 000 172
3-7000-66 159 000 141 3-7001-52 159 000 173
3-7001-53 159 000 174
3-7001-11 159 000 148 3-7001-54 159 000 175
3-7001-12 159 000 149 3-7001-55 159 000 176
3-7001-13 159 000 150 3-7001-56 159 000 177
3-7001-14 159 000 151
3-7001-15 159 000 152 3-7001-61 159 000 178
3-7001-16 159 000 153 3-7001-62 159 000 179
3-7001-63 159 000 180
3-7001-21 159 000 154 3-7001-64 159 000 181
3-7001-22 159 000 155 3-7001-65 159 000 182
3-7001-23 159 000 156 3-7001-66 159 000 183

End Connector Kits

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-7000.391-11 159 000 611 3-7000.391-41 159 000 593
3-7000.391-12 159 000 612 3-7000.391-42 159 000 594
3-7000.391-13 159 000 613 3-7000.391-43 159 000 595
3-7000.391-14 159 000 614 3-7000.391-44 159 000 596 Model 7000/7001
3-7000.391-15 159 000 615 3-7000.391-45 159 000 597 Ordering Notes:
1) +GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow
3-7000.391-16 159 000 616 3-7000.391-46 159 000 598 Sensors and End Connector
Kits are ordered separately,
3-7000.391-21 159 000 605 3-7000.391-51 159 000 581 except the high purity
3-7000.391-22 159 000 606 3-7000.391-52 159 000 582 versions in SYGEF ® HP-
3-7000.391-23 159 000 607 3-7000.391-53 159 000 583 PVDF, which are sold fully
assembled with end
3-7000.391-24 159 000 608 3-7000.391-54 159 000 584 connectors, cleaned and
3-7000.391-25 159 000 609 3-7000.391-55 159 000 585 double bagged.
3-7000.391-26 159 000 610 3-7000.391-56 159 000 586
2) All PP and PVDF Vortex Flow
3-7000.391-31 159 000 599 3-7000.391-61 159 000 587 Sensors are shipped with
FPM O-rings, and PVC
3-7000.391-32 159 000 600 3-7000.391-62 159 000 588 Vortex Flow Sensors are
3-7000.391-33 159 000 601 3-7000.391-63 159 000 589 shipped with EPDM O-rings.
3-7000.391-34 159 000 602 3-7000.391-64 159 000 590 O-ring kits of 2 each are
3-7000.391-35 159 000 603 3-7000.391-65 159 000 591 available in both materials.
3-7000.391-36 159 000 604 3-7000.391-66 159 000 592

42 www.gfsignet.com
 Ordering Information (continued)

Flow
Universal Adapter Kit
O-Ring Kits (2 o-rings included in each kit)
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-7000.390-01 159 000 563 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, EPDM
3-7000.390-02 159 000 564 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, EPDM
3-7000.390-03 159 000 565 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, EPDM
3-7000.390-04 159 000 566 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, EPDM
3-7000.390-05 159 000 567 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, EPDM
3-7000.390-06 159 000 568 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, EPDM

3-7000.390-07 159 000 569 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM

3-7000.390-08 159 000 570 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM
Liquid Tight Connector Kit 3-7000.390-09 159 000 571 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM
3-7000.390-10 159 000 572 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, FPM
1/2" NPT 3-7000.390-11 159 000 573 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM
PG 13.5 3-7000.390-12 159 000 574 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM
PG 13.5 3-7000.390-13 159 000 575 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM-HP
3-7000.390-14 159 000 576 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM-HP
3-7000.390-15 159 000 577 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM-HP
3-7000.390-16 159 000 578 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”,FPM-HP
3-7000.390-17 159 000 579 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM-HP
3-7000.390-18 159 000 580 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM-HP

HPV/IVS Retro Kit Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit
3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit with PG 13.5 to NPT
Adapter
3-8055 159 000 629 HPV/IVS Retro Kit
1203-1121 198 864 920 Base Seal
1223-0151 159 000 236 Cap O-ring

www.gfsignet.com 43
7002 Vortex Flow Sensors
Features
R
ITTE • No Moving Parts
SM
R AN SO
R • Ultrasonic Detection
D T R N
IN O SE Flange Wafer
BL NCY • 20:1 Turndown Ratio
UE
R EQ
F • Field replaceable
electronics module

• Wafer and Flanged

connection options

• Reverse polarity
protected

• Standard or High
Purity PVDF

• For DN80 and

Description
+GF+ SIGNET 7002 Vortex Flow Sensors
provide extremely accurate and reliable
flow measurement with no moving parts.
Utilizing ultrasonic pick-up technology,
these sensors are unaffected by normal
piping system vibrations and have an
excellent turndown ratio. PVDF and
High-Purity PVDF versions, sizes DN80
and DN100 (3-inch and 4-inch), are
available in wafer and flange configura-
tions and should be your first choice for
flow measurement applications from
chemical delivery to UPW distribution.
All high-purity versions are lot traceable,
DN100 (3 and 4 in.)
pipes
cleaned for ultrapure service, and
double-bagged in PA6/PE packaging.
Application
The sensors feature frequency and 4 to • Process Flow
20 mA output with a terminal block inside
the sensor cap for easy wiring, and can • UPW Distribution
be used with +GF+ SIGNET's compre- • RO/DI Skids
hensive offering of flow instrumentation to • Waste Water Effluent
achieve enhanced system functionality. • Scrubber Control
Integral transmitters with local displays • Chemical Delivery
and many additional features are • Accurate Batching
available as accessories, or select from a
wider variety of panel-mount flow
instrumentation.

System Overview
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount 4 to 20 mA Input
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Programable
Flow Instrument Flow Instrument Flow Instrument 5091 OR Logic
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) Controller
50
PLC Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET 0 100

The 7002 Vortex Flow Sensor

Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8050)
Flow

is compatible with the

(sold separately) following +GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET instruments:
7002 Vortex Flow 7002 Vortex Flow 7002 Vortex Flow 7002 Vortex Flow
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor with 8550 5075 8900
4 to 20 mA
Output 5500 5091
5600

See individual catalog pages

for more information.

44 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications

Flow
General Electrical (continued)
Linear Flow Range Current Output (2-wire):
• Turndown Ratio: 20:1 4 to 20 mA output factory-set from 0 to 4
• DN80 (3 in.) Reynold’s No. ≥ 16000: m/s (0 to 13 ft/s)
0.2 to 4 m/s (0.66 to 13 ft/s) • 3” scale range:
3” scale range: 0-1146 lpm 0-1146 lpm (0 to 303 gpm)
(0 to 303 U.S. gpm) • 4” scale range:
• DN100 (4 in.) 0-1736 lpm (0 to 459 gpm)
• Reynold’s No. ≥ 20000: (Custom ranges available from factory)
0.2 to 4 m/s (0.66 to 13 ft/s) Max. Loop impedance:
4” scale range: 0-1736 lpm 1Ω at 12VDC
(0 to 459 U.S. gpm) 600Ω at 24 VDC
NOTE: Below these velocity ranges, Vortex Resolution: 2.5 µA
output is non-linear.
Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Pipe size: Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65
• DN80 (3 in.) • Flange Vortex Sensor:
• DN100 (4 in.) 10 bar @ 30°C, 2.0 bar @ 120°C
Accuracy: ± 1% of reading (145 psi @ 86 °F, 30 psi @ 248°F)
Repeatability: ± 0.25% of reading • Wafer Vortex Sensor:
Response Time: 10 bar @ 30°C, 6.5 bar @ 70°C
1 second first order response; 5 seconds (145 psi @ 86°F, 94 psi @ 158°F)
settled to 1% Ambient Operating temperature:
0 to 70 °C (32 to 158 °F)
Enclosure Storage temperature:
• Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 -15 to 80 °C (5 to 176 °F)
• Material: Valox® (PBT) Relative humidity:
Vibration resistance: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
>1g in every axis up to 500 Hz.
Shipping Weight
Wetted materials • Wafer
Sensor: PVDF DN80/3 in. 2.0 kg (4.50 lb)
Surface - inside: 0.635 µm (25 µ inch) DN 100/4 in. 3.2 kg (7.00 lb.)
• Flange
Electrical DN80/3 in. 5.0 kg (11 .00 lb.)
Reverse polarity protection DN100/4 in. 7.3 kg (16.00 lb.)
Power requirements:
• Frequency Out: Standards and Approvals
4.5 to 7 VDC, regulated, 30 mA maximum • CE
• Current Out: 12 to 24 VDC • Manufactured under
ISO 9001:2000 for Quality & ISO
Open Collector output: 14001:1996 for Environmental Manage-
NPN transistor, 10 mA max sink, 30 VDC ment
maximum pull-up voltage, 0 to 100 Hz,
50% duty cycle, non-isolated, <100 Hz at
maximum range.

Application Tips:
• Sensor can be mounted at any angle.
• A minimum back-pressure is required to
prevent cavitation within the sensor - see
page 229 for more details.
• Mounting hardware, gaskets, and other
components are not furnished with these
sensors.
• Use the spring kit with the Wafer Vortex if
required. See page 47 for more information.
• Power supplied to the sensor will dictate
sensor output frequency or 4 to 20mA.
• Using 4.5 to 7 VDC, the output will be
frequency.
• Using 12 to 24 VDC, the output will be
current.
• The ultrasonic pickup of these sensors is
unaffected by normal piping system
vibrations.

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow Selection
• For flow installation tips and information see Guide on page 4.
page 156. • For flow sensor mounting position informa-
• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+ tion see page 156.

www.gfsignet.com 45
Dimensions
Wafer Vortex (End View)
Wafer Vortex Sensor Dimensions
A B C D
Size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
DN80 (3") 196.9 7.75 78.0 3.07 199.9 7.87 287.0 11.3
DN100 (4") 228.6 9.00 96.0 3.78 249.9 9.84 322.6 12.7

NOTE: The height (D) increases by 25.4 mm (1 inch)

when fitted with the 8550 Flow Transmitter.

B
A
End Cap Dimensions - used on wafer and flanged vortex
107 mm (4.2 in.) 42 mmP
(1 .65 in.)

96 mm (3.8 in.)

Wafer Vortex (Side View)

25.4 mm/1 in.
3-8550

Flange Vortex Sensor Dimensions Flange Vortex (End View)

A B C D
Size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
DN80 (3") 196.9 7.75 78.0 3.07 199.9 7.87 287.0 11.3
DN100 (4") 228.6 9.00 96.0 3.78 249.9 9.84 322.6 12.7

NOTE: The height (D) increases by 25.4 mm (1 inch)

when fitted with the 8550 Flow Transmitter.

A B

Flange Vortex (Side View)

25.4 mm/1 in.
3-8550

D
A

46 www.gfsignet.com
 Ordering Information

Flow
Model 7002 Sensor Part Number
Ordering Notes:
Assembly parts such as 3-7002 Vortex Flow sensor with frequency or 4 to 20 mA output (depending on power supplied to sensor)
gaskets, nuts and bolts are Material - Choose one
-2 HP - PVDF
not included. For wafer
-3 PVDF
versions only, accessory Size - Choose one
Spring Kit(s) may be required. A 3 inch, d90/DN80
See “Installation” section for B 4 inch, d110/DN100
details. End connection configuration - Choose one
W Wafer
F Flange, ANSI
Fl Flange, ISO

3-7002 -2 A W Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

Universal Adapter Kit 3-7002-2AF 159 000 657 3-7002-3AF 159 000 667
3-7002-2AFI 159 000 658 3-7002-3AFI 159 000 668
3-7002-2AW 159 000 661 3-7002-3AW 159 000 671

3-7002-2BF 159 000 662 3-7002-3BF 159 000 672

3-7002-2BFI 159 000 663 3-7002-3BFI 159 000 673
3-7002-2BW 159 000 666 3-7002-3BW 159 000 676

Liquid Tight Connector Kit

Accessories and Replacement Parts
1/2" NPT
PG 13.5 Mfr. Part No. Code Description

PG 13.5 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit

3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit with PG13.5 to
NPT Adapter
3-7002.391 159 000 692 Spring Kit* (includes four springs)

*Required if wafer vortex is used in applications where fluid temperature will reach <15°C or >35°C
Spring Kit (shown with sensor)

www.gfsignet.com 47
3300/3500 Ultrasonic Flow Monitor System
Features
3-3500.31X-X • Bi-directional flow

W! • Measures debris laden

NE flow

• Open channel or
closed channel/pipe

• Self-diagnostics

3-3500.320-X • Local display of flow

3-3500.330-X rate and total

• Minimal straight run

requirements

• No-moving parts
3-3300
• RS232 communication

• Partial and full pipe

Description flow measurement
The +GF+ SIGNET 3300 Ultrasonic Flow The +GF+ SIGNET 3300 system can be
Monitoring System advances the use of equipped with up to four 4 to 20mA outputs • Battery powered
Doppler ultrasound technology in flow for interfacing to loggers, telemetry systems
or PLC’s for long-term monitoring or an
(optional solar panel)
measurement by utilizing proprietary “Advance
Spectrum” signal processing in measuring the RS232 local connection to laptops or pocket
entire flow stream. The result is reliable, PCs. This vandal-resistant unit features dual • High-intensity propor-
power-efficient, low cost of ownership, liquid password protected local or remote down- tional flashing rate
flow monitoring in open or closed channels. loading of logged data. Both velocity and indicator
The +GF+ SIGNET 3300 includes features velocity/depth combination sensors have no
tailored to meet common requirements in a moving parts and lend minimal obstruction in • Weatherproof stainless
variety of applications like municipal water/ the flow stream. steel enclosure
wastewater, industrial waste, etc.
• Vandal resistant
System Overview • PC/Pocket PC access
Strap-in Sensor Mount Insertion Sensor Mount and downloads

+GF+ SIGNET9 • Data logger

Flow Instrument9
3-33009 • Optional 4 to 20mA
9
outputs

• Wet-Tap capability

Applications
Mounting Kit included • Industrial/Municipal
Wastewater
+GF+ SIGNET9 +GF+ SIGNET9 • Pump Station
Flow Sensor9 Flow Sensor9 Monitoring
3-3500.3109 3-3500.3209 • Environmental
3-3500.3139 3-3500.3309 Monitoring
(Pipe sold separately) 9 • Billing Networks
• Sewer and Stormwater
Flow Monitoring
Strap mount kit included Pipe fitting (customer supplied)

48 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions

Flow
3300 Monitor Logger

200mm (7.87 in.)

30mm9
(1 .18 in.)

30mm (1 .18 in.)

+GF+ SIGNET
Ultra
sonic9 3200/
3300

200mm9
(7.87 in.)
134mm9
(5.28 in.)

‡ SIGNET

216mm (8.5 in.)

Front View Bottom View

Solar Panel (optional) Insert Transducer9

3500.320-X9
270mm (10.63 in.) 22.6mm9
(0.89 in.) 3500.330-X

245mm9
(9.65 in.)
20mm9
(0.78 in.)

352mm9
(13.87 in.)

Front View Side View

2 in. NPT9
or ISO 7/1-R2

Strap Mount Transducer9 73.6mm9

3500.31X-X 13.7mm9
(0.54 in.) (2.9 in.)
45mm9
(1.77 in.)

DB9 Male9
Clip-on9 Connector
125mm9 50mm9
ferrite bead
(4.92 in.) (1.97 in.)

Cable length:9
10m or 20m9
(30 ft. or 60 ft.)

50mm9 Top View

(1.97 in.)

16mm (0.63 in.) Face View

www.gfsignet.com 49
Specifications
3300 Flowmeter 3500 Series Sensors
General General
User Interface: Velocity Performance
• Flow display is an internal 6-digit, 0.5 in. • Velocity Measurement Method: Wetted
(12mm) LCD of constant status, flow rate and Doppler
flow volume total • Bi-directional flow display (fully accountable),
• High-intensity LED light flashes proportionately reverse flow indication and net flow calculation
to flow rate (user configurable) • Velocity Range (strap mount and insertion type
• RS232 serial cable for local connection to PC sensors):
and laptops 0.03m/s to 4m/s (0.1 ft/sec to 13 ft/sec)
• RS232 null modem cable for local connection • Velocity Accuracy:
to PocketPC (optional) ± 1% of value up to 3.0m/sec (9.8 ft/sec)
Note: Pocket PC not included ± 1 .5% of value at velocities greater than 3.0m/
Recommended Pocket PC with software 2002 sec (9.8 ft/sec)
OS/CE 3.0 or later, and null modem cable. • Repeatability: 0.5% at 1m/s (3.2 ft/s)
Flow Volume Logging Capacity: • Velocity Resolution: 1mm (0.04 in.) at 1m/sec
• Configuration dependent to maximum of (3.3 ft/sec)
250,000 records at 15 min. intervals. Includes • Max. operating temp./pressure: 10 bar @ 25°C
independent logging of depth . Over 120 days (147 psi @ 77°F)
data logging.
Depth Measurement Performance
Material: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401) enclosure Depth Sensor Ranges:
• 2m (6.6 ft.) above transducer face
Electrical • 4m (13.1 ft.)
Power: • 10m (32.8 ft.)
• 9VDC- 1 amp, regulated power converter • Max. depth (over range): 60m (197 ft.) without
required for 110 VAC/240 VAC operation. damage
Internal battery used as backup. Depth Sensor Accuracy:
• Internal 6V 12 Ah battery , rechargeable 0.2% of full scale at constant temperature in a
(charger is customer supplied) Solar panel static stream (depth measurement only). 1% of
available* full scale over a flow stream (5°C to 55°C)
Outputs: Repeatability: 0.5% at 1m/s (3.2 ft/s)
• Pulse Output: open-collector flow volume pulse, Depth Sensor Resolution: 1mm (0.04 in.)
which shorts pulse pin to system ground** • Max. operating temp./pressure: 10 bar @ 25°C
• 4 to 20 mA output (optional): choice of either (147 psi @ 77°F)
(1) internal board mounted output, or (3)
external module mounted outputs for three Mounting
parameters • Installation Distance:
6x diameter and 2x diameter (reversible - up or
Alarm: down stream)
Short Message Service Protocol (SMS) • Strap Mount Intrusion Area:
Program Memory: surface mount 8cm2 (1 .25 in2)
Battery backed NVRAM • Insertion Mount Intrusion Area:
Units of Measure: 11 .25 cm2 (1 .7in2)
User definable for rate and total (in metric or • Insertion sensor fitting: 2 in. NPT threads or ISO
English units) 7/1-R2 threads
• Insertion Installation Limits:
Application Software (required): DN100 to DN1800 (4 in. to 72 in.)
• CD-ROM included with required FloCom™ for
PCs with help files, user manual, installation Wetted Materials
instructions, system configuration, data • Strap Mount: Epoxy and PVC
downloading & velocity profile testing. • Pressure transducer: Alumina ceramic
Minimum PC requirements - Windows® 98 or • Insertion Mount: Epoxy and nickel plated brass
newer, 10MB hard drive disk space, one serial or 316 stainless steel
comms port (must be COM1 or COM2), at • Cable: PVC 9 mm diameter from 10m
least 640 x 480 resolution std. VGA screen (33 ft.) to 50m (165 ft.)
• Optional FloCom™ CE Software available for
use with PocketPC Shipping Weight (Flowmeter and Sensor):
9 kg (21 lbs.)
Environmental
Enclosure Rating: IP66 Standards and Approvals:
Operating Temperature: • CE
23°F to 122°F (-5°C to 50°C)
* Optional battery-solar
panel for trickle charge
* * One pulse/volume unit independent of
stand-alone power
integration time period.
system. Approximate life
expectancy is 7 years,
depending on application
conditions.

50 www.gfsignet.com
Ordering Information

Flow
Electronics Package - Used with any of the sensors listed below
Ultrasonic flow meter electronics package; includes display electronics, mounting hardware, back-up
Model 3300/3500
3-3300 Ordering Notes:
battery, communication serial cable, set-up CD and software
1) Strap-in sensors include
Sensor Part Number- Choose one polypropylene sensor
3-3500 Ultrasonic Doppler Flow Sensor - must be used with 3-3300 Electronics package - Choose one mounting plate and
.310 Strap-in sensor, no depth measurement sensor plate mounting
kit.
.311 Strap-in sensor, 0 - 2 m (0 - 6.6 ft.) depth measurement above transducer face
.312 Strap-in sensor, 0 - 4 m (0 - 13.1 ft.)depth measurement above transducer face 2) Optional 30 m (100 ft.)
.313 Strap-in sensor, 0 - 10 m (0 - 32.8 ft.)depth measurement above transducer face and 50 m (165 ft.)
.320 Insertion sensor, nickel plated brass
cable lengths available.
Call factory for details.
.330 Insertion sensor, 316 stainless steel (1.4401)
Cable length for all sensor styles and thread size (insertion sensors only) - choose one 3) All strap-in sensors
-1 10 m (33 ft.) cable for both styles; 2 inch NPT threads on insertion sensor measure velocity. Those
with depth measure
-2 20 m (66 ft.) cable for both styles; 2 inch NPT threads on insertion sensor
both depth and
-3 10 m (33 ft.) cable for both styles; ISO 7/1 R-2 threads on insertion sensor velocity, and are the
-4 20 m (66 ft.) cable for both styles; ISO 7/1 R-2 threads on insertion sensor perfect choice for open
channels.
3-3500 .311 -2 Example Part Number
4) Insertion sensors do not
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code measure depth. In
Electronics addition, pipe must be
Sensors
3-3300 159 000 989 3-3500.313-2 159 000 997 full.
Sensors 3-3500.320-1 159 000 998
3-3500.310-1 159 000 990 3-3500.320-2 159 000 999 5) PDA/Pocket PC is not
3-3500.310-2 159 000 991 3-3500.320-3 159 001 001 included. See specifica-
3-3500.311-1 159 000 992 3-3500.320-4 159 001 002 tion for recommenda-
3-3500.311-2 159 000 993 3-3500.330-1 159 001 003 tions.
3-3500.312-1 159 000 994 3-3500.330-2 159 001 004
3-3500.312-2 159 000 995 3-3500.330-3 159 001 005 6) Select 4 to 20mA
3-3500.313-1 159 000 996 3-3500.330-4 159 001 006 outputs for interfacing
to loggers, telemetry, or
Accessories and Replacement Parts PLCs.
Mfr. Part No. Code Description 7) For 110VAC/240VAC
Electronics Parts and Accessories operation, a power
3-3300.100 159 000 972 3300 Electronics only supply to 9VDC/1amp
3-3200.075 159 000 973 Battery - sealed lead acid 6V 12 Ah is required (customer
(Panasonic LC-R0612P) supplied). It will trickle
3-3200.390 159 000 974 Flowmeter mounting kit (straight and elbow) charge the internal
3-3200.076 159 000 975 Solar panel - Solarex 6V 5W MSX5V6 battery. In the event of
3-3200.395 159 000 976 Solar panel mounting kit a power failure, the
3-3200.090 159 000 977 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CD Doppler battery will ensure
operating system and instructions (Win32) continuous data
3-3200.091 159 000 978 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CE CD for Pocket logging.
PCs (Note: Null modem adapter and pocket
PC not included) 8) Minimum pipe size for
3-3200.391 159 000 979 Communication cable 3300 to PC installation of strap-in
3-3200.392 159 000 980 Communication cable 3300 to Pocket PC and insertion sensors is
(null modem) DN 100 (4 in.). Maxi-
3-3200.393 159 000 981 One 4 to 20mA output module, internally mum pipe size for
mounted insertion sensors is DN
3-3300.393 159 000 982 three 4 to 20mA output module, externally 1800 (72 in.)
mounted enclosure
Sensor Parts and Accessories
3-3500.391 159 000 983 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - stainless steel
3-3500.392 159 000 984 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - polypropylene
3-3500.398 159 000 985 Strap-in sensor plate mounting kit
3-3500.390 159 000 986 Adjustable strap poly - 300mm to 450mm pipe
3-3500.393 159 000 987 Adjustable strap poly - 225mm to 300mm pipe
3-3500.397 159 000 988 Adjustable strap poly - mounting kit (machine
screws, wire ties, and metal buckle)
www.gfsignet.com 51
5075 ProPoint™ Totalizing Flow Monitor
Features
• Permanent and
Resettable Totalizers
• Tamper proof security
code
• Non-volatile memory
• Simple push-button
operation

• Pulse outputs at
sensor frequency and
at total volume
• 1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X/
IP65 enclosure
• Remote totalizer reset

Analog and Digital Display Applications

• Waste Water Flow
Description Accumulation
The +GF+ SIGNET 5075 Totalizing Flow and resettable totalizers and pulse • Water Treatment
Monitor features a traditional analog outputs at sensor frequency and at Systems
dial for flow rate at a glance while the totalizer scale, The 5075 is powered by • Filtration Systems
backlit LCD provides precision flow rate, any 12 to 24 VDC or VAC power source. • Feed Pump Pulsing
total volume and programming informa- • Fertigation
tion. Connect to any of +GF+ SIGNET’s flow • Irrigation
sensors for a classic flow meter system in • Commercial Pools
Significant features of this 5075 include a 21st century package. & Spas
user selectable analog dials, permanent
• Groundwater
Remediation
• HVAC
• Process Flow
Monitoring
System Overview • UPW Distribution
• Demineralizer
Panel Mount Regeneration
+GF+ SIGNET • Process Cooling Water
5075 Flow Instrument
includes mounting bracket • Neutralization
and panel gasket Systems
®

C US
E171559 LR092369

Compatible Sensors
The 5075 ProPoint™ Totalizing
Monitor is compatible with the
+GF+ SIGNET following +GF+ SIGNET flow
Flow Sensor SIGNET +GF+
XX DN XX X
XX Sensors:
(sold separately) FLOW
515 2507 2550
525 2517 7000
2000 2536 7002
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings 2100 2540
See individual sensor data sheets for required See individual catalog pages for
or end connectors sensor mounting accessories
as required (sold separately) more information

52 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
96 mm (3.8 in.) General Environmental
4 5 6
Operating Range: 0.5 Hz to 10 kHz Operating temperature:
2
3
GPM
7
8 Display: -10 to 55° C (14 to 131° F)
1
0
9
10
• Analog: Relative humidity:
96 mm
(3.8 in. Six slide-in dial ranges - 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8, 0 to 95%, non-condensing
10 & 100 w/multipliers Enclosure: NEMA 4X/IP65
ENT • Digital:
+GF+ SIGNET Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)
character
Front View
Additional Functions: Standards and Approvals
OptionalC Sensor Pulse output, volumetric pulse • UL, CSA, CE, CUL
Splashproof C
Panel Gasket
Rear Cover output, Remote totalizer reset • Manufactured under ISO
Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading 9001:2000 for Quality and ISO
Mounting C
Panel 14001:1996 for Environmental
Mounting C
Clamp Materials Management
91 mmC
(3.6 in.)
88 mmC Enclosure: ABS Plastic
(3.5 in.)
Keypad: Silicone Rubber
Panel and case gasket: Neoprene
Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
76 mm (3 in.)C
96 mm (3.8 in.)C
88 mm (3.5 in.) Electrical
Side View Power Requirements:
12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC,
unregulated, 50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. • To compare this instrument with other
• For flow installation tips and information see +GF+ SIGNET instruments, see Flow
page 156. Selection Guide on page 4.

Ordering Information
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-5075 198 825 007 5075 Totalizing Flow Monitor

Model 5075
Ordering Notes:
Accessories and Replacement Parts
1) Panel cutout should be Mfr. Part No. Code Description
92 x 92 mm (3.62 x
3.62 in.) Mounting
3-5000.395 198 840 227
Splashproof rear cover kit
2) Reversible dials are 3-5000.598 198 840 225
Surface mount bracket
included and are scaled 3-0000.596 159 000 641
Heavy duty wall mount bracket
from 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to 3-5000.399 198 840 224
5 x 5 inch adapter plate to retrofit older +GF+ SIGNET
6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0 installations
to 100. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retofit Adapter
Liquid tight connectors
3) An optional splash proof 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3 connectors)
rear cover can be 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
ordered separately if 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
needed. Replacement Parts
3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit (ProPoint screws, clamps, mounting template)
4) Flow rate unit tags are 3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 Series
provided for labeling 3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit
dials appropriately in 3-5500.611 159 000 348 Unit tags
units of gpm, lpm, etc. 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window
Other
5) For more information 3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)
about accessories, see 3-5000.075 159 000 321 110/24 VAC Transformer
page 195.
www.gfsignet.com 53
5090 ProPoint™ Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor

Features
• High visibility analog
display

• Sensor-powered flow
rate indication up to
60m (200 ft.) from
sensor installation

• Wide flow range: 1 to

20 ft/s in pipe sizes
DN15 to D900 (0.5 to
36 in.)

• Single-point calibra-
tion from front panel

• Factory Mutual (FM)

approved for intrinsic
safety in Classes I, II
and III, Division I
Sensor Powered - external power not required.

Application
• Filtration Systems
• Hazardous Locations
Description This unique system is suitable for a wide • Remote Flow
The +GF+ SIGNET 5090 Sensor Pow- range of flow rates, and is Factory Monitoring
ered Flow Monitor is the simplest and Mutual (FM) approved for intrinsic safety • Process Cooling Water
economical instrument in the +GF+ without the need for barriers. Packaged • Distribution Systems
SIGNET offering. It features a balanced- in a 1/4 DIN housing with a NEMA 4X/ • HVAC
spring meter movement that is powered IP65 front panel, the 5090 is the first • Process Flow
by the AC output of the venerable +GF+ choice for simple flow monitoring, even Monitoring
SIGNET 515 Paddlewheel Flow Sensor. in the most demanding industrial environ-
No additional power source is required. ments.

E171559

FM ®

System Overview APPROVED C US

LR092369

Panel Mount
+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Instrument
(includes mounting bracket
and panel gasket)

Compatible Sensors
The 5090 ProPoint™ Sensor
+GF+ SIGNET Powered Flow Monitor is
515 Flow Sensor only compatible with the following
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensors:

515
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings
(sold separately) See individual catalog pages for
more information.

54 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
96 mm (3.8 in.) General Environmental
5 6
Operating Range: Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
4
3 7 • 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s) in pipes Operating temperature:
2 8 DN15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.) -10 to 65°C (14 to 149°F)
96 mm4
1 9
(3.8 in.) • 7 ft/s (min. full scale range) Relative humidity:
0 10
0 to 95%, non-condensing
GPM
X 100
SPAN

Reversible dial face kit includes ranges

‡ SIGNET
0 to 2, 4, 6, 8 and 100. Shipping Weight: 0.45 kg (1 lb.)
Front View
Display: Standards and Approvals
Optional Splashproof 4
Panel4
Gasket Rear Cover Taut-band suspension meter move- • FM, UL, CSA, CE, CUL
Mounting4
ment, 250° deflection (not suitable for • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
Panel prolonged exposure to vibration) for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
± 2% of full scale
Mounting 4
Clamp (2 ea.) Accuracy: Environmental Management
91 mm4
(3.6 in.)
88 mm4
(3.5 in.)
Repeatability: ± 1% of full scale

Materials
Enclosure: ABS Plastic
76 mm (3 in.)
96 mm (3.8 in.)
Panel and case gasket: Neoprene
88 mm (3.5 in.)
Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
SIDE VIEW

Electrical
Power Requirements: None

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. • To compare this instrument with other
• For flow installation tips and information see +GF+ SIGNET instruments, see Flow
page 156. Selection Guide on page 4.

Model 5090 Ordering Information

Ordering Notes:
1) Panel cutout should be Mfr. Part No. Code Description
92 x 92 mm (3.62 x
3.62 in.)
3-5090 198 825 000 5090 Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor

2) Reversible dials are

included and are scaled Accessories and Replacement Parts
from 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to
6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0 Mfr. Part No. Code Description
to 100. Mounting
3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit
3) An optional splash proof 3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for Signet retrofit
rear cover can be
ordered separately if
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
needed for most environ- 3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
ments. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit Adapter
Liquid tight connectors
4) Flow rate unit tags are 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3
provided for labeling connectors)
dials appropriately in 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
units of gpm, lpm, etc. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
Replacement parts
5) For sketches of accesso- 3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,
ries see page 195. mounting template)
3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090 Window kit
3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
3-5090.390 159 000 334 Dial kit
3-5090.611 198 840 228 Unit tags
3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090, 5091 Window Kit
www.gfsignet.com 55
5091 ProPoint™ Loop Current Monitor
Features
• 4 to 20mA input

• High Visibility Analog

Display

• Reversible Dial: 4 to
20 mA or 0 to 100%

• Wire in series with 4 to

20 mA loop. No
additional power
required.

• 1/4 DIN Enclosure

• NEMA 4X/IP65 front

• Hard-coated, High
Impact & UV Resistant
4 to 20 mA or 0 to 100% display for any process variable. Polycarbonate Front
Loop powered. Face

Application
Description 4 to 20 mA loop moni-
Simply wire the +GF+ SIGNET 5091 capable of dropping below 4 mA and toring, or 0 to 100% for
Current Monitor in series with any 4 to pegging above 20 mA, so unusual ANY process variable
20 mA loop, and obtain a visual indica- conditions are easy to recognize. An such as:
tion of process conditions anywhere in assortment of decals is included to • Flow
your plant. No additional power or customize the display for any process • pH/ORP
connections are required. A reversible variable. The 5091 is also compatible • Conductivity
slide-in dial is provided to display either with +GF+ SIGNET instruments and • Pressure
the 4 to 20 mA loop signal directly, or other manufacturer’s instruments with 4 to • Temperature
0 to 100% (of full scale). The needle is 20mA otuput. • Valve Position
• Level
• Specific Ion
System Overview • Dissolved Oxygen,
BOD
Panel Mount Panel Mount
+GF+ SIGNET • TOC
+GF+ SIGNET
5091 Current Monitor
5091 Current Monitor • Turbidity
(includes mouting bracket
and panel gasket) • Hardness
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
pH conductivity 4 to20 mA
electronics* electronics* output
from Customer
specified sensor

PLC Compatible Sensors

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Flow, Temperature, +GF+ SIGNET
pH electrode* conductivity The 5091 ProPoint™ Current
Pressure
Sensors*
electrode* Monitor is compatible with the
PLC following +GF+ SIGNET
+GF+

Sensors:
XX DN XX X
XX

2350 2560 7002

2450 2750 2550
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings* 2850 7001
See individual sensor data sheets for required sensor mounting accessories.
See individual catalog pages
*Sold separately. for more information.

56 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General Environmental
96 mm (3.8 in.)
Operating Range: Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65
12 4 to 20 mA (factory calibrated) Operating Temperature:
-10 to 65°C (14 to 149°F)
4 20
96 mm;
Max. Voltage Drop: Storage Temperature:
(3.8 in.) 2.5 VDC at 20.00 mA -15 to 80°C (5 to 176°F)
Display: Relative Humidity:
Taut-band suspension meter movement, 0 to 95%, non-condensing
‡ SIGNET 250° deflection (not suitable for pro-
Front View longed exposure to vibration) Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg (1 .1 lbs.)
Accuracy: ± 2% of full scale
Repeatability: ± 1% of full scale Standards and Approvals
Panel; Optional Splashproof ;
• CE
Gasket Rear Cover Materials • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
Mounting ;
Enclosure: ABS Plastic for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Panel Panel and case gasket: Neoprene Environmental Management
Mounting ;
Clamp (2 ea.) Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
91 mm; 88 mm;
(3.6 in.) (3.5 in.)
Electrical
Power Requirements: none

76 mm (3 in.)
96 mm (3.8 in.)
88 mm (3.5 in.)

Side View

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. • To compare this instrument with other
• For flow installation tips and information see +GF+ SIGNET Flow instrument, see Flow
page 156. Selection Guide on page 4.

Ordering Information
Model 5091 Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Ordering Notes: 3-5091 198 825 010 Current Monitor
1) Panel cutout should be
92 x 92 mm (3.62 x
3.62 in.) Accessories and Replacement Parts
2) Reversible dialwith 4 to Mfr. Part No. Code Description
20mA or 0 to 100% Mounting
scale 3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof Rear Cover Kit
3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET
3) An optional splash proof retrofit
rear cover can be 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
ordered separately if
needed.
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)
4) For more information on 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit Adapter
accessories, see page Liquid tight connectors
195. 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit
(includes 3 connectors)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
Replacement parts
3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,
mounting template)
3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090 window kit
3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
3-5091 .611 159 000 339 Unit tags
www.gfsignet.com 57
5500 ProPoint™ Flow Monitor
Features
• Permanent and
Resettable Totalizers
• Two Programmable
Relays
• Fully Scaleable 4 to 20
mA Output
• Tamper proof security
code
• Non-volatile memory

• Intuitive Software
Design
• Programmable pulse
Featuring analog and digital displays and a remote resettable totalizer. outputs

Applications
Description • Waste Water Flow
The +GF+ SIGNET 5500 ProPoint™ Flow High or Low alarm operation, or they can be Accumulation
Monitor is an instrument that comes fully set to pulse operation for chemical dosing • Water Treatment
equipped with all of the basic tools needed applications. Systems
for monitoring and controlling a flow system.
The analog dial enables the user to easily
• Filtration Systems
Use the internally powered 4 to 20mA
read instantaneous flow rate, while the output, programmable from the front keypad, • Feed Pump Pulsing
backlit LCD is useful for calibration, set-up, to send the flow information to any PLC or • Fertigation
and displaying totalized flow volume. The data logger. • Irrigation
5500 features a standard 1/4 DIN package • Commercial Pools
and removable wiring terminals. Power the If you use all of these output features, you still & Spas
instrument with any standard 24-volt power have two more output pulse terminals, one at • Groundwater
supply (AC or DC). sensor frequency, the other triggered by the Remediation
totalizer. And just for added convenience, the
Connect any one of +GF+ SIGNET’s wide resettable totalizer can be reset by a remote • HVAC
array of flow sensors, then consider which switch, up to 30m (100 ft.), or from the front • Process Flow
output features are best for your application. keypad. Monitoring
Two dry-contact relays can be configured for • UPW Distribution
• Demineralizer
System Overview Regeneration
• Process Cooling Water
Panel Mount
• Neutralization
+GF+ SIGNET
5500 Flow Instrument Systems
(includes mounting bracket
and panel gasket)
®

C US
E171559 LR092369

Compatible Sensors
The 5500 ProPoint™ Flow
+GF+ SIGNET Monitor is compatible with the
Flow Sensor SIGNET +GF+
following +GF+ SIGNET Flow
Sensors:
XX DN XX X
XX

(sold separately) FLOW

515 2507 2550

525 2517 7000
2000 2536 7002
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings 2100 2540
or end connectors See individual sensor data sheets for required
as required (sold separately) sensor mounting accessories See individual catalog pages for
more information.
58 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
96 mm (3.8 in.) General Electrical (continued)
SIGNET
Operating Range: 0.5 Hz to 10kHz Alarm Contacts:
40 60
8
ALARM 2
Display: Two SPDT relays: Hi/Lo/Pulse program-
ALARM 1

20 80 • Analog: mable with adj. hysteresis 5A @ 30VDC,

0 100 Six slide-in dial ranges - 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 5A @ 125VAC, or 3A @ 250VAC max.
96 mm <
(3.8 in.). & 100 w/multipliers Additional Functions:
• Digital: Sensor pulse output, volumetric auxiliary
ENTER
Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character pulse output, remote totalizer reset
GEORGE FISCHER ‡8 Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading
Front View
Materials
Enclosure: ABS Plastic Environmental
Panel< Optional Splashproof < Keypad: Silicone Rubber Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
Gasket Rear Cover Panel and case gasket: Neoprene Operating temperature:
Mounting <
Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate -10 to 55° C (14 to 131° F)
Panel
Mounting <
Relative humidity:
Clamp (2 ea.) Electrical 0 to 95%, non-condensing
91 mm< 88 mm< Power Requirements:
(3.6 in.) (3.5 in.)
12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated, Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)
50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.
Current Output: Standards and Approvals
4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internally • UL, CSA, CE, CUL
76 mm (3 in.)
96 mm (3.8 in.) powered • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
88 mm (3.5 in.)
Loop impedance: Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
SIDE VIEW 350Ω max. @ 12V Environmental Management
950Ω max. @ 24V
Accuracy: ± 0.1%
Update rate: 100 msec

For More Information:

• For flow wiring information see page 173. • To compare this instrument with other
• For flow installation tips and information see +GF+ SIGNET instruments, see Flow
page 156. Selection Guide on page 4.

Ordering Information
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Model 5500
Ordering Notes: 3-5500 198 825 002 5500 Flow Monitor
1) Panel cutout should be
92 x 92 mm (3.62 x Accessories and Replacement Parts
3.62 in.) Mfr. Part No. Code Description
2) Reversible dials are Mounting
3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover
included and are scaled
3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET
from 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to product retrofit
6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
0 to 100. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
3) An optional splash proof Liquid tight connectors
rear cover can be 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit
ordered separately if (includes 3 connectors)
needed. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
4) Flow rate unit tags are Replacement parts
3-5000.390 159 000 232 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,
provided for labeling
and mounting brackets
dials appropriately in 3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
units of gpm, lpm, etc. 3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit
3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags
5) For sketches of accesso- 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window
ries see page 195. Other
3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)
3-5000.075 159 000 321 110V/24VAC Transformer

www.gfsignet.com 59
5600 ProPoint™ Batch Controller
Features
• Permanent and
Resettable Totalizers

• Non-volatile
memory

• Easy Batch Volume

Entry

• Remote Start, Stop &

Resume

• Two Stage Shutdown

Control

• Manual or Auto-
matic Overrun
Analog dial displays batch process; Digital LCD Displays Totalizer Compensation

• Estimates Time to
Description Batch Completion
The +GF+ SIGNET 5600 Batch Controller The 5600 operates on 12 to 24 Volt
provides control capability and process power, either AC or DC. Removable • Overrun Alarm and
fine-tuning in a familiar package. The terminal connections make wiring the Missing Signal
programming interface uses a four-button 5600 easy. Connect any +GF+ SIGNET Alarm
keypad and an intuitive procedure for flow sensor with a frequency output, then
adjusting a batching system to the best add connections to two relays for two- • Advanced Valve
performance possible. stage shut-down or overrun alarm Control
functions, connect a remote start-stop
The standard 1/4 DIN package houses switch and use the end-of-batch pulse to • End-of-batch Trigger
an analog display panel that features a trigger the next step in the process. A 4
batch status indicator with count-up or to 20mA output is also available. Ad- • Count-up or Count-
count-down dials. The backlit LCD dis- vanced features include a user-set down to Batch
plays flow rate and volume information security code, an automatic calibration Completion
and batch status, as well as calibration option, and overrun compensation.
and set-up instructions. The front of the
unit is NEMA 4X/IP65 and is hard- Applications
coated, high-impact and UV resistant • Batch Processes
polycarbonate. • Filter Backwash
Initiation
System Overview • Chemical Addition
Panel Mount • Canning & Bottling
+GF+ SIGNET
5600 Flow Instrument
®
(includes mounting bracket C US
and panel gasket) E171559 LR092369

Compatible Sensors
The 5600 ProPoint™ Batch
Controller is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET Flow
sensors:
+GF+ SIGNET
Flow Sensor SIGNET +GF+
XX DN XX X
515 2507 2540
(sold separately)
XX

FLOW 525 2517 2550

2000 2100 2536
7000 7002
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings
or end connectors See individual sensor data sheets for required
sensor mounting accessories See individual catalog pages for
as required (sold separately)
more information.
60 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications

Flow
General
96 mm (3.8 in.) Operating Range: Alarm Contacts
0.5 Hz to 10 kHz, optically isolated Two SPDT relays:
40 60
Batch

20
%=
Batch 80
Option
Display: 5A @ 30VDC, 5A @ 125VAC, or 3A @
• Analog: 250VAC max.
0 100
96 mmC Reversible dial - 0 to 100% or 100 to 0% Batch: Batch in progress
(3.8 in.) • Digital: Option:
Backlit LCD, 2 x l6 alphanumeric character Two-stage shutdown, overrun
ENTER • Batch Size: 0 to 999,999 engineering units alarm, end of batch, or missing
‡ SIGNET • Dual Totalizer: 8-digit resettable and non- signal alarm
Front View
resettable
Additional Functions:
Materials End of batch pulse, Remote start,
PanelC Optional Splashproof C Enclosure: ABS Plastic stop & resume
Gasket Rear Cover
Keypad: Silicone Rubber Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading
Mounting C Panel and case gasket: Neoprene
Panel
Mounting C
Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate Environmental
Clamp (2 ea.)
Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65
91 mmC
(3.6 in.)
88 mmC
(3.5 in.)
Electrical Operating temperature:
Power Requirements: -10 to 55° C (14 to 131 °F)
12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated, 50 Relative humidity:
to 60 Hz, 10Ω max. 0 to 95%, non-condensing
76 mm (3 in.)
96 mm (3.8 in.) Current Output Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)
88 mm (3.5 in.)
4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internally
SIDE VIEW powered Standards and Approvals
Loop impedance: • CE, CSA, UL, CUL
350Ω max. @ 12V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
950Ω max. @ 24V Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Accuracy: ± 0.1% Environmental Management
Configurations:
Batch completion, valve control, or
end of batch

Ordering Information
Model 5600
Ordering Notes: Mfr. Part No. Code Description
1) Panel cutout should be 92 x 3-5600 198 825 006 Batch Controller
92 mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)
Accessories and Replacement Parts
2) A reversible dial is included
and is scaled from 0 to 100 Mfr. Part No. Code Description
and 100 to 0.
Mounting
3) An optional splash proof 3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit
rear cover can be ordered 3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+
separately if needed for SIGNET retrofit
most environments. 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
3-0000. 596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
4) For more information on 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit Adapter
accessories, see page 195. Liquid tight connectors
3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear
cover (includes 3 connectors)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
For More Information: 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
• For flow wiring informa- Replacement Parts
tion, see page 173. 3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,
• For flow installation tips and mounting template)
and information, see 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window kit
page 156. 3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 Series
• To compare this 3-5600.360 159 000 887 Replacement Dial
instrument with other 3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags
+GF+ SIGNET instru-
ments, see Flow Selection
Other
Guide on page 4.
3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)
3-5000.075 159 000 321 110V/24VAC Transformer
www.gfsignet.com 61
8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer
Features
• Three totalizers
• Long-lasting lithium
Pipe, Wall, and batteries
Panel Mount Integral Mount
Tank Mount
• Mounting versatility
• No-flow indicator
• Large digital display
with averaging
• Simple push-button
operation

• User selectable access

code prevents
Features 3 Totalizers; 2 Resettable and 1 Permanent; user selects which one to be displayed unwanted changes

Description • Auto-calibration
The +GF+ SIGNET 8150 Battery Oper- programming the system. Calibration
ated Flow Totalizer is compatible with can be easily performed by entering the Applications
the +GF+ SIGNET 515, 525 and 2517 Auto-Cal feature and entering a value to • Wastewater Flow
flow sensors, and will provide years of match an external reference. Screen
Accumulation
dependable operation. The large digital displays can be modified to suit the
display indicates flow rate and totalized user’s needs; along with the flow rate, • Water Treatment
flow volume simultaneously. One of the any of the three totalizers can be se- Systems
three totalizers is resettable from the front lected as the displayed totalizer. Cus- • Remote or Mobile
panel or a remote location, while the tomers can quickly scroll through the Treatment/Distribution
second resettable totalizer can only be totalizers simply by pressing any key on Systems
reset by entering a user-selectable the keypad. A display averaging feature
• Irrigation Systems
security code. Meanwhile, the third is a is included for applications where the
permanent non-resettable totalizer. flow in the pipe fluctuates. For applica- • Filtration Systems
Our intuitive software design and four- tions where flow stops and starts due to • Commercial Pools &
button keypad provide for simple opera- production needs, a no-flow indicator Spas
tion while setting screen displays and will display the hours of non-flow. • Groundwater
Remediation
• RO Concentrate
System Overview • Process Flow
Monitoring
• UPW Distribution
• Demineralizer
Regeneration
• Process Cooling Water
• Neutralization Systems

Pending

Compatible Sensors
The 8150 Battery Powered Flow
Totalizer is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET Flow
Sensors:

515 525 2517

See individual catalog pages for

more information.
62 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions
3-8150-1P
3-8150-1 with universal mount
Model 515 Integral Mount
Sensors - see pages 12-15
for sensor specifications.
For More Information:
• For flow wiring informa-
tion see page 173.
• For flow installation tips
and information see
page 156.
• To compare this
instrument with other
+GF+ SIGNET instru-
ments, see Flow Selection
Guide on page 4.
• For other instruments that
integrally mount on a
sensor, see page 68.
www.gfsignet.com
Specifications
Flow
General Electrical
Compatibility: Battery:
+GF+ SIGNET 515, 525 and 2517 flow sensors Two 3.6V Lithium thionyl chloride, AA-size
Input Freq. Range: 0 to 400Hz Battery life:
Accuracy: ±0.5% of reading 4 years nominal @ 50°C (122°F)
Display: LCD type
4-digit upper line - flow rate Environmental
8-digit lower line - volume totalizer count, either Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
resettable or permanent Operating Temperature:
Averaging 0 to 120 secs. -10°C to 65°C (14°F to 149°F)
Contrast: Automatic Storage Temperature:
Low battery indication: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F)
Battery symbol appears on LCD display Relative Humidity
8-digit resettable totalizers: 0 to 95% Non-condensing
Stored until user resets; continues to be stored
even after batteries are removed Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg (1 .1 lbs.)
8-digit permanent:
Kept permanently, even when batteries are Standards and Approvals
removed • CE pending
Materials • CUL, UL pending
Enclosure: PBT resin • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Keypad material: Sealed 4-key silicon rubber Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environmen-
Panel Case gasket: Neoprene tal Management
Window: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate
Ordering Information
Instrument Part Number
Model 8150
3-8150 Battery Operated Flow Totalizer
Ordering Notes:
1) For panel version, cutout
Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one
must be 92 x 92 mm (3.62
-1 Field mount for pipe, tank, and wall mounting
x 3.62 in.)
-1P Panel mount; includes mounting bracket and panel gasket 2) To mount the panel version
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0) for
on a wall, use the heavy
-P0* duty wall mount bracket.
0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin
3) Use the Universal mounting
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1) for 5
-P1*
to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin
kit with the Field mount
instrument to mount to a
-T0* 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0) for pipe, tank or wall.
0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin
4) An optional splash proof
-V0* 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0) for rear cover can be ordered
0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin separately if needed.
* See individual sensor sheets
3-8150 -1 Example Part Number for more sensor information.
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-8150-1 159 000 929 3-8150-P1 159 000 932
3-8150-1P 159 000 930 3-8150-T0 159 001 011
3-8150-P0 159 000 931 3-8150-V0 159 001 012
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Mounting
3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover for panel mount totalizer
Liquid Tight Connectors
3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3 connectors)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector, NPT (1 connector)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector, PG 13.5 (1 connector)
Other
3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adaptor
7400-0011 159 000 022 Lithium battery, 3.6V, Size AA
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, two conductor shielded, 22 AWG (per ft.)
Replacement parts for integral mount units - see Model 515 catalog pages for more information
3-8051 159 000 187 Flow integral mounting kit, NPT (replacement)
3-8510-P0 198 864 504 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, Polypropylene body
3-8510-PI 198 864 505 Sensor for 5 to 8 in. pipes, Polypropylene body
3-8150-T0 159 000 622 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, all natural PVDF
3-8150-V0 198 864 506 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, PVDF body
63
8550 ProcessPro® Flow Transmitters
Features
• 2 or 4 wire power
Panel Mount Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral Mount
• 4 to 20 mA Scaleable
outputs

• Permanent &
resettable totalizers

• Relay options avail-

able

• NEMA 4X enclosure
with self-healing
window

• Output simulation for

complete system
testing

Available with single or dual input/output.

Applications
• Flow control and
Description monitoring
+GF+ SIGNET 8550 Flow Transmitters for integral/pipe mount or panel • Filtration or softener
are advanced instruments that convert installation, and scalability for virtually
regeneration
the signal from all +GF+ SIGNET flow any flow range or engineering unit.
sensors into a 4 to 20 mA signal for long State-of-the-art electronic design • Effluent totalization
distance transmission. Configuration ensures long-term reliability, signal • Pump protection
flexibility is maximized with single or dual stability, and simple user setup and • Feed pump pulsing
input/output, two optional relays for operation. • Ratio control
process control, two packaging options • Water distribution
• Leak detection

®
System Overview C US
E171559 LR092369
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
8550 Flow 8550 Flow 8550 Flow
Instrument Transmitter Transmitter
(Includes
mounting
bracket and
panel gasket)

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8051) (sold separately)

Compatible Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET The 8550 ProcessPro® Flow
Flow Sensor Flow Sensor Integral Mount
(sold separately)
Transmitter is compatible with the
(sold separately) Flow Sensor following +GF+ SIGNET Flow
(sold separately)
Sensors:
515 2507 2550
525 2517 7000
2000 2536 7002
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings 2100 2540
(sold separately) See individual catalog pages for
more nformation

64 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications

Flow
3-8550-XP General Electrical (continued)
Compatibility: Update rate: 100 ms
96 mm (3.8 in.)
+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensors with fre- Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA
quency outputs (all except 2560 and 7001)
Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading @ 25°C Relay output
96 mm? Materials Mechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, Pulse,
(3.8 in.) Enclosure: PBT Off
Panel Case Gasket: Neoprene Maximum voltage rating:
Window: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate 30VDC @ 5A , 250 VAC @ 5A resistive load
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber Hysteresis: User selectable
Display: Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCD Maximum 300 pulses/min.
Update rate: 1 second Open-collector output :
Contrast: User selectable, 5 levels Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off
Optional Electrical Open-collector, optically isolated, 50 mA
92 mm
Rear Cover (3.6 in.) Power: 12 to 24 VDC ± 10%, regulated max. sink, 30 VDC max. pull-up voltage.
(-1) 61 mA max.; (-2) 200 mA max.; Hysteresis: User selectable
(-3) 122 mA max. Maximum 300 pulses/min.
56 mm
41 mm (2.2 in.) Sensor Input range: 0.5 to 1500 Hz Environmental
(1 .6 in.) 97mm Sensor power: Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 (front)
(3.8 in.) • 2-wire: 5 VDC ± 1% @ 1 .5 mA Operating temperature:
Field version with universal • 3 or 4 wire: 5 VDC ± 1% @ 20 mA -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)
Optically isolated from current loop Storage temperature:
mount
Short circuit protected -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
Relative humidity:
Current output 0 to 95%, non-condensing
82 mm 4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable and
(3.23 in.)
reversible Shipping Weight: 0.325kg (0.8 lbs.)
Max loop impedance:
50Ω max. @ 12 V Standards and Approvals
42 mm 64 mm 325Ω max. @ 18 V • CSA, CE, UL, CUL listed
(1.7 in.) (2.5 in.)
600Ω max. @ 24 V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
106 mm (4.2 in.) Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Environmental Management
Ordering Information
For More Information: Instrument Part Number
• For flow wiring informa- 3-8550 ProcessPro ® Flow Transmitter
tion see page 173. Sensor input, sensor power, outputs - choose one
• For flow installation tips -1 One input, 2 or 4 wire, 4 to 20 mA and open collector for Hi, Lo, Pulse, or Frequency
and information see
-2 One input, 4 wire, 4 to 20 mA and 2 relays for Hi, Lo, or Pulse
page 156.
• To compare this Two inputs, 2 or 4 wire, two 4 to 20 mA ouputs and 2 open collectors for Hi, Lo, Pulse, or
instrument with other -3 Frequency
+GF+ SIGNET instru- Field or Panel mount - choose one
ments, see Flow Selection - Field mount
Guide on page 4.
P Panel mount; includes mounting bracket and panel gasket

Model 8550 3-8550 -1 Example Part Number - Field mount

Ordering Notes: 3-8550 -2 P Example Part Number - Panel mount
1) Use the field mount
version to directly mount Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
the instrument to the 3-8550-1 159 000 047 3-8550-2P 159 000 050
Model 515 or 2536 3-8550-1P 159 000 048 3-8550-3 159 000 051
integral mount sensor. See 3-8550-2 159 000 049 3-8550-3P 159 000 052
sensor data sheet for more
information. Accessories and Replacement Parts
2) Field mount and sensor Mfr. Part No. Code Description
can be ordered in a Mounting Accessories
package. See Integral 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
Mount page 68 for more 3-8051 159 000 187 Flow Integral Mount NPT
information. 3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
3) Panel Cutout should be 92 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket
mm X 92 mm (3.62 in X 3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
3.62 in.). Liquid tight connectors and other
4) An optional splash proof 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (includes 3 connectors)
rear cover for the panel 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
mount version can be 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
ordered seperately if 3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use)
needed. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retro-fit adapter
www.gfsignet.com 65
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller
Features
it • Measures Flow, pH,
su ORP, Conductivity,
o n
i t t tio Pressure, Level and
un lica nt! Temperature
e
th app eme • Multi-language display
u ild ny uir
B a req • 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or
Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels 85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communication
Description for improved noise
The +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter If more features are needed, analog tolerance, extended
Controller takes the concept of modular- output and relay modules are available cable lengths, and easy
ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is field and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will wiring
commissioned with the users specified support up to four additional relays via
combination of inputs, outputs, and relays an external relay module. • Accepts 4 to 20mA
using simple-to-install modular boards output devices when
into the base unit. To assemble a control- There are other notable features that the used with 8058 signal
ler, there is a choice of two base units 8900 offers. For instance, digital input to converter
offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or the 8900 enables longer cable runs and
vacuum fluorescent display. Then, con- simplified wiring with minimal noise Applications
tinue building with a selection of plug-in interference. Advanced relay logic • RO/DI System Control
modules for either two, four, or six input provides operators an “and/or” logic to • Media Filtration
channels which accepts any of the +GF+ produce hi/low alarms. Derived mea- • Pure Water Production
SIGNET sensors listed below, and/or surements include difference, sum, ratio, • Demineralizers
other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to percent recovery, percent rejection, and • Chemical Processing
20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNET percent passage (BTU pending). The • Metal & Plastics Finish-
Model 8058). To complete your unit, menu system can be programmed to ing
choose a power module with universal display in multi-languages including • Fume Scrubbers
AC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC. English, German, French, Spanish, • Proportional Chemical
Italian, and Portuguese. Addition
System Overview • Cooling Tower & Boiler
Protection
Panel Mount Select from a • Wastewater Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET choice of boards Power • Aquatic Animal Life
SE N SOR I N P UTS

8900
RELAY 2 RELAY 1
POWER

Multi-Parameter Support Systems

OUT 3
COMM PORT /
OUT 2 OUT 1

Controller
RELAY 4 RELAY 3
OUT 4

Input/ ®

Output Controller C US
E171559 LR092369

2 Outputs Relay
Compatible Inputs
+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET The 8900 Multi-Parameter
Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors 8058 Signal Controllers are compatible with
converter the following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors/inputs:
GND 9
Data 8
5V 7

á SIG
NET
Output

3
6 N/C
5 Loop2 -

2
4 Loop2 +

1 6
S3 L

5
4
3-8058-2 Current Input

3 N/C
2 Loop1 -
1 Loop1 +

Loo
p1
4-20 mA
Input
á SIGNET

Loo
p2

Dat

515 2507 2850

a

SIGNET FLOW
N/C
7
8
9

+GF+
XX DN XX X
XX

525 2517 7000

Other manufacturer's 2000 2536 7002
sensor with
4 to 20 mA
2100 2540 8058
output 2350 2550
2450 2750
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets See individual catalog pages for
more information.
66 www.gfsignet.com
See page 142 for System Overview (continued)

Flow
complete information There are hundreds of system types that can be these are listed in each example. Digital
on 8900. set up with the 8900. The examples below sensor outputs allow for long cable runs
illustrate various sensors in different installation with high noise immunity. See page 178 for
schemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point, allowable cable lengths. See page 156 for
daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of more information on mounting sensors.
Multi-Parameter

Example 1: C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft Notes:
• 8900 input module: Relay 1 Relay 2
1 . External relays can be used with any
Two inputs ENTER

input module and does not consume a

• Sensors connected: sensor input channel (Model 8059)
8900
+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow 2750 2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can be
(frequency) and 2750 with used with any input module.
2754 pH sensors
• Wiring configuration: 2754
Point-to-point pH 2540
Flow

Example 2: C1
Multi-Parameter
23.45 µS/cm

• 8900 input module: L2

Relay 1
-16.58 ft

Relay 2

Four inputs ENTER

• Sensors connected:
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 8900
temp. sensor, 2850 with 2850
2841 conductivity, and two
2450 pressure sensors 2450
Pressure
• Wiring configuration: 2841 2450
Daisy-chain Pressure

2350 Conductivity
Temperature

Example 3:
• 8900 input module: 8059
External Relay
Six inputs
• Sensors connected: NC C NO
RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
NC C NO
RELAY B

TEST A
NC C NO
RELAY C
NC C NO
RELAY D

Relay A
Relay Module
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 DATA

POWER
TEST B

TEST C
Relay B

Relay C

temp. sensor, 2850 with INPUT PASS-THRU

TEST D

OUTPUT 24VDC
Relay D

AC INPUT

2840 conductivity, 2450 + S3L - + S 3L - + - L N

pressure, 2750 with 2754

pH, and 515 and 2536 Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm
2750
flow (frequency) sensors
L2 -16.58 ft
2850
Relay 1 Relay 2
2450
• External Devices: Pressure
515 2536
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 Flow 2840 2754 2350

Flow
external relay module 8900 pH Temperature
• Wiring configuration:
Combination of Point-to- Conductivity
point and Multi-drop

Example 4: 8058
• 8900 input module: 8900 Signal Converter
Four inputs Multi-Parameter

• Sensors connected: Output1 19.5 mA

Output2 12.3 mA
á SIGN
L Converter

ET
4-20 mA

3
Input

2
6 1
5

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow

4
3

Loop
to S

PWR1
á SIGNET
8058 4-20 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2 Loop

S3 L

PWR2

S 3
L
DATA

N/C
7
8
9
ENTER

(frequency) and 2750 with 2750

2754 pH sensors; Other
manufacturers dissolved 2754 Float
oxygen and level sensors 2507 pH
with 4 to 20 mA output Flow
Disolved oxygen
• External Devices: sensor (example of
+GF+ SIGNET 8058 other brand)
signal converter - 4 to 20 Level sensor
mA to digital (S3L)) (example of
• Wiring configuration: other brand)
Wiring Options:
Combination of Point-to- • Multi-drop wiring allows drops from a
• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of
point and Daisy-chain single bus cable. Junction boxes can
individual devices into the controller. This
wiring topology is applicable for all inputs. be used for the 3-way junctions that are
• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequential formed with this wiring scheme. This
connection from one device to the next by wiring topology is applicable for digital
using junction boxes. This wiring topology is (S3L) inputs only.
applicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.
www.gfsignet.com 67
Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instruments
for Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements
Features
• Flow, pressure,
temperature, conduc-
tivity measurements

• Local display for

sensor mounted
instruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mA
output

• Relay options avail-

able

• NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire power
Description options
+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line of All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20 • Sensors and instru-
ProcessPro® instruments that mount mA output and optional relays for ments are UL, CE,
integrally onto compatible flow, conduc- process control. The state-of-the-art and/or CSA ap-
tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors. instrument electronics ensures long-term proved
Each integral mount instrument features a reliability, signal stability, and simple user
local display with an easy to read 2 x 16 set-up and operation. Various sensor
character dot matrix LCD. The large parameters are offered for use in the
push button keypad makes it easy to integral mount configuration. Parts can
Applications
navigate through the instrument’s menu be ordered individually; use the ordering • RO/DI System
for performing calibrations and setting matrices to guide you on how to build Control
outputs and relays. any unit. • Cooling Tower
Control
System Overview • Environmental
Battery powered Monitoring
Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity • Water Quality
Monitoring
Integral Mount • Filtration Systems
+GF+ SIGNET • Chemical Production
Instrument
• Liquid Delivery
Systems
8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850
• Pump Protection
+GF+ SIGNET • Scrubber Systems
Integral • Boiler Condensate
Adapter Kit
8051 8051 • Semiconductor Water
8052 8052 8052
Production
• Leak detection
• Chemical Concentra-
+GF+ SIGNET
Sensor/Electrode tion Monitoring
2839, 2840,
515 515 or 2536 2450 2350 2841 or 2842
Specifications
See individual instrument and
Standard 3/4 in. fittings sensor/electrode catalog pages
Fittings (customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings for more information.
(sold separately)

68 www.gfsignet.com
Integral Instruments Dimensions

Flow
Ordering Notes: Flow Temperature
1) Model 8150 is available
with all parts conveniently
assembled. 106.7 mm
(4.2 in.)
2) For units other than the 102 mm/ -X0 or
4.0 in. -X1
8150, order three parts: 152.4 mm
instrument, sensor, and (6 in.)
mounting kit to build an Conductivity
integrally mounted
instrument. Parts can be
assembled at the factory Pressure 46.74 mm
-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in. 3/4 in. NPT 106.7 mm
as a special order. -X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.
(1 .84 in.)
(4.2 in.)
3) See individual instrument 137.2 mm
(5.4 in.)
and sensor pages for
more information. 106.7 mm
(4.2 in.)
For More Information: 3/4 in. NPT X1, X2, X3, X4
197 mm
• For installation tips and (7.75 in.)
information see page 156. X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.)
• For sensor mounting X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.)
19.1 mm X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
position information see (0.75 in X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
pages 156.

Ordering Information
Flow Instrument Part Number
3-8150 Battery Operated Flow Totalizer
Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one
-P0 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-P1 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1)
for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-T0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin
-V0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

3-8150 - P0 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8150-1 159 000 929
3-8150-1P 159 000 930
3-8150-P0 159 000 931
3-8150-P1 159 000 932
3-8150-T0 159 001 011
3-8150-V0 159 001 012
www.gfsignet.com 69
Analytical System Selection Guide
This section provides tips and suggestions on how to choose just the right analytical
measurement system for your specific liquid application needs. For specific product
information, refer to the individual catalog sheets.

Step 1: Determine Application Requirements

Defining the following variables before building your system will ensure peak
performance from your +GF+ SIGNET sensors and instruments.
• Measurement range • System specifications (such as
• Installation requirements temperature and pressure)
• Pipe size and material • Performance requirements of sensor
• Chemical compatibility of all • Fluid particulates
wetted parts to process chemicals

Step 2: Select Electrode Technology

Based on the application requirements determined in Step 1, choose an analytical
electrode. See Tables 2 and 3 for analytical electrode specifications overview to
compare pH/ORP and conductivity/resistivity electrodes. (See next page for a
brief description of the different analytical electrode technologies). For pH/ORP
and conductivity/resistivity electrodes, select your preferred connection style. Keep Note: Please contact your local
in mind various connection types such as cable and Twist-Lock or DryLoc™ systems. George Fischer sales and
In addition, users may be required to choose a preamplifier or sensor electronics. support office if you need
assistance in choosing any one
Then, determine your signal output requirement to allow you to match just the right of these products.
instrument (see Step 3). If you’re not purchasing an instrument, select the sensor
electronics package that best suits your needs

Step 3: Choose Instrument

Choose an analytical instrument (see Table 4 for analytical instrument overview).
All units are available in 1/4 DIN panel or field configuration and are available
with either digital, analog, or analog/digital display. Various retrofit adapters and
mounting accessories are also available (see Accessories on page 195). In cases
where the sensor feeds directly to a PLC or PC system, +GF+ SIGNET offers a
wide range of instruments and sensors with 4 to 20 mA outputs.

Step 4: Determine Installation Requirements

+GF+ SIGNET offers a wide selection of installation fittings for in-line pH/ORP
electrodes. These fittings are specifically designed to ensure the proper placement of
the electrode in the system to achieve optimum performance. Other pH electrodes
as well as all temperature, pressure and conductivity/resistivity electrodes use
standard fittings. (See Table 1 for electrode and fitting compatibility) All submersion
electrodes require conduit piping and fixtures not supplied by +GF+ SIGNET.

70 www.gfsignet.com
 Analytical Sensors and Electrodes:
Features and Benefits
Temperature Sensors: • Options for integral mounting of
2350

pH/ORP
Temperature • Unibody PVDF construction for either high instrument directly onto sensor.
Sensor purity or aggressive fluid conditions. • Cable and thread permits conduit for
• 4 to 20 mA or digital signal for long cable full tank submersion.
runs and choice of output.
• Dual threaded 3/4 in. NPT for easy
installation.

Pressure Sensors: • Unibody PVDF construction for aggres-

• 3/4 in. NPT or 1/2 in. Male Union process
2450 connection to suit installation needs.
Pressure
Sensor
• Three pressure ranges to meet specific
requirements and provide optimal
resolution.
• Longer reference path and larger refer-
ence volume means extended service life.
• 4 to 20 mA or digital signal for long cable
runs and choice of output.
sive fluid conditions.
• Option for integral mounting of instru-
ment directly onto sensor.
• Configure with 8250 Transmitter to
provide full level measuring system
(static pressure).
• Cable end threads permit conduit for
full tank submersion.

Standard pH and ORP Electrodes • Designed to mount in standard +GF+

2714-2717
2774-2777 • The amplified output ensures the process SIGNET fittings or connect to 3/4 in.
pH/ORP pH/ORP signal is resistant to electrical noise and standard fittings.
Electrode allows up to 120 m (400 ft.) before • Option for blind 4 to 20 mA output or
Electrode
connection to the instrument. digital output for long cable runs.
• Flat glass surface sensor design. Resistant • Preamplifier does not need replacing
to fouling and abrasion in dirty applica- with electrode which significantly
tions, and prevents accidental damage to reduces service costs.
extend electrode life span.
• Unique Twist-Lock or DryLoc™ design
enables pH and ORP connections
instantly
2720
preamplifier Differential pH/ORP Electrodes • The preamplified output ensures the
process signal is resistant to electrical
• pH and reference signals are measured
noise and allows up to 120 m (400 ft.)
against third electrode, a solution ground,
before connection to the instrument.
to ensure a stable reading even when the
• Flat glass surface sensor design.
smallest of unknown stray currents are in
Resistant to fouling and abrasion in dirty
the process liquids.
applications, and prevents accidental
• The differential reference is designed- to-
damage to extend electrode life.
protect the reference element from Br , I ,
- - • Large reference volume and replace-
CN , S and other harsh compounds that
+ able salt bridge allows user to rebuild
react with Ag . Also protects the reference
the reference and extend the service life
electrolyte from Hg++, Vu+, Pb+, ClO4-, or
of the electrode.
other compounds that dilute KCl.
2750 • Unique DryLoc™ design is robust and
2764-2767 Sensor watertight, ensuring rugged installation.
pH/ORP Electronics • Designed to mount in 1 in. standard pipe
Electrode fittings for easy installation.

Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes • Blind 4 to 20 mA output or digital

• Flow-through design ensures continuous
measurement without air entrapment.
• Reversible threaded connections for in-line
integral mount or tank submersion usage.
• Standard parts offer application flexibility
for the user.
• Short length electrodes available to
prevent “dead-legs”.
• Unique DryLoc™ design is robust and
water tight even in the most rugged
installations.
output for long cable runs beyond 30 m
(100 ft.).
• Every sensor uses standard electrical
cable. No need to incur additional
costs for “patch” type cable connec-
tions.
• NIST calibration certificate available
upon request. Chosen if the specifica-
tion calls for traceability.

www.gfsignet.com 71
 +GF+ SIGNET Analytical System
Compatibility - Table 1
The chart below outlines the compatibility between +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP and
conductivity electrodes, instruments and sensor fittings. Refer to individual product
pages and fittings section of the catalog for more information.
Electrodes
pH/ORP Conductivity

823
821

841
17

777
767
757
-27

2-2
9 -2

9-2
4-2

4-2

4-2

2
4

281

282

283

284
277
271

275

276
Instruments, Sensor Electronics, and Preamplifiers

2720 Preamplifier

2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics

2760 pH/ORP Preamplifier

2850 Conductivity Sensor Electronics

5700 ProPoint pH/ORP Monitor

5800CR ProPoint Conductivity monitor

5900 ProPoint Salinity Monitor

8058 Signal Converter

8750 ProcessPro pH/ORP Transmitter

8850 ProcessPro Conductivity Transmitter

8860 ProcessPro Dual Channel Cond Controller

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

Fittings

FPSXXX Fiberglass Glue-On Saddle

PPMT0XX Metric PP Union Tee

PPMT0XX Metric PP Wafer

SFMT005 - 20 Metric PVDF Union Tee Uses 3/4 in. process connections or tri-clamp fittings (customer supplied)
SFMT025 - 80 Metric PVDF Wafer Tee

Uses 3/4 in. process connections (customer supplied)

Uses 3/4 in. process connections (customer supplied)
Uses 1 in. process connections (customer supplied)

PV8T0XXF PVC SCH 80 Tee

PV8T0XX PVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

CPV8T0XXF CPVC SCH 80 Tee

CPV8T0XX CPVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

PV8S0XX PVC Clamp-on Saddle

PVMT0XX/PVAT0XX Metric/BSP PVC Union Tee

PVMS0XX/PVAS0XX Metric/BSP PVC Saddle

FPT0XX Fiberglass Glue-On Tee

IR4T0XX Iron Threaded Tee (NPT)

IR8SXXX Iron Strap-On Saddle

CUKT0XX Copper Sweat-On Tee

BR4BXXX Brass Brazolet

CS4T0XX Carbon Steel Tee (NPT)

CS4WXXX Carbon Steel Weldolet

CR4T0XX 316SS Threaded Tee (NPT)

CR4WXXX 316SS Weldolet

BR4T0XX Brass Threaded Tee (NPT)

72 www.gfsignet.com
 +GF+ SIGNET Analytical Electrode Specification Matrix - Table 2
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our analytical measurement family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.

www.gfsignet.com
2714 2715 2754 2755 2764 2765 2774 2775
2716 2717 2756 2757 2766 2767 2776 2777
Operation Range 0 to14 pH ±2,000 mV 0 to14 pH ±2,000 mV 0 to14 pH ±2,000 mV 0 to14 pH ±1,500 mV
Connector Style Twist-Lock DryLoc™C
Compatible Preamps/Sensor
2720 Preamplifier 2750 and 2760 Sensor Electronics
Electronics
Temperature Range 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F) 0°C to 95°C (23°F to 203°F) 0°C to 110°C (32°F to 230°F)
6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F) 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F)
Pressure Range 6.89 bar @ 95°C (100 psi @ 203°F) 10.3 bar (149 psi) maximum
4.0 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F) 4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F)
Pipe Size Range for In-line 0.5 in. and up; use +GF+ SIGNET fittings 1 in. and up 3/4 in. and up
Process Connection for
3/4 in. NPT threads or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 in. (using threads from 2720, 2750, or 2760) 1 in. NPT threads 3/4 in. NPT threads
Submersible
Body CPVC Ryton
Reference Junction Material Porous UHMW Polyethylene Teflon™C
O-Rings FPM None

Wetted
Materials
Sensing Element Glass (pH) or Platinum (ORP)
Mounting Position ± 30° from horizontal plane Any angle, even upside down
Sensor Technology Standard Differential Standard
Compatible +GF+ SIGNET
8750, 5700 2750, 8900 8750, 5700, 2750, 8900
Instruments
Harsh Chemicals (heavy metals, Hg++, Cu+, Pb++,
General Purpose; also options available for use in HF (‹2%) CIO4, Br-, I-, CN-, S- and other chemical the react General purpose; options for higher temperatures
Application Usage
and low conductivity liquids (<100 µS) are available
with Ag+ or HCl.)
Standards and Approvals Manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001

73
pH/ORP
74
+GF+ SIGNET Analytical Electrode Specification Matrix - Table 3
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our analytical measurement family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.

2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2839 2840 2841 2842

Cell constant 0.01 0.1 1.0 10.0 20.0 0.01 0.1 1.0 10.0
0.055 µS to 100 µS 1 µS to 1000 µS 0.010 µS to 100 µS
Operating range 10 µS to 10,000 µS 100 µS to 200,000 µS 200 µS to 400,000 µS 1 µS to 100 µS 10 µS to 10,000 µS 100 µS to 200,000 µS
(18.3 M to 10 K ) (1 M to 1 K ) (100 M to 10 K )
Compatible Sensor Electronics N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2850 2850 2850 2850
Temperature Element PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000 PT-1000
Operating 6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 6.9 bar (100 psi) @
13.8 bar (200 psi) max., 120°C (248°F) max. (with optional 316 SS fitting) -10°C to 85°C @ 6.9 bar (14°F to 185°F @ 100 psi)
Temperature/Pressure 95°C (203°F) 150°C (302°F)
Process Connection 3/4 in. NPT 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4
Connector Style Cable -1 versions: cable, -2 versions: DryLoc
@

Body 316SS (1.4401) or titanium 316SS (1.4401)

O-Rings EPDM FPM

Wetted
Materials
Other PTFE None PTFE CPVC, PEEK
Compatible +GF+ SIGNET
8850, 8860, 5800CR, 5900 8850, 8860, 5800CR, 5900, 2850/8900
Instruments

Salinity, brackish
Cooling tower water, Distilled water, Cooling tower water,
Ultrapure water, Distilled & drinking water, sea water, Ultrapure water,
Deionized and waste water, salinity, Deionized and condensate, drinking wastewater, salinity,
Applications Usage resistivity water, cooling tower acids/bases, cleaners resistivity
distilled water brackish water, sea distilled water water, cooling tower brackish water, sea
measurements water other concentrated measurements
water water water
chemicals

Standards and Approvals CE, Manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001

www.gfsignet.com
 +GF+ SIGNET Instrument Specification Matrix - Table 4
This section provides the reader with an easy to read overview of the various products that make up our Analytical Product family. For further details, see the
individual catalog pages for each product.
www.gfsignet.com
DescriptionA
Modular ComponentsA
Max. Total Sensor InputsA
Mounting OptionsA
DisplayA
Output TypesA
Max. Outputs AvailablAeA
Max. Total RelaysA
Derived MeasurementsA
LanguagesA
Operating Temperature (°C)A
Operating Temperature (°F)A
Power RequirementsA
Standards, Approvals, and A
RAaAtiAnAgsA
75
5700A 8750A
pH/ORP MonitorM pH/ORP TransmitterM
1M
Panel, Wall, Pipe, Tank,M M
PanelM
IntegralM
Analog dial and LCDM LCDM
4 to 20 mA, non-isolatedM 4 to 20 mA, isolatedM
1 2
10°C to 55°CM -10°C to 70°C (14°F toM M
(14°F to 131°F)M 158°F)M
12 to 24 VDC or VACM 12 to 24 VDCM
5800CRA 5900A 8850A 8860A 8250A 8350A 8450A 8900A
Dual-channel Cond.M M Multi-Channel, Multi-Parameter M
Cond./Res. MonitorM Salinity MonitorM Cond. TransmitteMrM Level TransmitterM Temperature TransmitterM Pressure TransmitteMrM
ControlleMrM ControlleMrM
NoM YesM
1 2 M 2 6 M
Panel, Wall, Pipe, Tank,M M
PanelM PanelM Panel, Wall, Pipe, Tank, IntegralM PanelM
IntegralM
Analog dial and LCDM LCDM LCD or Vacuum FluorescentM
4 to 20 mA, non-isolatedM 4 to 20 mA, isolatedM 4 to 20 mA or voltageM
M 1M 2 3 M 2 2 2 M 4M
2M 4 2 M 8M
Sum, Difference, % Recovery,M
NoneM % Rejection, Difference, RatioM Change in levelM Change in temp.M Change in pressureM
% Rejection, % PassageM
English, French, German, Spanish,M M
EnglisMhM
Italian, and PortugueseM
LCD: -10°C to 55°C (14°F toM M
10°C to 55°CM -10°C to 70°C (14°F toM M 10°C to 55°CM
-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)M 131°F)M
(14°F to 131°F)M 158°F)M (14°F to 131°F)M
VFD: -M10°MC to 50°MC (14°MF to 122°MF)
8860-AC; 100 to 240 VACM Universal AC: 85 to 264 VACM
12 to 24 VDC or VACM 12 to 24 VDCM 12 to 24 VDCM
8860; 11 to 24 VDCM DC: 9.9 to 26.4 VDCM
CE, CSA, UL, NEMA 4X/IP65 (frontM)M
pH/ORP
2714-2717 Twist-Lock pH/ORP Electrodes
Features
Protected bulb Flat surface Wet-Tap • Durable CPVC or
glass body with
Twist-Lock connector
• Flat or bulb surfaced
electrodes available
For use with • Large reference
the 2720 volume and solid
Preamplifier polymer electrolyte

• Integrated tempera-
ture sensor (pH)
• Designed for maxi-
mum protection from
process contamina-
tion
• DI option (pH) for
pure water use
(<100 µS)
Description • HF option (pH) for
Feature-packed +GF+ SIGNET 2714- ment surface, minimizing risks of abra-
applications contain-
2717 Twist-Lock pH & ORP Electrodes sion, breakage and coating. The unique ing trace amounts of
provide unsurpassed simplicity, reliability Twist-Lock design enables sensor con- HF (<2%)
and accuracy for a wide variety of nections to the +GF+ SIGNET 2720
industrial applications. Rugged construc- preamplifier in one easy motion. The
tion, large reference volume and intelli- integral temperature sensor built into the Applications
gent positioning of internal elements pH electrode or the I.D. resistor in the • Water & Wastewater
combine to extend the service-life of these ORP electrodes is used for automatic Treatment
dependable and highly responsive sensor recognition by +GF+ SIGNET • Neutralization
electrodes. Flat versions allow sediment pH/ORP instrumentation, adding conve- Systems
and particles to sweep past the measure- nience and versatility to our systems. • Effluent Monitoring
System Overview • Sanitization Systems
• Commercial Pools &
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation Wet-Tap Installation
Spas
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET • Aquatic Animal Life
Instrument pH/ORP 6 7 8 6 7 8

Support Systems
4 10 4 10
RELAY 1
pH RELAY 2 RELAY 1
pH RELAY 2

2 12 2 12

(sold separately) Transmitter 0 14 0 14

(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET
ENTER

• Process Control
6 7 8

• Cooling Towers
4 10
RELAY 1
pH RELAY 2

2 12

+GF+ SIGNET
0 14

Universal Adapter Kit +GF+ SIGNET Instrument +GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET
ENTER

(3-8050) (sold separately) (sold separately) • Boiler Protection

(sold separately)

Pipe extension +GF+ SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET 2716-WT
2714-2717 2714-2717
or conduit
2717-WT
pH/ORP pH/ORP with 3/4 in. and
Electrode with Electrode with NPT or 2720 preamp.
2720 2720 ISO 7/1-R (sold separately)
Preamplifier Preamplifier 3/4 threads
(each sold (each sold (customer supplied)
separately) separately) Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET
3719 WetTap The +GF+ SIGNET 2714-
2714-2717
pH/ORP
(sold separately) 2717 pH and ORP Electrodes,
Electrode with when used with the 2720
+GF+ SIGNET sensor cap 2720 Preamplifier, are compatible with
(sold separately) Preamplifier
the following +GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*
pH/ORP Instruments:
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*
(sold separately)
(sold separately)
8750 5700
* For information on pipe fittings designed for use with the Model 2714-2717 pH and ORP Electrodes, see See individual catalog pages for
pages 180 through 194 in the catalog. more information.
76 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
2714/2714-HF pH Electrode 2714 - 2717 pH/ORP Electrodes 2716-WT and 2717-WT Wet-Tap
2715 Flat ORP Electrode General pH/ORP Electrodes
27 mm/?
1.0 in.
Operating Range: General
• 2714, 2716, 2716-DI: 0 to 14 pH Operating Range:

pH/ORP
• 2714-HF: 0 to 12 pH • pH: 0 to 14 pH
• 2715, 2717: ± 2,000mV • ORP: -2000 to +2000 mV
30.5 mm/?
1.2 in. 97 mm/? Compatibility:
3.8 in.
Pipe Size Range: +GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-Tap
0.5 in. and up: use +GF+ SIGNET Connector (CPVC): Twist-Lock
installation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in.
65 mm/? (use pipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.) Mounting:
2.6 in. See page 191 for more information on pipe adapters.
86 mm/? Any angle is acceptable. Use with 3719
3.4 in.
wet-tap assembly for mounting elec-
Mounting: trodes.
• In-line pipe mounting: > 30° to the horizon-
23 mm/? tal plane - see page 167 for more details. Efficiency: > 97% @ 25°C (77° F)
0.9 in. • Submersion with 3-2720 preamplifier requires Response Time:
2716/2716-DI Bulb pH Electrode 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 in. Male • pH: <5sec. for 95% of signal change
2717 Bulb ORP Electrode threaded extension. • ORP: Application dependent
27 mm/?
1.0 in. Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F) Reference:
pH Response Time: Junctions: Porous PTFE
< 5 secs. for 95% of signal change Electrolyte: 3.5M KCl
30.5 mm/? ORP response time: application dependent Elements: Ag/AgCl
1.2 in. 104 mm/?
4.1 in.
Reference: Temp. Sensor (pH):
Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel • 3K Balco (3-2716-WT)
• 3.5M KCI • Temp. Response Time (τ): 438s
65 mm/?
2.6 in. • 0.1 M KCl (2716-DI only)
86 mm/?
3.4 in. Secondary junction: Nylon filament Wetted Materials
Element: Ag/AgCl Body : Glass
O-rings: FPM
Primary Functions: Junctions : Porous PTFE
23 mm/?
• 2714/2715: Flat surface resists fouling Sensing surface:
0.9 in. • 2716/2717: Bulb surface for general use • Glass Membrane (pH)
• 2714-HF: Extended use in applications • Platinum (ORP)
with trace hydrofluoric acid
(<2%) Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating
2716-WT and 2717-WT
WetTap Electrode • 2716-DI: Extended use in pure waters Operating Temperature:
(< 100 µS) 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
Storage Temperature:
Temperature Sensor: 3K Balco (3000Ω = 25° C) 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
Twist-Lock
Connector Response Time, τ: Temperature and Pressure Limit:
• 2714: 140 secs. 6.9 bar @ 65°C (100 psi @ 149°F)
P
F M • 2716: 196 secs. See page 224 for Temperature/Pressure graphs
o-r ings
PG -13.5 Threads
Wetted Materials Shipping Weight: 0.22 kg (0.5 lb.)
Body: CPVC
O-rings: FPM Standards/Approvals
O-ring junction: Porous UHMW Polyethylene • CE
Sensing Surface: glass membrane (pH) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
platinum (ORP) Quality and ISO 14001: 1996 for
209 mm Environmental Management
(8.23 in .)
Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating 2721 Remote Preamplifier
Operating Temperature:
11 .9 mm • 2716/2717: 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
(.47 in.) • 2714/2715: 10°C to 85°C (50°F to185°F) 305 mm/
12.2 in.
• 2714-HF: 0°C to 50°C (32F° to 122°F)
Storage Temperature: -10°C (15°F) to 30°C (86°F) See next page
30 mm/ for specifications.
pH ORP
1.2 in.
Bulb Platinum
Temperature and Pressure Limit:
Band • 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F)
43 mm/
• 4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F) 1.7 in.
See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs. Female
BNC
connector
Shipping Weight: 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs.)
www.gfsignet.com 77
Specifications (continued)
2720 pH/ORP Preamplifier 2721 Remote pH/ORP Preamplifier 2720 Preamplifier
General General 3/4 in. NPT OR ?
ISO 7/1-R 3/4?
Input Range: ± 2,500 mV Input power: Std. 4.5 m/?
15 ft. cable?
female threads
Power Requirements: ± 4.5 to ± 8 VDC dual supply (provided ?
± 4.5 to ± 8 VDC, dual supply (provided by by +GF+ SIGNET pH/ ORP instruments)
all +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instruments) Compatibility: pH sensors with cables and
Maximum Current: <1 mA, dual supply BNC connector (supplied by other 91 mm/?
3.6 in.
Temp. Contact Resistivity: <0.1Ω manufacturers) ?
Input Impedance: >1011Ω Input Impedance: >1011Ω
Gain: Unity Gain: Unity
End Connection: Current consumption: <1 mA, dual supply 46mm/?
1.8 in.
Twist-Lock mount to +GF+ SIGNET 271X Electronics assembly: Epoxy encapsulated
Electrodes
Cable Type: Material:
6 conductor, foil shield, w/drain wire, Housing: Low density polyethylene 2714-2717 w/
24AWG 2714-2717 w/ 2720 Preamplifier
Cable Length: Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating 2720 Preamplifier with sensor cap
4.6 m (15 ft.) supplied; maximum extension Operating temperature:
to 120 m (400 ft.) -15°C to 65°C (-5°F to 150°F)

Wetted Material: CPVC

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating

Operating Temperature:
• 7 bar (100 psi) max @ 65°C (149°F)
• 4 bar (58 psi) max @ 80°C (176°F)
Storage Temperature: 182.9 mm?
(7.2 in.)
0°C to 80° C (32°F to 176°F)
See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg/1 .2 lbs.

Standards and Approvals

• CE
2716/17-WT w/ 2720 preamplifier
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for in 3719 WetTap assembly
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
mental Management
76 mm
(3.0 in.)
2759 pH/ORP System Tester
The +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator that simulates pH
values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ± 700 mV. This device is useful as a troubleshooting aid and for
general verification of system operation. It is not a substitute for periodic system calibration with pH buffers
or test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (sold separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+
SIGNET 2720 and 2760 preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include a 91 mm
(3.6 in.)
selector switch for pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in
+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.
A) Power OFF Button
B) Output simulation buttons and indicators.
Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixed
F
values: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and
130 mm
+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttons turns (5.13 in.)
the 2759 on.
C) Low battery indicator E
D) High Ω switch: Adds 1000 MΩ resistance in
series with output. Simulates high impedance
of pH electrodes. Used to verify proper
Pipe thread
preamplifier operation. 49 mm
1 .5 or
(1 .94 in.)
E) Adapter cable: use PN 3-2759.393 for use + -
2 in. NPT 75 mm
V+
mV Input

Iso. Gnd
T+

V-
T-

or (2.94 in.)
with the 2720 or PN 3-2759.391 for use with D
4-20
mA

25 mm
ISO 7-R1 .5
+GF+ SIGNET or 7R2
the 2750. ORP instrument
(1 .00 in.)
F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable (included B G
with 2759) to connects directly to an instru- C pH
45 mm
(1 .75 in.)
ment.
A
G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automatic 20 mm
(0.8 in.)
sensor recognition software in +GF+ SIGNET
39 mm
pH/ORP instrumentation. (1 .52 in.)

78 www.gfsignet.com
Model 2714-2717 and
Model 2720
Ordering Notes:
1) Electrodes require purchase
of preamplifier for full system
Ordering Information
Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode
pH Electrodes
3-2714 Flat pH surface electrode

installation.
2) To replace electrodes,
simply untwist from
preamplifier to replace with
new electrode.
3) Always purchase a +GF+
SIGNET cap and installa-
tion fitting for pipe applica-
tions.
4) Conduit and mounting
brackets for submersible
installation must always be
used (customer supplied).
5) Use pipe adapters to install
in pipes larger than DN100
(4 in.). Specify socket weld
or NPT thread - See page
200 for more information.
6) Use 3-2721 remote
preamplifier when connect-
ing other manufacturers
electrodes to +GF+SIGNET
instruments.
pH/ORP
3-2714-HF Flat pH surface electrode, for use in trace HF (hydrofluoric acid) in concentrations < 2%
3-2716 Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body electrodes only)
3-2716-DI Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection, for process liquids <100 µS/cm conductivity
ORP Electrodes
3-2715 Flat ORP surface electrode
3-2717 Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body electrodes only)
Options
For electrodes used in in-line mounting with +GF+ SIGNET fittings, use red or blue electrode cap
- (see sensor caps for in-line mounting)
Glass electrode with Twist-Lock connector; for use with the 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly Only.
-WT Available for Part Numbers 3-2716 and 3-2717 only
Example Part Number
3-2714
3-2716 -WT Example Part Number
Sensor Caps for In-Line Mounting - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode)
P31542 Red Sensor Cap (commonly used for distinguishing pH from ORP sensors)
P31542-3 Blue Sensor Cap (commonly used for distinguishing ORP from pH sensors)
P31542 Example Part Numbers

Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode)
Application Notes:
• Use the flat glass 3-2720 3/4 inch FNPT submersion threads; 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
electrodes when a self- 3-2720-2 ISO 7/1-R3/4 inch FNPT submersion threads; 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
cleaning feature is 3-2714 and 3-2720 Example Part Numbers
desired; especially
useful in applications
with abrasive particles. Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
• Use bulb protected 3-2714 198 844 300 3-2716-WT 159 000 809
electrodes for general 3-2714-HF 198 844 305 3-2717-WT 159 000 811
purpose applications 3-2715 198 844 301 3-2720 198 864 602
3-2716 198 844 302 3-2720-2 198 864 603
• ORP electrodes are
3-2716-DI 198 844 306 3-2721 198 864 610
generally used for P31542 198 801 630
3-2717 198 844 303
chemical reaction P31542-3 159 000 464
monitoring, not process
control.
• Ensure that sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts
materials are chemically
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
compatible with the
process liquid. Calibration Accessories
• Cleaning and calibra- 3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (includes bypass
tion of electrodes is adapter)
application dependent. 3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit

Mounting
For More Information: P31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.
P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.
• For wiring information
P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.
see page 173.
• For mounting and Other
installation see page 165. 1220-0021 198 801 186 Replacement o-ring, FPM (for electrodes)
• To compare these 1224-0021 198 820 006 Replacement o-ring, EPDM (for electrodes)
electrodes with other 1228-0021 198 820 007 Replacement o-ring, Kalrez®
+GF+ SIGNET (for electrodes)
electrodes, see pH/ORP 5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6-conductor
Selection Guide. (specify length)
• For pH/ORP Theory see 3-2721 198 864 610 Remote pH/ORP preamplifier
page 209. 3-2759.393 159 000 765 Adapter cable for use with 2720

www.gfsignet.com 79
2754-2757 pH and ORP Electrodes

Flat glass Protected Wet-Tap Electrode Features

Bulb • Durable DryLoc™
connector with gold
plated contacts

• Self-cleaning flat ver-

sions reduce risk of glass
breakage
• Large reference volume
and solid polymer
electrolyte
• Temperature sensor
included in pH
electrodes

Applications
• Water & Wastewater
Description Treatment
The +GF+ SIGNET 2754-2757 pH and the service life. The electrodes are • Neutralization Systems
ORP Electrodes feature a unique foul- offered with either flat or bulb sensing • Effluent Monitoring
proof DryLoc™ connector with gold- elements. The flat versions allow sedi- • Sanitization Systems
plated contacts designed specifically for ment and particles to sweep past the • Pool & Spa Control
use with the +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and measurement surface, minimizing the risks • Aquatic Animal Life
2760 Sensor Electronics. These depend- of abrasion, breakage and coating. The Support Systems
able and highly responsive electrodes bulb versions can be used for general • Process Control
feature a large reference chamber purpose applications and are also
• Cooling Towers
volume and intelligent positioning of offered with a glass body for use with
• Boiler Protection
internal elements that combine to extend the 3719 Wet-Tap assembly.

System Overview
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation Wet-Tap Installation
Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
5091 OR 7

Instrument
6 8
4 10
RELAY 1
pH RELAY 2

2 12

(sold separately) Programable

0 14

(sold separately)
Logic +GF+ SIGNET
ENTER

RELAY 1 4
6 7

pH
8
10 RELAY 2
Controller
2

0
12

14 RELAY 1

2
4
6 7

pH
8
10

12
RELAY 2

PLC
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument (sold separately)
0 14

ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET
ENTER

Pipe extension +GF+ SIGNET

or conduit 2756-WT
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET with 3/4 in. NPT or 2757-WT
2750 and 2760 2750 Sensor Electronics ISO 7/1-R and
(sold separately) (sold separately) 3/4 threads 2750 or 2760
(customer supplied) (sold separately)

with
with +GF+ SIGNET
2750 and 2760
(sold separately)

2754-2757 DryLoc™ 2754-2757 DryLoc™ with

pH/ORP pH/ORP
Electrodes Electrodes
2754-2757 DryLoc™
pH/ORP
Electrodes Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET The 2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH/
3719 WetTap
(sold separately)
ORP Electrodes are compatible
with the following +GF+
SIGNET Instruments and Sensor
Electronics:
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET Fittings* 2750 2760 8900
(sold separately)

* For fittings designed for use with the Model 2754-2757 pH/ORP electrodes, see pages 180 through 194 See individual catalog pages
in the catalog. for more information.

80 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions
3-2754 Flat pH 3-2756 Bulb pH 3-2756 Wet-Tap pH Electrode
3-2755 Flat ORP 3-2757 Bulb ORP 3-2757 Wet-Tap ORP Electrode

pH/ORP
27 mm
27 mm (1.06 in.)
(1.06 in.) 35 mm
(1.4 in.)

35.3 mm
(1.4 in.)
35.3 mm
(1.4 in.)
116 mm
109 mm (4.6 in.)
(4.3 in.)
81 mm
(3.2 in.)
74 mm
(2.9 in.)

218 mm
(8.57 in.)

18 mm
18 mm (0.72 in.)
(0.72 in.)

11 .9 mm
(0.47 in.)

2759 pH/ORP System Tester

The +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator that
simulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ± 700 mV. This device is useful as a
troubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It is not a substitute for
periodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (sold
separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760
preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include a selector switch for
pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+
SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.
A) Power OFF Button
B) Output simulation buttons and indicators.
Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixed
values: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and F
+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttons
turns the 2759 on.
C) Low battery indicator E
D) High switch: Adds 1000MΩ resistance
in series with output. Simulates high
impedance of pH electrodes. Used to
verify proper preamplifier operation.
E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with
2750 and 2760
F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable
(included with 2759)
G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automatic
sensor recognition software in +GF+ D
ORP

SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation. G

B pH

A C

www.gfsignet.com 81
Technical Data
2754 and 2757 pH/ORP Electrodes 2756-WT and 2757-WT pH/ORP
General Wet-Tap Electrodes
Compatibility: General
+GF+ SIGNET 2750 and/or 2760 Sensor Compatibility:
Electronics +GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly,
Operating Range: 2750 and/or 2760 Sensor Electronics
• 2754, 2756, 2756-DI : 0 to 14 pH Operating Range:
2754-HF: 0 to 12 pH • pH: 0 to 14 pH
• 2755, 2757: ± 2,000 mV (ORP) • ORP: Application dependent
Pipe Size Range: Mounting:
• 0.5 in. and up: use +GF+ SIGNET Any angle is acceptable. Use with 3719
installation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in. (use wet-tap assembly for mounting electrodes.
pipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.) Accuracy: ± 0.1% over full range
Mounting: Connector (CPVC): DryLoc™
• Pipe mounting with 2750: ≥ 30° to the Temperature Sensor (pH):
horizontal plane - see page 167 for more PT-1000 for pH; none for ORP
details. Response time, τ : 438 secs.
• Submersion with 2750/2760: use 3/4 in. Reference junctions: Porous PTFE
NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 in. Male threaded • Electrolyte: 3.5M KCL
pipe extension • Elements: Ag/AgCl
Temperature Sensor: Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77°F)
PT-1000 for pH; none for ORP Response Time
Response time, τ =140 secs. (2754) • pH: < 5s for 95% of signal change
196 secs. (2756) • ORP: Application dependent
Reference: Impedance (pH): < 150 MΩ @ 25°C
Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel Sodium Ion Error: < 0.05 pH in 0.1 molar
3.5M KCI Na+ ion at 12.8 pH
0.1 M KCl (2756-DI only)
Element: Ag/AgCl Wetted Materials:
Primary Functions: Body: Glass
• 2754 and 2755: Flat surface resists fouling Reference Junctions: Porous PTFE
• 2756 and 2757: Bulb surface for Sensing surface:
general use • Glass membrane (pH)
• 2754-HF: Extended use in applications • Platinum (ORP)
with trace hydrofluoric acid (<2%) O-rings: FPM
• 2756-DI: Extended use in pure water Connector: CPVC
(< 100 µS)
Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F) Max. Temperature Rating
pH Response Time: Operating Temperature:
< 5 secs. for 95% of signal change 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
(for flat and bulb style electrodes) Storage Temperature:
ORP Response time: Application dependent 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs
Wetted Materials: Shipping Weight: 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs)
Body: CPVC
Reference Junctions: Porous PTFE Standards and Approvals:
Sensing surface: Glass • CE
O-rings: FPM • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Quality and ISO 14001: 1996 for
Max. Temperature and Pressure Rating Environmental Management
Operating Temperature: 2754-2757 Compatibility Matrix to Models 2750 and 2760 for Various
• 2756/2756-DI/2757: 0°C to 85°C Instruments
Compatible Instruments
(32°F to 185°F)
Other
• 2754/2755: 10°C to 85°C (50°F to185°F) 8900
Accepts 4 to 20
Manufacturer's
• 2754-HF: 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F) mA input
Instruments*
Maximum Pressure: 2754 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
• 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F) 2754-HF any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
• 4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F)
Compatible Electrodes

2755 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

Storage Temp.: > -10°C (15°F) to 30°C (86°F) 2756 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2756-DI any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs 2756-WT any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2757 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb) 2757-WT any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with

compatible temperature element; contact technical service for questions.

82 www.gfsignet.com
Ordering Information
Sensor Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode Model 2754-2757
Ordering Notes:
pH Sensors
1) pH and ORP electrodes
3-2754 Flat pH surface electrode require connection to

pH/ORP
3-2754-HF Flat pH surface electrode, for use in HF (hydroflouric acid)in concentrations < 2% model 2750 or 2760.
3-2756 Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body sensors only) 2) To replace electrodes,
simply untwist from
3-2756-DI Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection, for process liquids <100 µS/cm conductivity preamplifier to replace
ORP Sensors with new electrode
3-2755 Flat ORP surface electrode 3) Conduit and mounting
Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body sensors only)
brackets for submersible
3-2757
installation must always be
Wet-Tap Option - available for Part Numbers 3-2756 and 3-2757 only used (customer supplied)
-WT Glass electrode with Twist-Lock connector; for use with the 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly Only 4) Use pipe adapters to
install in pipes larger than
4 inches. Specify socket
3-2754 Example Part Number
weld or NPT threads. See
page 200 for more
Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode) information.
The preamplifiers below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output; for 5) For more information on
connection to a PLC, PC, chart recorder, and other devices requiring 4 to 20 mA input. the EasyCal option for
3-2750-1 In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box Model 2750, see page
In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal
97.
3-2750-2
6) See page 96 for technical
3-2750-3 Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads specifications on Models
3-2750-4 Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. ISO threads 2750 and 2760.
The connectors below can be used with other suppliers instruments not requiring a preamplified signal.
3-2760-3 DryLoc connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads
3-2760-4 DryLoc connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. ISO threads

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code Application Notes:
• Use the flat glass
3-2750-1 159 000 744 3-2756-DI 159 000 751 electrodes when a self-
3-2750-2 159 000 745 3-2756-WT 159 000 834 cleaning feature is
3-2750-3 159 000 746 3-2757 159 000 752 desired; especially
3-2750-4 159 000 842 3-2757-WT 159 000 835 useful in applications
3-2754 159 000 747 3-2760-1 159 000 939 with abrasive chemicals.
3-2754-HF 159 000 748 3-2760-2 159 000 940 • Use bulb protected
3-2755 159 000 749 3-2760-3 159 000 941 electrodes for general
3-2756 159 000 750 3-2760-4 159 000 942 purpose applications
• ORP electrodes are
generally used for
chemical reaction
Accessories and Replacement Parts monitoring, not control.
Mfr. Part No. Code Description • Ensure that electrode
materials are chemically
Calibration compatible with the
3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester process liquid.
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit
Mounting
For More Information:
P31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D. • For installation tips,
P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D. mounting position and
P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D. information see page 167.
Other • To compare these
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (for electrodes) electrodes with other
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM (for electrodes) +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez (for electrodes) electrodes, see Analytical
3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/2750, 2760 Selection Guide on
5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24AWG, 6 conductor page 70.
(specify length) • For pH/ORP Theory see
page 209.

www.gfsignet.com 83
2774-2777 Threaded DryLoc™ pH/ORP Electrode
Features
• Durable DryLoc™
connector with gold
!W plated contacts
E
N

• Special design
allows mounting at
any angle

• Quick temperature
response

• Easy sensor replace-

ment using DryLoc™
electrode connector

• High temperature
Description versions available
The +GF+ SIGNET 2774 - 2777 pH and temperature response to be quick and
ORP Electrodes feature a unique foul- accurate. The electrodes are offered • Mounts into standard
proof DryLoc™ connector with gold- with either flat or bulb style sensing 3/4 inch threads
plated contacts designed specifically for elements. The flat versions allow sedi-
use with the +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and ment and particles to sweep past the
2760 preamplifiers, sensor electronics, measurement surface, minimizing risks of Applications
and connectors. These dependable abrasion, breakage and coating. The • Water Treatment &
and highly responsive electrodes feature bulb versions can be used for general- Water Quality
a Teflon™ double reference junction and purpose applications. Due to the spe- Monitoring
a large reference chamber that combine cially designed chambers which keep • Demineralizer,
to extend the service-life. Embedded electrolyte in place, all versions can be Regeneration & Rinse
positioning of the temperature element in mounted at any angle, even inverted. • Cooling Tower and
the pH/ORP sensing tip allows the Boiler Protection
• Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
• Pool and Spa Control
• Neutralization
System Overview Systems

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount Other Instruments Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Customer supplied
Instrument 5091 Instrument OR Instrument
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)
Programable
Logic Flow
Controller +GF+ SIGNET or Other Instrument
PLC
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Pipe extension
Universal 2760 or conduit with
Adapter Kit (sold separately) 3/4 in. FNPT
(3-8050) threads
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET (sold separately) (customer supplied)
2750 or 2760 2750 Compatible Instruments
(sold separately) (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET
2760 +GF+ SIGNET The 2774-2777 Threaded
(sold separately) 2750 or 2760
(sold separately) DryLoc™ pH/ORP electrodes
are compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
Instruments and Sensor
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Electronics:
2774-2777 DryLoc 2774-2777 DryLoc™
pH/ORP Electrodes pH/ORP Electrodes
8900 2750
8750 2760
5700

See individual catalog pages for

Fittings - Customer supplied
more information.

84 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications
General Wetted Materials:
38.6mm Compatibility: Body: Ryton™
(1.52 in.) +GF+ SIGNET Models 2750 and Reference junctions: Teflon™
2760 Sensing surface:

pH/ORP
35.5mm Operating Range: • Glass membrane: (pH)
(1.4 in.) • 2774/2776: 0 to 14 pH • Platinum: (ORP)
• 2775/2777: +/-2000 mV (ORP) O-rings: FPM
Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and up.
Max. Temperature/Pressure rating:
29.2mm Mounting: Operating Temperature:
(1.15 in.) • In-line/vertical mounting: Use the 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)
electrode’s 3/4 in. threads to install Maximum Operating Pressure:
into pipe fitting. Electrode can be 6.9 bar (100 psi)
128.3mm
(5.05 in.) mounted at any angle. Storage Temperature:
• Submersible mounting: Use threads > 0°C (32°F)
3/4 in. on Model 2750 or 2760; requires 3/4 Higher temperature and pressure sensors
NPT in. NPT or ISO7-R/ 3/4 in. male are available.
threaded extension.
See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.
22.8mm Reference:
(0.9 in.) Electrolyte: Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs.)
KNO3/KCI acrylamide gel
Element: Ag/AgCl Standards and Approvals
22.1mm
(0.87 in.)
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
Temperature Sensor: for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
• pH: 3KΩ or PT1000 RTD Environmental Management
• ORP: none • CE
Temperature response time: τ95% < 1 min.

Primary Functions:
• 2774 and 2775:
Flat surface resists fouling
• 2776 and 2777:
Bulb surface for general use

Model 2774 Compatibility Selection Chart for Electronics and Instruments

Compatible Instruments
Accepts 4 to 20 Other Mfr.'s
5700 8750 8900 mA input Instruments*
2774 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4
2774-1 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2775 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
Compatible Electrodes

2775-1 2760-3, -4
2776 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4
2776-1 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2777 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2777-1 2760-3, -4
*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with compatible temperature
element; contact technical service for questions

www.gfsignet.com 85
Electrode Key Features
and Benefits:
• Ryton™ body for chemical compatibil- DryLoc
ity to most harsh chemicals. Also able Connector
to withstand high temperatures.

• Porous Teflon™ reference junctions are

highly chemically resistant; resists
fouling and dirt buildup.
Ryton
Body
• Double reference junctions with large Reference
electrolyte chamber protects Ag/AgCl Ag/AgCl
wire for a prolonged sensor life. Wire Reference
Electrolyte
Double Chamber
• Capillary TC (temperature sensor) Porus
embedded in tip of pH/ORP electrode Teflon
for quicker temperature response than Reference
Junctions
most other electrodes on the market.

• DryLoc™ connector with corrosion

resistant gold pins for quick and easy
pH/ORP
sensor removal. Electrode
Capillary
TC

Electrode Cut-Away View

2759 pH/ORP System Tester

The +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator Application Notes:
that simulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ± 700 mV. This device is • Use the flat glass
useful as a troubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It is electrodes when a self-
not a substitute for periodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions. cleaning feature is
Accessory adapter cables (sold separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to desired; especically
+GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760 preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. useful in applications
The adapters include a selector switch for pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers with abrasive chemi-
automatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation. cals.
• Use bulb protected
A) Power OFF Button electrodes for general
B) Output simulation buttons and purpose applications
indicators. Simulate pH and ORP • ORP electrodes are
output at five fixed values: pH 4, pH generally used for
7, pH 10, -700 mV and +700 mV. F chemical reaction
Pressing one of these buttons turns monitoring, not control.
• Ensure that sensor
the 2759 on. materials are chemi-
C) Low battery indicator E
cally compatible with
D) High switch: Adds 1000Ω resistance the process liquid.
in series with output. Simulates high
impedance of pH electrodes. Used to
verify proper preamplifier operation. For More Information:
• For installation tips,
E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use mounting position and
with 2750 and 2760 information see page 167.
F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable • To compare these
(included with 2759) electrodes with other
D +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP
ORP
G) Mode selector switch: Trigger auto-
matic sensor recognition software in G electrodes, see Analytical
+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumenta- B pH Selection Guide on
page 70.
tion. A C • For pH/ORP Theory see
page 207.

86 www.gfsignet.com
 Ordering Information
Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode
Model 2774-2777 pH Electrodes
Ordering Notes:
1) pH and ORP sensors 3-2774 Flat pH surface electrode

require connection to 3-2776 Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection
model 2750 or 2760.
2) To replace electrodes,
simply untwist from
preamplifier to replace
with new electrode.
3) Conduit and mounting
brackets for submersible
installation must always
be used (customer
3-2776
supplied).
pH/ORP
Temperature Element - Choose one
- 3K Ohm RTD for pH for connection to 8750 or 5700 instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier.
-1 PT1000 RTD for pH for connection to the 8900 when used with the 2750 sensor electronics
Special Order Options for pH Electrodes - Options -HT and -C can only be used with the 3-2721 preamplifier.
(These options cannot be used with the 2750 or 2760)
For high temperature and high pressure applications, up to 110°C (230°F) @ 150 psig; DryLoc™
-HT
connector is removed and replaced with a 4.6m (15 ft.) cable.
-C Remove DryLoc™ connector and add 4.6m (15 ft.) cable. Other cable lengths are available
-ISO ISO 7/1 R - 3/4 Threaded electrodes are available.
Example Part Number

4) For more information on ORP Electrodes

the EasyCal option for 3-2775 Flat ORP surface electrode
Model 2750, see page 3-2777 Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection
97.
Temperature Element - Choose one

5) See page 96 for technical - 10 K ID resistor for ORP electrodes for connection to the 8750 and 5700 when used with the 2760 preamplifier
or the 8900 when used with the 2750 sensor electronics
specifications on Models
2750 and 2760. -1 No T.C. for ORP electrodes for use with other suppliers instruments when used with the 2760 connector
Special Order Options for ORP Electrodes - Options -HT and -C can only be used with the 3-2721 preamplifier
6) All of these sensors can (These options cannot be used with the 2750 or 2760)
be mounted upside- -HT
For high temperature and high pressure applications, up to 110°C (230°F) @ 150 psig; DryLoc™
down. connector is removed and replaced with a 4.6m (15 ft.) cable.
-C Remove DryLoc™ connector and add 4.6m (15 ft.) cable. Other cable lengths are available
7) Special order options -ISO ISO 7/1 R - 3/4 Threaded electrodes are available.
may have longer delivery
3-2775 Example Part Number
time. Consult your local
George Fischer sales
Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for installation of any pH or ORP electrode)
representative for lead
times. The units below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output; for
connection to a PLC, PC, chart recorder, or other devices requiring a 4 to 20mA input.
3-2750-1 In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box
3-2750-2 In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal
3-2750-3 Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads
3-2750-4 Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads
The preamplifiers below can be used with +GF+ SIGNET 8750 and 5700. Can also be used with other suppliers
instruments.
3-2760-1 Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads
3-2760-2 Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads
The connectors below can be used with other suppliers instruments not requiring a preamplified signal
3-2760-3 DryLoc™ connector with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads
3-2760-4 DryLoc™ connector with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2774 159 000 955 3-2776 159 000 959
3-2774-1 159 000 956 3-2776-1 159 000 960
3-2775 159 000 957 3-2777 159 000 961
3-2775-1 159 000 958 3-2777-1 159 000 962
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit
3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester
3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use with 2750/2760
3-2721 198 864 610 Remote mount pH/ORP preamplifier
www.gfsignet.com 87
2764-2767 Differential DryLoc™ pH/ORP Electrodes
Features
• Differential design for
stable measurements
in the most aggres-
sive applications
!
W
NE
• Water-tight DryLoc™
connector with foul-
proof gold contacts
• Porous Teflon™
reference junction
• Rebuildable reference
electrode
• Solution ground

Description • Temperature
compensated(pH)
The +GF+ SIGNET 2764-2767 Differential pH & The other elements of the design are the solution
ORP electrodes are built with the DryLoc™ connector ground, the pH/ORP electrodes, and the
a Ryton® body and Teflon™ reference junction to temperature element. The solution ground • Easy sensor replace-
handle even the most extreme and harshest of eliminates noisy measurements by draining ment using DryLoc™
chemical applications. These differential electrodes electrical current away from the reference electrode connector
use the field-proven 3-electrode differential tech- electrode. The pH/ORP electrodes are designed
nique: the pH and reference electrodes are with a flat or bulb measurement surface, and a • Quick temperature
measured against a ground electrode, insuring a temperature device that is positioned at the tip of response
steady and stable signal. the measurement surface, making the temperature
The key feature of the differential design is the response of T95% less than 1 minute. Various • Compatible with
reference electrode. The reference element is temperature devices offered include 3K‰, 300‰, other suppliers’
protected in a glass half-cell embedded in the or PT-1000 RTD. The electrodes are used with the
reference chamber and is protected from com- +GF+ SIGNET 2750 Sensor Electronics, which
instruments
pounds that may contain sulfides (H2S) and metals, provides a blind 4 to 20 mA output or using the
including lead, mercury, and silver. To ensure a long digital (S3L) output may be used to connect to the
service life, the reference features a refillable +GF+ SIGNET 8900 instrument. The electrodes Applications
electrolyte chamber and a replaceable can also be used with the Model 2760 preampli-
equitransferant salt bridge, both easily serviced in fier to connect to the +GF+ SIGNET 5700, 8750,
• Water and Waste-
the field. The patented porous Teflon™ reference or other suppliers’ instruments. water Treatment
junction resists fouling, clogging and chemical • Coagulation and
attack. Flocculation
• Plant Effluent
System Overview • Plating Baths
• Scrubbers
• Textile Dye Process
• Harsh Chemical
Applications
• Heavy metal Re-
moval and Recovery
• Toxics Destruction
• Surface Finishing

Compatible Instruments
The 2764-2767 Differential
DryLoc™ pH/ORP electrodes are
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET Instruments and
Sensors:
5700 2750
8900 2760
8750

See individual catalog pages for

more information.
88 www.gfsignet.com

Electrode Cut-away View
Electrode Key Feaures and Benefits:
• Glass encased reference electrode
protects the Ag+ element from reacting
with certain chemical compounds that
typically leach into the reference cham-
• Ryton® body for chemical compatibility
to most harsh chemicals. Also able to
withstand high temperatures.

pH/ORP
bers. Keeps the pH/ORP reading stable. * DryLoc™ connector with corrosion
resistant gold pins for quick and easy
• Large volume reference electrolyte sensor removal.
chamber resists dilution over time for a
long service life. Chamber is refillable. • Capillary TC (temperature sensor)
embedded in tip of pH/ORP electrode
• Salt Bridge serves as a double reference for quicker temperature response than
junction and is the first line of defense to most other electrodes on the market.
keep out process chemicals from the
reference electrolyte chamber. It is built
with a porous Teflon™ reference junction
which is highly compatible to chemicals ,
resists fouling and build-up of dirt.

Model 2764-2767 Electrode Compatibility to Sensors, Preamplifiers, and Instruments

A differential electrode solves many common problems typically experienced by standard pH/ORP electrodes at E
troublesome measuring points. See the table below to find the common problem, cause and effect, and the Differential E
pH/ORP electrode solution.E
Standard pH/ORP electrode problem:9 Cause and Effect9 The Differential Electrode Solves the Problem!9
Reading slowly drifts over time and/or E • Chemical attack from Hg++, Cu+, Pb++, ClO4- or E • Salt bridge will slow or stop attack. If attacking ions E
responds slowlyE other compounds which dilute the KCl reference E penetrate the salt bridge and affect the KCl, simply refill E
electrolyte concentration. E KCl solutionE
• Reference junction gets clogged from oils, grease, and E • Readings do not drift due to stable differential E
dirt from the process. E reference design, however may require cleaning or E
replacement of the salt bridge if electrode gets too dirtyE.E

Reading slowly drifts over time and/or E • Chemical attack of the Ag+ reference billet from Br-, I-, E • Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected
becomes erratic E CN-, and S- compounds. E in glass encased reference electrode.E

• Clogged reference and slowed reading from silver E • Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected
compounds forming on the inside of the reference E in glass encased reference electrodeE
electrode from Ag+ of reference element reacting and E
precipitating AgS, AgBr, AgI, AgCN, or other silver E
compounds. E
Reading suddenly and unexpectedlyE E • Stray electrical currents in the process liquid; Ag+ E • Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected
shifts E reference element picks up current and shifts reference E in glass encasement; also, electrode has a built in E
reading, resulting in shifted pH reading. The Ag+ solution ground, so if there is a stray current, it will not be
element will eventually become totally stripped. Process E seen by the electrodeE
must be properly grounded or place metal rod close to E
electrode.E

www.gfsignet.com 89
Specifications Dimensions
General Wetted Materials:
Compatibility: +GF+ SIGNET Models 2750 Body: Ryton®
and 2760 Reference junctions: Teflon™
Operating Range: Sensing surface:
• 2764/2766: 0 to 14 pH • Glass membrane: (pH)
• 2765/2767: +/-1500 mV (ORP) • Platinum: (ORP)
Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and up. O-rings: FPM
Mounting: Solution ground: carbon graphite
• In-line/vertical mounting: Use sensor 1
inch threads. Sensor must be mounted at Maximum Temperature/Pressure rating:
least 15 degrees above the horizontal Operating Temperature:
axis. 0°C to 95°C (32°F to 203°F)*
• Submersible mounting: Use threads on Max. Operating Pressure:
Model 2750 or 2760; requires 3/4 inch 6.89 bar (100 psi) @ 95°C (203°F)
NPT or ISO7-1/ 3/4 inch male threaded Storage Temperature: >0°C (32°F)
extension.
Reference: See page 224 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.
Electrolyte: Consult factory for High Temperature electrodes.
3.0M KCl, solidified acrylamide gel
Element: Ag/AgCl Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs.)
Temperature Sensor:
Standards & Approvals
• pH: 3K‰, PT1000 RTD, or 300‰
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
• ORP: PT1000 RTD or 300‰ Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
10 K‰ I.D. resistor Environmental Management
Temperature response time: τ95% < 1 minute
Primary Functions:
• 2764 and 2765:
Flat surface resists fouling
• 2766 and 2767:
Bulb surface for general use

2759 pH/ORP System Tester

The +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator that
simulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ±700 mV. This device is useful as a
troubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It is not a substitute for
periodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (sold
separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760
preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include a selector switch for
pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+
SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.
A) Power OFF Button
B) Output simulation buttons and indicators.
Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixed
values: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and
+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttons
turns the 2759 on.
C) Low battery indicator
D) High switch: Adds 1000M‰ resistance
in series with output. Simulates high
impedance of pH electrodes. Used to
verify proper preamplifier operation.
E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with
2750 and 2760
F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable
(included with 2759)
G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automatic
sensor recognition software in +GF+
SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

90 www.gfsignet.com
Model 2764-2767
Ordering Notes:
1) pH and ORP electrodes
require connection to
model 2750 or 2760.
Ordering Information
Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode
pH Electrodes
3-2764 Flat pH surface differential electrode

pH/ORP
2) To replace electrodes, Bulb pH differential electrode with bulb protection
3-2766
simply un-twist from
Temperature Element - Choose one
preamplifier to replace
with new electrode. -1 3K Ohm for pH for connection to 8750 or 5700 instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier
3) Conduit and mounting -2 PT1000 RTD for pH for use with the 8900 instrument when used with the 2750 sensor electronics
brackets for submersible -3 300 Ohm for connection to other instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier or connector
installations must always
be used (customer
3-2766 -1 Example Part Number
supplied)
4) Adapters from 1 1/2 in.
to 1 in. are available. ORP Sensors
5) More information on the Flat ORP surface differential electrode
3-2765
EasyCal option can be
3-2767 Bulb ORP differential electrode with bulb protection
found on the 2750/2760
catalog pages. Temperature Element - Choose one
6) All technical specifica- -1
10 K ID resistor for connection to 8750 or 5700 when used with the 2760 preamplifier or connection to the 8900 with
used with the 2750 sensor electronics
tions for models 2750
and 2760 are on page -2 PT1000 RTD for connection to other instruments using the 2760 preamplifier or connector
96. -3 300 Ohm for connection to other instruments using the 2760 preamplifier or connector
7) Use sensor threads for in-
line mounting; Model
3-2765 -1 Example Part Number
2750 or 2760 threads
for submersible mounting.
8) Reference electrode can Sensor Electronics - Choose one (required for installation of any pH or ORP electrode)
be rebuilt with replace-
The sensor electronics below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output. For connection to
ment electrolyte and salt PLC/PC, chart recorders, etc.
bridge.
3-2750-1 In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box
Application Notes:
3-2750-2 In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal
• Use the flat glass
electrodes when a Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads
3-2750-3
self-cleaning feature is
3-2750-4 Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads
desired; especially
The sensor electronics below can be used with +GF+ SIGNET 8750 and 5700. Can also be used with other suppliers instruments. For use in-
useful in applications line or submersion.
with abrasive
chemicals. 3-2760-1 Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads
• Use bulb electrodes
3-2760-2 Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads
for general purpose
applications
• ORP electrodes are Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
generally used for 3-2764-1 159 000 943 3-2766-1 159 000 949
chemical reaction 3-2764-2 159 000 944 3-2766-2 159 000 950
monitoring, not 3-2764-3 159 000 945 3-2766-3 159 000 951
control.
• Ensure that electrode 3-2765-1 159 000 946 3-2767-1 159 000 952
materials are chemi- 3-2765-2 159 000 947 3-2767-2 159 000 953
cally compatible with 3-2765-3 159 000 948 3-2767-3 159 000 954
the process liquid.
Accessories and Replacement Parts
For More Information: Mfr. Part No. Code Description
• For installation tips,
mounting position 3864-0001 159 001 007 Replacement Salt Bridge
and information see 3864-0002 159 001 008 Replacement reference electrolyte solution, 500 mls
page 167. 2120-0015 159 001 009 CPVC adapter: 1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT
• To compare these 2122-0015 159 001 010 316 SS adapter: 1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT
electrodes with other 3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit
+GF+ SIGNET pH/ 3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester
ORP electrodes, see 3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use with 2750
Analytical Selection
Guide on page 70.
• For pH/ORP Theory
see page 209.

www.gfsignet.com 91
3719 pH/ORP Wet-Tap Assembly
Features
• Electrode removal
without process
shutdown
• Space saving 45mm
(1 .75 in.) short-stroke
design
• Sealed pneumatic
dampening for
smooth and safe
operation
• SafeLoc™: Cam-
activated automatic
locking mechanism
• Protects electrode
sensing surface from
breakage
Description • Suitable for mounting
The +GF+ SIGNET 3719 pH/ORP Wet- compact retraction assembly; no separate in any orientation
Tap allows installation and removal of valve is required. A patented cam-
pH or ORP electrodes, even under activated automatic locking mechanism, • Process threaded
connection NPT or
process pressure, without the need for SafeLoc™, and the short stroke design ISO
process shutdown during routine help to assure operator safety. The wet-
electrode maintenance and calibration. tap unit can be mounted at any angle • Low profile clamp-on
Automatic process isolation is achieved and can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET saddle fittings for
during electrode retraction with a DryLoc™ and Twist-Lock Wet-Tap elec- convenient installa-
tion in ASTM pipe
double O-ring seal on a unique and trodes. sizes 2.5 to 12 in.
System Overview
Applications
Wet-Tap Installation
Other Instruments
• Aquatic Animal Life
Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount
(customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Support Systems
(sold separately) 5091 Instrument OR Instrument
(sold separately)
Programable
(sold separately)
Flow
• Recreational Water
Monitoring
50

RELAY 1 4
6 7

pH
8
10 RELAY 2
0 100
Logic
Controller
2 12

0 14 +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET
ENTER
Flow
Universal
Adapter Kit
2760 • Water & Wastewater
PLC (sold separately)
(3-8050)
(sold separately) Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET • Effluent Monitoring
2720 2750 2750 2720 2760
(sold or 2760 (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) • Neutralization Sys-
separately) (sold
separately) tems
• Sanitization Systems
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
2716-WT 2756-WT 2756-WT 2716-WT 2756-WT 2756-WT
2717-WT 2757-WT 2757-WT 2717-WT 2757-WT 2757-WT
Compatible Sensors
The +GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)
Tap assembly is compatible with
+GF+ SIGNET the following sensors and
3719 Wet-Tap Assembly electrodes and preamplifiers:

2716 2757 2760

2717 2720
2756 2750

See individual catalog pages for

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) more information.

92 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3719 Wet-Tap
3719-1X General Maximum Temperature/Pressure Rating
For pipe sizes up to 4 in.
Compatible Electrodes: Operating Pressure:
76 mm 2716-WT Twist-Lock pH Electrode 100 psi (6.9 bar) maximum

pH/ORP
(3.0 in.) See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.
2717-WT Twist-Lock ORP Electrode
2756-WT DryLoc™ pH Electrode
2757-WT DryLoc™ ORP Electrode Shipping Weight: 1 .2 kg (2.7 lbs.)
130 mm
(5.13 in.) Process Connection:
3719-11: NPT 1 .5 in. Standards/Approvals
3719-21: NPT 2 in. • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
49 mm 3719-12: ISO 7/1 - R1 .5 Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
i
P pe thread
(1 .94 in.) 1 .5 in. NPT 75 mm 3719-22: ISO 7/1 - R2 Environmental Management
(2.94 in.)
25 mm or
ISO 7-R1 .5 Maximum Flow Velocity: 3m/s (10 ft/s)
(1 .00 in.)
45 mm Low Profile Clamp-on Saddle Fittings
(1 .75 in.) Materials: Materials:
20 mm
(0.8 in.) Retraction Housing (Wetted): CPVC Saddle body (wetted):
39 mm
(1 .52 in.) O-rings (Wetted): FPM Polypropylene (Grade 8, ASTM
Locking Shroud: PVC D2565, 1-8, UV stabilized)
Hardware: 316 stainless steel (1 .4401) Gasket (wetted): FPM
3719-2X Saddle Hardware: 316 stainless steel
For pipe sizes 6 to 12 in. Reinforcement Ring: 430 stainless steel
Size Range: 2.5 to 12 in. (ASTM)
76 mm
(3.0 in.) Ordering Information
Wet-Tap Part Number
130 mm
(5.13 in.) 3-3719 Wet-Tap Assembly
Mounting Options - Choose one
-11 1.5 inch NPT process threads
Pipe thread
34 mm
75 mm 2 in. NPT (1 .32 in.) -12 ISO 7/1-R 1.5 process threads
(2.94 in.) or 41 mm
ISO 7-R2 (1 .62 in.) -21 2 inch NPT process threads
45 mm -22 ISO 7/1-R 2 process threads
(1 .75 in.)
20 mm
39 mm (0.8 in.)
(1 .52 in.) 3-3719 -11 Example Part Number

Wet-Tap Assembly Compatible Electrodes - See pages 76-83 for more electrode information.
3-2716-WT Twist-Lock pH Electrode (Used with 2720 preamplifier)
3-2717-WT Twist-Lock ORP Electrode (Used with 2720 preamplifier)
3-2756-WT DryLoc™ pH Electrode (Used with 2750 sensor electronics or 2760 preamplifier)
3-2757-WT DryLoc™ ORP Electrode (Used with 2750 sensor electronics or 2760 preamplifier)
Model 3719
Ordering Information:
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
1) Use a mounting saddle
or a standard threaded 3-2716-WT 159 000 809 3-3719-11 159 000 804
part to mount Wet-Tap 3-2717-WT 159 000 811 3-3719-12 159 000 806
assembly. 3-2756-WT 159 000 834 3-3719-21 159 000 805
3-2757-WT 159 000 835 3-3719-22 159 000 807
2) ASTM fittings are
available to order; metric Accessories and Replacement Parts
fittings are customer Mfr. Part No. Code Description
supplied.
Mounting Saddles
3) Use -11 or -12 versions 2007-0225 159 000 812 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 2.5 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
for pipe sizes up to 4 in. 2007-0230 159 000 813 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0240 159 000 814 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 4 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
4) Use -21 or -22 versions 2007-0260 159 000 815 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 6 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
for pipe sizes 6 to 12 2007-0280 159 000 816 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 8 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
inches. 2007-0210 159 000 817 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 10 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0212 159 000 818 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 12 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
For more information: Replacement Parts
• See pages 169 for 1220-0114 159 000 854 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part)
mounting information. 1220-9458 159 000 927 3719 O-ring (internal) FPM (spare part)
3-3719.390 159 000 855 3719 Locking Shroud (spare part)
www.gfsignet.com 93
2750 and 2760 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensor Electronics
and Preamplifiers Features
• In-line integral mount
put t 3-2750-3, -4 and submersible
ut ard tpu 3-2760 installation versions
O u 2760 shown with
n d and O 3-2750-1, -2 2774 electrode • Automatic temperature
i
Bl r St ified ! compensation
o pl NE
W
• Auto configuration for
e am pH or ORP operation
Pr
• Optional EasyCal
calibration aid
• Automatic buffer
recognition
• Junction boxes for
convenient wiring
*Electrodes sold separately.
• Compatible with 3719
pH/ORP Wet-Tap
Description
The +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and 2760 pH/ORP cable lengths and is compatible with the
Sensor Electronics and Preamplifiers, featuring +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter Application
DryLoc™ connectors, provide a variety of Controller. The 2750 devices self-configure • Water/Wastewater
functions to suit various requirements. The for pH or ORP operation via automatic Treatment
2760 is a preamplifier that allows any recognition of the electrode type. The • Neutralization Systems
DryLoc™ pH/ORP electrode to work with most optional EasyCal feature allows simple push-
• Scrubber Control
+GF+ SIGNET instruments. It can also be used button calibration and includes an LED
as a simple connector for use with other indicator for visual feedback. • Effluent Monitoring
manufacturers’ instruments that do not require • Surface Finishing
a preamplified signal. The DryLoc™ electrode connector found on • Flocculent Coagulation
both models quickly forms a robust assembly • Heavy Metal Removal
The 2750 comes with the same pre-amplified for submersible and in-line installations. and Recovery
signal as the 2760, but features two different NEMA 4X junction boxes are integral parts of • Toxics Destruction
outputs: a two-wire 4 to 20 mA loop output, or the 2750 in-line version and are also • Sanitization Systems
a digital (S3L) output which allows for longer available as accessories for both Models • Pool & Spa Control
2750 (submersible version) and 2760. • Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems

System Overview
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation Wet-Tap Installation
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Instrument 5091 OR
pH/ORP
(sold separately) Transmitter parately) Programable
(sold separately) Logic
Controller
0

+GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter PLC +GF+ SIGNET Instrument (sold separately)
(3-8050) Pipe extension +GF+ SIGNET
(sold separately) or conduit 2750 or 2760
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET with 3/4 in. and
2750 and 2760 2760 2750 Sensor NPT or 2756-WT
Sensor Electronics Preamplifier Electronics ISO 7/1-Rc 2757-WT
and Preamplifier 3/4 threads (sold separately)
(customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET
2750 and 2760 +GF+ SIGNET
Sensor Electronics 3719 Wet-Tap
and Preamplifier (sold separately)

DryLoc™
pH/ORP
Electrodes
(sold separately)
DryLoc™
pH/ORP
2754-2757 DryLoc™ Electrodes: Use +GF+ SIGNET Fittings Electrodes +GF+ SIGNET Fittings
2764-2767 and 2774-2777 DryLoc™ Electrodes: Use 3/4 in. NPT fittings (customer supplied) (sold separately) (sold separately)

94 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions
3-2750-1,-2 3-2750-3, -4, 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4

94mm

pH/ORP
(3.7 in.)
31 .75mm
3/4 in. NPT
(1 .25 in.)
or ISO Threads
Bottom View showing DryLoc™
connectors
158.75 mm
(6.25 in.) 70.1mm
(2.76 in.) 89.4mm
181mm (3.52 in.)
56.6mm
(7. 1 in.) (2.23 in.)

Compatible Electrodes (see pages 80 through 91 for full details)

2754-2757 2764-2767 2774-2777
Electrodes Electrodes Electrodes
27 mm/D 38.6mm 38.6mm Compatible Electrodes
1.0 in. (1.52 in.) (1.52 in.)
The 2750 and 2760 DryLoc™
35.6mm
pH/ORP Sensor Electronics are
(1.4 in.) 35.5mm compatible with the following
(1.4 in.)
30.5 mm/D +GF+ SIGNET electrodes:
1.2 in. 97 mm/D 2754 2764 2774
3.8 in.
2755 2765 2775
32.5mm 29.2mm 2756 2766 2776
(1.15 in.)
(1.28 in.) 2757 2767 2777
65 mm/D 133.8mm 128.3mm
2.6 in. 86 mm/D (5.27 in.) (5.05 in.)
Compatible Instruments
3.4 in. 1 in. Electrodes with 4 to 20mA
NPT 3/4 in. output must be used with the
NPT
+GF+ SIGNET 5091 or a PLC/
PC. Other electrodes are
23 mm/D 28.7mm
22.8mm
compatible with:
0.9 in. (1.13 in.)
(0.9 in.) 5700 8750 8900
Other manufacturers’ instruments
25.4mm
22.1mm
(1.0 in.)
(0.87 in.)

Models 2750 and 2760 Compatibility Selection Chart

for Electronics and Instruments

Compatible Instruments Compatible Instruments

Accepts 4 Accepts 4
to 20 mA Other Mfg's to 20 mA Other Mfg's
5700 8750 8900 input Instruments* 5700 8750 8900 input Instruments*
2754 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2
2754-HF - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-2 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2
2755 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2
Compatible Electrodes

Compatible Electrodes

2756 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2
2756-DI - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-2 - - - - 2760-1, -2
2756-WT - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2
2757 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2774 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2
2757-WT - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2774-1 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2764-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2 2775 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2764-2 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2 2775-1 - - - - 2760-3, -4
2764-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2776 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4
2765-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2 2776-1 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2765-2 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2777 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4
2765-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2777-1 - - - - 2760-3, -4
*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with compatible temperature element; contact technical service for questions
The voltage rating in some competitor instruments is higher than specified for the 2760 preamplifier. To resolve this issue, we urge
customers to reduce the power by utilizing a 1kΩ resistor in series with the power supply to avoid damaging the preamplifier.

www.gfsignet.com 95
Technical Data
2750 Sensor Electronics and 2760
Preamplifier Electrical (continued)
General Digital (S3L) output (2750 only):
Compatible Electrodes: Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps
+GF+ SIGNET DryLoc™ pH and Accuracy:
ORP Electrodes • pH: ± 0.03 pH @ 25°C (77°F)
• ORP: ± 2mV @ 25° C (77°F)
Operational Range:
• pH: 0 to 14 pH Resolution:
• ORP: ± 2,000 mV • pH: ≤ 0.01 pH
• Temp.: 0° C to 85° C • ORP: 1mV
(32°F to 185°F) • Temp.: ≤ 0.2° C (32.36°F)

Response Time*: Update Rate: 0.5 seconds

• pH: < 6 sec. for 95% of change Available Data:
• ORP: application dependent Raw mV, pH or ORP, temperature (pH)
• Temp., τ: 140 seconds (2754), Error indication:
196 seconds (2756) Open input diagnostic
* includes response time of electrodes Input Impedance, Z: >1011Ω

Materials: Environmental
• 2750-1&2 (in-line): Valox® (PBT) Enclosure Rating:
• 2750-3&4, 2760 (submersible): CPVC • 3-2750-1 & -2: NEMA 4X/IP65 with
electrode connected
Electrical • 3-2750-3 & -4, 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4:
(Not applicable for 2760-3, -4) NEMA 6P/IP68 with electrode and
Cable: watertight conduit and/or extension
4.6m/15 ft. , 3-conductor shielded pipe connected
22AWG (2750-3, 2750-4) Operating Temperature:
Power: 0°C to 85° C (32°F to 185°F)
2750 Storage Temperature:
• 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output -20°C to 85° C (-4°F to 185°F)
• 5VDC ± 5% regulated, 3mA max., Relative Humidity:
for digital (S3L™) output 0 to 95%, non-condensing (without
2760 electrode connected)
• 6 to 12VDC
Shipping Weight:
Current output (2750 only):
• 2750-1 & 2 (in-line): 0.75 kg (1.65 lb)
• pH:
• 2750-3 & -4 and 2760-1. -2, -3, -4
Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = 0 to 14 pH
(submersible): 0.64 kg (1.41 lb)
(custom scaling available)
• ORP:
Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = -1000 to Standards and Approvals
2000mV (custom scaling available from • CE
± 2000mV) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000
Max Loop Resistance: for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
100Ω max. @ 12V Environmental Management
325Ω max. @ 18V
600Ω max. @ 24V
Accuracy: ± 32µA
Resolution: ± 5µA
Update Rate: 0.5 seconds
Error indication: 3.6mA

96 www.gfsignet.com
Ordering Information
Sensor Electronics Model 2750 and 2760
Ordering Information:
Sensor Electronics with preamplified signal and Digital (S3L) output (for use with the 8900 1) Model 2760 may also

pH/ORP
3-2750 instrument) or 4 to 20 mA output - power supplied to unit dictates output type. be used for in-line
-1 In-line Sensor electronics with junction box; for in-line sensor mounting installation when used
with +GF+ SIGNET
-2 In-line Sensor electronics with junction box and EasyCal; for in-line sensor mounting
electrode Models 2764-
-3 Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads 2767 and 2774-2775.
2) Model 2750 requires 12
-4 Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads
to 24VDC to function as
a blind 4 to 20mA
3-2750 -2 Example Part Number output transmitter.
3) Order a 3-2750-2 or
any other 2750 with a
junction box 3-8050-2
Preamplifiers and Connectors if the EasyCal feature is
desired.
Preamplifier for use with the 8750 or 5700 instruments or simple DryLoc™ connector with other 4) All sensor electronics,
3-2760 manufacturers' instruments that do not require a preamplified signal. preamplifiers and
-1 Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. NPT threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable connectors require a
DryLoc™ electrode for full
-2 Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. ISO threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
system installation.
-3 Connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads 5) Conduit and mounting
brackets for submersion
-4 Connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads
installation must always
be used (customer
3-2760 -2 Example Part Number supplied).
6) The 3-2759 System
Tester must be ordered
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
with the adapter cable 3-
3-2750-1 159 000 744 3-2760-1 159 000 939 2759.391 for exclusive
3-2750-2 159 000 745 3-2760-2 159 000 940 use with the 2750 and
3-2750-3 159 000 746 3-2760-3 159 000 941 2760.
3-2750-4 159 000 842 3-2760-4 159 000 942 7) Compatible electrodes -
See pages 80 through
91 for specifications.
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Calibration
3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (adapter cable sold
separately) -See page 80 for more information Application Notes
3-2759.391 159 000 764 2759 Adapter Cable for use w/2750 and • The EasyCal feature
2760 DryLoc™ Sensor Electronics automatically
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit recognizes standard
4.0, 7.0, and 10.0 pH
Mounting buffer or ORP
3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box Quinhydrone solutions
3-8050-2 159 000 754 Universal Mount Junction Box w/EasyCal and simplifies
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, NPT (1 connector) calibration
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, PG13.5 • Frequency of
(1 connector) calibration of
5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6 conductor (specify length) electrodes is
dependent upon the
application
parameters.

www.gfsignet.com 97
5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORP Monitor
Features
• Displays pH or ORP
and temperature
• EasyCal simplifies
routine calibration
• Simple push-button
operation
• Intuitive software
design
• Scaleable 4 to 20 mA
output internally
powered

Analog and Digital Display • Two programmable

relays
• Dual proportional
control capability
Description • Non-volatile memory
The +GF + SIGNET 5700 pH/ORP and one scaleable 4 to 20 mA output are
Monitor is a versatile and intelligent included, and the four-button keypad • Versatile low voltage
instrument that recognizes the type of arrangement with intuitive software design power requirement
sensor connected, either pH or ORP, then is very user-friendly. The monitors require
automatically sets itself for the corre- 12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, and can be Application
sponding display and functionality. Also, used with many +GF + SIGNET pH/ORP • Water & Wastewater
during EasyCal operation, the monitor electrodes and preamplifiers, or with Treatment
automatically recognizes standard electrodes from other manufacturers by • Neutralization
buffers/test solutions thereby shortening using the 2721 Preamplifier. Several • Scrubber Control
and simplifying routine calibration useful accessories are available, including • Effluent Monitoring
procedures. Two programmable relays the optional splashproof rear cover kit. • Surface Finishing
• Heavy Metal Removal
System Overview and Recovery
• Toxics Destruction
• Sanitization Systems
• Pool & Spa Control
• Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
• Process Control

Compatible Electrodes
The 5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORP
Monitor is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET Electrodes:
2714-2717 2764-2767
2774-2777

Compatible Preamplifiers
The 5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORP
Monitor is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
Preamplifiers:
2720 2721 2760

For information on pipe fittings designed for use with the Model 2714-2717 pH and ORP Electrodes, see See individual catalog pages for
pages 180 through 194 in the catalog. more information.
98 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
General Materials
Operating Range: Enclosure: ABS Plastic
• pH: 0 to 14 pH, optically isolated Keypad: Silicone Rubber
• Temp: -25°C to 120°C (-13°F to 248°F) Panel and case gasket: Neoprene

pH/ORP
• ORP: -2,000 to +2,000 mV, optically Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
isolated
Display Shipping Weight: 0.82 kg (1 .81 lb.)
• Analog:
Reversible dial: 0 to 14 pH or ± 1000 mV Environmental
• Digital: Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character Operating temperature:
-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Electrical Relative humidity:
Power Requirements: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated,
50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max. Standards and Approvals
Current Output: • CE, CSA, UL
4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internally • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
powered (active) Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Loop impedance: Environmental Management
• 350Ω max. @ 12V
• 950Ω max. @ 24V
Accuracy: ± 0.1% of full scale
Alarm Contacts:
Two SPDT relays:
• 5A @ 30VDC
• 5A @ 125VAC
• 3A @ 250VAC max.
High/Low/Pulse programmable with
adjustable hysteresis
Dual Proportional Control Capability,
maximum pulse rate 300 pulses/min.
Accuracy: ± 0.2% of scale

Model 5700 Ordering Information

Ordering Information:
1) Panel cutout should be 92 Mfr. Part No. Code Description
x 92mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)
2) Reversible dials with 3-5700 198 825 003 pH/ORP Monitor
standard ranges for pH
and ORP are included
with the instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts
3) An optional splashproof
rear cover can be ordered
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
separately if needed. Mounting
4) Protective overlays are 3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit
available for the front
3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit
panel.
5) Order RC filter kits to 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
protect relays from voltage 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
spikes. 3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mounting of panel versions
6) To mount the unit onto a Liquid Tight Connectors
wall, use the heavy duty 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
wall mount bracket. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
For More Information: Other
• For wiring information 3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit
see page 176. 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 series window kit
• For installation tips and 3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
information see page 165.
• See page 195 for more 3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit
information on 3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)
accessories and 3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
replacement parts.

www.gfsignet.com 99
8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORP Transmitters
Features
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount • Automatic tempera-
ture compensation
• Temperature display in
°C or °F
• Hold and simulate
functions
• Relay options avail-
able
• Output scalability
• Dual output option
allows temperature
and pH/ORP signal
transmission
• NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosure with self-
healing window
Description
The +GF+ SIGNET 8750 pH/ORP The EasyCal menu features automatic • EasyCal option
Transmitter is designed for broad appli- buffer recognition for mistake-proof pH available
cation and ease of setup and use. The or ORP electrode calibrations. Intuitive
unit auto-configures for either pH or ORP software and the four button keypad Applications
use when connected to +GF+ SIGNET arrangement make it easy to access • Neutralization
pH or ORP electrodes. Multiple mounting important information such as pH or Systems
options allow for installation best suited ORP, mV input, temperature, calibration, • Heavy Metals
to your particular application. relay set-up menus and more. Recovery
• Plating Control
• Scrubber Control
System Overview • Pool and Spa Control
• Environmental Study
• Water Treatment
Submersible Sensor • Water Quality
In-Line Sensor Installation Installation Monitoring
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount • Waste Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET • Disinfection
8750 Instrument 8750 Instrument
®

C US
E171559 LR092369

+GF+ SIGNET 8750 Instrument

Compatible Electrodes
The 8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORP
Pipe extension
Transmitters are compatible with
+GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit or conduit with the following +GF+ SIGNET
(3-8050) (sold separately) 3/4 in. NPT or electrodes:
ISO 7/1-R 3/4 2714 2764 2774
threads 2715 2765 2775
+GF+ SIGNET 2716 2766 2776
Preamplifier
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET
2717 2767 2777
Preamplifier
+GF+ SIGNET
(sold separately) Compatible Preamplifiers:
pH/ORP electrode The 8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORP
(sold separately) Transmitter is compatible with the
+GF+ SIGNET following preamplifiers:
pH/ORP electrode 2720 Twist-Lock
(sold separately)
2760 DryLoc™
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately)
or customer supplied fittings (see individual electrode sheets for more info.) See individual catalog pages for
more information.
100 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3-8750-XP Panel Mount General Electrical (continued)
Accuracy: ± 0.03 pH, ± 2 mV ORP Relay output:
96 mm (3.8 in.) Display: Mechanical SPDT contacts:
Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCD Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off

pH/ORP
pH/ORP
Contrast: User selectable, 5 levels Maximum voltage rating:
10.20 pH
Material 5 A @ 30 VDC, or 5 A @ 250 VAC
96 mm
25.0°C

(3.8 in.) Case: PBT resistive load

Relay 1 Relay 2

Panel case gasket: Neoprene Hysteresis: User-adjustable

ENTER
Window: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate Max 400 pulses/min.
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off
Electrical Open-collector, optically isolated,
Power: 50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. pull-up
12 to 24 VDC ± 10% regulated voltage.
• (-1) 21 mA max. Hysteresis: User-adjustable
• (-2) 220 mA max. Max. 400 pulses/min.
Optional 92 mm • (-3) 60mA max. Environmental
Splashproof (3.6 in.)
Rear Cover Electrode input range: Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
• pH: 0 to 14 pH Operating temperature:
• Temp.: 3K Balco, -25°C to 120°C -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)
(-13°F to 248°F) Storage temperature:
56 mm
41 mm (2.2 in.) • ORP: -2000 to +2000 mV, isolated -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
(1 .6 in.) (10KΩ I.D. resistance T+, T-) Relative humidity:
97 mm
(3.8 in.) Current output: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable and
Field version with Universal
Mounting Kit reversible Shipping Weight: 0.6 kg (1 .3 lb.)
Max. loop impedance:
50Ω max. @ 12 V Standards and Approvals
325Ω max. @ 18 V • CSA, CE, UL listed
82 mm 600Ω max. @ 24 V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
(3.23 in.)
Update rate: 0.5 seconds Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 V Environmental Management
42 mm 64 mm
Ordering Information
(1.7 in.) (2.5 in.)
Part Number
106 mm (4.2 in.) 3-8750 pH/ORP Transmitter
Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one
-1 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power
Model 8750 -2 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power
Ordering Information: -3 One input with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power
1) For panel version, cutout Field or panel mount - Choose one
should be 92 x 92 mm (3.62
- Field mount for pipe, wall, or tank mounting
x 3.62 in.)
P Panel mount; including mounting bracket and panel gasket
2) To mount the panel version
on a wall, use the heavy duty
wall mount bracket. 3-8750 -1 P Example Part Number
3) An optional splashproof rear
cover can be ordered Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
separately if needed - panel 3-8750-1 159 000 053 3-8750-2P 159 000 056
mount version only. 3-8750-1P 159 000 054 3-8750-3 159 000 057
4) Use the universal mounting kit 3-8750-2 159 000 055 3-8750-3P 159 000 058
with the field mount instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts
to mount to a pipe, tank or Mfr. Part No. Code Description
wall.
Mounting
5) Order RC filter kits to protect 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
relays from voltage spikes. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
For More Information: 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box
• For wiring information see
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
page 176.
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket
• For installation tips and
information see page 165. Liquid tight connectors
• For more information on 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
accessories and 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
replacement parts, see 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
Other
page 195.
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH buffer kit
www.gfsignet.com 101
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller
Features
it • Measures Flow, pH,
su ORP, Conductivity,
o n
i t t tio Pressure, Level and
un lica nt! Temperature
e
th app eme • Multi-language display
u ild ny uir
B a req • 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or
Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels 85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communication
Description for improved noise
The +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter If more features are needed, analog tolerance, extended
Controller takes the concept of modular- output and relay modules are available cable lengths, and easy
ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is field and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will wiring
commissioned with the users specified support up to four additional relays via
combination of inputs, outputs, and relays an external relay module. • Accepts 4 to 20mA
using simple-to-install modular boards output devices when
into the base unit. To assemble a control- There are other notable features that the used with 8058 signal
ler, there is a choice of two base units 8900 offers. For instance, digital input to converter
offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or the 8900 enables longer cable runs and
vacuum fluorescent display. Then, con- simplified wiring with minimal noise Applications
tinue building with a selection of plug-in interference. Advanced relay logic • RO/DI System Control
modules for either two, four, or six input provides operators an “and/or” logic to • Media Filtration
channels which accepts any of the +GF+ produce hi/low alarms. Derived mea- • Pure Water Production
SIGNET sensors listed below, and/or surements include difference, sum, ratio, • Demineralizers
other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to percent recovery, percent rejection, and • Chemical Processing
20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNET percent passage (BTU pending). The • Metal & Plastics Finish-
Model 8058). To complete your unit, menu system can be programmed to ing
choose a power module with universal display in multi-languages including • Fume Scrubbers
AC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC. English, German, French, Spanish, • Proportional Chemical
Italian, and Portuguese. Addition
System Overview • Cooling Tower & Boiler
Protection
Panel Mount Select from a • Wastewater Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET choice of boards Power • Aquatic Animal Life
SE N SOR I N P UTS

8900
RELAY 2 RELAY 1
POWER

Multi-Parameter Support Systems

OUT 3
COMM PORT /
OUT 2 OUT 1

Controller
RELAY 4 RELAY 3
OUT 4

Input/ ®

Output Controller C US
E171559 LR092369

2 Outputs Relay
Compatible Inputs
+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET The 8900 Multi-Parameter
Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors 8058 Signal Controllers are compatible with
converter the following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors/inputs:
GND 9
Data 8
5V 7

á SIG
NET
Output

3
6 N/C
5 Loop2 -

2
4 Loop2 +

1 6
S3 L

5
4
3-8058-2 Current Input

3 N/C
2 Loop1 -
1 Loop1 +

Loo
p1
4-20 mA
Input
á SIGNET

Loo
p2

Dat

515 2507 2850

a

SIGNET FLOW
N/C
7
8
9

+GF+
XX DN XX X
XX

525 2517 7000

Other manufacturer's 2000 2536 7002
sensor with
4 to 20 mA
2100 2540 8058
output 2350 2550 8059
2450 2750
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets See individual catalog pages for
more information.
102 www.gfsignet.com
See page 142 for
complete information
on 8900.
System Overview (continued)
There are hundreds of system types that can be these are listed in each example. Digital
set up with the 8900. The examples below sensor outputs allow for long cable runs
illustrate various sensors in different installation with high noise immunity. See page 178 for
schemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point, allowable cable lengths. See page 156 for

pH/ORP
daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of more information on mounting sensors.
Multi-Parameter

Example 1: C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft Notes:
• 8900 input module: Relay 1 Relay 2
1 . External relays can be used with any
Two inputs ENTER

input module and does not consume a

• Sensors connected: sensor input channel (Model 8059)
8900
+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow 2750 2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can be
(frequency) and 2750 with used with any input module.
2754 pH sensors
• Wiring configuration: 2754
Point-to-point pH 2540
Flow

Example 2: C1
Multi-Parameter
23.45 µS/cm

• 8900 input module: L2

Relay 1
-16.58 ft

Relay 2

Four inputs ENTER

• Sensors connected:
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 8900
temp. sensor, 2850 with 2850
2841 conductivity, and two
2450 pressure sensors 2450
Pressure
• Wiring configuration: 2841 2450
Daisy-chain Pressure

2350 Conductivity
Temperature

Example 3:
• 8900 input module: 8059
External Relay
Six inputs
• Sensors connected: NC C NO
RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
NC C NO
RELAY B

TEST A
NC C NO
RELAY C
NC C NO
RELAY D

Relay A
Relay Module
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 DATA

POWER
TEST B

TEST C
Relay B

Relay C

temp. sensor, 2850 with INPUT PASS-THRU

TEST D

OUTPUT 24VDC
Relay D

AC INPUT

2840 conductivity, 2450 + S3L - + S 3L - + - L N

pressure, 2750 with 2754

pH, and 515 and 2536 Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm
2750
flow (frequency) sensors
L2 -16.58 ft
2850
Relay 1 Relay 2
2450
• External Devices: Pressure
515 2536
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 Flow 2840 2754 2350

Flow
external relay module 8900 pH Temperature
• Wiring configuration:
Combination of Point-to- Conductivity
point and Multi-drop

Example 4: 8058
• 8900 input module: 8900 Signal Converter
Four inputs Multi-Parameter

• Sensors connected: Output1 19.5 mA

Output2 12.3 mA
á SIGN
L Converter

ET
4-20 mA

3
Input

2
6 1
5

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow

4
3

Loop
to S

PWR1
á SIGNET
8058 4-20 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2 Loop

S3 L

PWR2

S 3
L
DATA

N/C
7
8
9
ENTER

(frequency) and 2750 with 2750

2754 pH sensors; Other
manufacturers dissolved 2754 Float
oxygen and level sensors 2507 pH
with 4 to 20 mA output Flow
Disolved oxygen
• External Devices: sensor (example of
+GF+ SIGNET 8058 other brand)
signal converter - 4 to 20 Level sensor
mA to digital (S3L)) (example of
• Wiring configuration: other brand)
Wiring Options:
Combination of Point-to- • Multi-drop wiring allows drops from a
• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of
point and Daisy-chain single bus cable. Junction boxes can
individual devices into the controller. This
wiring topology is applicable for all inputs. be used for the 3-way junctions that are
• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequential formed with this wiring scheme. This
connection from one device to the next by wiring topology is applicable for digital
using junction boxes. This wiring topology is (S3L) inputs only.
applicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.
www.gfsignet.com 103
2819-2823 Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes
Features
2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 Sanitary • Standard process
connections
* 3/4” NPT Polypro
* Tri-clamp 1 -11/2”, 2”
* Opt. 1/2” NPT 316 SS
(1 .4408)

• 316 SS (1 .4408)or
Titanium standard
electrode

• Alternative electrode
materials available
* Hastelloy-C
* Monel

• In-line or submersible
mounting

• NIST traceable certified

Reversible threads for in-line or submersible installation. Sanitary tri-clamp
cells ± 1% meet USP
flange version. requirements

Description Application
+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 Conductivity/ flanges allow for maximum installation • Pure Water Treatment
Resistivity Electrodes are designed to versatility. Sanitary flange versions are * Reverse Osmosis
provide versatile installation and accu- available with an optional NIST Trace- * De-ionization
rate sensing across a very broad dy- ability Certificate to meet USP require- * Distillation
namic range. These electrodes are built ments. Coupled with +GF+ SIGNET • Boiler Condensate
with a controlled surface finish to ensure patented measuring circuitry, a three • Semiconductor Water
accuracy and repeatability. The standard decade measurement range is achieved Production
electrode is constructed 316SS (1 .4408) without the need for troublesome elec- • Rinse Water Monitoring
or Titanium, but there are other materials trode platinization. A platinum RTD and Control
availabe for maximum chemical compat- (PT-1000) located within the electrode • Chemical
ibility. Reversible threads or sanitary allows optimal temperature sensing. Concentrations
• Cleaner and Degreaser
Concentrations
System Overview • TDS (Total Dissolved
Solids)
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation* • Salinity
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount • USP Purified Water
+GF+ SIGNET
+GF+ SIGNET
Conductivity
+GF+ SIGNET
Instrument
Instrument • WFI Water Production
(sold separately)
Instrument (sold • Ultra Pure Water
(sold separately) separately)
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Instrument Compatible Instruments
Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit
(3-8050) (3-8052) Pipe extension
The 2819-2823 Conductivity/
(sold separately) (sold separately) or conduit Resistivity electrodes are
with 3/4 in. compatible with the following
FNPT threads
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET (customer supplied) +GF+ SIGNET Instruments:
2819-2823 2819-2823 2819-2823
Conductivity Conductivity Conductivity 8850 8860 5800CR
Electrodes Electrodes +GF+ SIGNET
Electrodes
2819-2823
Conductivity The 2822 & 2823 Conductivity/
Electrodes Resistivity electrodes are also
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument:

Fittings - Customer supplied 5900

*Submersible installation not applicable See individual catalog pages for

for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode. more information.
104 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
2819, 2820, 2821 Models 3-2819-1* (0.01 cm-1 Cell) Model 3-2822-1 (10.0 cm-1 Cell)
Models 3-2820-1* (0.1 cm-1 Cell) General
Not shown to scale
Models 3-2821-1* (1 .0 cm-1 Cell) Range:
15 ft/4.6m * Certified versions available (add “C” suffix to part no.) 100 to 200,000µS
cable (std.)
General (50 to 100,000 ppm)
Range: Accuracy: ± 2% of reading
• 3-2819 0.055 to 100 µS (18.3MΩ to 10KΩ) (certified cells ± 1%)
152 mm/ (0.02 to 50 ppm) Temp. comp. device: PT1000
Reversible

Conductivity/
6 in. • 3-2820 1 to 1000 µS (1MΩ to 1KΩ) Cable Length: 4.6 m (15 ft.)

Resistivity
fitting assy.
for submersion (0.5 to 500 ppm)
mounting Wetted Materials
• 3-2821 10 to 10,000µS
3/4 in. NPT (5 to 5,000 ppm) O-rings: EPDM
107 mm/ Insulator material: CPVC
4.2 in.
2820-x Accuracy: ± 2% of reading (certified cells ± 1%) Electrodes: 316 Stainless Steel
sensor tip Temp. comp. device: PT1000 (1 .4408, DIN 17440)
(nosepiece) Cable Length: 4.6 meter (15 ft.)
Process Connection:
2821-x • Standard 316 SS (1 .4408) fitting:
sensor tip
Wetted Materials
(nosepiece) O-rings: EPDM 3/4 in. NPT threads
12.7 mm 0.5 in. Insulator material: PTFE • Optional 316 SS (1 .4408) submersion
Electrodes: 316 Stainless Steel adapter fitting (3-2820.390):
(1 .4408, DIN 17440) or Titanium 3/4 in. NPT threads

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating

2822
• Standard Polypro fitting: 6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 95°C (203°F)
4.6 m/15 ft.> 6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 100°C (212 °F) Temp. response, τ: 5 seconds
cable (std.) • Optional 316 SS fitting (3-2820.392): Temp. accuracy: 0.3°C
3/4 in. NPT
13.8 bar (200 psi) @ 120°C (248 °F) See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.
• Sanitary Connection:
6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 120°C (248°F) Shipping weight: 0.4 kg (0.8 lbs.)
Temperature response, τ:
147 mm/> • 7 sec. (0.01 cell) Standards and Approvals
5.8 in.
Optional 316 SS> • 53 sec. (0.1 cell) • CE
submersion fitting> • 21 sec. (1 .0 cell) • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
kit #3-2820.390 Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Temperature accuracy: 0.3°C
3/4 in. NPT Environmental Management
Shipping weight: 0.4 kg (0.8 lbs.)
86 mm/>
3.4 in. Standards and Approvals
• CE
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
19 mm 0.75 in. mental Management

Certification Tool - Description

+GF+ SIGNET 3-2830 Conductivity Certifica- conductivity solution. This tool is especially
tion Tool outputs an NIST traceable signal helpful during equipment validation/
equivalent to a 1 .0 and 2.5 µs (+ 0.1 µs) verification according to USP requirements.

WIRING:
Shield: ISO GROUND
red RED: SIGNAL IN, 10K ohm
RED Signal IN black BLACK: SIGNAL IN, 4K ohm

BLACK Iso. Gnd silver MODEL No. 3-2830

(shld) Conductivity Calibration
WHITE Temp. IN *Tested w/cell Tool
constant = 0.01 Accuracy ±0.1%
SILVER (SHLD) Shld
INSTRUCTIONS:
set Cell constant to 0.01
set TC to "OFF"
Connect 10K = 1.0µS ±0.1µS
Connect 4K = 2.5µS ±0.1µS
No calibration required
Instrument wiring ˝‡ SIGNET

2830 Conductivity Certification Tool

www.gfsignet.com 105
Specifications Dimensions
2823
-1 4.6 m/15 ft.C
Model 3-2823-1 (20.0 cm Cell) cable (standard)
General Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating
Range: 6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 150°C (302°F)
200 to 400,000 µS Temp. response, τ: 120 seconds 203 mm/C
8.0 in.
(100 to 200,000 ppm) Temp. accuracy: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy:
ReversibleC
± 2% of reading Shipping weight: 0.3 kg (0.6 lbs.) fitting assyC
Temp. comp. device: PT1000 for submersionC
mounting
Cable Length: 4.6m (15 ft.) Standards and Approvals
• CE 3/4 in. NPT

Wetted Materials • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

O-rings: EPDM Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
Insulator material: PTFE mental Management
89 mm/C
3.5 in.
Process Connection
Electrodes: 316 Stainless Steel
(1 .4408, DIN 17440) 19 mm 0.75 in.
Std. 316 SS fitting: 3/4 in. NPT thread
Sanitary
Note: Tri-clamp is available for
2819, 2820, 2821 only. T1 or
S1 is for 1 to 1 .5 in. tees.
T2 or S2 is for 2 in. tees.
T1 = 50mm (2.0 in.)
T2 = 64mm (2.5 in.)
Operating Range Chart
Cooling Tower Deionization Regen. Chemicals
Bottled Waste Waters Alkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases
UPW USP Water

Rinse Brackish
Water Sea Water
3-2823 (Salinity) (20.0 Cell)
152mm
3-2822 (10.0 Cell) (6.0 in.)
126mm
(5.0 in.)
3-2821 (1 .0 Cell)

3-2820 ( 0.1 Cell)

3-2819 (0.01 Cell)

0.055µS 1µS 10µS 100µS 1,000µS 10,000µS 100,000µS 400,000µS 13mm

18.3 MΩΩ 1Ω 100KΩ 10KΩ 50,000µS 200,000µS (0.5 in.)

2819 through 2823 Integral

Mount Conductivity Sensor with
Transmitter

Application Tips:
• Liquid levels must be high enough to cover • Install sensors in an area that will remain free
orifice on sensor body. of air bubbles and sediment build-up.
• Threads on models 2819, 2820, 2821, and • Conductivity measurements are affected if
2823 can be reversed in the field. electrodes are coated by process substances.

For More Information:

X1, X2, X3
• For wiring information see page 174. • To compare these electrodes with other
• For installation tips and mounting position +GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes, see
requirements, see page 170. Conductivity Selection Guide on page 70.
• For theory of operation and technical X1 (3-2819, 2820, 2821): 107mm (4.2 in.)
information, see page 214. X2 (3-2822): 86mm (3.4 in.)
X3 (3-2823): 89mm (3.5 in.)

106 www.gfsignet.com
Model 2819-2823 Ordering Information
Ordering Notes:
1) Threaded sensors can Sensor Part Number
be direclty mounted to -1
an instrument by 3-2819 0.01 cm cell constant
choosing the following: -1
3-2820 0.1 cm cell constant
• Order integral adapter -1
3-8052 (sold separately) 3-2821 1.0 cm cell constant
to connect the sensor to -1
3-2822 10 cm cell constant
an instrument (sold -1
separately) 3-2823 20 cm cell constant

Conductivity/
Resistivity
• Order an instrument
(sold separately) Sensor material and mounting - Choose one
designed for integral 316 SS electrode with 3/4 in. reversible threads (except 2822 which has fixed 3/4 in.
mounting: 3-8850-1, 1 threads) for in-line or submersible mounting
3-8850-2, 3-8850-3
• See page 126 for more S1* 316 SS electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 1 to 1.5 inch tees
information.
S2* 316 SS electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 2 inch tees
2) Alternate wetted
T1* Titanium electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 1 to 1.5 inch tees
materials and sensor
lengths are available T2* Titanium electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 2 inch tees
through special order.
NIST Traceable Certificate - Optional
3) Cables can be extended C* NIST Certified
up to 30 m (100 ft).
Other options available on special order
4) Use PN 3-2830.390 for a Other wetted materials and sensor lengths are available - consult factory
submersible threaded
connection. Cable length extensions of up to 30m (100 ft) are available - consult factory
3-2820 -S1 C Example Part Number
5) Use the Conductivity
Certification Tool (PN 3- *Available for 0.01 cm-1, 0.1 cm-1, and 1.0 cm-1 cells only
2830) for NIST traceable
conductivity values per
USP requirements. The Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
tool is compatible with
the 8850, 8860, and 3-2819-1 198 844 010 3-2820-T1 159 000 624
5800CR instruments. 3-2819-1C 159 000 651 3-2820-T1C 159 000 655
3-2819-S1 159 000 085 3-2820-T2 159 000 625
3-2819-S1C 159 000 087 3-2820-T2C 159 000 656
3-2819-S2 159 000 086 3-2821-1 198 844 001
3-2819-S2C 159 000 088 3-2821-1C 159 000 650
3-2819-T1 159 000 081 3-2821-S1 159 000 093
3-2819-T1C 159 000 083 3-2821-S1C 159 000 095
Example of NIST Traceability 3-2819-T2 159 000 082 3-2821-S2 159 000 094
Certificate 3-2821-S2C 159 000 096
3-2819-T2C 159 000 084
CERTIFICATE 3-2820-1 198 844 000 3-2821-T1 159 000 626
Date: November 10, 2003 3-2820-1C 159 000 654 3-2821-T1C 159 000 652
Sensor Part Number:
Sensor Serial Number:
3-2819-T1C
980159-04
3-2820-S1 159 000 089 3-2821-T2 159 000 627
Sensor Cell Constant: 0.0102 3-2820-S1C 159 000 091 3-2821-T2C 159 000 653
Temperature Element Offset: 0.1°C
Measured at: 24.8°C 3-2820-S2 159 000 090 3-2822-1 198 844 002
NIST Certified 3-2820-S2C 159 000 092 3-2823-1 198 844 003

Accessories and Replacement Parts

NPT Fitting:
• 1/2 in. 316SS (1 .4408)
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
• 3/4 in. 316SS (1 .4408) 3-2820.392 198 840 222 1/2 in. NPT Fitting, 316SS (1 .4408) for use with 2820-1 or
• 3/4 in. Polypro 2821-1
3-2820.390 198 840 223 3/4 in. NPT Fitting, 316SS (1 .4408) for use with 2822-1 for
submersible mounting
3-2820.391 198 840 221 3/4 in. NPT Fitting, Polypro replacement for 2819-1,
2820-1 or 2821-1
3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool; simulates 1 µS/cm and
2.5 µS/cm

www.gfsignet.com 107
2839-2842 Conductivity Electrodes
Features
2839-1 2840-1 2841-1 2839-2 2841-2 • DryLoc™ or dual-
2840-2 threaded versions
2842-1 2842-2
• Compact electrode
length for easy in-line
installation
• Triple orifice flow-
through design
reduces clogging and
bubble entrapment
• 316SS (1 .4404)
electrodes with injec-
tion molded PEEK
process connections
and insulators
Dual-Threaded Versions DryLoc™ Versions
• Cell constants may be
Compact design; short lengths for small pipes traceable to NIST and
certified to within ± 1%
of value - meets USP
requirements
Description Applications
The +GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842 Conduc- minimize variance between electrodes.
tivity/Resistivity Electrodes are available Double threaded connections in either • Water Treatment &
in four cell constants from 0.01 to 10.0 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 enable Water Quality
cm-1, and are suitable for a wide variety quick and easy installation in submers- Monitoring
of applications from high purity water ible or in-line configurations. The • Reverse Osmosis
quality monitoring to weak acids and DryLoc™ electrodes connect to the 2850 • Deionization
bases. 316SS (1 .4404) electrode surface Conductivity Sensor Electronics to form a • Cooling Tower and
finishes are controlled in a precision robust sensor assembly for submersible Boiler Protection
bead blasting operation to ensure and in-line installations. Transmitter • Distillation
measurement accuracy and repeatabil- integral mounting kit and junction boxes • Desalination
ity. The PEEK insulator and process are available as accessories. • Demineralizer
connections are injection over-molded to • Semiconductor
• Aquatic Animal Life
System Overview Support Systems

108 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications
General Wetted Materials
Range: DryLoc™ connection to 2850: CPVC
• 2839: Internal O-ring (2841 and 2842): FPM
0.055 to 100µS (18.3MΩ to 10KΩ) Insulator material: PEEK
(0.02 to 50 ppm) Electrode material: 316SS (1 .4404, DIN 1744S)
• 2840: Threaded process connection: PEEK
1 to 1,000µS (1MΩ to 1KΩ)
(0.5 to 500 ppm) Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Conductivity/
• 2841: • Dual-Threaded Electrodes

10 to 10,000µS (5 to 5,000 ppm)
• 2842:
100 to 200,000µS (50 to 100,000 ppm)
Accuracy:
± 2% of cell constant value (standard).
Cell constants can be traceable to
NIST and certified to within ± 1% of
value (contact factory)
Dual-threaded process connection:
• -1 versions: 3/4 in. NPT
• -1D versions: ISO 7/1-R3/4
• -2 versions: 3/4 in. NPT
• -2D versions: ISO 7/1 - R 3/4
Cable:
4.6 m/15 ft., 3 cond w/shield
Temperature element: PT-1000
Temp. response, τ:
• 5 sec. (0.01 cell)
• 10 sec. (0.10 cell)
• 20 sec. (1 .0 cell)
• 30 sec. (10.0 cell)
Temp. accuracy: ± 0.5°C
Resistivity
Operating temperature/pressure:
• -10°C to 100°C @ 6.9 bar
(14°F to 212°F @ 100 psi)
• -10°C to 131°C @ 2.76 bar
(14°F to 268°F @ 40 psi)
Storage temperature:
-20°C to 131°C (-4°F to 268°F)
• DryLoc™ Electrodes
Operating temperature/pressure:
-10°C to 85°C @ 6.9 bar
(14°F to 185°F @ 100 psi)
Storage temperature:
-20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.
Shipping Weight
• 2839: 0.34 kg (0.74 lb)
• 2840, 2841, 2842: 0.30 kg (0.66 lb)
Standards and Approvals
• CE
• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
mental Management

Operating Range Chart

Compatible Instruments
The Dual-Threaded Conductivity
Electrodes are compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
Instruments:
5800CR 8850
5900 8860

DryLoc™ sensors must be used

with PLCs or the following +GF+
SIGNET Instruments:
2850 8900

See individual catalog pages for

more information.

www.gfsignet.com 109
Dimensions
Dual-Threaded Electrodes DryLoc™ Electrodes Integral Mount Sensor
The 2839-2842 Dual Threaded
3-2839-1 (0.01 cell) 3-2839-2 (0.01 cell) Conductivity Electrodes can be
directly mounted to an integral
version transmitter, using the
8052 Integral Mount Kit.

3-2840-1 (0.1 cell)

3-2840-2 (0.1 cell)

Example of NIST Traceability

Certificate available on special
order.
3-2841-1 (1 .0 cell)
D

3-2841-2 (1 .0 cell)

3-2842-1 (10.0 cell)

3-2842-2 (10.0 cell)

110 www.gfsignet.com
Model 2839-2842
Ordering Notes:
Sensor Part Number
1) Cell constants can be
traceable to NIST and
certified within ± 1% of value
(contact factory).
2) The Conductivity Certifica-
tion tools are compatible
with the following +GF+
SIGNET Instrument:
5800 CR 8860
Ordering Information
-1
3-2839 0.01 cm cell constant
-1
3-2840 0.1 cm cell constant
-1
3-2841 1.0 cm cell constant
-1
3-2842 10 cm cell constant
Sensor Style - Choose one
Dual threaded connection with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable; for use with Models 8850, 8860,

Conductivity/
1 5800CR, and 5900 Conductivity Instruments

Resistivity
5900 8900
8850 DryLoc connector; must be used with Model 2850 Sensor with Digital S3L output for
3) Threaded sensors can be 2 connection to Model 8900 or a 4 to 20mA output for connection to a PLC
Thread Size(s) - Choose one
directly mounted to an
instrument by doing the - 3/4 inch NPT
following: D ISO 7/1-R 3/4
• Order integral adapter 3- Other options available on special order
8052 (sold separately) to
connect the sensor to an NIST Traceable and certified within +/- 1% of the value (contact factory)
instrument (sold separately)
Cable length extensions of up to 30m (100 ft) are available. For resistivity
• Order an instrument (sold measurements above 10 M , the maximum cable length is 7.6m (25ft) - consult
separately) designed for factory
integral mounting:
3-8850-1, 3-8850-2, 3-2840 -2 D Example Part Number
3-8850-3
• See page 126 for more info.
4) Alternate wetted materials Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
and sensor lengths are
available through special 3-2839-1 159 000 921 3-2841-1 159 000 790
order. 3-2839-1D 159 000 923 3-2841-1D 159 000 792
5) The cable on dual threaded 3-2839-2 159 000 922 3-2841-2 159 000 791
sensors can be extended up 3-2839-2D 159 000 924 3-2841-2D 159 000 793
to 30m (100 ft.)
6) DryLoc™ electrodes are
3-2840-1 159 000 786 3-2842-1 159 000 794
used with the 2850 Sensor 3-2840-1D 159 000 788 3-2842-1D 159 000 796
Electronics, thus extending 3-2840-2 159 000 787 3-2842-2 159 000 795
cable to 300m (1,000 ft) or 3-2840-2D 159 000 789 3-2842-2D 159 000 797
more.
Application Tips:
Accessories and Replacement Parts
• Liquid levels must be Mfr. Part No. Code Description
high enough to cover
orifice on sensor body. 3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity certification tool; simulates
• Install sensors in an 1µS/cm and 2.5µS/cm
area that will remain 3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity certification tool with DryLoc™
free of air bubbles and connector; simulates 1µS/cm and 2.5 µS/cm;
sediment build-up.
• Conductivity measure- for use with 2850 for validation
ments are affected if 3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 replacement insulator, PEEK with FPM
electrodes are coated O-ring
by process substances. 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. integral mounting kit
• Use Model 2839 with
the 8900 for low Certification Tool - Description
conductivity applications
requiring multiple The 2830 and 2831 Conductivity Certifica- conductivity solution. This tool is especially
measuring points. tion tools output an NIST traceable signal helpful during equipment validation/
equivalent to a 1 .0 and 2.5 µS (± 0.1 µS) verification according to USP requirements.
For More Information:
• For wiring information see 2831 Conductivity Certification Tool 2830 Conductivity Certification Tool
page 176. 2831 Sample Label installed
• For installation tips and on each 2831 unit
information see page 170.
• To compare these
electrodes with other
+GF+ SIGNET
Conductivity Electrodes,
see Conductivity Selection
Guide on page 70.
• For conductivity sensor
mounting position
information see page 170.

www.gfsignet.com 111
2850 DryLoc™ Conductivity Sensor Electronics
Features
R
IT TE • Digital (S3L) Interface
M E or Two-wire 4 to 20
A NS FAC mA output
TR R R
D N TE
IN O I • Automatic electrode
BL R
N SO cell constant recogni-
E tion
A LS
T
GI • Automatic tempera-
DI ture compensation

• DryLoc™ electrode
connector
• Optional EasyCal
In-line mount Submersible mount with automatic
standard test solution
recognition
Description
The 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensors The DryLoc™ electrode connector quickly • Junction boxes
provide two-wire 4 to 20mA output forms a robust assembly for submersible available for conve-
without the expense of local display and and in-line installations. NEMA 4X nient wiring
other luxuries available in full-featured Junction Boxes are integral parts of the
transmitters. Eight 4 to 20mA output in-line version and are available as
ranges for each electrode cell constant, accessories for the submersible version. Applications
plus the ability to invert each range, are With the optional EasyCal feature, the • Water Treatment &
selectable by the user in the field. These devices automatically recognize
Water Quality
sophisticated sensors also provide S3L™ standard conductivity test solution
(Signet Sensor Serial Link) digital interface, values for simple field calibration. Monitoring
another example of leading-edge • Reverse Osmosis
technology from +GF+ SIGNET. • Deionization
• Demineralizer,
Regeneration & Rinse
System Overview
• Scrubber, Cooling
In-Line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation Tower and Boiler
Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Instrument Programable
Protection
8900 Instrument 5091 Instrument (sold separately) Logic
(sold separately) (sold separately)
OR
8900 OR 5091
OR
Controller • Aquatic Animal Life
Programable
Logic PLC Support Systems
Controller

PLC
Pipe extension
or conduit with
3/4 in. FNPT
threads
+GF+ SIGNET
Compatible Sensors
2850 Conductivity The 2850 DryLoc™ Conductivity
Sensor
+GF+ SIGNET Sensor is compatible with the
2850 Conductiv
vity following +GF+ SIGNET
Sensor
electrodes:
2839 2840 2841
2842 2831

Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET Units with 4 to 20 mA output
DryLoc™ Conductivity Electrode must be used with a PLC. Units
(Available in four cell constants;
0.01, 0.1, 1 .0, 10.0 µS/cm) with digital output can be used
with the following +GF+
SIGNET instrument:
8900

See individual catalog pages for

Fittings (3/4 in. NPT or ISO) - Customer supplied
more information.

112 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3-2850-1 General Electrical (continued)
3-2850-2 Compatible Electrodes: J-Boxes for field-selectable ranges.
+GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842 Current Output (continued):
94 mm
(3.7 in.) DryLoc™ Electrodes Max. Loop Resistance:
Operational Range: 50Ω @ 12VDC
• 0.01 cell (2839-2X): 0.010 to 100µS 325Ω @ 18VDC
• 0.10 cell (2840-2X): 1 to 1,000µS 600Ω @ 24VDC
• 1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 10 to 10,000µS Accuracy: ± 2% of full scale

Conductivity/
181 mm 1/2" NPT • 10.0 cell (2842-2X):100 to 200,000µS Resolution: 7µA

Resistivity
(7.1 in.) Threads
Update rate: < 600mS
Temperature: Error indication: 22mA
-10°C to 85°C (14°F to 185°F)
Temperature Compensation: Automatic Digital Output
Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps
Wetted materials Accuracy:
3-2850-3 DryLoc™ connection to 2850: CPVC Cond.: 2% of reading
3-2850-4 Internal O-ring (2841 and 2842): FPM Temp.: ± 0.5°C
36 mm Insulator material: PEEK Resolution:
(1 .40 in.) Electrode material: Cond.: <0.1% of reading
316SS (1 .4404, DIN 17445) Temp.: <0.07°C
3/4"
Update Rate: <600mS
NPT or ISO Optional EasyCal Available Data:
136 mm
Threads Automatic recognition using the following • Raw conductivity
(5.6 in.) conductivity values: • Calibrated conductivity
10µS 1,000µS 50,000µS • Calibrated temperature compensated
100µS 1,408.8µS* 100,000µS conductivity
146.93µS* 5,000µS • Temperature
200µS 10,000µS • Error Indication:
55 mm 500µS 12,856µS* Open input and out of range diagnos-
(2.16 in.)
* = per ASTM D1125-95 tics for conductivity and temperature
All other values are standard test solutions available
from VWR Scientific. Environmental
Enclosure Rating:
Electrical • 2850-1, -2 (in-line):
Power: NEMA 4X/IP65 with electrode con-
• 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output nected
• 5VDC ± 5% regulated, 2mA max., for • 2850-3, -4 (submersible):
digital (S3L) output reverse polarity and NEMA 6P/IP68 with electrode and
short circuit protected watertight conduit and/or extension pipe
Note: applied power determines output mode connected
(digital or 4 to 20mA) Storage Temp:
Cable: -20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
4.5m/15ft., 5-conductor shielded 22AWG Operating Temp:
(2850-3, -4) -10°C to 85°C (14°F to 185°F)
Maximum cable length: Relative Humidity:
305m (1,000 ft.) for 4 to 20 mA output 0 to 95%, non-condensing
See 8900 data sheet for digital (S3L) output (without electrode connected)
Current Output: Shipping Weight
• 2850-1, -2 (in-line): • 2850-1, -2 (in-line): 0.75kg (1 .75 lbs.)
Field-selectable ranges • 2850-3, -4 (submersible): 0.64kg (1 .4 lbs.)
• 2850-3, -4 (submersible):
Full-scale fixed Standards & Approvals
4 to 20mA dependent upon cell • CE
constant of electrode as follows: • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
• 0.01 cell (2839-2X): Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
4 to 20mA = 0 to 100µS Environmental Management
• 0.10 cell (2840-2X):
4 to 20mA = 0 to 1,000µS
• 1 .0 cell (2841-2X):
4 to 20mA = 0 to 10,000µS
• 10.0 cell (2842-2X):
4 to 20mA = 0 to 200,000µS
Use 8050-XCR and 8052-XCR accessory

www.gfsignet.com 113
Specifications (continued)
Dimensions
Operating Range Chart
2850 DryLoc Conductivity
Cooling TowerO Deionization Regen. ChemicalsO Sensor shown with 2839-2842
BottledO Waste Waters Alkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases
DryLoc Conductivity Electrodes
UPW @ 25°C USP Water (sold separately)

BrackishO
Sea WaterO
Rinse O (Salinity)
Water 3-2842 (10.0 Cell)

3-2841 (1 .0 Cell)
136 mm/
3-2840 ( 0.10 Cell) 5.6 in.

3-2839 (0.01 Cell)

0.055µSO 1µSO 10µSO 100µSO 1,000µS 10,000µS 100,000µS

18.3 MΩΩO 1MΩ 100KΩ 10KΩ 50,000µS 200,000µS 400,000µS
95 mm/
3.7 in.
52 mm/
2.1 in.
Field Selectable Ranges for 4 to 20mA Operation 3-2839-2
The following ranges are field selectable when using the following junction boxes: 3-2839-2D
3-8050-1CR
3-2840-2
3-8052-1CR 3-2840-2D
3-2842-2
3-2842-2D
0.01 Cell 0.10 Cell 1 .0 Cell 10.0 Cell
10 to 20 MΩ 0 to 2µS 0 to 20µS 0 to 200µS
94 mm/
2 to 10MΩ 0 to 5µS 0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS 3.7 in.

0 to 2 MΩ 0 to 10µS 0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS

0 to 1µS 0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS 0 to 5,000µS
181 mm/
0 to 5µS 0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS 0 to 10,000µS 7.1 in.
0 to 10µS 0 to 200µS 0 to 2,000µS 0 to 50,000µS
0 to 50µS 0 to 500µS 0 to 5,000µS 0 to 100,000µS
0 to 100µS 0 to 1,000µS 0 to 10,000µS 0 to 200,000µS
64 mm/
These ranges can be inverted with a switch. *Resistivity Ranges are in BOLD. 2.5 in.

3-2841-2
2831 Conductivity Certification Tool 3-2841-2D

Description
The 2831 Conductivity Certification tool output an NIST traceable signal equivalent to
a 1 .0 and 2.5 µS (± 0.1 µS) conductivity solution. This tool is especially helpful during
equipment validation/verification according to USP requirements.
3-2831 Sample Label installed on each 2831 unit

+GF+ SIGNET 2831

Conductivity
Certification Tool

2.5 µS 0.01 Cell Constant

Simlates 1.0µS
and 2.5µS, ±0.1 µS
1.0 µS

For use with

+GF+ SIGNET 3-2850
Cond./Res.
Sensor Electronics

114 www.gfsignet.com

Model 2850
Ordering Information:
1) Use the conductivity
certification tool
(3-2831) to validate
conductivity values per
USP requirements.
2) The EasyCal feature can
Ordering Information
Sensor Part Number
3-2850* Conductivity Sensor with 4 to 20 mA or digital sensor output; power applied to the unit will
determine output type.
Mounting configurations - choose one
1 In-line mounting
2** In-line mounting with EasyCal feature
3 Submersible with 3/4 inch NPT male threads and fixed full-scale current output

Conductivity/
4 Submersible with ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads and fixed full-scale current output

Resistivity
also be found in Part No.
3-8050-2CR and
3-8052-2CR. 3-2850 -2 Example Part Number
3) Use 3-8050-1CR or * The EasyCal option is available with the -2 option or when ordering 3-8050-2CR or 3-8052-2CR.
3-8052-1CR junction ** The EasyCal feature offers automatic recognition of various conductivity test solutions.
boxes for field-selectable
output ranges.
Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3-2850-1 159 000 783 3-2850-3 159 000 785
For More Information: 3-2850-2 159 000 784 3-2850-4 159 000 857
• For wiring information see
page 173.
• For installation tips and Accessories and Replacement Parts
information see page 170.
• For field selectable ranges Mfr. Part No. Code Description
for the 4 to 20 mA
operation, see previous Mounting
page. 3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box
• To review drawings of 3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR Cell Ranges - cable
accessories, see page must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 2850
195.
3-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR EasyCal - cable must
be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 2850
3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mounting Kit
3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box
3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR Cell Ranges -
cable must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 2850
3-8052-2CR 159 000 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR EasyCal -
cable must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 2850
Other
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, 1/2 in. NPT
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, PG 13.5
3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator w/FPM O-ring
3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool (for system verification
per USP requirements)

www.gfsignet.com 115
5800CR ProPoint™ Conductivity Monitor
Features
• Meets USP
requirements for raw
conductivity
measurements
• Display units: µS, mS,
kΩ, MΩ, PPM (TDS)
• Temperature
compensation
• Two programmable
relays
• Dual proportional
control capability
• Scaleable 4 to 20
mA output

Analog and Digital Display • Simple push-button

operation

Description • Intuitive software

The +GF+ SIGNET 5800 ProPoint Con- contact relays and a 4 to 20mA current. • Non-volatile memory
ductivity Monitor features a unique The monitor requires 12 to 24 VAC or
analog/digital display, making it the VDC and is packaged in a convenient • 12 to 24VAC or VDC
preferred measurement instrument for 1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel. power
applications requiring routine monitoring. The enclosure is hard-coated, high-
The digital display guides the user impact, UV resistant polycarbonate. Application
through the simple menu system and The unit’s program capabilities allow the • Water Quality
provides precision information, while the user to turn off the temperature compen- Monitoring
analog dial serves as a quick, at-a-glance sation mode to measure raw conductiv- • Reverse Osmosis
indicator of the measurement process. The ity, hence meeting USP requirements. • Demineralizer Regen-
5800CR offers 2 fully programmable dry eration and Rinse
®
• Cooling Tower &
C US
E171559 LR092369 Boiler Protection
System Overview • Chemical
Concentration
In-line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation
• Rinse Tanks
Panel Mount Panel Mount • Desalination
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET • Artificial Saltwater
5800CR 5800CR Production
Conductivity Monitor Conductivity Monitor
• Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
Pipe extension
• Aquaculture
or conduit • Environmental
with 3/4 in.
FNPT threads
Studies
(customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET
Conductivity Compatible Sensors
Electrode
(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET Conductivity The 5800CR ProPoint™
Electrode* (sold separately) Conductivity Monitor is
compatible with the following
+GF+ SIGNET electrodes:
2819 2822 2840
2820 2823 2841
Fittings - Customer supplied 2821 2839 2842

Note: Submersible installation not

See individual catalog pages for
applicable for Sanitary Electrode. more information.

116 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications
96 mm (3.8 in.) General Electrical (contintued)
Operating Range: Dual Proportional Control Capability
Relay 1

20
40
µS/cm
60
80
Relay 2
• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm • Temperature Compensation:
• Resistivity: 10 kΩ•cm to 18.3 MΩ•cm Programmable 0 to 10% per °C
0 100
96 mm (0.055 to 100 µS/cm) • TDS Conversion Factor:
(3.8 in.)
Solution temperature must be greater than Programmable 0.00 to 3.00 mS/ppm
20°C for Resistivity above 10MΩ•cm) (default 2.00)
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET
• Temperature: 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F) Accuracy: ± 2% of reading

Conductivity/
using PT-1000

Resistivity
Front View Display Materials:
• Analog: Reversible dials: 0 to 2, 4, 6, Enclosure: ABS Plastic
Optional Splashproof Ł 8, 10 and 100 Keypad: Silicone Rubber
Panel?
Rear Cover?
#3-5000.395 • Digital: Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanu- Panel and case gasket: Neoprene
Gasket
meric character Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
Mounting Panel
Electrical
92 mm? Mounting Ł Power Requirements: Environmental
(3.6 in.) Clamp (2 ea.)
88 mm?
12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated, Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 Front
96 mm?
(3.8 in.)
(3.5 in.) 50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max. Operating temperature:
-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Current Output Relative humidity:
76 mm (3 in.)
4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internally 0 to 95%, non-condensing
96 mm (3.8 in.)
88 mm (3.5 in.)
powered (active)
Loop impedance: 350Ω max. @ 12V Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .76 lb)
Side View
950Ω max. @ 24V
Accuracy: ± 0.1% Standards and Approvals
Model 5800CR • CE, CSA, UL
Ordering Notes: Alarm Contacts: • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
1) Panel cutout should be Two SPDT relays: Quality & ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
92 x 92 mm (3.62 x 5A @ 30VDC, 5A @ 125VAC, or mental Management
3.62 in.) 3A @ 250VAC max.
High/Low/Pulse programmable with
2) Reversible dials are adjustable hysteresis
included and are scaled
from 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to
6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0
to 100.
Ordering Information
3) An optional splash proof Mfr. Part No. Code Description
rear cover can be
ordered separately if 3-5800CR 198 825 005 Conductivity Monitor
needed.

4) Unit tags are provided Accessories and Replacement Parts

for labeling dials. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
5) For more information Mounting
about accessories, see 3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit
page 195. 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mounting
6) Use RC filter kits to 3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit
protect relays from 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
voltage spikes. Liquid tight connectors
3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
For More Information:
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit PG13.5 (1 piece)
• For wiring information
see page 176. Replacement Parts
• For installation tips 3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit
and technical 3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
information see page 3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit
170. 3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags
• For more information 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window
on accessories and Other
replacement parts see
3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)
page 195.
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
www.gfsignet.com 117
5900 ProPoint™ Salinity Monitor
Features
• Direct reading and
calibration in PPT

• Dual proportional
control capability

• Scaleable 4 to 20 mA
output (active) inter-
nally powered

• Two programmable
relays

• Tamper-proof security
code

• Analog and digital

Description display
The +GF + SIGNET 5900 Salinity Monitor automatic. Calibration is simplified with
utilizes conductivity sensors to provide single-point salinity and temperature • Non-volatile memory
direct reading, including calibration, of entry via the wet-cal menu sequence.
salinity in parts per thousand (PPT). The four-button keypad arrangement • Versatile low voltage
Equipped with a scaleable 4 to 20 mA with intuitive software design is user- power requirement
output and two programmable relays, the friendly, and is offered with a hard-
monitor requires 12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, coated, high impact, and UV resistant
and is compatible with +GF+ SIGNET polycarbonate front face. The front Application
10 cm-1 or 20 cm-1 conductivity cells. panel is rated NEMA 4X/IP65 and an • Desalination
Temperature is selectable for display in optional splashproof cover is available • Saltwater Production
either °C or °F, and compensation is to protect the back of the instrument. • Aquatic Animal Life
Support Systems
• Aquaculture
System Overview • Environmental Studies
In-Line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation
Panel Mount Panel Mount ®

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET C US

E171559 LR092369
5900 Instrument 5900 Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Pipe extension

Conductivity Electrode or conduit
(sold separately) with 3/4 in.
NPT or
ISO 7/1-R
3/4 threads

+GF+ SIGNET Compatible Sensors

Conductivity Electrode*
(sold separately) The 5900 ProPoint™ Salinity
Monitor is compatible with the
following +GF+ SIGNET
electrodes:
Fittings - Customer supplied
2822 2823 2842*

*Not compatible with the 2842

*Submersible installation not applicable DryLoc™ electrodes.
for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode.
See individual catalog pages for
more information.
118 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications
General Materials
96 mm (3.8 in.) Operating Range: Enclosure: ABS Plastic
5 6
Salinity: 1 to 80 ppt (parts per thousand) Keypad: Silicone Rubber
4
ALARM 1

2
3
ppt
7
8
ALARM 2
Temperature: -5°C to 100°C (23°F to 212°F) Panel and case gasket: Neoprene
1 9 Window: Hard-coated polycarbonate
0 10 96 mm Display:
(3.8 in.) Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .76 lb.)
62.50 PPT
+25.0 °C
• Analog:
Reversible dials: 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 100

Conductivity/
ENTER
• Digital: Environmental

Resistivity
Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
Operating temperature:
Front View
Electrical -10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Power Requirements: Relative humidity:
OptionalA
Splashproof A 12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated, 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Rear Cover 50 to 60 Hz, 10W max.
Standards and Approvals
Current Output: • CE, CSA, UL
4 to 20mA, non-isolated, internally powered • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
91 mmA
(3.6 in.) 88 mmA (active) Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
(3.5 in.) Loop impedance: Environmental Management
• 350Ωmax. @ 12V
76 mm (3 in.)A
• 950Ω max. @ 24V
96 mm (3.8 in.)A Accuracy: ± 0.1%
88 mm (3.5 in.)

Side View
Alarm Contacts:
Two SPDT relays:
• 5A @ 30VDC
• 5A 125VAC
• 3A @ 250VAC max.
High/Low/Pulse programmable with
adjustable hysteresis
Dual proportional control capability, up to
300 pulses per minute
Model 5900 Accuracy: ± 2% of reading
Ordering Notes:
1) Panel cutout should be 92 x
92 mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)

2) A reversible dial is included Ordering Information

and is scaled from 0 to 100
and 100 to 0. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-5900 198 825 008 Salinity Monitor
3) An optional splash proof
rear cover can be ordered
separately if needed for Accessories and Replacement Parts
most environments.
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
4) For more information on Mounting
accessories, see page 195. 3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
5) Use RC filter kits to protect 3-5000.399 198 840 224 5x5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit
relays from voltage spikes. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mounting
For More Information: Liquid Tight Connectors
• For wiring information, 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
see page 176. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
• For installation tips and 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
information, see Miscellaneous
page 170. 3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit
• To compare this 3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 series window kit
instrument with other
3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series
+GF+ SIGNET instru-
ments, see Conductivity 3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit
Selection Guide on 3-5500.612 198 840 230 Unit tags
page 70. 3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
www.gfsignet.com 119
8850 ProcessPro® Conductivity Transmitters
Features
• Meets USP require-
ments for raw conduc-
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall and Integral Mount tivity measurements

• Display choices of µS,

mS, KΩ, MΩ, PPM
(TDS)

• Simulate function

• Programmable
temperature
compensation

• Relay and open

collector options

• Dual output option

allows temperature
and process signal
transmission

• NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosure with self-
Description healing window
The +GF+ SIGNET 8850 Conductivity two different sensor input signals and
Transmitter is designed for multiple two current loop outputs.
installation capabilities, simple set-up The 8850 is offered with a NEMA 4X/ Application
and easy operation, thus satisfying a IP65 front panel with a self-healing • RO/DI System Control
broad range of application window in a convenient 1/4 DIN
• Rinse Tank Control
requirements. package for easy mounting. The 8850
Full microprocessor based electronics can be configured via a simple menu • Cooling Tower,
allow for a wide operating range and system. In addition to programmable Scrubber or Blowdown
long term signal stability in three different outputs and relays, the unit can also be Control
instrument versions: the 8850-1 for a set up to measure raw conductivity • Environmental
traditional two-wire current loop, the values simply by turning off the Study (TDS)
8850-2 featuring current loop plus two temperature compensation mode, hence
• Desalination Monitor
dry contact relays, or the 8850-3 which meeting USP requirements.
sports two-wire current loop and accepts • Water Quality
Monitoring
• Leak Detection
System Overview • Chemical
In-line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation
Concentration
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount ®

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET C US

8850 8850 8850 E171559 LR092369
Conductivity Conductivity Conductivity
Instrument Instrument Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET 8850 Instrument

Compatible Electrodes
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET The 8850 ProcessPro® Flow
Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit Pipe extension Transmitter is compatible with the
(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8052) (sold separately or conduit
with 3/4 in. following +GF+ SIGNET Flow
FNPT threads Electrodes:
(customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET
Conductivity
2819 2821 2823
Electrode +GF+ SIGNET 2820 2822 2839*
(sold separately) Conductivity
Electrode* 2840* 2841* 2842*
(sold separately)

3/4 in. NPT Fittings - Customer supplied *Not compatible with DryLoc
style electrodes. See individual
*Submersible installation not applicable catalog pages for more
for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode. information.
120 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3-8850-XP Panel Mount General Electrical (continued)
Compatible electrodes: Current output:
96 mm (3.8 in.)
+GF+ SIGNET 3-28XX-X Standard and 4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable
Certified (NIST) Series Conductivity/ and reversible
Resistivity Electrodes Max loop impedance:
96 mm
(3.8 in.) Accuracy: ± 2% of reading 50Ω max. @ 12 V,
Display: 325Ω max. @ 18 V,
Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCD 600Ω max. @ 24 V
Contrast: User selected, 5 levels Update rate: 0.5 seconds

Conductivity/
Materials Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 V

Resistivity
Case: PBT Relay output:
Panel case gasket: Neoprene Mechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo,
Optional 92 mm Window: Pulse, Off
Splashproof (3.6 in.)
Rear Cover Polyurethane coated polycarbonate Maximum voltage rating:
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber 5A @ 30 VDC, or 5A @ 250 VAC
Electrical resistive load
56 mm
41 mm (2.2 in.) Power: Hysteresis: User Adjustable
(1 .6 in.)
97 mm • 12 to 24 VDC ± 10% regulated Max 400 pulses/min.
(3.8 in.)
(-1) 21 mA max.: (-2) 220 mA max.: (-3) Environmental
Field version with universal 60mA max. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
mounting kit. Sensor input range: Operating temperature:
• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)
• Resistivity: 10KΩ•cm to 18.3MΩ•cm Storage temperature:
82 mm • TDS: 0.023 to 200,000 ppm -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
(3.23 in.) • Temperature: Relative humidity:
PT 1000, -25°C to 120°C (-13°F to 248°F) 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off Shipping Weight: 0.6 kg (1 .32 lb.)
106 mm Open-collector, optically isolated,
(4.18 in.)
41 mm
50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. with pull-up Standards and Approvals
(1 .6 in.) resistor. • CSA, CE, UL listed
Hysteresis: User Adjustable • Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000
Model 8850 Max 400 pulses/min. for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Ordering Notes: Environmental Management
1) Instruments can be Ordering Information
mounted directly to a
Instrument Part Number
sensor by choosing the
3-8850 Conductivity Transmitter
following:
• Order integral adapter kit Select the model suited to the application
3-8052 (sold separately) -1 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 4-wire power
to connect the sensor to -2 One input with 4 to 20mA output and two relays; uses 4-wire power
an instrument. -3 One input with two 4 to 20mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4-wire power
• The following sensor part Field or panel mount- choose one
numbers can be used for
- Integral mount package
integral mounting:
3-2819-1, 3-2820-1, P Panel mount package
3-2821-1, 3-2822-1
(with 3-2820.390), and 3-8850 -2 P Example Part Number
3-2823-1 . Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
2) Use the universal mount
kit (3-8050) with the field 3-8850-1 159 000 228 3-8850-2P 159 000 231
3-8850-1P 159 000 229 3-8850-3 159 000 232
mount instrument to mount
3-8850-2 159 000 230 3-8850-3P 159 000 233
to a pipe, tank or wall.
3) To mount the panel Accessories and Replacement Parts
version to a wall, use the Mfr. Part No. Code Description
heavy duty wall mount Mounting
bracket 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
4) Order RC filter kits to 3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
protect relays from 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
voltage spikes. 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket
For More Information: 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
• For wiring information see Liquid Tight Connectors
page 176. 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid-tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
• For installation tips and 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), NPT
information see page 170. 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), PG 13.5
Other
www.gfsignet.com 3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit 121
8860 ProcessPro® Two-Channel Conductivity Controller
Features
• Meets USP require-
ments for measuring
raw conductivity, USP
alarm mode
• AC or DC powered

• Display and/or control:

µS, mS, PPM or PPB
(TDS), kΩ, MΩ,
% rejection, difference,
ratio, °C or °F
• Three fully scaleable
4 to 20 mA outputs
• Two open collector
outputs
Dual Sensor Input
• Four programmable
relays
Description • Time delay relay
The +GF + SIGNET 8860 Two-Channel To control the process, the 8860 is function
Conductivity Controller is packed with a equipped with four dry contact relays
set of features and capabilities ideal for and three 4 to 20mA output loops. • Proportional pulse
the real needs of water treatment Calculated measurement include Differ- control capability
applications. It accommodates two ence, Ratio or % Rejection. Two of the
separate and independent input sources relays may be converted into open • Programmable tem-
and can be powered with AC or 24VDC. collector outputs with the flip of a switch. perature compensation
The 8860 programs via a simple and Operating modes for the relays and
intuitive menu system. The unit can also open collector outputs are high, or low Application
be programmed to measure a raw alarm, pulse, or special USP alarm mode. • RO/DI System Control
conductivity value by turning off the The 8860 is offered with a NEMA 4X/ • Demineralizer
temperature compensation mode, hence IP65 front panel with a self-healing Regeneration and Rinse
meeting USP requirements. window in a 1/4 DIN package for easy • Scrubber, Cooling
panel installation. Tower & Boiler Protec-
tion
®
• Chemical Concentration
C US
E171559 LR092369
• Rinse Tank Water
System Overview Quality
• Desalination
In-Line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation • Leak Detection
Panel Mount Panel Mount
• Aquatic Animal Life
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Support Systems
8860 8860 • Aquaculture
Conductivity Controller Conductivity Controller
• Environmental Studies

Pipe extension Compatible Electrodes

or conduit
with 3/4 in. The 8860 ProcessPro® Two-
FNPT threads Channel Conductivity Controller
+GF+ SIGNET (customer supplied) is compatible with the following
Conductivity +GF+ SIGNET Electrodes:
Electrode +GF+ SIGNET
(sold separately) Conductivity 2819 2821 2823
Electrode* 2820 2822 2839*
(sold separately) 2840* 2841* 2842*
Fittings - Customer supplied
*Not compatible with DryLoc™
*Submersible installation not applicable electrodes. See individual catalog
for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode. pages for more nformation.

122 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications
Dimensions General Electrical (continued)
Compatible Electrodes: Open-collector outputs:
96mm (3.8 in.)
+GF+ SIGNET 3-28XX Conductivity (2 each) Isolated, 50 mA sink or source,
Electrodes 30 VDC max. with pull-up resistor
Operating Range: Operational Settings:
96 mm
• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm Hi, Lo, USP, Pulse, Off
(3.8 in.) • Resistivity: 10 KΩ•cm to 18.3 MΩ•cm Hysteresis: User adjustable
(0.055 to 100 µS/cm) Time Delay: 0 to 6400 seconds
• TDS: 0.001 to 999999 ppm or ppb Maximum Pulse Rate: 400 pulses/minute

Conductivity/
(display limit)

Resistivity
Front View • Temperature: PT 1000: -25°C to 120°C Alarm Contacts:
(-13°F to 248°F) (up to 4 each) SPDT Relays
Accuracy: Max. voltage ratings:
Panel
• Conductivity/Resistivity: ± 2% of reading 5 A @ 30 VDC or 5 A @ 250 VAC
• Temperature: ± 0.5°C Operational Settings:
Materials Hi, Lo, USP, Pulse, Off
Optional 92 mm
Splashproof (3.6 in.)
Case: PBT Hysteresis: User adjustable
Rear Cover Window: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate Time Delay: 0 to 6400 seconds
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber Maximum Pulse Rate: 400 pulses/minute
Electrical Environmental
56 mm
Power Requirements Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front only
102 mm (2.2 in.) • 3-8860-AC: 100 to 240 VAC ± 10%, Ambient operating temperature:
(4.0 in.)
50-60 Hz, 20VA -10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Side View • 3-8860: 11 to 24 VDC ± 10%, reg., Storage temperature:
0.5A max. 15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
Display: Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCD Relative humidity:
Contrast: User selected, 5 levels 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Update rate: 1 .5 seconds Max. Altitude: 2,000m (6,560 ft.)
Shipping Weight:
Current outputs • 8860-AC: Approx. 0.581 kg (1 .3 lbs.)
(3 each) 4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable • 8860: Approx. 0.544 kg (1 .2 lbs.)
and reversible Standards and Approvals
Max. loop impedance: 150Ω @ 12 V • CSA, CE, UL
450Ω @ 18 V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
750Ω @ 24 V Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Update rate: Approx. 100 mS Environmental Management
Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 VDC
Ordering Information
Model 8860 Instrument Part Number
Ordering Notes: Two-channel Conductivity Controller with three 4 to
1) An optional splashproof 20 mA outputs and 4 relays or 2 relays with 2 open
rear cover can be 3-8860 collectors (switch selectable)
ordered separately if Power - Choose one
needed. - 11 to 24 VDC
2) Use the heavy duty wall -AC 100 to 240 VAC Mfr. Part No. Code
mount bracket to mount 3-8860 159 000 677
instrument on a wall 3-8860 -AC Example Part Number 3-8860-AC 159 000 678
3) Order RC filter kits to
protect relays from Accessories and Replacement Parts
voltage spikes.
4) Specify 3-2830 Conduc- Mfr. Part No. Code Description
tivity Certification tool to Mounting
validate your system to 3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
meet USP requirement. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit Adapter
3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 in. adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
Liquid Tight Connectors
For More Information: 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid-tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
• For wiring information 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), NPT
see page 176. 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), PG 13.5
• For installation tips and Other
information see 3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
page 170. 3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool (see Conductivity
Electrode data sheets for more information)
www.gfsignet.com 123
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller
Features
it • Measures Flow, pH,
su ORP, Conductivity,
o n
i t t tio Pressure, Level and
un lica nt! Temperature
e
th app eme • Multi-language display
u ild ny uir
B a req • 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or
Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels 85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communication
Description for improved noise
The +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter If more features are needed, analog tolerance, extended
Controller takes the concept of modular- output and relay modules are available cable lengths, and easy
ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is field and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will wiring
commissioned with the users specified support up to four additional relays via
combination of inputs, outputs, and relays an external relay module. • Accepts 4 to 20mA
using simple-to-install modular boards output devices when
into the base unit. To assemble a control- There are other notable features that the used with 8058 signal
ler, there is a choice of two base units 8900 offers. For instance, digital input to converter
offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or the 8900 enables longer cable runs and
vacuum fluorescent display. Then, con- simplified wiring with minimal noise Applications
tinue building with a selection of plug-in interference. Advanced relay logic • RO/DI System Control
modules for either two, four, or six input provides operators an “and/or” logic to • Media Filtration
channels which accepts any of the +GF+ produce hi/low alarms. Derived mea- • Pure Water Production
SIGNET sensors listed below, and/or surements include difference, sum, ratio, • Demineralizers
other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to percent recovery, percent rejection, and • Chemical Processing
20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNET percent passage (BTU pending). The • Metal & Plastics Finish-
Model 8058). To complete your unit, menu system can be programmed to ing
choose a power module with universal display in multi-languages including • Fume Scrubbers
AC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC. English, German, French, Spanish, • Proportional Chemical
Italian, and Portuguese. Addition
System Overview • Cooling Tower & Boiler
Protection
Panel Mount Select from a • Wastewater Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET choice of boards Power • Aquatic Animal Life
SE N SOR I N P UTS

8900
RELAY 2 RELAY 1
POWER

Multi-Parameter Support Systems

OUT 3
COMM PORT /
OUT 2 OUT 1

Controller
RELAY 4 RELAY 3
OUT 4

Input/ ®

Output Controller C US
E171559 LR092369

2 Outputs Relay
Compatible Inputs
+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET The 8900 Multi-Parameter
Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors 8058 Signal Controllers are compatible with
converter the following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors/inputs:
GND 9
Data 8
5V 7

á SIG
NET
Output

3
6 N/C
5 Loop2 -

2
4 Loop2 +

1 6
S3 L

5
4
3-8058-2 Current Input

3 N/C
2 Loop1 -
1 Loop1 +

Loo
p1
4-20 mA
Input
á SIGNET

Loo
p2

Dat

515 2507 2850

a

SIGNET FLOW
N/C
7
8
9

+GF+
XX DN XX X
XX

525 2517 7000

Other manufacturer's 2000 2536 7002
sensor with
4 to 20 mA
2100 2540 8058
output 2350 2550 8059
2450 2750
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets See individual catalog pages for
more information.
124 www.gfsignet.com
See page 142 for
complete information
on 8900.
System Overview (continued)
There are hundreds of system types that can be these are listed in each example. Digital
set up with the 8900. The examples below sensor outputs allow for long cable runs
illustrate various sensors in different installation with high noise immunity. See page 178
schemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point, for allowable cable lengths. See page 156
daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of for more information on mounting sensors.
Multi-Parameter

Example 1: C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft Notes:
• 8900 input module: Relay 1 Relay 2
1 . External relays can be used with any

Conductivity/
Two inputs ENTER

input module and does not consume a

Resistivity
• Sensors connected: sensor input channel (Model 8059)
8900
+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow 2750 2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can be
(frequency) and 2750 with used with any input module.
2754 pH sensors
• Wiring configuration: 2754
Point-to-point pH 2540
Flow

Example 2: C1
Multi-Parameter
23.45 µS/cm

• 8900 input module: L2

Relay 1
-16.58 ft

Relay 2

Four inputs ENTER

• Sensors connected:
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 8900
temp. sensor, 2850 with 2850
2841 conductivity, and two
2450 pressure sensors 2450
Pressure
• Wiring configuration: 2841 2450
Daisy-chain Pressure

2350 Conductivity
Temperature

Example 3:
• 8900 input module: 8059
External Relay
Six inputs
• Sensors connected: NC C NO
RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
NC C NO
RELAY B

TEST A
NC C NO
RELAY C
NC C NO
RELAY D

Relay A
Relay Module
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 DATA

POWER
TEST B

TEST C
Relay B

Relay C

temp. sensor, 2850 with INPUT PASS-THRU

TEST D

OUTPUT 24VDC
Relay D

AC INPUT

2840 conductivity, 2450 + S3L - + S 3L - + - L N

pressure, 2750 with 2754

pH, and 515 and 2536 Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm
2750
flow (frequency) sensors
L2 -16.58 ft
2850
Relay 1 Relay 2
2450
• External Devices: Pressure
515 2536
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 Flow 2840 2754 2350

Flow
external relay module 8900 pH Temperature
• Wiring configuration:
Combination of Point-to- Conductivity
point and Multi-drop

Example 4: 8058
• 8900 input module: 8900 Signal Converter
Four inputs Multi-Parameter

• Sensors connected: Output1 19.5 mA

Output2 12.3 mA
á SIGN
L Converter

ET
4-20 mA

3
Input

2
6 1
5

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow

4
3

Loop
to S

PWR1
á SIGNET
8058 4-20 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2 Loop

S3 L

PWR2

S 3
L
DATA

N/C
7
8
9
ENTER

(frequency) and 2750 with 2750

2754 pH sensors; Other
manufacturers dissolved 2754 Float
oxygen and level sensors 2507 pH
with 4 to 20 mA output Flow
Disolved oxygen
• External Devices: sensor (example of
+GF+ SIGNET 8058 other brand)
signal converter - 4 to 20 Level sensor
mA to digital (S3L)) (example of
• Wiring configuration: other brand)
Wiring Options:
Combination of Point-to- • Multi-drop wiring allows drops from a
• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of
point and Daisy-chain single bus cable. Junction boxes can
individual devices into the controller. This
wiring topology is applicable for all inputs. be used for the 3-way junctions that are
• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequential formed with this wiring scheme. This
connection from one device to the next by wiring topology is applicable for digital
using junction boxes. This wiring topology is (S3L) inputs only.
applicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.
www.gfsignet.com 125
Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instruments
for Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements
Features
• Flow, pressure,
temperature, conduc-
tivity measurements

• Local display for

sensor mounted
instruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mA
output

• Relay options avail-

able

• NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire power
Description options
+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line of All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20 • Sensors and instru-
ProcessPro® instruments that mount mA output and optional relays for ments are UL, CE,
integrally onto compatible flow, conduc- process control. The state-of-the-art and/or CSA ap-
tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors. instrument electronics ensures long-term proved
Each integral mount instrument features a reliability, signal stability, and simple user
local display with an easy to read 2 x 16 set-up and operation. Various sensor
character dot matrix LCD. The large parameters are offered for use in the
push button keypad makes it easy to integral mount configuration. Parts can
Applications
navigate through the instrument’s menu be ordered individually; use the ordering • RO/DI System
for performing calibrations and setting matrices to guide you on how to build Control
outputs and relays. any unit. • Cooling Tower
Control
System Overview • Environmental
Battery powered Monitoring
Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity • Water Quality
Monitoring
Integral Mount • Filtration Systems
+GF+ SIGNET • Chemical Production
Instrument
• Liquid Delivery
Systems
8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850
• Pump Protection
+GF+ SIGNET • Scrubber Systems
Integral • Boiler Condensate
Adapter Kit
8051 8051 • Semiconductor Water
8052 8052 8052
Production
• Leak Detection
• Chemical Concentra-
+GF+ SIGNET
Sensor/Electrode tion Monitoring
2839, 2840,
515 515 or 2536 2450 2350 2841 or 2842
Specifications
See individual instrument and
Standard 3/4 in. fittings sensor/electrode catalog pages
Fittings (customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings for more information.
(sold separately)

126 www.gfsignet.com
Integral Instruments Dimensions
Ordering Notes: Flow Temperature
1) Model 8150 is available
with all parts conveniently
assembled. 106.7 mm
(4.2 in.)
2) For units other than the 102 mm/ -X0 or
4.0 in. -X1
8150, order three parts: 152.4 mm
instrument, sensor, and (6 in.)
mounting kit to build an Conductivity
integrally mounted

Conductivity/
instrument. Parts can be

Resistivity
assembled at the factory Pressure 46.74 mm
-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in. 3/4 in. NPT 106.7 mm
as a special order. -X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.
(1 .84 in.)
(4.2 in.)
3) See individual instrument 137.2 mm
(5.4 in.)
and sensor pages for
more information. 106.7 mm
(4.2 in.)
For More Information: 3/4 in. NPT X1, X2, X3, X4
197 mm
• For installation tips and (7.75 in.)
information see page 156. X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.)
• For sensor mounting X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.)
19.1 mm X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
position information see (0.75 in X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
pages 156.

Ordering Information
Flow Instrument Part Number
3-8150 Battery Operated Flow Totalizer
Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one
-P0 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-P1 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1)
for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-T0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin
-V0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

3-8150 - P0 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8150-1 159 000 929
3-8150-1P 159 000 930
3-8150-P0 159 000 931
3-8150-P1 159 000 932
3-8150-T0 159 001 011
3-8150-V0 159 001 012
www.gfsignet.com 127
2350 Temperature Sensor
Features
ER • 4 to 20 mA or digital
ITT output

N SM • Standard 3/4 in. NPT

A R process connection
TR R NSO
D O E
L IN LS
• One-piece injection
B TA molded PVDF body
I GI
D • PT-1000 platinum
RTD in extended tip
for quick response
• Easy installation
• Threaded for in-line
or submersible
installation

Application
• Plating Bath Tem-
perature Control
• Heat Exchange
Description Monitor
The +GF+ SIGNET 2350 Temperature threaded ends (3/4 in. NPT) allow
• R.O. and D.I. System
Sensor has a one piece injection molded submersion in process vessels, or in-line
PVDF body that is ideal for use in high installation with conduit connection. An Monitor
purity applications. It also outlasts metal integral adapter kit (sold separately) • Hot/Cold Mixing
sensors in aggressive liquids and elimi- may be used to create a compact System Monitor
nates the need for costly custom assembly with field mount versions of the • Data Acquisition
thermowells. These sensors are available +GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temperature • Cooling Loops
with a proprietary digital output (S3L) or Transmitter.
• Effluent Monitoring
field-scaleable 4 to 20mA output. Dual
• HVAC
• Chemical Processing

System Overview ®

C US
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation* E171559 LR092369

Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET OR
+GF+ SIGNET 5091
Instrument Instrument Instrument
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)
(sold separately)
Programable
0 Logic
Controller +GF+ SIGNET Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit PLC

(3-8050) (3-8052) Pipe extension

(sold separately) (sold separately) or conduit
with 3/4 in.
Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET FNPT threads
2350 Temperature 2350 Temperature 2350 Temperature 2350 Temperature
The 2350 Temperature sensor
Sensor with Sensor with Sensor with Sensor with is compatible with the
Digital Output Digital Output Digital Output 4 to 20 mA following +GF+ SIGNET
Output +GF+ SIGNET Instruments:
2350 Temperature
Sensor with
Digital Output 5091 8350 8900
Fittings - Customer supplied
See individual catalog pages
*For submersible pipe, tank or wall mount installations, user must use the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050) for more information.

128 www.gfsignet.com
 Dimensions Specifications
27 mm; General Electrical (continued)
(1 .05 in.)
Output: Digital S3L or 4 to 20mA 4 to 20mA Output:
Accuracy: ± 0.5°C (± 0.9°F) Accuracy: ± 32µA
Response Time, τ: 10 secs. Resolution: <5µA
± 0.1°C (± 0.2°F)
3/4 in.;
NPT; Repeatability: Span:
105 mm;
(4.15 in.)
threads Sensing-end connection: 4 to 20mA factory calibrated 0°C
3/4 in. NPT male thread to 100°C (32°F to 212°F)
40.1 mm; Cable-end connection: Max. Loop Impedance:
(1 .59 in.)
3/4 in. NPT male thread 100 Ω @ 12V
325 Ω @ 18V
2350-X
Wetted Material: PVDF 600 Ω @ 24V
Temperature instrument; Update Rate: <100µS
(sold separately) Electrical
Power Requirements: Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating

Temperature,
Type of output is automatically selected Operating Temperature:

Pressure,
when appropriate power is applied. -10°C @ 16 bar to 100°C @ 7.5 bar

Level
Mounting Kit; • Digital (S3L): 4.5 to 6.5VDC <1 .5mA (14°F @ 232 psi to 212°F @ 108 psi)
(sold separately) • 4 to 20mA: 9 to 26VDC Storage Temperature:
Cable Type: -55°C to 100°C (-67°F to 212°F)
197 mm;
(7.75 in.)
PVC jacketed, 3-conductor with shield Relative Humidity:
22 AWG, Blk/Red/White/Shld 0 to 95% non-condensing
Cable Length: See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs
• 4.6m (15 ft.)
• 15.2cm (6 in.); cable length can also be Shipping Weight: 0.151kg (0.33 lbs.)
extended up to 121m (400 ft.)
Standards & Approvals
Digital S3L output: • CE, UL, CSA listed
Serial ASCII, TTL Level 9600 bps. Reverse • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
polarity and short circuit protected. Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Environmental Management

Model 2350
Ordering Notes:
Any sensor can be mounted
with an instrument in an integral
configuration (as shown above - Ordering Information
see page 140) by doing the
following: Sensor Part Number
1) Order Integral adapter kit 3-2350 Temperature Sensor
PN 3-8052 (sold separately) Output and Cable Length - Choose one
to connect the instrument
(sold separately) directly onto -1 Digital (S3L) and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
3
the sensor. -2 Digital (S L) and 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable for use with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)
2) Order an instrument (sold -3 Current (4 to 20 mA) and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
separately). The following
instrument part numbers are
compatible with the 2350 for 3-2350 -1 Example Part Number
integral mounting:
3-8350-1, 3-8350-2 Mfr. Part No. Code
Mfr. Part No. Code
Application Tips: 3-2350-1 159 000 021 3-2350-3 159 000 920
• For submersible sensor 3-2350-2 159 000 022
mounting, always use a
water tight conduit and Accessories and Replacement Parts
a cable gland to prevent
moisture intrusion. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
• To extend the cable, use
a 3-conductor shielded 5523-0222 159 000 392 Sensor cable, (per ft.)
cable and junction box. 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with one
For More Information: liquid tight connector and cap with junction
• For wiring information see terminals
page 177. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
• For installation tips and
information see page 172.
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG 13.5 (1 piece)

www.gfsignet.com 129
2450 Pressure Sensors
Features
• 4 to 20 mA or digital
output
ER
ITT • Standard 3/4 in. NPT
or 1/2 in. male union
N SM process connection
A R
TR R NSO • One-piece injection
D O E
I N S molded PVDF body
BL TA
L
I GI • Flush ceramic
D diaphragm
• Easy installation
• Choice of three
pressure ranges
• Pressure or level
measurement
1/2 in. union mount 3/4 in. NPT

Application
• Level or Depth
Description Sensing
The 2450 Pressure Sensor has a one- available with a proprietary digital • HVAC Systems
piece injection molded PVDF body and output (S3L), or field-scaleable 4 to 20mA
• Scrubber Systems
ceramic diaphragm for superior com- output. Dual-threaded ends allow
patibility in corrosive liquids. Three submersion in process vessels, or in-line • Pump Protection
pressure versions allow for optimal installation with conduit connection. • Water Management
resolution matched to your sensing Integral adapters (sold separately) may • Irrigation Systems
needs. Solid state circuitry eliminates be used to create a compact assembly • Wastewater
drift (no internal potentiometers). Built-in with a field mount version of the +GF+ • Chemical Processing
temperature compensation provides SIGNET 8250 Level or 8450 Pressure
• Pressure Regulation/
outstanding accuracy over wide Transmitter.
temperature ranges. These sensors are Monitoring

C US
E171559 LR092369

System Overview
In-Line Installation Submersible Installation*
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount 4 to 20 mA Input Panel, Pipe, Tank,
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Wall Mount
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument Instrument 5091 OR
Instrument (sold (sold (sold separately)
(sold separately) separately) separately) Programable
Logic
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Controller
Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit PLC
+GF+ SIGNET Instrument
(3-8050) (3-8052)
(sold separately) (sold separately) Pipe extension
+GF+ SIGNET
or conduit Compatible Instruments
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET with 3/4 in.
2450 Pressure
2450 Pressure 2450 Pressure 2450 Pressure FNPT threads** The 2450 Pressure sensor is
Sensor with Sensor with compatible with the following
Sensor with Sensor with
Digital Digital Output
Digital Output 4 to 20 mA +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Instruments:
Output
Output 2450 Pressure
Sensor with
Digital Output
5091 8250 8450
Fittings - Customer supplied 8900

* For submersible pipe, tank or wall mount installations, user must use the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050) See individual catalog pages for
** Cable must be exposed to the atmosphere. more information.

130 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
General Electrical (continued)
Output: Digital (S3L) or 4 to 20mA 4 to 20mA Output:
Accuracy: ± 1% of full scale @ 25°C Accuracy: ± 32µA
80 mm
(3.15 in.)
3/4 in.
NPT
Response Time: <100ms Resolution: <5µA
Sensing-end connection: Span:
19.1 mm
(0.75 in.) • 3/4 in. NPT male thread 4 to 20mA factory calibrated to
27 mm 33.3 mm • 1/2 in. union male thread (requires end operating ranges shown below
(1 .05 in.) (1 .3 in.)
connector and union nut) Max. Loop Impedance:
Pressure
Instrument Cable-end connection: 100 Ω @ 12V
(sold separately)
3/4 in. NPT male thread 325 Ω @ 18V
Mounting Kit
Wetted Material 600 Ω @ 24V
197 mm
(7.75 in.)
(sold separately)
Sensor housing: PVDF Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating
Diaphragm cover: PTFE Operating Temp.: -15°C to 85°C (5°F to 185°F)
Diaphragm seal: FPM Storage Temp.: -20°C to 100°C (-4°F to 212°F)
Electrical Operating Pressure:

Temperature,
Power Requirements: • -XU: 0 to 0.7 bar (0 to 10 psig)

Pressure,
• Digital (S3L): 4.5 to 6.5VDC <1 .5mA • -XL: 0 to 3.4 bar (0 to 50 psig)

Level
Model 2450 • 4 to 20mA: 9 to 26VDC • -XH: 0 to 17 bar (0 to 250 psig)
Ordering Notes Cable type: Proof Pressure:
Any sensor can be mounted 3 cond + shield, 22 AWG, PVC jacketed, • -XU: 1 .4 bar (20 psig)
with an instrument in an Blk/Red/White/Shld • -XL: 5.2 bar (75 psig)
integral configuration (as shown Cable length: • -XH: 20.7 bar (300 psig)
above - see page 140) by doing • 4.6m (15 ft.) Burst pressure: 82 bar (1,200 psig)
the following: • 15.2cm (6 in.): can also be extended See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs
1) Order Integral adapter kit up to 121m (400 ft.)
PN 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 Standards and Approvals
(sold separately) to connect
Digital (S3L) output:
Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps. Reverse • CE, CSA, UL listed
the instrument (sold sepa- • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
rately) directly onto the sensor. polarity and short circuit protected.
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
2) Order an instrument (sold Environmental Management
separately). The following
instrument part numbers are Ordering Information
compatible with the 2450 for
Sensor Part Number
integral mounting: 3-8450-1,
3-8450-2, 3-8250-2 3-2450 Pressure Sensor
3) Union mount version installs Output, Process Connection and Cable Length - Choose one
into pipe w/end connector -1 Digital (S3L), 3/4 " male NPT, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
and union nut (customer -2 Digital (S3L), 3/4" male NPT, 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable used with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)
supplied)
-3 Digital (S3L), 1/2" male union, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
-4 Digital (S3L), 1/2" male union, 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable used with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)
-5 Current (4 to 20 mA), 3/4" male NPT, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
O-Ring
-7 Current (4 to 20 mA), 1/2" male union, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable
EndK
Connector Operating Pressure Range - Choose one
U 0 to 10 psi
not supplied
Union Nut L 0 to 50 psi
Pipe H 0 to 250 psi

3-2450 -1 L Example Part Number

Application Tips:
• These sensors can also Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
be used for tank level
measurements. 3-2450-1U 159 000 679 3-2450-4L 159 000 685
• For submersible sensor 3-2450-2U 159 000 680 3-2450-5L 159 000 907
mounting, always use a 3-2450-3U 159 000 683 3-2450-7L 159 000 908
water tight conduit and 3-2450-4U 159 000 686 3-2450-1H 159 000 026
a cable gland to prevent 3-2450-5U 159 000 905 3-2450-2H 159 000 027
moisture intrusion. 3-2450-7U 159 000 906 3-2450-3H 159 000 681
• Cable end of sensor 3-2450-1L 159 000 024 3-2450-4H 159 000 684
must be exposed to 3-2450-2L 159 000 025 3-2450-5H 159 000 909
atmospheric pressure. 3-2450-3L 159 000 682 3-2450-7H 159 000 910
• To extend the cable, use
a 3-conductor shielded Accessories and Replacement Parts
cable & junction box. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
For More Information: 5523-0222 159 000 392 Sensor cable (per ft.)
• For wiring information see 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
page 177. 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with one liquid tight
• For installation tips and connector and cap with junction terminals
information see page 171. 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG 13.5 (1 piece)
www.gfsignet.com 131
8250 ProcessPro® Level Transmitters Features
• Level units for: ft., in.,
m, cm, %
Panel Mount Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral Mount
• Volume units for: gal.,
in3, lbs., l, m3, kg, %

• Advanced relay con-

trol supports up to 4
relays

• Output simulation

• Manual (up to 10 pts.)

and automatic level-
to-volume conversion

• Display level, volume

or both
Available with Single or Dual Sensor Input
• Specific gravity entry
for use with pressure
Description sensors and mass unit
+GF + SIGNET 8250 Level Transmitters adjustable hysteresis and trigger time conversion
are compatible with the +GF+ SIGNET delay. The unit also has the ability to
2450 Pressure Sensor. The instrument is accept other level sensors with 4 to • User-selectable aver-
available in field and panel mount 20mA output via the +GF+ SIGNET aging for display and
configurations, single or dual-channel 8058 Signal Converter. Automatic level- output
input and equipped with one or two 4 to-volume conversion allows display and
to 20mA output, fully scaleable and control of tank level and/or volume in • Accepts other level
reversible for each input channel. The units such as gallons, kilograms, feet or sensors with 4 to
unit also features two relays, plus the meters. Simply enter the dimensions of 20mA output
ability to support two additional exter- your tank or vessel, and the instrument
nally mounted relays (for a total of four). will calculate volume from the level
Relay operation is selectable for High, measurement.
Application
Low, Window or Off, and includes fully • Continuous Level and/
or Volume Monitoring
®

C US
• Local or Remote
E171559 LR092369 Display
System Overview • Fill Start/Stop Control
• Pump Protection
• Inventory Manage-
Submersible Sensor
In-Line Sensor Installation Installation*
ment
• Storage Tank Monitor-
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
ing
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
8250 Level 8250 Level 8250 Level • Pump Station Control
Instrument
Instrument Instrument • Waste Sumps
• Clarifiers
+GF+ SIGNET 8250 Level Instrument
• Plating Lines
• Neutralization Tanks
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit Pipe extension • Overflow Protection
(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8052) (sold separatel or conduit
with 3/4 in.
• Leak Detection
+GF+ SIGNET
FNPT threads
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Pressure Sensor Pressure Sensor Pressure Sensor Compatible Sensors
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) The 8250 ProcessPro® Level
+GF+ SIGNET
Pressure Sensor
Transmitter is compatible with the
(sold separately) following +GF+ SIGNET
Fittings - Customer supplied sensor:
2450 8058 8059
*For submersible pipe, tank or wall See individual catalog pages for
mount installations, user must use
the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050) more information.

132 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications
Dimensions General Electrical (continued)
3-8250-XP Compatible Sensors: Relay outputs:
+GF+ SIGNET pressure sensor versions 2 sets mechanical SPDT contacts
with digital (S3L) output or other sensors standard with all units
with 4 to 20mA output (via Model 8058) Software supports 2 additional relays via
96 mm Display: optional external relay module (3-8059)
(3.8 in.)
Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCD Maximum voltage rating:
Sealed 4-button keypad • 5A @ 30VDC
Display update rate: 1 second • 5A @ 250VAC, resistive load
96 mm Contrast: User selected, 5 levels Programmable for High or Low setpoint
(3.8 in.)
Materials or for Window range, with adjustable
Case: Polybutylene (PBT) hysteresis
Panel case gasket: Neoprene Time delay:
Window: programmable from 0 to 6400sec
Optional Polyurethane-coated polycarbonate Environmental
92 mm

Temperature,
Rear
(3.6 in.) Keypad: Silicone rubber Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front

Pressure,
Cover

Level
Electrical Operating temp.:
Input Power: -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)
12 to 24VDC ± 10% regulated, Storage temperature:
56 mm
41 mm (2.2 in.) 250mA max. current -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
(1.6 in.) Sensor power: Relative humidity:
97 mm
(3.8 in.) 5VDC ± 1% @ 25°C, regulated 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Field version with universal (provided by 8250) Maximum altitude: 2,000m (6,562ft.)
mount Current output: Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs)
4 to 20mA, isolated, fully adjust able and
reversible Standards and Approvals
82 mm Max. loop impedance: • CSA, CE, UL listed
(3.23 in.)
• 50Ω max. @ 12V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
• 325Ω max. @ 18V Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
• 600Ω max. @ 24V Environmental Management
42 mm 64 mm
(1.7 in.) (2.5 in.) Update rate: 300 ms
106 mm (4.2 in.) Output accuracy: ± 0.03mA
Model 8250 Ordering Information
Ordering Notes: Instrument Part Number
1) Field mount instruments can be 3-8250 Level Transmitter
mounted with a sensor in an Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one
integral configuration by 2 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power
choosing the following: 3 Two inputs with Two 4 to 20 mA outputs and two relays; uses 4 wire power
• Order integral adapter kit Field or panel mount - Choose one
3-8052 (sold separately) to - Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting
connect the instrument directly
P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket
onto the sensor.
• See page 126 for more info.
2) An optional splashproof rear 3-8250 -2 P Example Part Number
cover can be ordered
separately if needed. Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
3) Use the universal mounting kit 3-8250-2 159 000 766 3-8250-3 159 000 768
with the field mount instrument 3-8250-2P 159 000 767 3-8250-3P 159 000 769
to mount to a pipe, tank or
wall. Accessories and Replacement Parts
4) Two additional relays can be Mfr. Part No. Code Description
used with this product. See part
numbers 3-8059-2 or 3-8059- Mounting
2AC (page 150). 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
5) To mount the panel version on 3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
a wall, use heavy duty wall 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4” Integral mounting kit
mount bracket. 3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
6) Order RC filter kit to protect 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
relays from voltage spikes. 3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter
Liquid Tight Connectors
For More Information: 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
• For wiring information see 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
page 177. 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
• For installation tips and Other
information see page 171. 3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
• See page 195 for more 3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered
information on accesso- 3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered
ries & replacement parts. 3-8059-2 159 000 770 External relay module, 2 relays; requires 12 to 24VDC
3-8059-2AC 159 000 771 External relay module, 2 relays; w/power supply, 100 to 240VAC
www.gfsignet.com 133
 8350 ProcessPro® Temperature Transmitters
Features
• Digital (S3L) input for
Panel Mount Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral Mount stable & reliable
reading

• Field scaleable 4 to
20mA output

• Displays temperature
and mA output

• Temperature display in
degrees Celcius (°C) or
Farenheit (°F)

• Choice of relay or
open collector output
Available with single or dual sensor input.

Application
• Process Temperature
Description Monitoring
The +GF + SIGNET 8350 Temperature resistant NEMA 4X/IP65 front face is • Plating Bath
Transmitter offers local or remote display found on both the highly visible field Temperature Control
with current and relay outputs. This mount or black panel mount instruments • Heat Exchange
model offers exceptional repeatability with a self-healing window and a stan- Monitor
and accuracy over a wide operating dard 1/4 DIN cutout. Dual input version
• R.O. or D.I. Monitoring
temperature range. Configurations allows temperature difference calculation
include open collector outputs or relays (∆T) and offers cost savings with indepen- • Hot/Cold Mixing
with status indicators for process control dent dual outputs capable of difference System Monitoring
or alarming. The unit also has the ability calculation and output. All models offer • Data Acquisition
to accept other level sensors which have an output simulation function for complete • Cooling Loops
4 to 20mA output via the +GF+ SIGNET system testing. • Effluent Monitoring
8058 Signal Converter. The chemical • HVAC
• Chemical Processing
System Overview
Submersible Sensor
In-Line Sensor Installation Installation* ®

C US
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount E171559 LR092369
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
8350 Temp. 8350 Temp. 8350 Temp.
Transmitter Transmitter Transmitter

+GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temp. Transmitter

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Pipe extension

Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit or conduit
(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8052) (sold separately) with 3/4 in.
FNPT threads
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Compatible Sensors
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)
The 8350 ProcessPro®
+GF+ SIGNET Temperature Transmitter is
Temperature Sensor compatible with the following
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET sensor:
Fittings - Customer supplied
2350 8058
*For submersible pipe, tank or wall
mount installations, user must use See individual catalog pages
the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050) for more information.

134 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications
Dimensions General Electrical (continued)
3-8350-XP Compatibility: Relay output
96 mm (3.8 in.) +GF+ SIGNET 2350 Temperature Sensor Mechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off
versions w/digital output or other sensors Maximum voltage rating:
with 4 to 20mA output (via Model 8058) 5 A @ 30 VDC, 5 A @ 250 VAC
96 mm9 Accuracy: ± 0.5°C resistive load
(3.8 in.) Display Hysteresis: User adjustable
Alphanumeric, 2 x 16 dot matrix LCD Maximum 400 pulses/min.
Update rate: 1 second Open-collector output
Contrast: User selected, 5 levels Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off
Materials Open-collector, optically isolated, 50 mA
Case: PBT max, sink, 30 VDC max. w/pull-up resistor
Optional Panel case gasket: Neoprene Hysteresis: User adjustable
Rear 92 mm
Cover (3.6 in.) Window: Maximum 400 pulses/min.
Polyurethane coated polycarbonate

Temperature,
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber Environmental

Pressure,
Level
56 mm Electrical Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
41 mm
(1.6 in.)
(2.2 in.)
Power: 12 to 24 VDC ± 10% regulated Operating temperature:
97 mm
(3.8 in.) • (-1) 21 mA max. -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)
Field version with • (-2) 200 mA max. Storage temperature:
universal mount • (-3) 31mA max. -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
Sensor input range: Relative humidity:
-10°C to 100°C (14°F to 212°F) 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Current output
82 mm
(3.23 in.) 4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable and Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs.)
reversible
Max. loop impedance: Standards and Approvals
42 mm 64 mm 50Ω max. @ 12 V • CSA, CE, UL listed
(1.7 in.) (2.5 in.)
325Ω max. @ 18 V • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
106 mm (4.2 in.)
600Ω max. @ 24 V Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
mental Management
Update rate: 200 ms
Model 8350 Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA
Ordering Notes: Ordering Information
1) Field mount instruments can Instrument Part Number
be mounted with a sensor 3-8350 Temperature Transmitter
in an integral configuration Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one
by choosing the following: -1 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power
• Order integral adapter kit -2 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power
PN 3-8052 (sold sepa- -3 Two inputs with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power
rately) to connect the Field or panel mount - Choose one
instrument directly onto the - Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting
sensor. P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket
• See page 126 for more
information. 3-8350 -1 P Example Part Number
2) An optional splashproof
rear cover can be ordered Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
separately if needed. 3-8350-1 159 000 192 3-8350-2P 159 000 195
3-8350-1P 159 000 193 3-8350-3 159 000 196
3) Use the universal mounting 3-8350-2 159 000 194 3-8350-3P 159 000 197
kit with the field mount
instrument to mount to a Accessories and Replacement Parts
pipe, tank or wall. Mfr. Part No. Code Description
4) To mount panel version on
Mounting
a wall, use heavy duty wall 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
mount bracket. 3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
5) Order RC filter kits to 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
protect relays from voltage 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box w/one liquid tight connector
spikes. and cap with terminal block
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
For More Information: 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket
• For wiring information see Liquid Tight Connectors
page 177. 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
• For installation tips and 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
information see page 172. 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
• See page 195 for more Other
information on accesso- 3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered
ries & replacement parts. 3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use) - 2 per kit
www.gfsignet.com 135
8450 ProcessPro® Pressure Transmitters
Features
• Digital (S3L) input for
Panel Mount Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral Mount stable and reliable
reading

• Pressure can be
displayed in psi, bar
or kPa

• Field scaleable 4 to
20mA output

• Choice of relay or
open collector output

• NEMA 4X/IP65
splashproof enclosure
Available with single or dual sensor input. • Chemical resistant
enclosure and self-
Description healing window
The +GF + SIGNET 8450 Pressure +GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signal Converter.
Transmitter is a unique instrument that The chemical resistant NEMA 4X/IP65
offers local or remote display with front face is found in both the highly Application
current and relay outputs. This model visible field mount or black panel mount • Pump, Filter or Pipe
offers exceptional repeatability and instrument, both featuring a self healing Protection
accuracy over a wide operating pressure window, a standard 1/4 DIN cutout and • Pressure Regulation/
range. The instrument is available in field large push buttons for easy navigation.
and panel mount configurations, single Monitoring
Programming capabilities are available
or dual channel input and is equipped for single point calibration, setting of • Over or Under
with a 4 to 20mA output, fully scaleable relays and outputs, and output simulation Pressure Alarm
and reversible for each input channel. function for complete system testing. The • Pump Servicing
Configurations include open collector dual input version allows difference • HVAC Systems
outputs or relays with status indicators calculation (∆P) and offers significant • Chemical Processing
for process control or alarming. The unit cost savings with independent dual
also has the ability to accept other • Scrubber Systems
outputs.
sensors with 4 to 20mA output, via the • Water Management
• Irrigation Systems
System Overview • Waste Water
Submersible Sensor
In-Line Sensor Installation Installation*
®
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount
C US
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET E171559 LR092369
8450 Pressure 8450 Pressure 8450 Pressure
Instrument Instrument Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET 8450 Pressure Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Pipe extension

Universal Adapter Kit Integral Adapter Kit or conduit
(3-8050) (sold separately) (3-8052) (sold separately) with 3/4 in.
FNPT threads
Compatible Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Pressure Sensor Pressure Sensor Pressure Sensor The 8450 ProcessPro®
(sold separately) (sold separately)
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET Pressure Transmitter is
Pressure Sensor compatible with the following
(sold separately)
+GF+ SIGNET Sensor:
Fittings - Customer supplied
2450 8058
*For submersible pipe, tank or wall
mount installations, user must use
See individual catalog pages
the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050) for more information.

136 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3-8450-XP General Electrical (continued)
96 mm (3.8 in.)
Compatibility: Relay output
+GF + SIGNET 2450 Pressure Sensor versions Mechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, Off
with digital output or other sensors with 4 to Maximum voltage rating:
20mA output (via Model 8058) 5 A @ 30 VDC, 5 A @ 250 VAC
96 mm;
(3.8 in.) Accuracy: ± 1% of full scale resistive load
Repeatability: ± 0.5% of full scale Hysteresis: User adjustable
Display: Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, Off
Alphanumeric 2 x 16 dot matrix LCD Open-collector, optically isolated,
Update rate: 1 second 50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. with
Contrast: User selected, 5 levels pull-up resistor.
Materials Hysteresis: User adjustable
Optional Case: PBT
Rear 92 mm
Cover (3.6 in.) Panel case gasket: Neoprene Environmental
Window: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front
Keypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubber

Temperature,
Operating temperature:

Pressure,
Electrical -10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)

Level
56 mm
41 mm
(1.6 in.)
(2.2 in.) Power: 12 to 24 VDC ± 10% regulated Storage temperature:
97 mm
(3.8 in.)
• (-1) 21 mA max. -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)
Field version with universal • (-2) 220 mA max. Relative humidity:
mount • (-3) 60mA max. 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Sensor Input range:
0 to 250 psig, 0 to 17 bar, 0 to 1700 kPa Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs.)
Current output:
82 mm
(3.23 in.)
4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable and Standards and Approvals
reversible • CSA, CE, UL listed
Max loop impedance: • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
50Ω max. @ 12 V Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
42 mm 64 mm 325Ω max. @ 18 V Environmental Management
(1.7 in.) (2.5 in.) 600Ω max. @ 24V
106 mm (4.2 in.) Update rate: 100 ms
Accuracy: ± 0.03 mA
Model 8450
Ordering Notes: Ordering Information
1) Field mount instruments can Instrument Part Number
be mounted with a sensor 3-8450 Pressure Transmitter
in an integral configuration Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one
by choosing the following: -1 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power
• Order integral adapter kit -2 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power
PN 3-8052 (sold sepa- -3 Two inputs with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power
rately) to connect the Field or panel mount - Choose one
instrument directly onto the - Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting
sensor. P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket
• See page 126 for more
info.
2) An optional splashproof 3-8450 -1 P Example Part Number
rear cover can be ordered Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code
separately if needed. 3-8450-1 159 000 041 3-8450-2P 159 000 044
3) Use the universal mounting 3-8450-1P 159 000 042 3-8450-3 159 000 045
kit with the field mount 3-8450-2 159 000 043 3-8450-3P 159 000 046
instrument to mount to a
pipe, tank or wall.
Accessories and Replacement Parts
4) To mount the panel version Mfr. Part No. Code Description
on a wall, use the heavy Mounting
duty wall mount bracket. 3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit
5) Order RC filter kits to 3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit
protect relays from voltage 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with liquid tight connector and
spikes. cap w/terminal block
3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)
For More Information: 3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket
• For wiring information see Liquid Tight Connectors
page 177. 3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)
• For installation tips and 3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)
information see page 171. 3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)
• See page 195 for more
Other
information on accesso-
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
ries and replacement
3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered
parts.
3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered
www.gfsignet.com 137
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller
Features
it • Measures Flow, pH,
su ORP, Conductivity,
o n
i t t tio Pressure, Level and
un lica nt! Temperature
e
th app eme • Multi-language display
u ild ny uir
B a req • 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or
Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels 85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communication
Description for improved noise
The +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter If more features are needed, analog tolerance, extended
Controller takes the concept of modular- output and relay modules are available cable lengths, and easy
ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is field and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will wiring
commissioned with the users specified support up to four additional relays via
combination of inputs, outputs, and relays an external relay module. • Accepts 4 to 20mA
using simple-to-install modular boards output devices when
into the base unit. To assemble a control- There are other notable features that the used with 8058 signal
ler, there is a choice of two base units 8900 offers. For instance, digital input to converter
offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or the 8900 enables longer cable runs and
vacuum fluorescent display. Then, con- simplified wiring with minimal noise Applications
tinue building with a selection of plug-in interference. Advanced relay logic • RO/DI System Control
modules for either two, four, or six input provides operators an “and/or” logic to • Media Filtration
channels which accepts any of the +GF+ produce hi/low alarms. Derived mea- • Pure Water Production
SIGNET sensors listed below, and/or surements include difference, sum, ratio, • Demineralizers
other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to percent recovery, percent rejection, and • Chemical Processing
20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNET percent passage (BTU pending). The • Metal & Plastics Finish-
Model 8058). To complete your unit, menu system can be programmed to ing
choose a power module with universal display in multi-languages including • Fume Scrubbers
AC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC. English, German, French, Spanish, • Proportional Chemical
Italian, and Portuguese. Addition
System Overview • Cooling Tower & Boiler
Protection
Panel Mount Select from a • Wastewater Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET choice of boards Power • Aquatic Animal Life
SE N SOR I N P UTS

8900
RELAY 2 RELAY 1
POWER

Multi-Parameter Support Systems

OUT 3
COMM PORT /
OUT 2 OUT 1

Controller
RELAY 4 RELAY 3
OUT 4

Input/ ®

Output Controller C US
E171559 LR092369

2 Outputs Relay
Compatible Inputs
+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET The 8900 Multi-Parameter
Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors 8058 Signal Controllers are compatible with
converter the following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors/inputs:
GND 9
Data 8
5V 7

á SIG
NET
Output

3
6 N/C
5 Loop2 -

2
4 Loop2 +

1 6
S3 L

5
4
3-8058-2 Current Input

3 N/C
2 Loop1 -
1 Loop1 +

Loo
p1
4-20 mA
Input
á SIGNET

Loo
p2

Dat

515 2507 2850

a

SIGNET FLOW
N/C
7
8
9

+GF+
XX DN XX X
XX

525 2517 7000

Other manufacturer's 2000 2536 7002
sensor with
4 to 20 mA
2100 2540 8058
output 2350 2550 8059
2450 2750
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets See individual catalog pages for
more information.
138 www.gfsignet.com
See page 142 for
complete information
on 8900.
System Overview (continued)
There are hundreds of system types that can be these are listed in each example. Digital
set up with the 8900. The examples below sensor outputs allow for long cable runs
illustrate various sensors in different installation with high noise immunity. See page 180
schemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point, for allowable cable lengths. See page 158
daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of for more information on mounting sensors.
Multi-Parameter

Example 1: C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft Notes:
• 8900 input module: Relay 1 Relay 2
1 . External relays can be used with any
Two inputs ENTER

input module and does not consume a

• Sensors connected: sensor input channel (Model 8059)
8900
+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow 2750 2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can be
(frequency) and 2750 with used with any input module.
2754 pH sensors
• Wiring configuration: 2754

Temperature,
Point-to-point pH 2540

Pressure,
Flow

Level
Example 2: C1
Multi-Parameter
23.45 µS/cm

• 8900 input module: L2

Relay 1
-16.58 ft

Relay 2

Four inputs ENTER

• Sensors connected:
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 8900
temp. sensor, 2850 with 2850
2841 conductivity, and two
2450 pressure sensors 2450
Pressure
• Wiring configuration: 2841 2450
Daisy-chain Pressure

2350 Conductivity
Temperature

Example 3:
• 8900 input module: 8059
External Relay
Six inputs
• Sensors connected: NC C NO
RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
NC C NO
RELAY B

TEST A
NC C NO
RELAY C
NC C NO
RELAY D

Relay A
Relay Module
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 DATA

POWER
TEST B

TEST C
Relay B

Relay C

temp. sensor, 2850 with INPUT PASS-THRU

TEST D

OUTPUT 24VDC
Relay D

AC INPUT

2840 conductivity, 2450 + S3L - + S 3L - + - L N

pressure, 2750 with 2754

pH, and 515 and 2536 Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm
2750
flow (frequency) sensors
L2 -16.58 ft
2850
Relay 1 Relay 2
2450
• External Devices: Pressure
515 2536
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 Flow 2840 2754 2350

Flow
external relay module 8900 pH Temperature
• Wiring configuration:
Combination of Point-to- Conductivity
point and Multi-drop

Example 4: 8058
• 8900 input module: 8900 Signal Converter
Four inputs Multi-Parameter

• Sensors connected: Output1 19.5 mA

Output2 12.3 mA
á SIGN
L Converter

ET
4-20 mA

3
Input

2
6 1
5

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow

4
3

Loop
to S

PWR1
á SIGNET
8058 4-20 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2 Loop

S3 L

PWR2

S 3
L
DATA

N/C
7
8
9
ENTER

(frequency) and 2750 with 2750

2754 pH sensors; Other
manufacturers dissolved 2754 Float
oxygen and level sensors 2507 pH
with 4 to 20 mA output Flow
Disolved oxygen
• External Devices: sensor (example of
+GF+ SIGNET 8058 other brand)
signal converter - 4 to 20 Level sensor
mA to digital (S3L)) (example of
• Wiring configuration: other brand)
Wiring Options:
Combination of Point-to- • Multi-drop wiring allows drops from a
• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of
point and Daisy-chain single bus cable. Junction boxes can
individual devices into the controller. This
wiring topology is applicable for all inputs. be used for the 3-way junctions that are
• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequential formed with this wiring scheme. This
connection from one device to the next by wiring topology is applicable for digital
using junction boxes. This wiring topology is (S3L) inputs only.
applicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.
www.gfsignet.com 139
Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instruments
for Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements
Features
• Flow, pressure,
temperature, conduc-
tivity measurements

• Local display for

sensor mounted
instruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mA
output

• Relay options avail-

able

• NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire power
Description options
+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line of All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20 • Sensors and instru-
ProcessPro® instruments that mount mA output and optional relays for ments are UL, CE,
integrally onto compatible flow, conduc- process control. The state-of-the-art and/or CSA ap-
tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors. instrument electronics ensures long-term proved
Each integral mount instrument features a reliability, signal stability, and simple user
local display with an easy to read 2 x 16 set-up and operation. Various sensor
character dot matrix LCD. The large parameters are offered for use in the
push button keypad makes it easy to integral mount configuration. Parts can
Applications
navigate through the instrument’s menu be ordered individually; use the ordering • RO/DI System
for performing calibrations and setting matrices to guide you on how to build Control
outputs and relays. any unit. • Cooling Tower
Control
System Overview • Environmental
Battery powered Monitoring
Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity • Water Quality
Monitoring
Integral Mount • Filtration Systems
+GF+ SIGNET • Chemical Production
Instrument
• Liquid Delivery
Systems
8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850
• Pump Protection
+GF+ SIGNET • Scrubber Systems
Integral • Boiler Condensate
Adapter Kit
8051 8051 • Semiconductor Water
8052 8052 8052
Production
• Leak detection
• Chemical Concentra-
+GF+ SIGNET
Sensor/Electrode tion Monitoring
2839, 2840,
515 515 or 2536 2450 2350 2841 or 2842
Specifications
See individual instrument and
Standard 3/4 in. fittings sensor/electrode catalog pages
Fittings (customer supplied)
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings for more information.
(sold separately)

140 www.gfsignet.com
Integral Instruments Dimensions
Ordering Notes: Flow Temperature
1) Model 8150 is available
with all parts conveniently
assembled. 106.7 mm
(4.2 in.)
2) For units other than the 102 mm/ -X0 or
4.0 in. -X1
8150, order three parts: 152.4 mm
instrument, sensor, and (6 in.)
mounting kit to build an Conductivity
integrally mounted
instrument. Parts can be
assembled at the factory Pressure 46.74 mm
-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in. 3/4 in. NPT 106.7 mm
as a special order. -X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.
(1 .84 in.)
(4.2 in.)
3) See individual instrument 137.2 mm
(5.4 in.)
and sensor pages for

Temperature,
more information. 106.7 mm

Pressure,
(4.2 in.)

Level
For More Information: 3/4 in. NPT X1, X2, X3, X4
197 mm
• For installation tips and (7.75 in.)
information see page 156. X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.)
• For sensor mounting X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.)
19.1 mm X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
position information see (0.75 in X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)
pages 156.

Ordering Information
Flow Instrument Part Number
3-8150 Battery Operated Flow Totalizer
Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one
-P0 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-P1 3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1)
for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium
pin
-T0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin

-V0
3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0)
for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

3-8150 - P0 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8150-1 159 000 929
3-8150-1P 159 000 930
3-8150-P0 159 000 931
3-8150-P1 159 000 932
3-8150-T0 159 001 011
3-8150-V0 159 001 012
www.gfsignet.com 141
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller
Features
it • Measures Flow, pH,
su ORP, Conductivity,
o n
i t t tio Pressure, Level and
un lica nt! Temperature
e
th app eme • Multi-language display
u ild ny uir
B a req • 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or
Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels 85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communication
Description for improved noise
The +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter If more features are needed, analog tolerance, extended
Controller takes the concept of modular- output and relay modules are available cable lengths, and easy
ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is field and easily installed. Plus, the 8900 will wiring
commissioned with the users specified support up to four additional relays via
combination of inputs, outputs, and relays an external relay module. • Accepts 4 to 20mA
using simple-to-install modular boards output devices when
into the base unit. To assemble a control- There are other notable features that the used with 8058 signal
ler, there is a choice of two base units 8900 offers. For instance, digital input to converter
offered with a choice of back-lit LCD or the 8900 enables longer cable runs and
vacuum fluorescent display. Then, con- simplified wiring with minimal noise Applications
tinue building with a selection of plug-in interference. Advanced relay logic • RO/DI System Control
modules for either two, four, or six input provides operators an “and/or” logic to • Media Filtration
channels which accepts any of the +GF+ produce hi/low alarms. Derived mea- • Pure Water Production
SIGNET sensors listed below, and/or surements include difference, sum, ratio, • Demineralizers
other manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to percent recovery, percent rejection, and • Chemical Processing
20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNET percent passage (BTU pending). The • Metal & Plastics Finish-
Model 8058). To complete your unit, menu system can be programmed to ing
choose a power module with universal display in multi-languages including • Fume Scrubbers
AC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC. English, German, French, Spanish, • Proportional Chemical
Italian, and Portuguese. Addition
System Overview • Cooling Tower & Boiler
Protection
Panel Mount Select from a • Wastewater Treatment
+GF+ SIGNET choice of boards Power • Aquatic Animal Life
SE N SOR I N P UTS

8900
RELAY 2 RELAY 1
POWER

Multi-Parameter Support Systems

OUT 3
COMM PORT /
OUT 2 OUT 1

Controller
RELAY 4 RELAY 3
OUT 4

Input/ ®

Output Controller C US
E171559 LR092369

2 Outputs Relay
Compatible Inputs
+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET The 8900 Multi-Parameter
Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors 8058 Signal Controllers are compatible with
converter the following +GF+ SIGNET
sensors/inputs:
GND 9
Data 8
5V 7

á SIG
NET
Output

3
6 N/C
5 Loop2 -

2
4 Loop2 +

1 6
S3 L

5
4
3-8058-2 Current Input

3 N/C
2 Loop1 -
1 Loop1 +

Loo
p1
4-20 mA
Input
á SIGNET

Loo
p2

Dat

515 2507 2850

a

SIGNET FLOW
N/C
7
8
9

+GF+
XX DN XX X
XX

525 2517 7000

Other manufacturer's 2000 2536 7002
sensor with
4 to 20 mA
2100 2540 8058
output 2350 2550 8059
2450 2750
+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets See individual catalog pages for
more information.
142 www.gfsignet.com
 System Overview (continued)
There are hundreds of system types that can be these are listed in each example. Digital
set up with the 8900. The examples below sensor outputs allow for long cable runs
illustrate various sensors in different installation with high noise immunity. See page 180
schemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point, for allowable cable lengths. See page 158
daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of for more information on mounting sensors.
Multi-Parameter

Example 1: C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft Notes:
• 8900 input module: Relay 1 Relay 2
1 . External relays can be used with any
Two inputs ENTER

input module and does not consume a

• Sensors connected: sensor input channel (Model 8059)
8900
+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow 2750 2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can be
(frequency) and 2750 with used with any input module.
2754 pH sensors
• Wiring configuration: 2754
Point-to-point pH 2540
Flow

Example 2: C1
Multi-Parameter
23.45 µS/cm

• 8900 input module: L2

Relay 1
-16.58 ft

Relay 2

Four inputs

Instrument
Parameter
ENTER

• Sensors connected:

Multi-
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 8900
temp. sensor, 2850 with 2850
2841 conductivity, and two
2450 pressure sensors 2450
Pressure
• Wiring configuration: 2841 2450
Daisy-chain Pressure

2350 Conductivity
Temperature

Example 3:
• 8900 input module: 8059
External Relay
Six inputs
• Sensors connected: NC C NO
RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
NC C NO
RELAY B

TEST A
NC C NO
RELAY C
NC C NO
RELAY D

Relay A
Relay Module
+GF+ SIGNET 2350 DATA

POWER
TEST B

TEST C
Relay B

Relay C

temp. sensor, 2850 with INPUT PASS-THRU

TEST D

OUTPUT 24VDC
Relay D

AC INPUT

2840 conductivity, 2450 + S3L - + S 3L - + - L N

pressure, 2750 with 2754

pH, and 515 and 2536 Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm
2750
flow (frequency) sensors
L2 -16.58 ft
2850
Relay 1 Relay 2
2450
• External Devices: Pressure
515 2536
ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 Flow 2840 2754 2350

Flow
external relay module 8900 pH Temperature
• Wiring configuration:
Combination of Point-to- Conductivity
point and Multi-drop

Example 4: 8058
• 8900 input module: 8900 Signal Converter
Four inputs Multi-Parameter

• Sensors connected: Output1 19.5 mA

Output2 12.3 mA
á SIGN
L Converter

ET
4-20 mA

3
Input

2
6 1
5

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow

4
3

Loop
to S

PWR1
á SIGNET
8058 4-20 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2 Loop

S3 L

PWR2

S 3
L
DATA

N/C
7
8
9
ENTER

(frequency) and 2750 with 2750

2754 pH sensors; Other
manufacturers dissolved 2754 Float
oxygen and level sensors 2507 pH
with 4 to 20 mA output Flow
Disolved oxygen
• External Devices: sensor (example of
+GF+ SIGNET 8058 other brand)
signal converter - 4 to 20 Level sensor
mA to digital (S3L)) (example of
• Wiring configuration: other brand)
Wiring Options:
Combination of Point-to- • Multi-drop wiring allows drops from a
• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of
point and Daisy-chain single bus cable. Junction boxes can
individual devices into the controller. This
wiring topology is applicable for all inputs. be used for the 3-way junctions that are
• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequential formed with this wiring scheme. This
connection from one device to the next by wiring topology is applicable for digital
using junction boxes. This wiring topology is (S3L) inputs only.
applicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.
www.gfsignet.com 143
Specifications Dimensions
General • Pressure: -99.99 to 9999 psi, kPa, bar
Configurability: Modular (completely Display ranges (continued) 96mm (3.78 in.)
field-commissionable) • Level: Multi-Parameter
No. of input channels: 2, 4, or 6 -99999 to 99999 m, cm, ft, in., % C1 23.45 µS/cm
L2 -16.58 ft
Compatible sensors: See Page 142 • Volume: 96mmN
for list. -99999 to 999999 m3, ft3, in3, cm3, gal, L, Relay 1 Relay 2 (3.78 in.)

Input signal types: kg, lb, % ENTER

• Digital (S3L): Serial ASCII, • Other (4 to 20mA):

TTL level 9600 bps -99999 to 99999 user selectable units
• Frequency: 0 to 1500 Hz
Accuracy: 0.5% of reading Environmental
Measurement types: Ambient Operating Temperature:

Rear Cover
Flow, pH, ORP, Conductivity/Resistivity, • Back-lit LCD:

OptionalN
96mmN 92mmN
Pressure, Temperature, Level, or any device -10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F) (3.78 in.) (3.6 in.)

with 4 to 20mA output • VF Display:

Derived measurements: -10°C to 50°C (14°F to 122°F)
Sum, Difference, Ratio, % Recovery, Storage Temp.: 123mmN
N 56mmN
N
% Reject, % Passage -15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F) (4.85 in.)N (2.21 in.)

No. of relays supported: Relative Humidity:

Available in pairs: 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8 (Dry- 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Contact and/or Solid State) Maximum Altitude:
No. of analog outputs: • 2,000m (6,560 ft.)
Available in pairs: 0, 2 or 4 (active and/or • 4,000m (13,123 ft.); use only DC power
passive 4 to 20mA; and/or 0 to 5/10 VDC) supply and, if applicable, solid state
relays to maintain UL safety standard up
Enclosure and Display to this altitude.
Enclosure Rating:
NEMA 4X/IP65 (front face only) Electrical
Case material: PBT Power Requirements (AC or DC via Power
Panel Gasket: Silicone Sponge Modules)
Window: • Universal AC: 85 to 264 VAC,
Self-healing polyurethane-coated 50-60 Hz, 24 VA max.
polycarbonate • DC: 9.9 to 26.4 VDC
Keypad: unregulated, 7 Watts max.
4-buttons, highly tactile and audible Output Power to Sensors:
Injection-molded silicone rubber seal 5VDC up to 40mA total
Display: Terminal type:
Alphanumeric 2 x 16 back-lit LCD or Screw-clamp, removable via plug-in
Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) versions modules.
Update rate: 1 second
Accuracy: Sensor dependent Analog Outputs (via I/O Modules and
VF Brightness: 4 intensity levels Output Modules) All analog outputs are
LCD Contrast:4 settings freely assignable to any channel
Languages Available:
English, French, Spanish, German 4 to 20mA Output:
Italian, and Portuguese Endpoints are adjustable and reversible:
• Minimum default
Display ranges (see sensor specifications for 4.0 mA; user adjustable from 3.8 to
actual measurement limits): 5.0 mA
• pH: -2.00 to 15.00 pH • Maximum default
• pH Temp.: 20.00 mA; user adjustable from
-40°C to 150°C (-40°F to 302°F) 19.0 to 21 .0 mA
• ORP: -9999 to +9999 mV Test mode:
• Flow rate: Produces an adjustable 4 to 20mA signal
0.0000 to 999999 units per second, for functional verification of each output
minute, hour or day circuit
• Totalizer: 0.00 to 99999999 units Isolation: Up to 48 V AC/DC
• Conductivity: Error condition:
0.0000to 999990 µS, mS, PPM & PPB
22.1 mA (default state when output
(TDS), kΩ, MΩ
• Cond. Temp.: source not configured)
-99.9°C to 250°C (-148°F to 482°F) Update rate: 100mS
• Temperature: Accuracy:
-99.9°C to 999.9°C (-148°F to 999.9°F) ± 32µA over entire operating temperature
range

144 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications (continued)
Analog Outputs (Continued)
Passive 4 to 20mA Solid State Relays
Voltage: 12 to 24VDC ± 10% (non-mechanical switches)
Max. Impedance: Normally open/closed operation:
250Ω @ 12 VDC Software selectable
500Ω @ 18 VDC Maximum pulse rate:
750Ω @ 24 VDC • 600 pulses/min.
Active 4 to 20mA (volumetric pulse & PWM modes)
Max. Impedance: 650Ω • 400 pulses/min. (prop. pulse mode)
Maximum voltage rating:
0 to 5/10 VDC Output: 30 VDC or 42 VAC p-p
Output range: Current rating:
0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC, software 50mA DC or 50mA AC RMS
selectable On-state impedance: 30Ω or less
Endpoints are adjustable and reversible: Off-state leakage: 400nA or less, AC or DC
• Minimum default: Isolation: Up to 48 V AC/DC
0 VDC; user programmable from 0 Transient protection:
to 0.5 VDC Embedded, up to 48 V over-voltage
• Maximum default:
5 VDC; user programmable from Dry-contact Relays

Instrument
Parameter
Multi-
4.5 to 5.5 VDC, or 9.5 to 10.5 VDC (mechanical contacts)
Output load: 10kΩ minimum Type: SPDT
Test mode: Form: C
Produces an adjustable signal for functional Maximum pulse rate:
verfication of each output circuit • 600 pulses/min.
Isolation: Up to 48 V AC/DC (volumetric pulse & PWM modes)
Error condition: • 400 pulses/min. (prop. pulse mode)
0 VDC (default state when output source not Maximum voltage rating:
configured) 30 VDC or 250 VAC
Update rate: 100mS Current rating: 5A
Accuracy:
± 20mV over entire operating temperature Shipping Weights:
range • Base unit: 1 .0 kg (2.25 lb.)
Resolution: 5mV • Power Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)
Power Supply Rejection: 0.5 mV/V • I/O Module: 0.12 kg ((0.25 lb.)
• Output Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)
Relay Modules • Relay Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)
All relays are freely assignable to any channel.
Internal relay modes of operation: Standards and Approvals
Off, Low, High, Window, Pulse, PWM, USP, • CE, UL, and CSA
Totalizer Volume, Advanced • Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000 for
Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-
External relay modes of operation: mental Management
Off, Low, High, Window, USP, Advanced
Hysterisis: User adjustable
Time Delay: 0 to 6400 seconds
Advanced relay:
“AND/OR” logic for controlling with hi/low
modes.

www.gfsignet.com 145
Installation of Modules with the base unit
3-8900/3-8900-VF
One base unit is required to build a functional English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
8900. It is offered with a backlit LCD or a and Portuguese. The two line display allows
Vacuum Fluorescent Display and programming for easy programming, navigation, and
the unit is done simply via the push-button viewing of each channel.
keypad. The unit can be tailored to display in

3-8900
3-8900-VF

SENSOR INPUTS

RELAY 2 RELAY 1
4

POWER
2
1 5
2
OUT 1

OUT 3
COMM PORT/

RELAY 4 RELAY 3
3
3-8900.402-X 4

OUT 4
1 3-8900.401-X
OUT 2
5

4
3-8900.405-X 5 3-8900.403-1

3
4
3-8900.403-2
5

1 . I/O module 4 & 5. Relay modules

One I/O module is required to build
a functional 8900. I/O modules are
offered for 2, 4, or 6 sensor inputs
with or without 2 outputs. User can
select two additional outputs via the
output module.
2. Power module
One power module is required to
build a functional 8900. The power
module is offered for universal 110/
220 VAC or 12 to 24 VDC (This
module can be powered by optional
external relays (see ordering informa-
tion for more details).
3. Output module
Output modules are optional when
building an 8900. This module can
be used in addition to other outputs
that are availble in the I/O modules.
Active current and voltage outputs are
powered by the 8900. Passive
outputs require an outside 12 - 24
VDC power supply. All outputs are
assignable to any input channel.
Relay modules are optional when
building an 8900. Relay modes of
operation include off, low, high, window,
USP, totalizer volume, and advanced.
The advanced relay option for "AND/
OR" logic is used for up to 3 conditions.
For instance, a relay will go to hi/low if
"a" is true and "b" or "c" is false. One or
two relay modules can be installed into
the 8900. One additional external relay
module can also be used at the same Installation of Modules:
time (See optional extenal relay ordering Modules simply plug in by
information) All relays are assignable to sliding into the base unit on rails.
any input channel. They are held securely in place
by the rear panel. Changes and
upgrades can be made in the
field at any time.

146 www.gfsignet.com
 Model 8900
Ordering Information
To build a functional 8900 controller, choose a base unit, power module, and input/
Ordering Notes:
output (I/O) module. Additional outputs and relays are available, if needed.
1) Building a functional
unit requires a base unit, Mfr. Part No.D CodeD DescriptionD
I/O module, and power Base units, required; choose oneD
module. 3-8900N 159 000 868N Base unit with back-lit LCNDN
3-8900-VF N 159 000 869N Base unit with Vacuum Fluorescent displayN
2) Output options are I/O (input/output) modules, required; choose oneD
available on I/O 3-8900.401-1N 159 000 870N Dual (2) Input (no outputs)N
modules and additional 3-8900.401-2N 159 000 871N Dual (2) Input with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN
output modules can be 3-8900.401-3N 159 000 872N Dual (2) Input with Two Active Loop OutputsN
used. The 8900 can 3-8900.401-4N 159 000 873N Dual (2) Input with Two Voltage OutputsN
support up to four 3-8900.401-5N 159 000 874N Quad (4) Input (no outputs)N
outputs. 3-8900.401-6N 159 000 875N Quad (4) Input with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN
3-8900.401-7N 159 000 876N Quad (4) Input with Two Active Loop OutputsN
3) Up to two internal relay
3-8900.401-8N 159 000 877N Quad (4) Input with Two Voltage OutputsN
modules can be used
simultaneously; addi- 3-8900.401-9N 159 000 968N Six Inputs (no outputs)N
tional external relays 3-8900.401-10N 159 000 969N Six Inputs with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN
can also be used. The 3-8900.401-11N 159 000 970N Six Inputs with Two Active Loop OutputsN

Instrument
Parameter
8900 can support up to 3-8900.401-12N 159 000 971N Six Inputs with Two Voltage OutputsN

Multi-
eight relays. Power modules, required; choose oneD
3-8900.402-1N 159 000 878N 110/220 VAC Power ModuleN
4) A maximum total of two 3-8900.402-2N 159 000 879N 12 to 24 VDC Power ModuleN
frequency sensors can Optional output modules - choose oneD
be used with any input 3-8900.405-1N 159 000 883N Two Passive* Current Loop OutputsN
card. 3-8900.405-2N 159 000 884N Two Active Current Loop OutputsN
3-8900.405-3N 159 000 885N Two 0 to 5 and/or 0 to 10 VDC OutputsN
5) A total of six digit inputs Optional relay modules - choose one or twDoD
or four digital with two
3-8900.403-1N 159 000 880N Two Dry Contact RelaysN
frequency inputs can be
3-8900.403-2N 159 000 881N Two Solid State RelaysN
used.
Optional external relays - choose one**D
3-8059-2N 159 000 770N Two dry-contact relays; requires 12 to 24 VDNCN
6) The 8900 boards can
be removed or inserted 3-8059-2ACN 159 000 771N
Two dry-contact relays; requires 100 to 240 VAC; supplies power to the
at any time to add / 12 to 24 VDC power moduleN
remove inputs, outputs, Four dry-contact relays; requires 12 to 24 VDCN
3-8059-4N 159 000 772N
and relays.
Four dry-contact relays; requires 100 to 240 VAC; supplies power to the
3-8059-4ACN 159 000 773N
7) The 8900 can be 12 to 24VDC power moduleN
reconfigured with new
sensor types by simple * Passive outputs require an outside power source
** See the 8059 External Relay Modules, catalog page 150 for more information
reprogramming.
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
Mounting
3-8050.392 159 000 640 Panel adapter, 1/2 DIN to 1/4 DIN
3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover
3-0000.596-1 159 000 892 1/4 DIN wall mount bracket, 6.5 in. (use if
no rear cover is installed)
3-0000.596-2 159 000 893 1/4 DIN wall mount bracket, 9 in. (use if
rear cover is installed)
3-5000.399 198 840 224 Panel adapter, 5 x 5 in. to 1/4 DIN
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket
For More Information: Power Supplies
• For wiring information 7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power Supply 7.5 W, 300mA
see page 179. 7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power Supply 15 W, 600mA
• For installation tips and
information see 7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power Supply 30 W, 1 .3 A
page 172. 7300-5024 159 000 690 24 VDC Power Supply 50 W, 2.1 A
• For maximum cable 7300-1024 159 000 691 24 VDC Power Supply 100 W, 4.2 A
lengths see page 178. Miscellaneous
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit
www.gfsignet.com 147
i-Go™ 8058 Signal Converter
Features
3-8058-1 • Connects with level,
temperature, pressure
and multi-parameter
+GF+ SIGNET
instruments

• Up to two 4 to 20mA
3-8058-2 sensor inputs

• Connects additional
measurement param-
eters to +GF+ SIGNET
8900 Multi-Parameter
instrument

• Wire or DIN rail

mountable
Description
The +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™ 8058 Signal ured at the factory to the user’s specifi- Applications
Converter accepts any 4 to 20 mA signal cations. • Dissolved Oxygen
and converts it into the +GF+ SIGNET Monitoring and Control
digital (S3L) format, the serial data format The wire-mount single-channel version is
used by the +GF+ SIGNET 8250, 8350, easily mounted anywhere in the intercon- in Wastewater
8450 and 8900 instruments. When used necting wiring between the sensor and • Chlorine Dioxide for
with the 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller, the instrument. Disinfection
the measurement type and operating • Ozone Monitoring
range are defined in the 8900 setup The DIN rail mounted dual-channel • Toroidal Conductivity
menu. version can convert one or two separate • Chlorine Injection
4 to 20mA inputs into a digital (S3L)
When used with level, temperature and output. Control
pressure transmitters, the 8058 is config- • Tank Level Monitoring
• Turbidity and
Suspended Solids
System Overview Monitoring
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument: +GF+ SIGNET

• 8250-XP Instrument
• 8350-XP (sold separately)
• 8450-XP
• 8900
+GF+ SIGNET
Universal
Adapter Kit Compatible Sensors
(3-8050) The +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™ 8058
(sold separately) (sold separately) Signal Converter is compatible
with the following sensors:
+GF+ SIGNE T
All sensors with 4 to 20mA output.
i-Go™ 8058
S gnal Conve te
i r r Compatible Instruments
The +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™
8058 Signal Converter is
compatible with the following
OR instruments:

8250 8450
8350 8900
Any transmitter or other device with 4 to 20 mA output See individual catalog pages for
more information.
148 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
3-8058-2 DIN Rail mount General Shipping Weight:
99mm (3.90 in.)
Input: • 8058-1: 40g (.08 lbs.)
4 to 20mA current loop, passive • 8058-2: 80g (.17 lbs.)
(external power required)
Input range: 3.6 to 22.1 mA Environmental
Output: Digital (S3L) output Operating Ambient Temperature:
3-8058-2: calibrated mA -10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
114.5mm (4.51 in.)

Accuracy: ± 32 µA @ 25°C Storage Temperature:

Resolution: < 16 µA -20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
Update rate: 500mS Relative Humidity:
Temp. Drift: ± 1 µA per °C, max. • 3-8058-1: 0 to 100%, condensing
• 3-8058-2: 0 to 90%, non-condensing
Electrical
Front View Power req.: 4.5 to 6.5 VDC < 3.0 mA Standards and Approvals
Max. voltage: 35 VDC • CE
22.5mm Max. current: 40 mA
(0.89 in.) Isolation: Up to 48 Volts AC/DC
Voltage drop: 5 VDC max. 3-8058-1 wire mount
Reverse polarity protected 16mm
(0.63 in.)
Red
it e)
ield Wh
+GF+ SIGNET Sh to
(Tie

4 to 20 mA
Cable:
i-Go 8058-1
)

Output
(Ground

Input
Black 4-20 mA

S3L
to White
Red
S3 L
Converter
ield ck)
3-8058-1: 400 mm (15 in.) input,
Bla
Sh Bla ck
to 104mm (4.1 in.)
(Tie

200 mm (8 in.) output

Products
3-8058-2: No cable provided

Other
(customer supplied)
Max. recommended cable extensions:
• Loop in: 300m (1000 ft.)
• S3L out: per S3L guidelines

Side View
Model 8058
Ordering Notes:
1) For the -S special
option, customer must
specify at time of order
the actual process value
at 4mA and the actual
process value at 20mA
for factory span
calibration.
Ordering Information
Signal Converter
3-8058 4 to 20 mA output converted to a digital (S3L) output
Options - Choose one
-1 Single input wire-mount converter with short cable; for use with the 8900
-2 Two input DIN rail mount converter (customer supplied cable) for use with the 8900
Special Options-Contact technical service for more ordering information
Converter configured for use with +GF+ SIGNET 8250, 8350, or 8450. Customer
-S
must specify 4 and 20 mA designations. See ordering notes.
-SC Special cable length for the -1 version (cable is customer supplied).

2) For the -SC special 3-8058 -1 Example Part Number

option, customer must
specify the required Mfr. Part No. Code
length of cable in 3-8058-1 159 000 966
increments of feet or 3-8058-2 159 000 967
meters.
Accessories and Replacement Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
6205-0002 159 000 858 1-Meter Length DIN Rail
6205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips for DIN Rail
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, 2 cond. plus shield, 22 AWG,
black/red
5523-0322 159 000 761 Cable, 3 cond. plus shield, 22 AWG,
black/red/white

www.gfsignet.com 149
8059 External Relay Modules
Features
• External relays
controlled by host
instrument

• AC and DC powered
versions

• DC power output (AC

versions)

• DC power pass-
through (DC versions)
to simplify wiring

• Digital (S3L) pass-

through to simplify
sensor wiring

• Red LED annuncia-

tors for each relay

• Green LED indicators

for power and
Description digitial (S3L) data
+GF+ SIGNET 8059 External Relay the host instrument or other device(s). The transfer
Modules supplement the output capabili- host instrument controls relay operation by
ties of certain host instruments such as the way of a single digital (S3L) connection. The • Relays may be tested
+GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter compact plastic housing is DIN rail mount- locally, and also via
Controller. AC-powered versions accept able and includes LED annunciators for the host instrument
universal line voltage, and also provide each relay, plus one each for power-on
24 VDC output that can be used to power and data transfer or test mode.
®

C US
E171559 LR092369
System Overview
+GF+ SIGNET
8059 External Relay
Module

Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
8900 Multi-Parameter Controller 8250 Level Transmitter
(sold separately) (sold separately)
Multi-Parameter
C1 23.45 µS/cm Level
L2 -16.58 ft Level
+10.00 ft
Relay 1 Relay 2

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

ENTER

Any +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET

sensor 8058 Signal Converter 8058 Signal Converter
(sold separately) (sold separately)
Compatible Instruments
(sold separately)
The +GF+ SIGNET 8059
External Relay Module is
1

MAX
2

DC
Loop1 +
3

compatible with the following

35V
1

Loop1 -

MAX
2

DC
Loop1 +
3

35V
Loop2+ 4

N/C
Loop1 -

á SIG
Loop2 - 5

NET
6
L Converter
Loop2+ 4

4-20 mA
N/C

3
Input

á SIG
Loop2 - 5

3-8058.610B

NET 2
6

1
L Converter

N/C
4-20 mA

3 6
Input

3-8058.610B

2 5
GND

1 4
N/C

+5VDC

6
S3 L

5
GND

4
+5VDC

3
S3 L

Loop
to S

PWR1
8
3

Loop
to S

á SIGNET

7
8058 4-20 mA

Output

PWR1
8

instruments:
á SIGNET

7
8058 4-20 mA

Output

Loop
S3 L

Loop PWR2
S3 L

PWR2

S3
S L
3 DAT
L
DATA A

N/C N/
C
7 7
8 8
9 9

Any sensor with Level sensors with 8250 8900

4 to 20 mA output 4 to 20 mA output
(sold separately) (sold separately) See individual catalog pages for
more information.
150 www.gfsignet.com
Dimensions Specifications
Input: Digital (S3L) via host instrument Electrical (continued)
Type: DIN rail mountable Isolation: > 5,000 Vrms
Terminals: Standard screw-type Relays:
Type: SPDT 250VAC/30VDC/5A
Material Resolution: 2 ms (in pulse mode)
89 mm Enclosure: Noryl® UL 94 V-O Response Time: < 100 ms
(3.5 in.)
Annunciators: Red LED, 1 per relay
Electrical
Power Requirements: Environmental
• 8059-2AC, -4AC: Operating Temperature:
100-240 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz, 20VA -10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
57 mm • 8059-2, -4: 12 to 24 VDC Storage Temperature:
(2.25 in.) DC output -20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
• 8059-2AC, -4AC: Relative Humidity:
Side View 24 VDC regulated, 300 mA 0 to 90% (non-condensing)
• 8059-2: Maximum Altitude: 2,000 m (6,561 ft.)
Pass-through: DC input minus 0.7 volts
(12VDC in =11 .3 VDC out) Shipping Weight: 0.37 kg (0.8 lb.)
NC C NO NC C NO
RELAY A RELAY B

‡ SIGNET
Standards and approvals
Model 3-8059 Module TEST A Relay A
• CE, CSA, UL listed
DATA TEST B Relay B • Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for
POWER Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for
Environmental Management
PASS-THRU OUTPUT 24VDC AC INPUT
INPUT

Products
+ S3 L - + S3L - + - L N

Other
108 mm
(4.25 in.)

Face View (3-8059-2 Shown)

Ordering Information
Model 8059
Ordering Information:
Part Number
1) Use an RC filter kit to 3-8059 External Relay Module
protect relays from
voltage spikes Relay Options - Choose one
-2 2 Relay module
2) DIN railing and clips are
available for mounting a -4 4 Relay module
relay module.
Power input and output options - Choose one
3) The -AC version will - 12 to 24 VDC with pass-through DC output (minus 0.7 volts)
supply enough voltage to
power the 8900 when -AC 100 to 240 VAC with 24 VDC output
using the 12-24 VDC
power module.
3-8059 -2 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8059-2 159 000 770 3-8059-4 159 000 772
3-8059-2AC 159 000 771 3-8059-4AC 159 000 773

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description
3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit for relay use (2 pieces)
6205-0002 159 000 858 DIN Rail, 1 meter
6205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips, DIN Rail

Noryl® is a registered trademark of GE Plastics

www.gfsignet.com 151
7300 Switching Power Supplies
Features
• Regulated 24VDC
output voltage

• Five output capacities:

300mA, 600mA, 1.3A,
2.1A and 4.2A

• DIN rail or surface mount

• Universal AC input (85
to 264VAC)

• DC compatible input
(105 to 370VDC)
• Fused input

• Auto resetting output

overcurrent protection

• Unique spring-up,
finger-safe terminals
• Short-circuit protection

• Output voltage adjust

(+/- 10%)

Description • Light-weight plastic

+GF + SIGNET 7300 Switching Power accept universal AC line voltage input housing
Supplies provide regulated output and meet worldwide standards for
voltage in compact and lightweight performance and safety. These units Application
plastic housings that can be DIN Rail or meet the power requirements for a single Perfect for use with:
surface mounted. The series includes five system, multiple +GF + SIGNET instru- • +GF+ SIGNET Instru-
different output capacities from 300mA ments or other devices requiring 24VDC ments
to 4.2A (7.5W to 100W), all of which operation. • Electromagnetic Flow
Sensors
• Vortex Flow Sensors
• Suitable for Electric
Actuated Valves,
including Solenoid
• Suitable for powering
passive outputs and
relays
System Overview
®

7300 Switching C US
Power Supplies E171559 LR092369

Compatible Instruments
The +GF+ SIGNET 7300
Power Supply is compatible with
the following instruments:
Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount External Relay Vortex Sensor Electromagnetic
Sensor
8900 passive
relays and
5075 5900 8550
+GF+ SIGNET
Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET
Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET
Instrument
+GF+ SIGNET
8059
+GF+ SIGNET
7000 shown
+GF+ SIGNET
2550 shown
outputs 5500 8059 8750
(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) 5600 8250 8850
5700 8350 8860
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET
Integral Adapter Kit
5800CR 8450 8900
Universal Adapter Kit
(3-8052)
NC C NO NC C NO

(3-8050) RELAY A

‡ SIGNET
RELAY B

Model 3-8059 Module TEST A Relay A

(sold separately) (sold separately) DATA

POWER
TEST B Relay B

+GF+
XX DN XX X
Compatible Sensors:
+GF+ SIGNET 2550 7000 7002
XX

+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET INPUT PASS-THRU OUTPUT 24VDC AC INPUT

L N

sensor + S3L - + S3L - + -

sensor sensor
(sold separately)
(sold separately) (sold separately) 2560 7001

See individual catalog pages for

more information.
152 www.gfsignet.com
 Specifications
7300-7524 7300-1524 7300-3024 7300-5024 7300-1024
Output Capacity 300mA 600mA 1.3A 2.1A 4.2A
General
Operation Indicator LED
Dielectric Strength Between input and output terminals: 3,000VAC, 1 minute
Between input terminals and housing: 2,000VAC, 1 minute
Between output terminals and housing: 500VAC, 1 minute
Between input and output terminals/input terminals and housing: 100M‰ min. (500VDC
Insulation Resistance
megger)
Termination Spring-up, fingersafe terminals with captive M3.5 screws
Materials Housing: PPHOX (polyphenylene oxide)
Mounting DIN Rail or Surface Mount
Dimensions (L/W/H) 75/45/70mm 75/45/95mm 75/90/95mm 75/90/95mm 75/145/95mm
2.9/1.7/2.7 in. 2.9/1.7/3.7 in. 2.9/3.5/3.7 in. 2.9/3.5/3.7 in. 2.9/5.7/3.7 in.
Package Dimensions
108/82/51mm 133/89/51mm 133/95/89mm 133/95/89mm 209/101/89mm
(L/W/H)
5.25/3.75/3.5
4.25/3.25/2.0 in. 5.25/3.5/2.0 in. 5.25/3.75/3.5 in. 8.25/4.0/3.5 in.
in
Input
Input Voltage 100 to 240VAC nominal (85 to 264VAC), 50/60Hz (47 to 63Hz)
110 to 340VDC nominal (105 to 370VDC)
0.68A @
Input Current (typical) 0.17A @ 100VAC 0.3A @ 100VAC 1.15A @ 100VAC 2.5A @ 100VAC
100VAC
Internal Fuse Rating 2A 2A 3.15A 3.15A 4A

Products
Other
Inrush Current 50A maximum (at cold start at 200VAC
Leakage Current (at no
0.75mA maximum (60Hz, measured in conformance with UL, CSA, VDE)
load)
Typical Efficiency 75% at 24V 79% at 24V 75% at 24V 79% at 24V 85% at 24V
Overvoltage Protection Ouputs turn off at 105% (typical)
Output
Voltage & Current
24V, 0.3A 24V, 0.6A 24V, 1.3A 24V, 2.1A 24V, 4.2A
Ratings
Voltage Adjustments ± 10% (V.ADJ screw on top)
Output Holding Time 20 minutes maximum (at full rated input and output)
Rise Time 200 minutes maximum (at full rated input and output)
Fluctuation due to Input
0.4% maximum
Voltage change
Fluctuation due to Load
1.5% maximum
Change
Fluctuation due to
Ambient Temperature 0.05% maximum
Change
Ripple Voltage 2% peak to peak maximum (including noise)
Overload Protection 120% typical (Zener-limiting)

Shipping Weight .40 lbs. (.18kg) .48 lbs. (.22kg) .92 lbs. (.42kg) .98 lbs. (.44kg) 1.54 lbs. (.70kg)

Environmental
Operating
-10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) - see derating curves
Temperature
Storage Temperature -30°C to 85°C (-22°F to 185°F)

Operating Humidity 20% to 90% relative humidity (no condensation)

Vibration Resistance 45m/s2, 10 to 55Hz, 2 hours on each of 3 axes

Shock Resistance 294m/s2, 3 shocks in each of 6 directions

Standards and Approvals

• EN50081-2
• EN50082-2
• EN60529
• EN60950
• CE, UL, UL508 Listed
www.gfsignet.com 153
Dimensions
7300-1024
145 mm
(5.7 in.)
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7

95 mm
(3.7 in.) 75 mm
(2.9 in.)

200-240V

Top View Front View

7300-3024
7300-5024
90 mm
(3.5 in.)
10
9

90 mm
8

(3.5 in.)
DC ON 75 mm
(2.9 in.)
7

V.ADJ
6

Top View Face View

7300-1524

75 mm
DC ON (2.9 in.)
V.ADJ

95 mm (3.7 in.)
45 mm (1.8 in.)

Side View Face View

7300-7524

75 mm
DC ON
(2.9 in.)
V.ADJ

70 mm
(2.8 in.) 45 mm
(1.8 in.)
Side View Face View

154 www.gfsignet.com
 Ordering Information
Part Number
7300 24 VDC Power Supply
Power and Input Current Options - Choose one
-7524 7.5 W, 300 mA
-1524 15 W, 600 mA
-3024 30 W, 1.3 A
-5024 50 W, 2.1 A
-1024 100 W, 4.2 A

7300 -3024 Example Part Number

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

7300-7524 159 000 687 7300-5024 159 000 690
7300-1524 159 000 688 7300-1024 159 000 691
7300-3024 159 000 689

Accessories and Replacement Parts

DIN rail, in one meter lengths (1000mm), and DIN rail clips are available. The stan-
dard packaging of these power supplies are to be fastened to DIN rails, and acces-
sory clips will keep the supplies from sliding if the rail itself is mounted vertically, for
example. Contact the factory for more details.

Products
Other
Mfr. Part No. Code Description
6205-0002 159 000 858 1-meter length DIN Rail
6205-0003 159 000 859 End clips for DIN Rail

Installation
The innovative terminals on these +GF + SIGNET power supplies use a special spring-
loaded screw. This makes installation as easy as pushing down and turning with a
screwdriver. Installation time is cut in half since the screws do not need to be backed
out to install wiring. The screws are held captive once installed and are 100% finger-
safe. Screw terminals accept bare wire or ring or fork connectors.

1) Insert the wire connector into the slot

on the side of the power supply.
2) Using a Phillips screwdriver, push
down and turn the screw.

www.gfsignet.com 155
Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel
I. Piping Location Flow Installation Tips:
• Use +GF+ SIGNET
• The correct location of the sensor in measure accurately. fittings for proper
the piping system helps to ensure a • The diagrams below illustrate the insertion into the
proper flow profile in the pipe. It is minimum distances that are recom- process flow.
highly recommended to have suffi- mended to mount plastic and metal • Recommended
cient straight pipe immediately paddlewheel sensors. upstream distances are
upstream of the sensor to create “fully • In all scenarios, it is recommended to stated as a multiplier of
developed turbulent flow.” Such a choose a location with as much the I.D. (inner diameter)
flow profile provides the stability straight, uninterrupted pipe length dimension of the pipe.
required for the paddlewheel to upstream of the sensor as possible. Note that these
multipliers are different
Inlet Outlet
for each example and
Flange Reducer 90° Elbow
depend upon the
upstream obstruction.
• Paddlewheel sensors
10x I.D. 5x I.D. 15x I.D. 5x I.D. 20x I.D. 5x I.D.
can be used for all
water-like fluids with
2 x 90° Elbow
3 dimensions little or no particulates
Valve/Pump 2 x 90° Elbow (<100 micron in
diameter/length), and
50x I.D. 5x I.D. 40x I.D. 5x I.D. 25x I.D. 5x I.D. non-ferrous, non-fouling
in nature.
• Always use these
II. Mounting Angle sensors in full pipes.
Paddlewheel sensors are affected by the mounting angle due to the effect of gravity • Always maximize the
distance between
increasing the friction between rotor and bearing surfaces. Air entrapment and sensors and pump
sediments within the pipe may also adversely affect sensing accuracy and/or impede sources.
operation.

Paddlewheels in Vertical pipes:

• Mount the sensor in a pipe with an • Vertical installations with downward
upward flow. This position is recom- flow are generally not recommended.
mended for all scenarios, as it
provides an absolutely full pipe, and
any effects of upstream obstructions
are mitigated by gravity. Upward Flow
Recommended

Paddlewheels in Horizontal pipes:
• ± 45° from vertical is the recom-
mended sensor mounting angle to
avoid air bubbles (pipe must be full).
With the sensor at greater angles, the
drag created by the rotor resting
against the sensor body may compro-
mise performance at the lower end of
the operating range.
0°
-45° +45°
• Straight up installations may experi-
ence interference from entrained air
at the top of the pipe.
• Inverted installations are often subject
Process
to blockage due to sediments in the Pipe
pipe. Mounting sensors in the bottom
of the pipe is NOT recommended if
sediments are likely to be in the pipe.

K-Factors
K-Factors are calibration values (pulses
per unit of volume) used to convert flow
sensor output frequencies to flow rates.
+GF+ SIGNET publishes K-factors for
water only in gallons (pulses per gallon)
and liters (pulses per liter) for all sensors,
in all applicable pipe sizes and materi-
als, and/or all applicable installation
fitting sizes and materials. K-factors for
fluids other than water must be deter-
mined empirically, typically on-site using
a secondary standard.
Note that K-factors are
published for pipe sizes of DN
15 to DN 300 (0.5 in. to 12
in.). For other pipe sizes,
statistical K-factors may be
available. Contact Technical
Support for more information.

156 www.gfsignet.com

Flow Installation Tips:
• Ensure that all wetted
materials are chemically
compatible with the
process liquid.
• Pressure and temperature
ratings are reduced when
plastic flow sensors are
mounted in metal piping
systems.
• The flow sensor is
designed to fit tightly into
the fittings. Lightly
lubricate o-rings with a
non-petroleum based
lubricant to ease the
installation.
• Cut the cable to the
desired length if too long.
Do not coil extra cable.
Fixed Depth
The insertion depth of a
paddlewheel in a flow
stream is critical and must
be achieved and main-
tained to ensure accurate
flow measurements. +GF+
SIGNET installation fittings
for Rotor-X and Metalex
paddlewheel flow sensors
set this depth automatically
and facilitate the use of
convenient K-factors
(calibration values)
published in individual
sensor instruction manuals.
"H"
The H-dimension controls the
insertion depth and they are
critical for proper seating of the
flow sensor into the pipe. These
dimensions can be found listed
in the flow sensor instruction
manuals.
www.gfsignet.com
Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel
III. Installation Fittings
515 and 2536 Rotor-X
• This section outlines the installation • Refer to the fittings section on page
fittings available from +GF+ SIGNET 180 of this catalog for a complete
for the 525 and 2536 Rotor-X family listing of part numbers.
of flow sensors. The fitting controls the
location of the paddlewheel inside
the pipe, which in turn determines the
calibration constant (K-factor).
Type Description Type Description
• 0.5 to 4 in. versions
Plastic Tees Iron, Carbon Steel, • 0.5 to 2 in. versions
• PVC or CPVC
• Available with or without pipe
316 SS Threaded • Mounts on threaded pipe ends
Tees • Wetted PVDF insert
extensions
PVC • Available in 10 and 12 in. sizes only Carbon steel & • 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe
Glue-on • Cut 2.5 in. hole in pipe stainless steel • Over 4 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe
Saddles • Weld in place using solvent cement Weld-on • 1 .5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert
Weldolets • > 8 in. PVC insert
Clamp-on • 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe
Saddles Fiberglass tees & • 1 .5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert
• 6 to 8 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe
saddles • > 8 in. PVC insert
• Special order over 12 in.
PP • Available in 10 and 12 in. sizes only
Clamp-on Metric • For pipes DN 65 to 200 mm
• Cut 2.25 in. hole in pipe Wafer • PP, PVDF, PVC
Saddles
Fitting
Iron • 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe
• Over 4 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe Metric • For pipes DN 15 to 50 mm
Strap-on • PP or PVDF
• 2 inch to 8 in. PVDF insert Union
Saddles
• > 8 in. PVC insert Fitting • Socket fusion equipment required
Installation
525 Metalex
& Wiring
• This section outlines the installation fittings available from +GF+ SIGNET for the
525 Rotor-X family of flow sensors. The fitting controls the location of the paddle-
wheel inside the pipe, which in turn determines the calibration constant (K-factor).
• Refer to the fittings section page 180 through 192 of this catalog for a complete
listing of part numbers.
525-1 Metalex Flow Sensor Wetted fitting materials:
The smallest Metalex Flow Sensor (525-1) 316 SS (1.4401)
must be installed into a specially con-
structed tee fitting with socket-weld
SIGNET
piping connections.
525-1 Tee Fitting,
Sensor hardware included
525-2 Metalex Flow Sensor Wetted fitting materials:
316 SS (1.4401) & 347 SS
Use the 525-2 and one of these weld-on
fittings for stainless steel pipes from DN SIGNET
32 (1 .25 inches) up to DN 300 (12
inches) in diameter.
525-2 Mini-Tap Fitting,
Sensor hardware included
525-3 Metalex Flow Sensor Wetted fitting materials:
Ductile Iron, 347 SS,
The 525-3 is the longest metalex flow Carbon steel,
sensor. It requires one of the strap-on SIGNET
Buna-N/Neoprene
saddles for pipes from 2 inches up to 12
inches in diameter.
525-3 Saddle Fitting,
Sensor hardware included
Consult a qualified welder to install metalex fittings.
Use of saddle fittings reduces the pressure rating for the 525 sensor.
157
Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel
IV. Wet-Tap and Hot-Tap Installation
3519 Wet-Tap Valve
• The 3519 Wet-Tap consists of a
flange and support plate that threads
onto the pipe fitting insert, and a PVC
ball valve through which an extended
length, wet-tap style sensor is inserted
into the pipe.
• The +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Wet-Tap
• The 3519 Wet-Tap valve can only be
installed in an empty pipe. Once
installed, the sensor can be removed
and re-inserted while the process is
active.
Valve

Open/C lose
Valve mounts directly onto standard
+GF+ SIGNET installation fittings for
the 515 and 2536 flow sensors. The Before insertion
wet-tap sensors are identified in their
part number as -P3, -P4 and -P5,
depending on the pipe size.
• No special tools are required to After insertion
install the 3519. 3719 Wet-Tap valve with a
3519 Wet-tap Valve 515 Paddlewheel Sensor

2517 and 2540 Hot-Tap

• The +GF+ SIGNET 2517 and 2540
Metal High performance flow sensors
accommodate hot-tap installations.
Because these sensors are adjustable,
there is only one extended length
sensor used for all pipe sizes
• The valve for Hot-Tap sensors can be
installed while the pipe is full if a hot-
tap drill is used. Consult with your
piping supplier for information
regarding drills.
• To install the 2540 or 2517 Hot-tap
sensors, you will need a hot-tap
drilling machine, a ball or gate valve,
a pipe nipple with 1 .25 inch threads
and the +GF+ SIGNET Hot-Tap
installation tool.
• The necessary valve and pipe nipple
are not available from +GF+ SIGNET.
You can purchase these standard
hardware items from any local sup-
plier.
• Hot-Tap sensors can be installed and
removed without process shutdown.
Care must be taken while removing
sensor under process conditions. The
Installation tool serves to hold the
sensor against the line pressure as it is
retracted or inserted into the pipe.
• The Hot-Tap installation fitting has a
bleed valve to relieve the pressure
when retracting the sensor.

customer supplied installation tool

ball or gate valve

2517
or sensor flange
2540 sensor body
customer supplied
nipple: 32 x 50 mm
(1.25 x 2 in.)
sensor fitting

isolation valve
Process Pipe
(side view) Installation toolJ
3-1500.663J
(purchased separately)

Flow Under Pressure

158 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel
IV. Wet-Tap and Hot-Tap Installation, continued
Similarities between the
2517 and the 2540 Flow Sensors:
• Both include a fitting with 1 .5 in. NPT
or ISO 7/1-R1 .5 male threads.
• Both sensors install into standard 1 .5
inch pipe fittings. No custom fittings
are required.
• Both sensors are available in ex-
tended-length versions to accommo-
date Hot-Tap installations.
• Both require the installer to measure
and secure the sensor at a specified
height for accurate operation.
2517 2540
V. Cable glands and conduit adapter kits
Cable Glands and Conduit adapter kits are available to install on Models 515, 2536,
525, and 2517 when used in wet environments. These items protect against moisture
entering the back end of the sensor. Follow these simple instructions to prolong the
life of the sensor. Conduit adapters are included with the 2540 sensors.
1) Remove the black Nylon® bushing to
expose the female threads at the
back end of the flow sensor. Use a
standard medium size screwdriver to
pry the bushing up and out of the
port. Slide it up and off the entire
length of the cable, or cut it away
carefully so as not to knick the cable
jacket.
2) Thread the gland or conduit adapter
over the cable and screw the 1/2 in.
NPT male threads into the top of the
sensor in place of the bushing.
Black
Nylon
Bushing
www.gfsignet.com
Differences between the 2517
and the 2540 Flow Sensors:
• The 2540 is a radio frequency sensor
which requires 5 to 24 VDC while the
2517 is a self-powered flow sensor, so
no power is required for operation.
• The 2540 is constructed of 316
Stainless Steel (1 .4401), while the
2517 is constructed of CuZn38Pb1
free cutting brass.
• The 2540 has a minimum operating
flow rate of 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) while the
2517 has a minimum operation flow
rate of 0.5 m/s (1/6 ft/s).
• The 2540 features removable elec-
tronics, so the sensor can be com-
pletely replaced without removing the
steel housing from the pipe while the
2517 is a completely encapsulated
product, with no serviceable parts
except for the rotor and pin options.
Installation
& Wiring
3) For liquid-tight glands, tighten the
compression fitting onto the fitting
sufficiently to achieve a seal around
the cable.
4) For conduit adapters, thread the
cable through the adapter and
tighten the adapter into the sensor
fitting.
Cable Gland
(Liquid Tight Connector)
Conduit Adapters
(suitable for all plastic and metal
Paddlewheel Sensors)
159
Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel
VI. Rotor Replacement

Procedure for plastic paddlewheel sensors

1) Hold the sensor upside down and
hold the rotor still.
2) Place the tip of a medium blade
screwdriver between the rotor and
the sensor body.
3) Turn the screwdriver blade 90° to flex
the “ear” back just enough to angle
the rotor pin out of one side.
NOTE:
Do not flex the ear more than required to remove the pin. If it cracks, it cannot be repaired!

Procedure for metal paddlewheel sensors

1) With a small pair of needle-nose Rotor Pin

pliers, firmly grip the center of the 1

rotor pin (shaft) and with a twisting
motion, bend the rotor pin into an "S"
shape. This should pull the ends of
the pin out of the retainers and free
the rotor assembly.

2
2) Remove retainer from each side by
gently tapping it inwards using a
punch. Install a new retainer with its Punch
rotor pin clearance hole inward. Only Retainer
install one retainer at this time.

3) Insert the new rotor assembly and

bearings into the rotor housing of the
sensor and place the new rotor pin
(shaft) through the open end of the
rotor housing, through the rotor and 3 Rotor Pin
bearings, and into the previously
installed retainer.
Existing
Retainer New
Bearings
Rotor
Assembly
4) Tap the second retainer (rotor pin
clearance hole inwards) into the hole
while lining up the rotor pin with the
center of the retainer hole. This
completes the rotor replacement 4
procedure.

160 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation of Flow Sensors: In-Line Rotors,
Turbines, Magnetic and Ultrasonic
I. Piping Location
• The location of the sensor in the
piping system determines the flow
profile that the sensor is monitoring.
The ideal location is to have
sufficient straight pipe immediately
upstream of the sensor to create
“fully developed turbulent flow.”
Such a flow profile provides the
stability required for the sensor to
measure accurately.
• The diagrams below illustrate the
minimum distances recommended
from various obstructions.
• In all scenarios, it is recommended to
choose a location with the maximum
length of straight, uninterrupted pipe.
Inlet
• Six common installation configura-
tions are shown below as guidelines
to help you select the best location in
your piping system for the flow sensor.
Always maximize distance between
sensors and pump sources.
• Never install immediately down-
stream of valves, fittings, etc.
• Observe minimum Reynolds Number
(see Technical Reference section).
• The flow sensors are not for bi-
directional operation.
Outlet

Flange Reducer 90° Elbow

Inlet Outlet

20x I.D. 5x I.D.

10x I.D. 5x I.D. 15 x id 5 x id

Installation
Inlet Outlet 2 x 90° Elbow 2 x 90° Elbow&

& Wiring
FLOW

&
Valve/Pump
25x I.D. 5x I.D. 40x I.D. 5x I.D.

50 x id 5 x id

Pipe Fitting Hand

2507 Mini-Flow Adapters tighten
• For optimal performance of the 2507, Sensor (included) only!

a straight flow run of at least 100 to

150mm (4 to 6 in.) should be allowed FLOW
Coupling
Pipe or
tubing
before and after the sensor. FLOW

100-150 mm (4-6 in.) 100-150 mm (4-6 in.)

Mounting
2507 In-Line Rotor tabs (3)

II. Mounting Angle

The mounting angle of the sensor may affect the performance of the system.
FLOW In-line Rotors:
• +GF+ SIGNET Models 2507 and • For Model 2507, two pipe fitting
2000 flow sensors are designed to be adapters (included) convert the
2000 Micro Flow Sensor
mounted on a flat surface, although straight threads G-1/4 in. to 1/4 in.
the sensors may be tilted up to ± 30° if NPT.
necessary. • These sensors should be installed
30°& 30°&
• Installation in excess of 30° will affect securely to their supporting surface to
the accuracy of the sensor. prevent vibrations from affecting the
performance.
Vertical mounting is &
NOT recommended

Turbine Flow Sensors

2100 Turbine Flow Sensor • All mounting angles are acceptable • Install the sensor with the arrow
for these sensors if the basic param- pointing in the direction of the flow
D eters are met: the pipe must be full of liquid.
with no entrapped air.
www.gfsignet.com 161
II. Mounting Angle, continued
The mounting angle of the sensor may affect the performance of the system.
Magnetic Flow Sensors
• All mounting angles are acceptable • On horizontal pipe runs sensor may Any angle acceptable
for these sensors if the basic param- be mounted in any position around
eters are met: the pipe must be full the pipe. If air bubbles or sediments
with no entrained air. are expected; mount at a slight
angle.
2550 • On vertical pipe runs sensor may be
mounted in any orientation with
UPWARD flow preferred to ensure a
full pipe.
Sensor mounts in J 2560
standard 2" NPT J
or ISO female thread J
J "H"

Process Pipe J
Cable gland orJ
conduit connection
Pipe Side View
FLOW

Metal J
Direction of Flow sensor J
Yellow ring nutJ J nut
attaches sensorJ
Process Pipe DualJ
to +GF+ SIGNETJ
O-ringJ
+GF+ SIGNET
fitting from J
GEORGE FISCHER +GF+
Pipe Top View Seals
0.5 to 4 in.

Align MagmeterJ FLOW

Fitting
with pipe ± 1°J
FLOW

Ultrasonic Doppler Flow Sensors

The 3300 Ultrasonic Doppler is offered in In both cases, the liquid should be
two different styles, strap mount and flowing towards the transducer. Both are
insertion mount. designed to work with entrained air and
• The strap mount is inserted inside the solids in the fluid stream. For strap-mount
pipe and placed on the bottom. sensors, partial full pipe or channel is
• The insertion mount is threaded into acceptable. For insertion style sensors,
the top of the pipe. the pipe must be full. Any mounting
angle is acceptable.

Strap Mount Transducer Insertion Mount Transducer

View of Cross-Section of Typical Pipe Installation

Mounting Strap

Direction of Flow

Direction of Flow

Optional built-inJ Inside of Pipe Wall

pressure sensorJ
(for partially filled pipes)

162 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation of Flow Sensors: Vortex
Vortex Installation Tips:
• Sensors must be used I. Piping Location
in full pipes. • Install the sensor with the arrow • Recommended upstream distances are
• Sensors may be pointing in the direction of the flow. stated as a multiplier of the I.D. (inner
mounted at any angle. These flow sensors are not for bi- diameter) of the pipe. Note that these
• Observe minimum directional operation. multipliers vary and depend upon the
Reynolds Number and type of obstruction.
Back Pressure require- • Follow these recommended distances to
ments.
• Never install immedi- ensure a good flow indication.
ately downstream of Inlet Outlet
valves, fittings, etc. Flange +GF+
XX DN XX XJ
Reducer +GF+
XX DN XX XJ
90° Elbow +GF+
XX DN XX XJ

• For optimal perfor-

XX XX XX

mance, it is recom- 10 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 15 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 15 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

mended to choose a
piping location with
the maximum length of 2 x 90° ElbowJ
Valve/Pump 3 dimensions 2 x 90° Elbow
straight un-interrupted +GF+
XX DN XX XJ
XX
+GF+
XX DN XX XJ
XX
+GF+
XX DN XX XJ
XX

pipe lengths upstream 25 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 25 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 20 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

of the sensor.

II. Mounting Angle

+GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow Sensors may be mounted at any angle, and in either
horizontal or vertical pipe runs, with upward flow preferred in the case of vertical runs.

Installation
III. End Connector Options

& Wiring
Backpressure Calculation • Fusion Socket or Solvent Cement
Minimum downstream pipe Socket
backpressure levels are
required to prevent
Fusion socket version: Connector Kit Sensor available in J
PP, PVC, PVDF

cavitation within the sensor. Available in HP-PVDF, PVDF, or PP. +GF+

XX DN XX XJ
XX

The minimum back pressure A George Fischer Socket Fusion

is calculated by the
following formula:
2.7 x ∆P + 1 .3 x Pv
∆P: Pressure drop across
sensor.
Pv: Liquid vapor pressure
at operating tempera-
ture.
1) Using Pressure Drop
Joining Machine is required to install End J Flow
Pipe Union nut Connector O-Ring O-Ring
the end connectors on the pipeline.
Refer to the joining machine manual
for installation details.
Solvent socket version:
Available in PVC. Follow the PVC
cement manufacturer's recommenda-
tions for preparation and installation.
• IR/Butt Fusion
Available in PVDF or PP. A George IR/Butt FusionJ
Fischer IR weld or Butt Fusion Joining
Connector Kit +GF+
XX DN XX XJ

Graph, from page 229,

XX

Machine is required to install the end

find ∆P by locating your
maximum flow rate on connections. Refer to the IR weld or butt Pipe EndJ
Flow
O-Ring O-Ring
specific sensor size line. fusion joining machine manual for Union nut Connector

2) Using the Liquid Vapor installation details.

Pressures Chart, find Pv
at operating tempera- • BCF/IR Fusion
ture. A George Fischer HP BCF/IR Fusion
BCF/IR
3) Calculate minimum Joining Machine is required to install the +GF+
XX DN XX XJ
XX

back pressure needed end connections. Refer to the BCF/IR

using formula. fusion joining machine manual for Pipe
EndJ
Connector
O-Ring,J
Flow
O-Ring,J
Union nut white white
installation details.

www.gfsignet.com 163
Installation of Flow Sensors: Vortex
IV. Flange Options for 7002 Large Diameter Vortex
• Proper alignment of the sensor with
gaskets and flanges is necessary to
assure a uniform flow profile through
the sensor.
• Space flanges in the piping system
according to the length of the vortex
flow sensor body.
• Observe torque recommendations.
• Mounting hardware, gaskets and
piping system components (shown
with broken lines in the diagrams
below) are not furnished with the
vortex flow sensors.

# of Approximate
Sensor Config. Bolt Diameter Required Torque
Bolts Bolt Length
3" Flange ISO 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 70 mm (2.75") 40 ± 5 Nm ( 30 ± 4 lbf-ft)
3" Flange ANSI 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 70 mm (2.75") 40 ± 5 Nm ( 30 ± 4 lbf-ft)
4" Flange ISO 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 80 mm (3.00") 45 ± 5 Nm (33 ± 4 lbf-ft)
4" Flange ANSI 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 80 mm (3.00") 45 ± 5 Nm (33 ± 4 lbf-ft)
3" Wafer ISO 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 180 mm (7.50") 25 Nm (18.5 lbf-ft)
3" Wafer ANSI 4 M16 (5/8" - 11) 180 mm (7.50") 25 Nm (18.5 lbf-ft)
4" Wafer ISO 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 220 mm (8.50") 30 Nm (22 lbf-ft)
4" Wafer ANSI 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 220 mm (8.50") 30 Nm (22 lbf-ft)

Wafer Vortex Flange Vortex

• For wafer versions: If the application • For flange versions: Bolt length ap-
requires operation outside the range proximations shown in the table above
15 to 35° C (59 to 95° F), then the include width dimensions for two
accessory Spring Kit (3-7002.391) is flange adapters, two flange rings and
necessary to relieve the forces due to a gasket, all typical of PVDF piping
thermal expansion of PVDF material system components, plus nuts and
and/or to prevent leakage during washers.
cooling. And if necessary, each bolt
must be fitted with a die spring. The
accessory spring kit contains four (4)
springs, so two kits may be required.
Check the table above to determine
the number of bolts for your configu-
ration. Bolt length approximations
shown in the table above include
sensor length, width dimensions for
two each flange adapters, flange
rings and gaskets, all typical of PVDF
piping system components, plus nuts
and washers. If the accessory Spring
Kit will be used, bolt length require-
ments increase by 60 mm (2.5 inches.)

164 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Tips
• Mount the electrode
near tank outlet away
from reagent addition
areas.
• Place the electrode tip in
pH 4 buffer during
system maintenance or
storage to avoid
dehydration.
Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes
I. Submersible Installation
2714 to 2717/2764 to 2767/2774 to 2777 with 2720/2750/2760 preamplifier
Sensors are designed to install in tanks by attaching conduit to the 3/4 inch threads at
the top of the accompanying preamplifier or sensor electronics. Installing a sensor can
simply be done by following these steps:
1) The dual O-ring set at the top of the 3) Mount electrodes in a location with
electrode fits very tightly into the ample clearance to remove them for
preamplifier. Use a small amount of periodic cleaning and recalibration.
lubricant (non-petroleum based) to 4) Choose a location that keeps the
assist the assembly. electrode glass completely sub-
2) To prevent moisture from migrating merged at all times.
into the preamplifier, backfill the
conduit with 3 to 4 inches of sealant.

J-Box

1 2
Preamplifier Fill with
Customer 3 to 4 in.
supplied of sealant
pipe

3/4 in. NPT or

ISO 7/1-Rc 3/4
Sealant
C. B. Align
A. Lubricate
marks
O-rings

Installation
& Wiring
3 4

C. C.
B.
B.
B. B.
C.
C.
D. D.
A. A.
A. A.

E. E.

2 in.
min.

Open Open Closed Closed

tanks tanks tanks tanks

Caution: If liquid level is not constant, always ensure

liquid contact with electrode tip

Customer supplied:
A) 3/4 in. NPT threaded pipe
B) J-box
C) Flex conduit
D) Quick release pipe clamp
E) Tank flange
www.gfsignet.com 165
Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes
II. In-Line Installation

2714/2715/2716/2717 pH/ORP Electrodes with 2720 Preamplifier

• The Model 2714-2717 sensor cap
Step Step
threads onto +GF+ SIGNET installa-
1 2
tion fittings for pipes from DN 15 to
DN 100 (0.5 in. to 4 in.).
• For larger pipes, install a fitting insert J -B o x J -B o x

into any fitting with a 1 .5 in. outlet u

(C sto mer Supplied)
Preamplifier
• pH and ORP electrodes respond best
in moving fluids up to 3 m/s (10 ft./s)
• pH electrodes must be mounted at
least 30° from horizontal to ensure C. B. Align Hand
A. Lubricate m a r ks tighten
proper sensing. Mounting angles less O-rings
only!

•
than 30° will impede performance.
Electrodes must always be immersed OR
in liquid. Keep pipe full at all times to P31542 Red sensor Cap P31515-0V200
avoid dehydration. P31542-2 Yellow sensor cap PVDF Fitting insert
P31542-3 Blue sensor cap P31515-0P200
• Refer to page 210 for more PVC Fitting insert +GF+ SIGNET Installation
Fitting D N 15 to DN 100
information. ( 1/2" to 4")

2754-2757/2764-2767/2774-2777 pH/ORP Electrodes with 2750 or

2760 Preamplifier Step
1

• Models 2764-2767 and 2774-2777 Step In-line Installation

feature a thread close to the sensor 2
end which allows the sensor to thread 2750-1 or -2
J-Box and conduit
directly into a standard NPT pipe tee. (customer supplied)
Sensor Electronics

• Electrodes must be immersed in

liquid. Keep pipe full at all times to
275X Electrode
avoid dehydration. 2760 mounted in fitting
Preamplifier
• Observe mounting angle require-
ments for models 2764-2767.
• Any mouning angle is acceptable for
Models 2774-2777.
• Models 2754-2757 utilizes cap from Electrode +GF+ SIGNET Installation
Fitting DN 15 to DN 100
sensor elec†ronics to mount into (1/2" to 4")

+GF+ SIGNET installation fittings for

pipes from DN15 to DN100 (1/2 in. to
4 in.). Fitting
(customer supplied)

III. Installation Fittings compatible with Models 2714-2717 and 2754-

2757 pH/ORP Electrodes

See Fittings Section for more information Installation Tips

Type Description
Plastic tees • Available in 1/2 in. to 4 in. sizes
• PVC, CPVC w/solvent cement socket
• PVDF and PP w/union end fittings
PVC saddles
• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes
• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe
Iron
strap-on
• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes
saddles • Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe
Type Description • Use pipe adapters to
Carbon steel • Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes install electrodes into pipe
weldolets • Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe sizes larger than DN100
• Install by certified welder only
(4 inches)
Carbon steel • Adapters are designed to
threaded tees • Available in 1/2 in. to 2 in. sizes
• Female NPT ends
either glue into a plain
socket tee (specify socket)
Universal or thread into a 1 .25 inch
• Use for installation in pipes > 4 in. (1-1/4 in. NPT)
pipe adapters
• PVC, CPVC, or PVDF versions threaded tee (specify
• Specify socket or 1-1/4 inch NPT male threads
threaded).
(socket version shown here)

166 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes
IV. Mounting Angle
• Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, and • Models 2774-2777 may be mounted
2764-2767 must be mounted at least at any angle without affecting the
30° from the horizontal to ensure performance.
proper sensing. Sensors mounted at
less than 30° will impede perfor-
mance.

Sensor Mounting - Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, 2764-2767

0°

YES YES

-60° 60°

30° 30°

NO NO

NO

Installation
In-Line Installation

& Wiring
• It is recommended that you do not
install standard electrodes within 30°
of horizontal.

Sensor Mounting - Models 2774-2777

Yes

Yes Yes

0°
Horizontal

Yes
Yes

• Models 2774-2777 pH/ORP elec-

trodes are designed to be mounted in
any position, even upside-down.

www.gfsignet.com 167
Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes
V. 3719 Wet-tap Overview
Installation Tips:
a) 3719 pH/ORP Wet-Tap f) 275x-WT DryLoc™ pH or ORP Elec- • Provide 0.6 m (20 in.)
b) Low Profile PP Clamp-on Saddle trode (“DryLoc” refers to the electrode minimum clearance from
Fitting (ASTM sizes 2.5 to12 in.) connector style) the top of the pipe for
c) 271x-WT Twist-Lock pH or ORP g) 2750 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensor w/ J- electrode removal.
Electrode (“Twist-Lock” refers to the Box • The 3719 can be
electrode connector style) h) Output signal options: mounted in any orienta-
d) 2720 Twist-Lock Preamplifier - digital (S3L) tion, including horizontal
e) +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP Instrument - 4 to 20 mA and inverted.
All of these components are sold separately. • Use caution when
removing inverted sensors.
e Residual fluid may be
h present in the retraction
housing.
• Keep electrode connector
d g clean and dry at all times.
• For reliable in-line
f measurements of pH and
c ORP, it is imperative to
a a
position the electrode tip
into the process stream.
• Because of its compact
“short stroke” design, the
3719 requires low-profile
b fittings to assure proper
b
positioning in pipe sizes
DN 65 to DN 300 (2.5
to 12 inches).
• It is strongly recom-
mended to use the low
3719 pH/ORP Wet-tap Installation profile PP clamp-on
• Initial installation must be performed 3-3719-11 saddle fittings.
pH/ORP Wet-Tap
under non-pressurized conditions.
• The 3719-11 has a 1 .5 in. NPT
process connection for use with
accessory saddle fittings from 2.5 to 4 ‡ SCH 80 PVC
1-1/2" NPT
in. Threads
Flush Style Reducer Bushing
(Spg x FT) 2" x 1-1/2"
• The 3719-21 has a 2 in. NPT process
connection for use with accessory
saddle fittings from 6 to 12 in.
• It is possible to install the 3719 into ‡ SCH 80 PVC
Flush Style Reducer
pipe sizes below 2.5 inches by Bushings (Spg x S)
creating a “flow cell” with standard ‡ SCH 80 PVC 2" x 1/2"
2" Tee (S x S x S) 2" x 3/4"
piping components. 2" x 1
• One simple solution, using a +GF+ 2" x 11/4"
2" x 11/2"
SCH 80 PVC tee and reducer bush-
ings, is illustrated here.
• Avoid the entrapment of air inside the
3-3719-11
flow cell. pH/ORP Wet-Tap
• Model 3719-12 has an ISO 7/1-R1 .5 (Fully Inserted)
process connection to fit pipe sizes
DN65 to DN100. Installation fittings
are customer supplied. Installation into pipe
• Model 3719-22 has an ISO 7/1-R2 sizes below 2.5 in.
process connection to fit pipe sizes
DN150 to DN300. Installation fittings
are customer supplied.
168 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes
VI. 3719 pH Wet-tap Electrode Installation

The 3719 can be mounted in any orientation, including horizontal and inverted (shown
here with both 2720 preamplifier and 2750 Sensor).

1 OR

OR
2

3 4

Installation
1 . Slide electrode (Twist-Lock or DryLoc™) 3. Turn the Locking Shroud 1/4-turn

straight down into electrode piston.
Thread electrode into place until con-
nector shoulder is flush with top of
electrode piston. Hand tighten only.
2. Place the Locking Shroud over electrode;
turn 1/4-turn clockwise to unlock the
piston, then press down firmly on the
locking shroud to lower the electrode
piston into the pipe.
& Wiring
counterclockwise to lock the piston.
4. Install the 2720 Twist-Lock Preampli-
fier or 2750 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensor
onto the electrode connector (see
individual operation manuals for more
detail).

VII. 3719 Wet-tap mounting angle

The 3719 can be mounted in any orientation,

including horizontal and inverted (shown here with
both 2720 preamplifier and 2750 Sensor).

www.gfsignet.com 169
Installation of Conductivity/Resistivity
Electrodes: Installation Tips
I. Submersible Installation • The 8052-xCR NPT
2819 to 2823/2839-1 to 2842-1 and 2839-2 to 2842-2 with 2850 Sensor Mount Junction box
Electronics connects to 3/4 in. pipe
or conduit and pro-
• DryLoc™ Electrode with 2850-3 • Sensor Models 2819-2823 are vides convenient wiring
Sensor Electronics shown below. mounted similarly, except use a 3/4” termination.
• All mounting brackets, conduit, and J- MNPT Thread to mount to a 3/4”
boxes are customer supplied. FNPT pipe thread (customer sup- • The 8050-xCR Univer-
plied). sal Mount junction box
106 mmJ J-Box mounts flat onto a wall
94 mmJ (4.2 in.) 3 or can be strapped to a
1 (3.7 in.) 2
94 mmJ post or pipe and
107 mmJ (3.7 in.)J
(4.2 in.)J J provides convenient
J
wiring termination.

• Use standard installa-

Fill with 75 to 100mm Ł
tion hardware to
(3 to 4 in.) of sealant connect the submersible
2850-3 or -4 directly to
external equipment.
Fill with 70 to 100mm J
(3 to 4 in.) of sealant
• In aerated vessels install
Fill with 70 to 100mmJ
(3 to 4 in.) of sealant the electrode in a
4 stillwell to prevent air
from being trapped
inside the electrode.

II. In-Line Installation Tri-clamp Connections

• Conductivity/Resistivity electrodes • If the electrode is mounted vertically
can be installed into standard 3/4 in. in a tee, do not recess the orifices • Models 2819-2821
NPT fittings. Additionally, DryLoc inside the tee. Mounting upside are offered with 1 to
electrodes are offered with ISO 7-R3/ down may help prevent air entrap- 1 .5 inch and 2 inch
4 threads. ment. sanitary fittings.
• The preferred installation for in-line • An oversized tee or flow cell may be
applications directs flow straight into helpful for inline installations.
2819, 2820
the electrode. This configuration • At least 4 threads (ANSI B1 .20.1) must
reduces the probability of entrapped be engaged to meet pressure rating
air bubbles, and provides the best per published specifications.
continuous sampling of the fluid
content.
Gasket & Clamp
not supplied

2821

170 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Tips
• 8050-1 and 8050-2
junction boxes can be
useful for this installation
option.
Installation Tips
• Sensors can be mounted
into any DN 20 (3/4 in)
FNPT pipe tee (customer
supplied)
www.gfsignet.com
Installation of Pressure Sensors
I. Submersible Installation
• Use the 2450 sensors with 4.6m (15
ft.) cable.
• Mount the sensor to an extension
pipe or watertight conduit using
thread sealant.
• Use a cable gland at the top of the
extension to prevent moisture intru-
sion/accumulation inside the pipe.
II. In-Line Installation
• The 2450 can be mounted in a pipe-
tee using the threads closest to the
sensing end.
• The sensor can be mounted with or
without an integral mount kit. This kit
mounts a junction box or an instru-
ment.
Integral Assembly
The 3-8052 Integral Kit connects the
8450 Pressure Transmitter and 8250 Level
Transmitter directly onto the 2450 sensor.
• Use the 2450 sensor with 0.15 m (6
in.) cable and digital (S3L) output.
• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to the
process connection threads, after
inspecting threads to ensure integrity.
Do not install a sensor with damaged
threads.
• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns past
finger tight into the process connec-
tion.
3-8250-X, 3-8450-X
3-8052
Integral mount kit,
3/4 in. NPT
• DO NOT hermetically seal (i.e.
applying silicone sealant or epoxy) to
the back of the sensor. To do so may
introduce measurement errors result-
ing from changes in atmospheric
pressure and/or temperature.
cable gland
• See below for more information on
instrument integral mount and junction
box/remote mount examples.
Installation
& Wiring
Remote Assembly
The optional 3-8052-1 Integral kit w/
Junction box and 3/4 in. NPT sensor
connection provides a convenient
terminal point to extend the 2450 cable
over a distance.
The kit includes:
• 3/4 in. NPT sensor connection
• Conduit base and cap with junction
terminals
• 3-9000.392-1 liquid tight connector,
0.5 in. NPT
+ BLK
RED
- WHT
S SHLD
3-8052-1
Junction box, 3/4 in. NPT
171
Installation of Analytical Sensors: Temperature
I. Submersible Installation
• Use the 2350 sensor with 4.6m (15 ft.)
cable.
• Mount the sensor to an extension
pipe or watertight conduit using
thread sealant.
• Use a cable gland at the top of the
extension to prevent moisture intru-
sion/accumulation inside the pipe.
II. In-Line Installation
• The 2350 can be mounted in a pipe-tee using the threads closest to the sensing end.
• The sensor can be mounted with or without an integral kit. This kit mounts a junction
box or an instrument.
• See below for mre information on instrument integral mount and junction box/remote
mount examples.
Integral Assembly
• The 3-8052 Integral Kit connects the
8350 Temperature Transmitter directly
onto the 2350 sensor with 0.15 m (6
in.) cable and (S3L) output.
• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to the
process connection threads, after
inspecting threads to ensure integrity.
Do not install a sensor with damaged
threads.
• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns past
finger tight into the process connec-
tion.
3-8350
3-8052
Integral mount kit
172
• For additional defense against Installation Tips
possible accumulation of condensa- • 8050-1 and 8052-1
tion at the back seal area of the junction boxes can be
sensor, fill the lower 75-100 mm (3-4 useful for this installation
inches) of conduit or extension pipe option.
with a flexible sealant such as sili-
cone.
Fill withJ
75 to 100 mmJ
(3 to 4 in.)J
of sealant
Installation Tips
• Sensors can be
mounted into any DN
20 (3/4 in.) FNPT pipe
tee (customer supplied)
Remote Assembly
• The optional 3-8052-1 Integral Junction
box with 3/4 in. process connection
offers a convenient terminal point to
extend the 2350 cable over a distance.
The kit includes:
• 3/4 in. NPT process connection
• Conduit base and cap with junction
terminals
• 3-9000.392-1 liquid tight connector, 0.5
in. NPT
• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to the
process connection threads, after
inspecting threads to ensure integrity.
Do not install a sensor with damaged
threads.
• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns past finger
tight into the process connection.
+ BLK
RED
- WHT
S SHLD
3-8052-1
Integral junction box,
3/4 in. NPT
www.gfsignet.com
Wiring Information: Sensors & Electrodes
I. Flow sensor cable details and connection to instrumentation
• Most +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors are
supplied with a standard 7.6 m (25
ft.) length of cable except the 2100
Turbine, which has 4.6 m (15 ft.)
• The Vortex 7000, 7001, 7002, and the
Magmeter 2550 are not supplied with
cable.
• Sensors with AC sine wave outputs
(515, 525, 2517) may extend cable to
a maximum 60 m (200 ft.)
• Sensors with open collector outputs
(2000, 2100, 2507, 2536, 2540, 2550,
7000, 7001, 7002) may extend cable
to a maximum 300 m (1000 ft.)
• Maintain all cable shielding through
splices or terminal connections.
• Cable should be 2 conductor twisted
pair with shield, 18 to 22 AWG.
• +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors use
cable with Black, Red and Shield
conductors. To facilitate wiring, most
+GF+ SIGNET instruments have
wiring terminals that are labeled with
these same colors.

Flow Sensor Wiring Matrix

Sensor
Instrument Sine Wave Wire Open Collector Instrument
Marking Output Color Output Marking
Freq. In Sensor Pwr
Frequency Black DC Power +
Black Sensor V+
Freq. In Freq. In
Red Frequency Red Signal Out
Sensor In

Installation
& Wiring
Iso. Gnd Shield Iso. Gnd
Shld Ground (White) DC Power - Sensor Gnd

515 2000 2100

Sensor 2507 2536
525
models 2540 2550
2517
*7000/7001
7002
* The 7000 and 7002 have short Black, Red and White wires pre-
connected from the sensor to a terminal block labeled +, - and
GROUND.
See Sensor/Instrument Compatability Matrix on page 7.

II. Wiring Connections for Analytical Electrodes and Instruments

S3L Connections

pH/ORP Wiring
2720 2750/2760 Submersible version
Silver (earth ground)
Black
+5 VDC Multi-Parameter
Brown 23.45 µS/cm
(mV Input) Red C1

Blue S3L data L2 -16.58 ft

(Iso. Gnd)
Green White Signal Ground
Relay 1 Relay 2

(T+)
White
ENTER

(T-) Shield
Red (V+) Optional
Black Earth Ground
(V-)

Preamplifier Instrument Sensor Electronics Instrument

www.gfsignet.com 173
pH/ORP Wiring continued
2750 In-Line version and 8050/8052 J-Boxes
SW2

Run

Cal
SW1 Multi-Parameter
+ +5 VDC C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft
D1
+ BLK S3L data Relay 1 Relay 2

-
RED
WHT
- Signal Ground
ENTER

SHLD
S
S

Optional
Earth Ground
Sensor Electronics Instrument
Conductivity Wiring
2850 In-Line version and 8050/8052 J-Boxes
SW2
SW1 Cal Run
Multi-Parameter
D1
V+ +5 VDC C1
L2
23.45 µS/cm
-16.58 ft
Blk
V+
Red S3L data Relay 1 Relay 2

OPEN Wht ENTER

V-
V-
Grn Signal Return
Brn
4 3 2 1 J1
SW3
Optional
Earth Ground

Sensor Electronics Instrument

2850 Submersible version
Black (+5 VDC)
Red (S3L™ data)
Multi-Parameter
White (signal return)
To 2850-3, -4 C1 23.45 µS/cm
L2 -16.58 ft

Shield (earth ground optional)

Sensors Relay 1 Relay 2

Green (no connection) ENTER

Brown (no connection)

Sensor Electronics Instrument
4 to 20mA Loop Connections
pH/ORP Wiring
2750 with J-Box 2750 without J-Box
Black
+ + Power Supply + Power Supply
Red (no connection) DC 12 - 24 V
- DC 12 - 24 V -
SW2
White
Cal
Run

-
SW1

D1
+ BLK
RED
Shield
-
S
WHT
S
SHLD

Loop Input -
Loop Input - Loop Input +
4-20 mA Device
Loop Input + (PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)
4-20 mA Device
(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

Conductivity Wiring
2850 with J-Box 2850 without J-Box
SW2
Run
SW1 Cal
D1
Black + Power Supply
Blk
Red (no connection) DC 12 - 24 V
V-
Red -
OPEN Wht
White
S
1W

Grn
C

N
la

S
S

EP

3W
2W

4
3
R

2
nu

1
-V
1D
klB

+V
de
W
th

G
nr

1J
B
nr

Brn
4 3 2 1 V+ J1
Shield (optional earth gnd)
SW3
Green (No Connection)
Brown (No Connection)

+ Power Supply
- DC 12 - 24 V
Loop Input +

- Loop Input Loop Input -

4-20 mA Device
+ Loop Input
(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)
4-20 mA Device
(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

174 www.gfsignet.com
 Wiring Information: Instruments
III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Flow Instruments
Wiring Information
• The terminal blocks for Terminal 8550-1 5075
the 8550 are not
labeled on the back of 4 System Pwr
Loop -
the unit. An adhesive 3 System Pwr
6 Output - 9 Sensr Gnd
Loop + (SHIELD)
label is supplied with 2 AUX
8 Sensr IN

Sen. Pwr.
+ +

Freq. IN

Freq. IN
Gnd 1 2

Flow
Iso. Gnd
Power - (RED) Gnd

the instruments with 1

AUX
5 Output + 7 Sensr V+ PLS AUX Total

Patent No. D376,328

Power + (BLACK) output output reset

terminal descriptions to Std. Sensor

Open Collector
U
®L
Sensor
serve as a remote Terminal 8550-2
LISTED
77CJ
12-24 V
10 W
terminal display to aid ®

+GF+ SIGNET
Model #3-5075 + -
electrical installations. 10 Relay 2
(NO)
• The 8150 Battery 9 Relay 2
(COM)
Powered Flow Totalizer 4 System Pwr
Loop - 8 Relay 2
(NC)
is compatible only with 3 System Pwr
Loop + 7 Relay 1
(NO) 13 Sensr Gnd
(SHIELD)

the AC output sensors, 2

AUX
Power - 6 Relay 1
(COM) 12
Sensr IN
(RED)

515, 525 and 2517. AUX

5 Relay 1 Sensr V+ 5090
1 Power + (NC) 11 (BLACK)

The wiring is shown

here. See Operation
Manual for more Terminal 8550-3
information.

Flow
Loop 2- Snsr 2 Gnd
6 10 Output 2- 16 (SHIELD)
Loop 2+ Snsr 2 IN
5 15 (RED)

4 System Pwr
9 Output 2+ 14 Snsr 2 V+ U
®J L
LISTEDJ
77CJ
Loop - (BLACK)
System Pwr Snsr 1 Gnd Sensor F
3 Loop + 8 Output 1- 13 (SHIELD) Input
®J

‡ SIGNETF

Shld
Red
AUX Snsr 1 IN

Blk
2 Power - 12 (RED)
Model #3-5090

AUX Snsr 1 V+
1 Power + 7 Output 1+ 11 (BLACK)

Installation
& Wiring
5091 5500

F -
Iso. Gnd

+ + +
Freq. IN

Freq. IN

Sen. Pwr.

Flow
Gnd Gnd 1 2
loop
4-20 mAFlow

PLSF AUXF TotalF 4-20 F

Patent No. D376,328

output output reset mA
rF Std. Sensor
Open Collector F
w U LISTEDF Sensor
U LISTEDF ®F L
®F L
77CJ
77CJ 12-24 VF
10 WF
®F
Sensor
4-20 mAF ®F
F Relay 2 Relay 1
Input +GF+ SIGNETF
‡+GFSIGNETF
+ SIGNETF Model #3-5500 +F -
N/C

NO C NC NO C NC
Shld
Red

- F
Blk

+ Model
Model#3-5091
#3-5090

5600 8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer

CK
B LA

SH IE LD
+ +
+ 1 RE D
-
Iso. Gnd

+
Gnd

Rsm

RTN
Start
Stop
Freq. IN

Freq. IN

Sen. Pwr.

Batch

2
F
CNT/EOBF
output Remote
CurrentF
output
#1 #2 3
Patent No. D 376,328

Std. Sensor
4
Open Collector F 5
Sensor
6
12-24 VF
10 WF
F Option Batch
- - Connect shield
‡ SIGNETF to Ground wire
Model #3-5600 +F
F - NO C NC NO C NC

Totalizer
Remote reset

www.gfsignet.com 175
Wiring Information: Instruments
III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Analytical Instruments
pH/ORP
Temp -
Terminal 8750-1 12 Temp -
(WHITE)
Terminal 8750-3 16 (WHITE)
Temp +
Temp +
15 (GREEN)
11 (GREEN) Iso. GND
Iso. GND
14 (BLUE)
10 (BLUE) mV Input
mV Input
8 Output 2- 13 (BROWN)
9 (BROWN)

Earth
4 Loop 2 - 7 Output 2+ 12 GND
System Pwr Earth
2 Loop - 8 GND Sensr Gnd
3 Loop 2 + 6 Output 1- 11 (SHIELD)
System Pwr Sensr Gnd
1 Loop + 4 Output - 7 (SHIELD) System Pwr V-
2 Loop 1 - 10 (BLACK)
V-
6 (BLACK) System Pwr
5
V+
1 Loop 1 + Output 1+ 9 (RED)
V+
3 Output +
5 (RED)

Terminal 8750-2 18 Temp -

(WHITE) 5700
Temp +
17 (GREEN)
Iso. GND
16 (BLUE)
Relay 2 mV Input
10 (NO) 15 (BROWN)
Relay 2
9 (COM)
+ -

pH/ORP
mV Input
Brown wire

Iso. Gnd
Blue wire

T-
White wire

V-
Black wire
T+
Green wire

V+
Red Wire
System Pwr Relay 2 Earth
4 Loop - 8 (NC) 14 GND 4-20
System Pwr mA
Relay 1 Sensr Gnd
3 7

Patent No. D 376,328

Loop + (NO) 13 (SHIELD)
AUX Relay 1 V-
2 Power - 6 (COM) 12 (BLACK)
12-24 V
AUX Relay 1 V+ 10 W
1 Power + 5 (NC) 11 (RED) Relay 2 Relay 1
®

Model PHCN-5700 + - NO C NC NO C NC

Conductivity
Terminal 8850-1 Terminal 8850-2
Relay 2
4 System Pwr
10 Sensr Gnd 10 (NO)
Loop - (SHIELD)
Relay 2
3
System Pwr
6 Output - 9 Iso. Gnd 9 (COM)
Loop + (BLACK)
System Pwr Relay 2 Sensr Gnd
AUX Temp. IN 4 Loop - 8 (NC) 14
2 Power - 8 (WHITE)
(SHIELD)
System Pwr Relay 1 Iso. Gnd
AUX Signal IN 3 Loop + 7 (NO) 13 (BLACK)
1 Power + 5 Output +
7 (RED)
AUX Relay 1 Temp. IN
2 Power - 6 (COM) 12 (WHITE)
AUX Relay 1 Signal IN
5800CR 1 Power + 5 (NC) 11 (RED)

Terminal 8850-3
Loop 2-
6 10 Output 2-
+ -
Conductivity
Signal IN
Red wire

Temp. IN
White wire

Iso. Gnd
Black wire

Shld
Silver wire

Loop 2+
4-20
5
mA
System Pwr Sensr Gnd
4 Loop - 9 Output 2+ 14 (SHIELD)
Patent No. D 376,328
Patent No. 5,708,363

System Pwr Iso. Gnd

3 Loop + 8 Output 1- 13 (BLACK)
12-24 V
10 W AUX Temp. IN
Relay 2 Relay 1
2 Power - 12 (WHITE)
®
AUX Signal IN
Model CDCN-5800 + - NO C NC NO C NC 1 Power + 7 Output 1+ 11 (RED)

8860
5900
RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 RELAY 4

N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM
POWER
OPEN COLL 3

+ OPEN COLL 3
+ OPEN COLL 4
- OPEN COLL 4

+ -
Signal IN
Red wire

Temp. IN
White wire

Iso. Gnd
Black wire

Shld
Silver wire

LOOP 1

LOOP 3

LOOP 3
LOOP 2

LOOP 2
LOOP 1
Salinity

4-20 L L
mA
N N 100 - 240V ~
+

+
+
-

50-60Hz, 20VA
-
-
-
Patent No. D 376,328
Patent No. 5,708,363

U
¤ L
LISTED
77CJ
12-24 V
- - 11 - 24V
¤
10 W + + 0.5 A
Relay 2 Relay 1
OUTPUT OPTION

+GF+ SIGNET
Model #3-5900 + - NO C NC NO C NC
UL LISTED
E171559
RELAY 3,4

COLL 3,4
OPEN

LR92369
ISO GND

ISO GND
TEMP 1

SGNL 1

TEMP 2

SGNL 2
SHLD

SHLD

176 www.gfsignet.com
 Wiring Information: Instruments
III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Analytical Instruments

Temperature
Terminal 8350-1 Terminal 8350-3
Silver (Sensr Gnd)J Silver (Snsr 2 Gnd)J
7J 16J
Red (Sensr IN)J Red (Snsr 2 IN)J
6J 15J
Black (Sensr V+)
5 Black (Snsr 2 V+)J
14J
Silver (Snsr 1 Gnd)J
Terminal 8350-2 13J
Red (Snsr 1 IN)J
12J
Silver (Sensr Gnd)J Black (Snsr 1 V+)J
13J 11
Red (Sensr IN)J
12J J
Black (Sensr V+)
11

Level
Terminal 8250-2 Terminal 8250-3
GndJ
13J Sensor GndJ
I/OJ 18J
12J Sensor INJ
17J
V+J Sensor V+J
11 16J
J Sensor GndJ
15J
Sensor INJ
14J
The TOTAL cable length connected to the 13
Sensor V+

Installation
& Wiring
8250 input/output terminals must not
exceed 122 m (400 ft.) 8250-3J
I/O Terminals

Pressure
Terminal 8450-1
Terminals
Silver (Sensr Gnd)J
7J
Red (Sensr IN)J
6J
Black (Sensr V+)
5

Terminal 8450-2
Terminals
Silver (Sensr Gnd)J
13J
Red (Sensr IN)J
12J
Black (Sensr V+) Terminal 8450-3
11

Terminals
Silver (Snsr 2 Gnd)J
16J
Red (Snsr 2 IN)J
15J
Black (Snsr 2 V+)J
14J
Silver (Snsr 1 Gnd)J
13J
Red (Snsr 1 IN)J
12J
11
Black (Snsr 1 V+)J
J

www.gfsignet.com 177
Wiring Information: Instruments
III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Instruments
8900 Multi-Parameter

Power Connection 3-8900.620

C

NO
Mechanical Relays
Rating:
I/O M
Frequ
odu
ency
le 3-8
900
N
L
100 - 240VAC ~
50-60Hz, 24VA MAX
NC

NO
5A 250 VAC
5A 30 VDC
~
NC
Inpu
t +5V .401-X
1 DC
Freq (Bla + C
GND . Input ck)
3-89
00.6
21C C 11 - 24 VDC
(Wh (Red)

RELAY 2 RELAY 1
Frequ 1

Inpuency ite NO - 0.7 A MAX.

t2 +5V /Shield 2
OR
Freq DC (B ) 1 N NC
S3L . Inp lack 3
+
SENSOR INPUTS

POWER
Inpu
t ut 2 ) 2 L NO
2 (Re 4

GND S3 L d) 3 + NC
-
(Wh (Red) 5
- C
S3L ite/S 4
Inpu +5V hield 6
1
t

GND S3 L ck)
DC
(Bla
)
7 3
5

6 CAUTION Solid State Relays

C
Rating:
~
(Wh (Red) 8
7 RELAY 3
Ana ite/Shie + NO
OUT 3

lo
(if a g Outp
ld)
9 8
- DO NOT attempt to connect both + 50 mA 30V
COMM PORT /

3 NC
pplic 10
able ut 1
9

) + NO
AC and DC at the same time -
OUT 2 OUT 1

Ana
RELAY 4

11 10
lo -
(if a g Ou
NC
pplic tpu 12 11
OUT 4

able t 2 + + C
) 13
12
- -
13
14
14

3-8900.621C
I/O Module 3-8900.401-X
Frequency +5VDC (Black) 1

Input Freq. Input (Red) 2

1
GND (Shield) 3

Frequency +5VDC (Black) 4

Input 2
Freq. Input 2 (Red) 5
OR
S3L S3 L (Red) 6
Maximum Cable Lengths for all sensors
Input
2 GND (White/Shield) 7 used with the 8900
+5VDC (Black) 8 The I/O Module (3-8900.401-x) supports
S3L
Input S3 L (Red) 9 frequency and S3L signal types. These signal
1
GND (White/Shield) 10 types are fundamentally different from one
Analog Output 1 + 11 another, and the rules governing maximum
(if applicable) - 12 cable lengths also differ, so the two types
Analog Output 2 + 13 must be treated separately. Refer to the
(if applicable) - 14 following two sections as necessary to
determine the cable length limitations of any
system.

Signal Type: Frequency

The maximum allowable cable length for flow sensors with frequency output is dependent upon
the output signal strength of the sensors themselves, and the degree to which the signals are
susceptible to EMI or “noise”. This is largely a function of whether the sensors are self-powered,
or powered by an external source.

All of the sensors in the table below are compatible with the 8900. The three models limited to
60 m (200 ft.) are self-powered sensors. The 8900 automatically provides power to the others
via the I/O Module (normal sensor wiring).

These maximum recommended cable lengths apply to individual sensors and are completely
independent of one another. Additionally, these cable lengths have no relevance to any digital
(S3L) devices that may also be connected to the I/O Module.

+GF+ SIGNET Flow sensor models with frequency output

Maximum cable length 515 525 2000 2100 2507 2517 2536 2540 2541 2550 7000 7002
60 m (200 ft.) x x x
305 m (1000 ft.) x x x x x x x x x

178 www.gfsignet.com
 III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Instruments
Multi-Parameter (continued)
Signal Type: Digital (S3L)
The total maximum allowable cable length capability, and its capacity to provide power
3
for all digital (S L) devices in a system is to these devices, maximum cable length
primarily dependent upon the connecting guidelines can be established. For the 8900,
instrument, not the sensors or external relays these guidelines are defined here.
themselves. From an instrument’s EMI filtering

In order to use this table, the total maximum
current consumption of all the digital (S3L)
devices in the system must be known. Refer
to the current consumption table and add the
appropriate mA values to find the total.
Round up to the nearest column heading in
the cable length table, or extrapolate
between columns to approximate the
Installation
& Wiring
maximum allowable cable length for all S3L
devices in the system (regardless of
topology). Notice the influence of wire size
and capacitance on maximum allowable
cable lengths. Proper cable selection is
imperative, especially when long runs are
required in an installation.

Maximum Current Consumption for S3L Devices

Current Consumption
S3L Device per Device
2350 Temperature Sensor 1 mA
2450 Pressure Sensor 1 mA
2750 and 2760 pH and ORP Sensors 3 mA
2850 Conductivity Sensor 2 mA
8059 External Relay Module * 1 mA

* The S3L communication link between the 8900 and the 8059 is powered by the 8900
and consumes 1 mA maximum. However, the 8059 External Relay Module always
requires a separate power source for its operation.

The Maximum Current table above applies used, then wire size may be reduced and
only to digital (S3L) devices powered by the S3L wiring distances may be substantially
8900 (normal sensor wiring). If an auxiliary increased. Contact your local +GF+ sales
power source more local to the sensor is office for more information.

www.gfsignet.com 179
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)
Sensors compatible with PVC TEES SCH 80 - Fitting only
Fittings on this page: Part No. Code Size L H i.d.
Flow Sensors
Standard Model 515 & PV8T005F 159 000 527 0.50 in. 3.75 3.6 0.85
Model 2536 PV8T007F 159 000 529 0.75 in. 3.75 3.8 1 .06
PV8T010F 159 000 531 1 .00 in. 4.26 4.0 1 .33
P51530-H0 PV8T012F 159 000 533 1 .25 in. 4.36 4.4 1 .67
P51530-P0
PV8T015F 159 000 535 1 .50 in. 4.90 4.6 1 .91
P51530-P3
P51530-S0
P51530-T0
P51530-V0
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3
PVC TEES SCH 80 - w/Pipe*
3-2536-T0 Part No. Code Size L H o.d.
3-2536-V0
PV8T005 159 000 526 0.50 in. 14 3.6 0.84
Integral Mount Model 8510 & PV8T007 159 000 528 0.75 in. 14 3.8 1 .05
Model 8512 PV8T010 159 000 530 1 .00 in. 17 4.0 1 .32
3-8510-P0 PV8T012 159 000 532 1 .25 in. 20 4.4 1 .66
3-8510-T0 PV8T015 159 000 534 1 .50 in. 24 4.6 1 .90
3-8510-V0 PV8T020 198 801 415 2.00 in. 24 5.0 2.38
PV8T025 198 801 573 2.50 in. 24 5.4 2.88
3-8512-P0 PV8T030 198 801 416 3.00 in. 24 6.0 3.50
3-8512-T0 PV8T040 198 801 436 4.00 in. 24 7.0 4.50
3-8512-V0
Wet-tap Model 3519 *Pipe lengths included with these fittings do not satisfy straight-run requirements
3519/515-P3 for all installation configurations.
3519/2536-P3
pH/ORP Sensors
PVC Clamp-on Saddles SCH 80
3-2714
3-2714-HF
3-2715 Part No. Code Size L H d C
3-2716
3-2716-DI PV8S020 159 000 637 2.00 in. 4.00 5.0 2.375 1 .43
3-2717 PV8S025 159 000 638 2.50 in. 4.75 5.4 2.875 1 .43
3-2754 PV8S030 198 150 577 3.00 in. 5.00 6.0 3.500 1 .43
3-2754-HF PV8S040 198 150 578 4.00 in. 5.00 7.0 4.500 1 .43
3-2755
• Mounts on PVC pipe
3-2756
• C - Clearance dimension
3-2756-DI
• EPDM O-ring
3-2757

CPVC Tees SCH 80 - Fitting only

Part No. Code Size L H i.d.
CPV8T005F 159 000 409 0.50 in. 3.75 3.6 0.85
CPV8T007F 159 000 411 0.75 in. 3.75 3.8 1 .06
CPV8T010F 159 000 413 1 .00 in. 4.26 4.0 1 .33
CPV8T012F 159 000 415 1 .25 in. 4.36 4.4 1 .67
CPV8T015F 159 000 417 1 .50 in. 4.90 4.6 1 .91

Installation Tips: CPVC Tees SCH 80 - w/Pipe*

Using the fittings on
pages 180 through 194 Part No. Code Size L H o.d.
will insure that the sensors:
• Meet printed CPV8T005 159 000 408 0.50 in. 14 3.6 0.84
specifications CPV8T007 159 000 410 0.75 in. 14 3.8 1 .05
• Insert to proper depth CPV8T010 159 000 412 1 .00 in. 17 4.0 1 .32
CPV8T012 159 000 414 1 .25 in. 20 4.4 1 .66
into the pipe CPV8T015 159 000 416 1 .50 in. 24 4.6 1 .90
• Install easily and
quickly *Pipe lengths included with these fittings do not satisfy straight-run requirements
for all installation configurations.

180 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)
BSP PVC-U Tee Fittings
Sensors compatible with Part No. Code Size H H1 L L1 d
Fittings on this page: PVAT005 198 150 494 0.5 in. 145 225 128 90 20
Flow Sensors PVAT007 198 150 495 0.75 in. 148 228 144 100 25
Standard Model 515 & PVAT010 198 150 496 1 .0 in. 151 231 160 110 32
Model 2536 PVAT012 198 150 497 1 .25 in. 155 235 168 110 40
PVAT015 198 150 498 1 .5 in. 159 239 188 120 50
P51530-H0 PVAT020 198 150 499 2.0 in. 164 244 212 130 63
P51530-P0
P51530-P3 • FPM O-ring
P51530-S0 • These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office
P51530-T0
P51530-V0
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3
3-2536-T0
3-2536-V0
BSP PVC-U Saddle Fittings
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512 Part No. Code Size D H H1 L d
3-8510-P0 PVAS030 198 150 550 3.0 in. 39 175 255 105 90
3-8510-T0 PVAS040 198 150 551 4.0 in. 39 184 264 105 110
3-8510-V0
3-8512-P0 • EPDM Gasket
3-8512-T0 • These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office
3-8512-V0
Wet-Tap Model 3519
3519/515-P3
3519/2536-P3
pH/ORP Sensors
3-2714
3-2714-HF
3-2715

Installation
3-2716 Iron Strap-on Saddle

Fittings
3-2716-DI
3-2717 Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. C
3-2754 min max
3-2754-HF
3-2755 IR8S020 198 801 425 2.00 in. 5.5 2.35 2.56 1 .44
3-2756 IR8S025 198 801 426 2.50 in. 5.5 2.44 2.91 1 .44
3-2756-DI IR8S030 198 801 427 3.00 in. 6.5 2.97 3.54 1 .44
3-2757 IR8S040 198 801 420 4.00 in. 7.5 3.74 4.55 1 .44

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• Buna Nitrile O-ring
• For use with SCH 80 metal pipe (ASTM)

Carbon Steel Threaded Tees with NPT Threads

Part No. Code Size L H
(NPT)
CS4T005 198 801 459 0.50 in. 3.6 4.0
CS4T007 198 801 460 0.75 in. 3.6 4.2
CS4T010 198 801 461 1 .00 in. 3.6 4.2
CS4T012 198 801 462 1 .25 in. 3.8 4.5
CS4T015 198 801 419 1 .50 in. 4.1 4.8
CS4T020 198 801 463 2.00 in. 4.9 5.3
• PVDF insert - all sizes
• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe(ASTM)

www.gfsignet.com 181
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)
Copper Sweat-on Tee w/PVDF insert
Part No. Code Size L H i.d.
Sensors compatible with
Fittings on this page: CUKT005 198 801 687 0.50 in. 3.15 3.57 0.62
Flow Sensors CUKT007 198 801 688 0.75 in. 2.96 3.52 0.87
CUKT010 198 801 689 1 .00 in. 3.23 3.80 1 .12
Standard Model 515 &
CUKT012 198 801 690 1 .25 in. 4.16 4.12 1 .38
Model 2536
CUKT015 198 801 691 1 .50 in. 4.43 4.34 1 .63
P51530-H0 CUKT020 198 801 418 2.00 in. 5.31 4.86 2.11
P51530-P0
P51530-P3 • No insert up to 1 in., over 1 in. - PVDF insert
P51530-S0 • For use with copper pipe (SCH K)
P51530-T0
P51530-V0
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3 Galvanized Iron Threaded Tee w/NPT Threads and PVDF insert
3-2536-T0
3-2536-V0 Part No. Code Size NPT L H
Integral Mount Model 8510 & IR4T010 198 801 421 1 .00 in. 1 .0 3.4 4.1
Model 8512 IR4T012 198 801 422 1 .25 in. 1 .25 3.56 4.34
3-8510-P0 IR4T015 198 801 423 1 .50 in. 1 .50 3.75 4.67
3-8510-T0 IR4T020 198 801 424 2.00 in. 2.0 3.90 5.05
3-8510-V0
• PVDF insert - all sizes
3-8512-P0
3-8512-T0 • For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)
3-8512-V0
Wet-Tap Model 3519
3519/515-P3
3519/2536-P3 316 SS (1 .4401) Threaded Tees with NPT Threads w/ PVDF insert
pH/ORP Sensors
Part No. Code Size L H
3-2714 (NPT)
3-2714-HF
3-2715 CR4T005 198 801 554 0.50 in. 3.6 4.0
3-2716 CR4T007 198 801 555 0.75 in. 3.6 4.2
3-2716-DI CR4T010 198 801 556 1 .00 in. 3.6 4.2
3-2717 CR4T012 198 801 783 1 .25 in. 3.8 4.5
3-2754 CR4T015 198 801 784 1 .50 in. 4.1 4.8
3-2754-HF CR4T020 198 801 785 2.00 in. 4.9 5.3
3-2755 • PVDF insert - all sizes
3-2756
• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)
3-2756-DI
3-2757

Brass Threaded Tee w/NPT Threads and PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size NPT L H
BR4T010 198 801 770 1 .00 in. 1 .0 3.36 2.40
BR4T012 198 801 771 1 .25 in. 1 .25 3.42 2.67
BR4T015 198 801 772 1 .50 in. 1 .50 3.46 2.97
BR4T020 198 801 773 2.00 in. 2.0 3.68 3.53

• PVDF insert - all sizes

• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)

182 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)
Sensors compatible with
Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert
Fittings on this page: Part No. Code Size W H C
Flow Sensors
BR4B025 198 801 794 2.5 in. 2.50 2.96 1 .438
Standard Model 515 & BR4B030 198 801 795 3.0 in. 2.55 2.90 1 .438
Model 2536
BR4B040 198 801 796 4.0 in. 2.50 2.75 1 .438
P51530-H0
P51530-P0 • C - Clearance dimension
P51530-P3 • Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
P51530-S0 • For use with copper pipe (SCH 40 ASTM)
P51530-T0
P51530-V0
316 SS (1 .4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3 Part No. Code Size W H C
3-2536-T0
3-2536-V0 CR4W025 198 801 786 2.50 in. 2.96 2.50 1 .44
Integral Mount Model 8510 & CR4W030 198 801 787 3.00 in. 2.90 2.55 1 .44
Model 8512 CR4W040 198 801 788 4.00 in. 2.50 2.75 1 .44
3-8510-P0 • Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
3-8510-T0 • For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)
3-8510-V0 • C - Clearance dimension
3-8512-P0
3-8512-T0
3-8512-V0
Wet-Tap Model 3519
3519/515-P3 Fiberglass Glue-on Tees
3519/2536-P3
Part No. Code Size L H i.d.
pH/ORP Sensors
3-2714 FPT015 159 000 446 1 .50 in. 5.5 4.7 1 .92
3-2714-HF FPT020 159 000 447 2.00 in. 7.7 8.0 2.38
3-2715
3-2716
3-2716-DI • PVDF insert - all sizes

Installation
3-2717

Fittings
3-2754
3-2754-HF
3-2755
3-2756 Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles
3-2756-DI
3-2757
Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C
FPS030 159 000 441 3.00 in. 5.9 4.5 3.50 1 .44
FPS040 159 000 442 4.00 in. 8.0 4.5 4.50 1 .44

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC
• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

Carbon Steel Weld-on Weldolets

Part No. Code Size H W C

CS4W025 198 801 464 2.50 in. 2.96 2.50 1 .44
CS4W030 198 801 557 3.00 in. 2.90 2.55 1 .44
CS4W040 198 801 552 4.00 in. 2.75 2.50 1 .44

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

www.gfsignet.com 183
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 5 to 8 inch pipe fittings)
Sensors compatible with PVC Clamp-on Saddle SCH 80
Fittings on this page:
Flow Sensors Part No. Code Size L H d C
Standard Model 515 &
Model 2536 PV8S060 198 150 579 6.00 in. 5.00 10.0 6.625 2.25
P51530-P1 PV8S080 159 000 639 8.00 in. 5.00 11 .5 8.625 2.25
P51530-P4
P51530-T1 • Mounts on PVC pipe
P51530-V1 • C - Clearance dimension
• EPDM O-ring
3-2536-P1
3-2536-V1
3-2536-P4
Integral Mount Model 8510 & BSP PVC-U Clamp-on Saddle
Model 8512
3-8510-P1 Part No. Code Size D H H1 L d
3-8512-P1 PVAS060 198 150 554 6.0 in. 39 224 339 120 160
Wet-Tap Model 3519
3519/515-P4 • EPDM Gasket
3519/2536-P4 • These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C
BR4B050 198 801 797 5.0 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25
BR4B060 198 801 798 6.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25
BR4B080 198 801 799 8.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• For use with copper pipe SCH 40 (ASTM)

Carbon Steel Weldolets w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C

CS4W050 198 801 465 5.00 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25
CS4W060 198 801 553 6.00 in 3.50 4.00 2.25
CS4W080 198 801 574 8.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

184 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 5 to 8 inch pipe fittings)
Sensors compatible with
316 SS (1 .4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert
Fittings on this page:
Part No. Code Size W H C
Flow Sensors
Standard Model 515 & CR4W050 198 801 789 5.00 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25
Model 2536 CR4W060 198 801 790 6.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25
P51530-P1 CR4W080 198 801 791 8.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25
P51530-P4
P51530-T1
P51530-V1 • For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

3-2536-P1
3-2536-V1
3-2536-P4
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512
3-8510-P1 Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles
3-8512-P1
Wet-Tap Model 3519 Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C
3519/515-P4 FPS060 159 000 443 6.00 in. 8.0 6.5 6.62 2.25
3519/2536-P4 FPS080 198 801 417 8.00 in. 10.0 8.0 8.62 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC
• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

Iron Strap-on Saddle

Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. C
min. max.

Installation
IR8S050 198 801 429 5.00 in. 9.0 4.74 5.63 2.25

Fittings
IR8S060 198 801 430 6.00 in. 10.5 5.94 6.70 2.25
IR8S080 198 801 431 8.00 in. 12.0 7.69 8.72 2.25

• Buna Nitrile O-ring

• For use with SCH80 metal pipe (ASTM)

www.gfsignet.com 185
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 10 to 12 inch pipe fittings)
PP Clamp-On Saddle Fittings
Sensors compatible with Part No. Code Size L H o.d. c
Fittings on this page:
PPS100 159 000 693 10 in. 7.04 16.75 10.75 2.25
Flow Sensors
PPS120 159 000 694 12 in. 9.68 18.18 12.75 2.25
Standard Model 515 &
Model 2536
• Buna Nitrile O-ring
P51530-P2
P51530-P5
P51530-V2
3-2536-P2
3-2536-P5

Wet-Tap Model 3519

3519/515-P5
3519/2536-P5

PVC Glue-On Saddle Fittings SCH 80

Part No. Code Size W H o.d. C
PV8S100 159 000 695 10 in. 9.0 5.43 10.75 2.25
PV8S120 159 000 696 12 in. 9.0 5.15 12.75 2.25

Iron Strap-on Saddle

Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. C
min. max.
IR8S100 198 801 432 10.0 in. 18.0 10.64 12.12 2.25
IR8S120 198 810 433 12.0 in. 20.0 12.62 14.32 2.25
• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• Buna Nitrile O-ring
• For use with SCH80 metal pipe (ASTM)

186 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 10 to 12 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert

Fittings on this page: Part No. Code Size W H C
Flow Sensors
BR4B100 198 801 800 10.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25
Standard Model 515 & BR4B120 198 801 801 12.0 in. 3.50 7.00 2.25
Model 2536
P51530-P2
P51530-P5 • C - Clearance dimension
P51530-V2 • Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert
• For use with copper pipe SCH40 (ASTM)
3-2536-P2
3-2536-P5

Wet-tap Model 3519 Carbon Steel Weldolets w/PVDF insert

3519/515-P5
3519/2536-P5
Part No. Code Size W H C
CS4W100 198 801 575 10.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25
CS4W120 198 801 576 12.0 in. 3.50 7.00 2.25

• Special order over 12 in.

• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

316 SS (1 .4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C

CR4W100 198 801 792 10.0 in. 4.00 3.50 2.25
CR4W120 198 801 793 12.0 in. 7.00 3.50 2.25

Installation
Fittings
Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles
Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C
FPS100 159 000 444 10.0 in. 12.0 8.5 10.75 2.25
FPS120 159 000 445 12.0 in. 12.0 8.5 12.75 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension
• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC
• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

www.gfsignet.com 187
 Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 12 inch pipe fittings)
Sensors compatible with Metalex Socket Weld Mini-Tap (1 .4401)
Fittings on this page: Part No. Code Size L W H i.d.
Flow Sensors
Standard Model 525 P526-2005 198 840 501 0.50 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 0.850
P525-1 P525-15 P526-2007 198 840 502 0.75 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 1 .060
P525-2 P525-25 P526-2010 198 840 503 1 .00 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 1 .325
P525-3 P525-35
L
•For use with SS pipe

H
i.d.

Metalex Weld-On Mini-Tap (1 .4401)

Part No. Code Size W H C

P526-2012 159 000 494 1 .25 in. 1 .66 2.25 1 .062

P526-2015 198 840 506 1 .50 in. 1 .66 2.20 1 .062
P526-2020 159 000 495 2.00 in. 1 .66 2.17 1 .062
P526-2025 159 000 496 2.50 in. 1 .66 2.10 1 .062
P526-2030 159 000 497 3.00 in. 1 .66 2.0 1 .062
P526-2040 159 000 498 4.00 in. 1 .66 1 .95 1 .062
P526-2050 159 000 499 5.00 in. 1 .66 1 .83 1 .062
P526-2060 159 000 500 6.00 in. 1 .66 1 .75 1 .062
P526-2080 159 000 501 8.00 in. 1 .66 1 .56 1 .062
P526-2100 159 000 502 10.0 in. 1 .66 1 .35 1 .062
P526-2120 159 000 503 12.0 in. 1 .66 1 .15 1 .062
• For use with SS pipe
• Gasket Klinger C4401 Thermoseal

Metalex Strap-On Saddle (1 .4401)

Part No. Code Size H W o.d. o.d.
min. max.
P526-1020 159 000 484 2.00 in. 7.0 5.5 2.35 2.56
P526-1025 159 000 485 2.50 in. 7.0 5.5 2.44 2.91
P526-1030 159 000 486 3.00 in. 7.5 6.0 2.97 3.54
P526-1040 159 000 487 4.00 in. 8.0 7.0 3.74 4.55
P526-1050 159 000 488 5.00 in. 10.0 8.0 4.74 5.63
P526-1060 159 000 489 6.00 in. 10.5 9.5 5.94 6.70
P526-1080 159 000 490 8.00 in. 12.75 12.0 7.69 8.72
P526-1100 159 000 491 10.00 in. 14.5 15.0 10.64 12.12
P526-1120 159 000 492 12.00 in. 17.0 17.0 12.62 14.32

• Buna Nitrile O-ring

188 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (for pipe sizes DN 15 to DN 50)
Sensors compatible with Metric PVC-U Tee Fittings
Fittings on this page: Part No. Code DN H H1 L L1 d
Flow Sensors
PVMT005 198 150 480 15 mm 145 225 128 90 20
Standard Model 515 & PVMT007 198 150 481 20 mm 148 228 144 100 25
Model 2536 PVMT010 198 150 482 25 mm 151 231 160 110 32
P51530-H0 PVMT012 198 150 483 32 mm 155 235 168 110 40
P51530-P0 PVMT015 198 150 484 40 mm 159 239 188 120 50
P51530-P3 PVMT020 198 150 485 50 mm 164 244 212 130 63
P51530-S0
P51530-T0 • FPM O-ring
P51530-V0 • These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3
3-2536-T0
3-2536-V0
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512
Metric PP Union Tee Fittings
3-8510-P0 Part No. Code DN L H d
3-8510-T0
3-8510-V0 PPMT005 198 150 522 15 mm 128 97 20
PPMT007 198 150 523 20 mm 142 105 25
3-8512-P0 PPMT010 198 150 524 25 mm 156 110 32
3-8512-T0 PPMT012 198 150 525 32 mm 160 120 40
3-8512-V0 PPMT015 198 150 526 40 mm 176 130 50
Wet-tap Model 3519 PPMT020 198 150 527 50 mm 194 146 63
3519/515-P3
3519/2536-P3 •Socket fusion equipment is required to install PVDF and PP union tees.
• FPM O-rings
pH/ORP Sensors
3-2714
3-2714-HF
3-2715
3-2716
3-2716-DI Metric PVDF Union Tee Fittings

Installation
3-2717

Fittings
3-2754
3-2754-HF Part No. Code DN L H d
3-2755
3-2756 SFMT005 198 150 529 15 mm 128 97 20
3-2756-DI SFMT007 198 150 530 20 mm 142 105 25
3-2757 SFMT010 198 150 531 25 mm 156 110 32
SFMT012 198 150 532 32 mm 160 120 40
SFMT015 198 150 533 40 mm 176 130 50
SFMT020 198 150 534 50 mm 194 146 63

• Socket fusion equipment is required to install PVDF and PP union tees.

• FPM O-rings

www.gfsignet.com 189
 Installation Fittings (for pipe sizes DN 65 to DN 200)
Sensors compatible with Metric PVC-U Saddle Fittings
Fittings on this page: Part No. Code DN D H H1 L d
Flow Sensors
PVMS025 198 150 538 65 mm 30 170 250 105 75
Standard Model 515 & PVMS030 198 150 539 80 mm 39 175 255 105 90
Model 2536 PVMS040 198 150 540 100 mm 39 184 264 105 110
P51530-H0 PVMS060 198 150 543 150 mm 39 224 339 120 160
P51530-P0 PVMS080 198 150 545 200 mm 39 251 366 120 225
P51530-P3
P51530-S0 • EPDM Gasket
P51530-T0 • These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office
P51530-V0
3-2536-P0
3-2536-P3
3-2536-T0
3-2536-V0
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512
3-8510-P0 Metric PP Wafer Fittings
3-8510-T0
3-8510-V0 Part No. Code DN W H d B
3-8512-P0 PPMT025 198 150 560 65 mm 46 175 75 142
3-8512-T0 PPMT030 198 150 561 80 mm 49 194 90 160
3-8512-V0 PPMT040 198 150 562 100 mm 56 220 110 186
PPMT050 198 150 563 125 mm 64 265 140 215
Wet-Tap Model 3519 PPMT060 198 150 564 150 mm 70 297 160 240
3519/515-P3 PPMT080 198 150 565 200 mm 71 352 225 297
3519/2536-P3
pH/ORP Sensors • Not compatible with integral mount transmitters due to limited clearance
between flange rings
3-2714 • FPM O-ring
3-2714-HF
3-2715
3-2716
3-2716-DI
3-2717 Metric PVDF Wafer Fittings
3-2754
3-2754-HF
3-2755
Part No. Code DN W H d B
3-2756 SFMT025 198 150 571 65 mm 46 175 75 142
3-2756-DI SFMT030 198 150 697 80 mm 49 194 90 160
3-2757 SFMT040 198 150 573 100 mm 56 220 110 186
SFMT050 198 150 574 125 mm 64 265 140 215
SFMT060 198 150 575 150 mm 70 297 160 240
SFMT080 198 150 576 200 mm 71 352 225 297
• Not compatible with integral mount transmitters due to limited clearance
between flange rings
• FPM O-ring

190 www.gfsignet.com
 Installation Fittings (Plastic and Steel weld-on Fittings )

Sensors compatible with PVC Weld-on Fittings

Fittings on this page: Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mm
Flow Sensors bar Type
Standard Model 515 & N/A 198 801 230 110.8 mm 39 6 -X0 125 x 7.1
Model 2536 N/A 198 801 232 114.4 mm 39 10 -X0 140 x 12.8
P51530-H0 N/A 198 801 232 141 .8 mm 39 6 -X0 160 x 9.1
P51530-P0 N/A 198 801 232 150 mm 39 3.2 -X0 160 x 5.0
P5130-P3 N/A 198 801 233 192 mm 39 4 -X0 200 x 4.0
P5130-S0
P5130-T0
P5130-V0 N/A 198 801 231 211 mm 39 3.2 -X0 225 x 7.0
N/A 198 801 251 203 mm 39 10 -X1 225 x 10.8
3-2536-P0 N/A 198 801 234 235.4 mm 39 6 -X1 250 x 7.3
3-2536-P3 N/A 198 801 235 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9
3-2536-T0 N/A 198 801 235 279.2 mm 39 6 -X1 315 x 17.9
3-2536-V0
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512
3-8510-P0 PP Weld-on Fittings
3-8510-T0
3-8510-V0 Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mm
bar Type
3-8512-P0
3-8512-T0 N/A 198 801 254 61 .2 mm 39 10 -X0 75 x 6.9
3-8512-V0 N/A 198 801 254 79.8 mm 39 6 -X0 90 x 5.1
Wet-Tap Model 3519 N/A 198 801 257 102.2 mm 39 10 -X0 125 x 11 .4
3519/515-P3 N/A 198 801 257 124 mm 39 6 -X0 140 x 8.0
3519/2536-P3 N/A 198 801 257 131 .2 mm 39 3.2 -X0 140 x 4.4
pH/ORP Sensors
N/A 198 801 256 159.6 mm 39 6 -X0 180 x 10.2
3-2714
3-2714-HF
N/A 198 801 248 199.4 mm 39 6 -X0 225 x 12.8
3-2715 N/A 198 801 253 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9
N/A 198 801 253 290.6 mm 39 4 -X1 315 x 12.2

Installation
3-2716
N/A 198 801 252 315 mm 39 6 -X1 355 x 120.0

Fittings
3-2716-DI
3-2717
3-2754
3-2754-HF
3-2755
3-2756
3-2756-DI
3-2757

www.gfsignet.com 191
 Installation Fittings (Plastic and Steel weld-on Fittings )
Sensors compatible with
Fittings on this page: PE Weld-on Fittings
Flow Sensors
Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mm
Standard Model 515 & bar Type
Model 2536
P51530-P1 N/A 198 801 249 61 .2 mm 39 10 -X0 75 x 6.9
P51530-P4 N/A 198 801 249 79.8 mm 39 6 -X0 90 x 5.1
P51530-T1 N/A 198 801 236 97.4 mm 39 6 -X0 110 x 6.3
P51530-V1 N/A 198 801 237 102.2 mm 39 10 -X0 125 x 11 .4
3-2536-P1
N/A 198 801 236 110.8 mm 39 6 -X0 125 x 7.1
3-2536-V1
3-2536-P4 N/A 198 801 237 131 .2 mm 39 3.2 -X0 140 x 4.4
N/A 198 801 238 114.4 mm 39 10 -X0 140 x 12.8
Integral Mount Model 8510 &
Model 8512 N/A 198 801 237 124 mm 39 6 -X0 140 x 8.0
3-8510-P1
N/A 198 801 239 130.8 mm 39 10 -X0 160 x 14.6
3-8512-P1 N/A 198 801 238 141 .8 mm 39 6 -X0 160 x 9.1

Wet-Tap Model 3519 N/A 198 801 240 147.2 mm 39 10 -X0 180 x 16.4
3519/515-P4 N/A 198 801 238 150 mm 39 3.2 -X0 160 x 5.0
3519/2536-P4 N/A 198 801 239 159.6 mm 39 6 -X0 180 x 10.2
N/A 198 801 241 163.6 mm 39 10 -X0 200 x 18.2
N/A 198 801 240 177.2 mm 39 6 -X0 200 x 11 .4

N/A 198 801 239 187.6 mm 39 3.2 -X0 200 x 6.2

N/A 198 801 241 199.4 mm 39 6 -X0 225 x 12.8
N/A 198 801 242 184 mm 39 10 -X1 225 x 20.5
N/A 198 801 242 221 .6 mm 39 6 -X1 250 x 14.2
N/A 198 801 243 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9

N/A 198 801 244 279.2 mm 39 6 -X1 315 x 17.9

N/A 198 801 243 290.6 mm 39 4 -X1 315 x 12.2
N/A 198 801 245 314.8 mm 39 6 -X1 355 x 20.1
N/A 198 801 246 354.6 mm 39 6 -X1 400 x 22.7
N/A 198 801 245 369.2 mm 39 4 -X1 400 x 15.4

N/A 198 801 247 399 mm 39 6 -X1 450 x 25.5

N/A 198 801 250 443.4 mm 39 6 -X2 500 x 28.3
N/A 198 801 255 581 .4 mm 39 4 -X2 630 x 24.3

SS Weld-on Fittings (1 .4435)

Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mm
bar Type
N/A 198 801 268 ≥ 50 mm 37 N/A -X0 N/A
N/A 198 801 269 ≥ 300 mm 37 N/A -X1 N/A

192 www.gfsignet.com
 Fitting Insert Reference
Fitting Accessories
Insert Part No. Code Description
P31515-0V200 159 000 459 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF
P31515-0C200 159 000 631 Pipe Adapter Insert, CPVC
P31515-0P200 159 000 630 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVC
P31520-1V 159 000 460 Pipe Adapter Insert
P31520-2P 159 000 461 Pipe Adapter Insert
Ordering Notes: P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro
1) If insert is intended for P31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF metric
use with +GF+ SIGNET P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF
installation fittings, specify P31671-1 159 000 465 Insert, PVDF 1.5 in.
fitting part number at the
time of purchase. Brazolet Fittings
Fitting Part No. Insert Part No. Description
2) If insert is not for use with BR4B025 P31515-0V200 Brazolet, Brass
+GF+ SIGNET installation BR4B030 P31515-0V200 Brazolet, Brass
fittings, specify the BR4B040 P31515-0V200 Brazolet, Brass
BR4B050 P31520-1V Brazolet, Brass
following at the time of Brazolet, Brass
BR4B060 P31520-1V
purchase: BR4B080 P31520-1V Brazolet, Brass
• Outside diameter (o.d.) of BR4B100 P31520-2P Brazolet, Brass
pipe BR4B120 P31520-2P Brazolet, Brass
• Thickness of pipe
• Dimension from top of Tee Fittings
pipe to top of installation BR4T010 P31515-0V200 Tee, Brass
fitting when installed. BR4T012 P31515-0V200 Tee, Brass
BR4T015 P31515-0V200 Tee, Brass
BR4T020 P31515-0V200 Tee, Brass

CUKT005 Not applicable Tee, Copper

CUKT007 Not applicable Tee, Copper
CUKT010 Not applicable Tee, Copper
CUKT012 P31515-0V200 Tee, Copper
CUKT015 P31671-1 Tee, Copper
CUKT020 P31520-1V Tee, Copper

Installation
CR4T005 P31515-0V200 Tee, SS

Fittings
CR4T007 P31515-0V200 Tee, SS
CR4T010 P31515-0V200 Tee, SS
CR4T012 P31515-0V200 Tee, SS
CR4T015 P31671-1 Tee, SS
CR4T020 P31520-1V Tee, SS

CS4T005 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel

CS4T007 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel
CS4T010 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel
CS4T012 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel
CS4T015 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel
CS4T020 P31515-0V200 Tee, Carbon Steel

FPT015 P31515-0V200 Tee, Fiberglass

FPT020 P31515-0V200 Tee, Fiberglass

FOR YOUR SAFETY: Always confirm the chemical compatibility

and the maximum pressure/temperature specifications for fitting
and sensor selection prior to purchase. Failure to do so may result
in property damage and/or serious personal injury.

www.gfsignet.com 193
 Fitting Insert Reference
Tee Fittings
Fitting Part No. Description Insert Part No.
IR4T010 P31515-0V200 Tee, Iron
IR4T012 P31515-0V200 Tee, Iron
IR4T015 P31515-0V200 Tee, Iron
IR4T020 P31515-0V200 Tee, Iron
Weldolet Fittings
CR4W025 P31515-0V200 Weldolet, SS
Ordering Notes: CR4W030 P31515-0V200 Weldolet, SS
1) If insert is intended for CR4W040 P31515-0V200 Weldolet, SS
use with +GF+ SIGNET CR4W050 P31520-1V Weldolet, SS
installation fittings, specify CR4W060 P31520-1V Weldolet, SS
fitting part number at the CR4W080 P31520-1V Weldolet, SS
time of purchase. CR4W100 P31520-2P Weldolet, SS
CR4W120 P31520-2P Weldolet, SS
2) If insert is not for use with Weldolet, Carbon Steel
CS4W025 P31515-0V200
+GF+ SIGNET installation CS4W030 P31515-0V200 Weldolet, Carbon Steel
fittings, specify the CS4W040 P31515-0V200 Weldolet, Carbon Steel
following at the time of CS4W050 P31520-1V Weldolet, Carbon Steel
purchase: CS4W060 P31520-1V Weldolet, Carbon Steel
• Outside diameter (o.d.) of CS4W080 P31520-1V Weldolet, Carbon Steel
pipe CS4W100 P31520-2P Weldolet, Carbon Steel
• Thickness of pipe CS4W120 P31520-2P Weldolet, Carbon Steel
• Dimension from top of Saddle Fittings
pipe to top of installation
fitting when installed. FPS030 31515-0V200 Saddle, Fiberglass
FPS040 P31520-1V Saddle, Fiberglass
FPS060 P31520-1V Saddle, Fiberglass
FPS080 P31520-1V Saddle, Fiberglass
FPS100 P31520-2P Saddle, Fiberglass
FPS120 P31520-2P Saddle, Fiberglass

IR8S020 P31515-0V200 Saddle, Iron

IR8S025 P31515-0V200 Saddle, Iron
IR8S030 P31515-0V200 Saddle, Iron
IR8S040 P31515-0V200 Saddle, Iron
IR8S050 P31520-1V Saddle, Iron
IR8S060 P31520-1V Saddle, Iron
IR8S080 P31520-1V Saddle, Iron
IR8S100 P31520-2P Saddle, Iron
IR8S120 P31520-2P Saddle, Iron

PPS100 P31520-2P 10" Clamp-on Fitting, PP

PPS120 P31520-2P 12" Clamp-on Fitting, PP
PV8S020 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S025 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S030 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S040 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S060 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S080 Not applicable Saddle, PVC
PV8S100 Not applicable 10" Glue-on Saddle, PVC
PV8S120 Not applicable 12" Glue-on Saddle, PVC

194 www.gfsignet.com
Note: Not all accessories
shown pictorially. Instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts
Instrument mounting
Heavy Duty
Wall Mount Brackets Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
(3-0000.596, 3-0000.596-1,
3-0000.596-2) 3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy Duty Wall Mnt. Bracket for all instruments
(panel mount version)
3-0000.596-1 159 000 892 Heavy Duty Wall Mount 5075, 5090, 5091,
when used with back cover 5500, 5600, 5700,
3-5000.395 or when used 5800CR, 5900
with back cover 8250, 8350, 8450,
3-8050.395 8550, 8750, 8850
(panel mount versions)
3-0000.596-2 159 000 893 Heavy Duty Wall Mnt. Bracket 8860 and 8900
when used with back cover
3-8050.395
3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,
Splashproof Back Cover 5500, 5600, 5700,
(3-5000.395, 3-8050.395) 5800CR, 5900
3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof Back Cover Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,
5500, 5600, 5700,
5800CR, 5900
3-5000.399 198 840 224 5" x 5" Adapter Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,
5500, 5600, 5700,
5800CR, 5900, 8900
3-5000.598 198 840 225 Mounting Bracket all instruments
(panel mount version)
3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Mount Kit 8550, 8750, 8850,
8350, 8450, 8250
(pipe, wall, tank mount
version)
5 x 5 Adapter Kit 3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box 8550, 8750, 8850,
(3-5000.399) 8350, 8450, 8250
(pipe, wall, tank mount
version)
3-8050.392 159 000 640 200 Retrofit Adapter 5075, 5090, 5091,
5500, 5600, 5700,
5800CR, 5900, 8900
3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover 8550, 8750, 8850,
8860, 8350, 8450,
8250, 8900 (panel

Accessories &
mount version)

Replacement
3-8051 159 000 187 Flow sensor Integral Mount Kit 8550 (integral version)

Parts
3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mount Kit 8350, 8450, 8850
(integral version)
Mounting Bracket 3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. Junction Box 8350, 8450, 8850
(3-5000.598)
Liquid Tight Connector Kits (for all instruments and junction boxes.)
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover All instruments
(includes 3 connectors)
3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 pc.) All instruments
3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 pc.) All instruments

Universal Mount Kit Integral Mount Kit Integral Mount Kit Liquid Tight Connectors
(3-8050) (3-8051) (3-8052) (3-9000.392 (3 sets per kit),
3-9000.392-1 (1 set per kit),
3-9000.392-2 (1 set per kit))

www.gfsignet.com 195
 Instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts
(Continued)
200 Retrofit Adapter
(3-8050.392) Power Supply, RC Filter, Batteries, and 4 to 20 mA to Digital Signal Converter.
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications
7.5 W, 300 mA
7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications
15 W, 600 mA
Unit Tags (3-5090.611 shown) 7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications
30 W, 1 .3 A
7300-5024 159 000 690 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications
50 W, 2.1 A
7300-1024 159 000 691 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications
100 W, 4.2 A
3-8050.396 159 000 892 RC Filter Kit 8550, 8750, 8850, 8860,
(for use with relays) 8250, 8350, 8450
3-5000.075 159 000 321 Power Supply 110V/24V 5000 Series Instruments
7400-0010 198 829 024 Battery 5100
Dial kit (3-5090.390) 7400-0011 159 000 022 Lithium Repl. Battery 8150
3-8058-1 159 000 966 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8900
1
1
Converter (Wire Mount)
4 5
3 4
3
5 6
6
7
7
3-8058-2 159 000 967 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8900
2 8
0 2
1
2 8
9
Converter (DIN Mount)
01 2 9
0
0
SPAN
10
10
SPAN
3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8250, 8350, 8450
SPAN
SPAN
Converter (Wire Mount)
3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8250, 8350, 8450
5090 and 5091 Window Converter (DIN Mount)
Kit (3-5000.396)
Instrument Tags
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-5090.611 198 840 228 Unit tags 5090
3-5091 .611 159 000 339 Unit tags 5091
3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags 5075, 5500, 5600, 5800CR

5000 series Window

Kit (3-5000.397) Instrument Dial and Window Kits
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial Kit 5075, 5500, 5600, 5800CR
3-5090.390 159 000 334 Dial Kit 5090
3-5000.396 159 000 325 Window Kit 5090, 5091
3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series 5075, 5090, 5091, 5500, 5600,
Window Kit 5700, 5800CR, 5900
3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective overlay 5075, 5090, 501, 5500, 5600,
kit (10 pieces) 5700, 5800CR, 5900
Bezel (3-5000.525-1)
3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel 5075, 5090, 501, 5500, 5600,
5700, 5800CR, 5900

Multi-Parameter Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-8900.390 159 000 891 DB-9 Crossover Cable 8900
3-8900.391 159 000 918 Rear Panel 8900
Protective Overlay Kit
(3-5000.398) w/captive screws
3-8900.561 159 000 919 Front face panel gasket 8900
3-8900.602 159 000 904 2 two-terminal plug 8900
3-8900.604 159 000 903 4-terminal plug 8900
3-8900.606 159 000 905 6-terminal plug 8900
3-8900.614 159 000 902 14-terminal plug 8900

196 www.gfsignet.com
 Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts
Rotor Rotors and Rotor Kits
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
M1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF Black 515
P51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF Natural 515
P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 515
M1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, Tefzel® 515

3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 515

3-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 515
Sleeved Rotor (pin not included) 3-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel® 515
3-2507.080-2 159 000 254 Rotor 2507

P52509 198 801 501 Rotor kit (rotor, stainless steel pin, 525, 2536
bearings, retainers)
P52509-1 159 000 479 Rotor Kit, 316SS (1 .4401) Pin 2517
P52509-2 159 000 480 Rotor kit (rotor, tungsten 525
carbide pin, bearings, retainers)
P52509-3 159 001 068 Rotor kit (rotors, tungsten 2517
carbide pin, bearings, retainers)
Rotor pin 3-2540.320 198 820 040 Rotor Kit, 2540 Peek Bearing 2540
(old version)
3-2540.321 159 000 623 Rotor Kit, 2540 Tungsten 2540
Carbide Pin (new version since
1 .1 .2000)

3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 2536

3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural 2536
3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel® 2536

3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 2536
3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 2536
3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 2536
3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel® 2536
3-2000.390 159 000 248 Replacement Rotor Kit 2000
Rotor Kit (P52509) Rotor Pins
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Accessories &
Replacement
M1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium 515, 2536

Parts
M1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C 515, 2536
M1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum 515, 2536
M1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless Steel 316 (1 .4401) 515, 2536
P51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic 2536

Rotor Shafts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
P52504-1 198 801 500 Rotor Shaft, Stainless steel 316 (1 .4401) 525
(optional)
P52504-2 198 820 023 Rotor Shaft, Tungsten Carbide 525
(standard)

Bearings
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
P52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE 525, 2517
3-2540.520 159 000 648 Bearing, Flouroloy B®/PTFE 2540

www.gfsignet.com 197
 Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts
Turbines
HPV/IVS Retro Kit (3-8055)
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-2100.390-1L 159 000 015 Turbine Lo Flow with FPM O-rings 2100
(replacement body)
3-2100.390-1H 159 000 016 Turbine Hi Flow with FPM O-rings 2100
(replacement body)
3-2100.390-2L 159 000 017 Turbine Lo Flow with EPDM 2100
O-rings (replacement body)
3-2100.390-2H 159 000 018 Turbine Hi Flow with EPDM 2100
O-rings (replacement body)
3-2100.390 159 000 014 Electronics Module with cable 2100
In-line Rotors
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Liquid Tight Connector kit

3-2507.081-2 198 801 502 2 mm Insert 2507
(3-0000.393) 3-2507.081-3 198 801 503 3 mm Insert 2507
3-2507.081-4 198 801 558 4 mm Insert 2507
3-2507.080-5 159 000 256 DIN Connector 2507

Miscellaneous
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit 7000, 7002
with PG13.5 to NPT Adapter
3-1500.663 198 820 039 Hot-Tap Installation Tool 2517, 2540
(See page 162 for more information)
3-2550.355 159 000 296 Magmeter Installation Tool 2550
Conduit Adapter Kit
3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit 7000, 7002
3-8055 159 000 629 HPV/IVS Retro Kit 7000
1203-1121 198 864 920 Base Seal 7000, 7001
P31520-1V 159 000 460 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF 5 in. to 8 in. pipe fittings
P31520-2P 159 000 461 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVC 5 in. to 8 in. pipe fittings
P31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro 515, 2536
P31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF Metric 515, 2536
P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF 515, 2536
P31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red 515
P31542-2 198 840 232 Sensor Cap, Yellow 2560
P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue 2536
P31671-1 159 000 465 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF 1 .5 in. 1 .5 in. pipe fittings
P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap 515, 2517,
2536, 2540
Sensor Cap 2450-0620 198 820 051 Cover screw 2000
3-2541 .260-1 159 000 849 Standard replacement 2540
electronics module
3-2541 .260-2 159 000 850 Hot-Tap replacement 2540
electronics module
P52527 159 000 481 Retainers, Stainless steel 525, 2540
Sensor Plug P52628 159 000 504 Fitting cap kit (cap and gasket) 525
1500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector 2550, 2560
(0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)
P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 515, 525,
2517, 2536, 2540
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. 515, 2517, 2507,
w/shield, 22 AWG 2000, 2540
5523-0322 159 000 761 Cable (per foot), 3 cond. 8058
w/shield, 22 AWG
5523-3222 159 000 393 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. 525
w/shield, 22 AWG
3-2517.567 159 000 269 Shaft Retainer 2517
6400-0020 159 000 647 Fuse, Slo-Blo 2550
3-7002.391 159 000 692 Spring Kit (includes four springs) 7002
3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter 515, 2536
(see system over view for graphics)
198 www.gfsignet.com
 Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts
O-Rings and Gaskets
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
1220-0018 159 000 019 O-rings FPM(2 required per sensor) 2100
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton® 515, 2536
1220-0029 198 820 049 Cover O-ring 2000
1223-0151 159 000 236 Cap O-ring 7000, 7001
1220-0121 159 000 852 O-ring, Viton® 2517, 2540
Spring Kit
(shown with sensor) 1224-0018 159 000 020 O-rings EPDM (2 required per sensor) 2100
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM 515, 2536, 2517, 2540
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez® 515, 2536, 2540
3-2507.080-3 159 000 255 Quad Ring 2507
3-7000.390-01 159 000 563 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-02 159 000 564 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-03 159 000 565 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-04 159 000 566 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-05 159 000 567 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-06 159 000 568 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, EPDM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-07 159 000 569 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-08 159 000 570 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-09 159 000 571 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-10 159 000 572 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-11 159 000 573 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-12 159 000 574 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-13 159 000 575 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-14 159 000 576 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-15 159 000 577 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-16 159 000 578 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”,FPM-HP 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-17 159 000 579 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001
3-7000.390-18 159 000 580 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001
P52618 159 000 493 Gasket 525
1222-0032 159 000 234 PTFE Coated O-ring 7000, 7001
1222-0439 159 000 235 Gasket, outer cover 2550
Ultrasonic
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
2100 Turbine
Electronics
Module

Accessories &
3-3300.100 159 000 972 3300 Electronics only 3300, 3500

Replacement
3-3200.075 159 000 973 Battery - sealed lead acid 6V 12 Ah 3300, 3500

Parts
(Panasonic LC-R0612P)
3-3200.390 159 000 974 Flowmeter mounting kit 3300, 3500
O-Ring 3-3200.076 159 000 975 Solar panel - Solarex 6V 5W MSX5V6 3300, 3500
O-Ring
3-3200.395 159 000 976 Solar panel mounting kit 3300, 3500
Flare Ends 3-3200.090 159 000 977 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CD 3300, 3500
Doppler operating system and
Hose Barb instructions (Win32)
3-3200.091 159 000 978 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CE CD 3300, 3500
for Pocket PCs
Socket
3-3200.391 159 000 979 Communication cable 3300 to PC 3300, 3500
3-3200.392 159 000 980 Communication cable 3300 to Pocket PC 3300, 3500
3-3200.393 159 000 981 One 4 to 20mA output module, 3300, 3500
internally mounted
3-3300.393 159 000 982 Four 4 to 20mA output module, 3300, 3500
externally mounted enclosure
3-3500.391 159 000 983 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - 3300, 3500
stainless steel
3-3500.392 159 000 984 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - 3300, 3500
polypropylene
3-3500.398 159 000 985 Strap-in sensor plate mounting kit 3300, 3500
3-3500.390 159 000 986 Adjustable strap poly - 3300, 3500
300mm to 450mm pipe
3-3500.393 159 000 987 Adjustable strap poly - 3300, 3500
225mm to 300mm pipe
3-3500.397 159 000 988 Adjustable strap poly - mounting kit 3300, 3500
www.gfsignet.com (machine screws, wire ties, and metal buckle) 199
 Analytical Sensor
Accessories and Replacement Parts
pH/ORP System Tester
with Bypass Cable
pH/ORP Calibration Accessories
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester All pH Instruments
(includes bypass adapter)
3-2759.390 159 000 763 Bypass Adapter Cable All pH Instruments
3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/2750 2750, 2760
3-2759.393 159 000 765 Adapter Cable for use w/2720 2720
3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit All pH Sensors
pH/ORP Electrode Mounting
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
2750/2760 Adapter Cable
P31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
P31542 198 801 630 Red sensor cap for in-line 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
installations
P31542-2 198 840 232 Yellow sensor cap for in-line 2560
P31542-3 159 000 464 Blue sensor cap for in-line 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
installations
2720 Adapter Cable pH/ORP Miscellaneous
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez® 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
2754, 2755, 2756, 2757
5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6-conductor 2720, 2760, 2750
(specify length in feet or meters)
Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. OD 3-2721 198 864 610 Remote pH/ORP preamplifier 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717
3864-0001 159 001 007 Replacement Salt Bridge 2764-2767
3864-0002 159 001 008 Replacement Reference 2764-2767
Electrolyte Solution 500 ml
2120-0015 159 001 009 CPVC Adapter, 2764-2767
1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT
(Socket weld
version shown) 2122-0015 159 001 010 316 SS (1 .4401) Adapter, 2764-2767
1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT

Sensor Cap

Pipe Adapter, 1 .5 in. to 1 in. FNPT

Remote Preamplifier 2721

200 www.gfsignet.com
 Analytical Sensor Accessories and
Replacement Parts
Mounting Saddles for Wet-Tap
PP Clamp-on Saddle
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
2007-0225 159 000 812 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
2.5 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0230 159 000 813 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
3 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0240 159 000 814 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
4 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0260 159 000 815 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
6 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
NPT Fitting 2007-0280 159 000 816 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
8 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0210 159 000 817 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
10 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)
2007-0212 159 000 818 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap
12 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)

Wet-Tap Replacement Parts

2831 Conductivity Certification
Tool Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
1220-0114 159 000 854 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap
3-3719.390 159 000 855 3719 Locking Shroud (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap
1220-9458 159 000 927 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap

Conductivity (Resistivity) Calibration

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool All Conductivity Instr.
3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool 2850

2842 Replacement Insulator

Accessories &
Miscellaneous

Replacement
Parts
Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility
3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator 2842
3-2820.392 198 840 222 1/2 in. NPT fitting, 316SS 2820-1, 2821-1
3-2820.390 198 840 223 3/4 in. NPT fitting, 316SS 2822-1
3-2820.391 198 840 221 3/4 in. NPT fitting, Polypro 2819-1, 2820-1, 2821-1
2830 Conductivity Certification
Tool
6205-0002 159 000 858 DIN Rail (1m length) 8058, 8059, 7300
6205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips for DIN Rail 8058, 8059, 7300
5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (2 Conductors 8058, 8059, 7300
plus shield, 22 AWG, Red/Black)
3-8050-2 159 000 754 Universal Mount Junction Box 2750
with EasyCal
3-8052-2 159 000 756 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2750
with EasyCal
3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount Junction Box 2850
with CR Cell Ranges
3-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount Junction Box 2850
with CR EasyCal
3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2850
with CR Cell Ranges
3-8052-2CR 159 000 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2850
with CR EasyCal

www.gfsignet.com 201
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Velocity-based Flow Measurement Technologies
All of the flow sensors featured in the +GF+ SIGNET catalog belong to the broad
category of velocity-based flow measurement devices. This vast offering includes
paddlewheel, electromagnetic, vortex, in-line rotor, and turbine flow sensors. Prin-
ciples of operation vary considerably for each type, but some very important installa-
tion considerations are common throughout. The following discussion plus the
general selection guidelines at the front of the catalog should help the user choose
the appropriate sensor type and obtain optimal flow measurement results.
All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available at
www.gfsignet.com.
Fully Developed Turbulent Flow Re: Reynolds Number
Velocity-based flow sensors depend on Re = 3,162.76 x Q x Sg/(µ x ID)
fully developed turbulent flow for where: Q = Flow Rate in US GPM
accurate and repeatable measurements. Sg = Specific Gravity
Fully developed turbulent flow occurs in µ = Dynamic Viscosity in Centipoise (cP)
Newtonian fluids with a Reynolds ID = pipe inside diameter in inches
Number (Re) greater than 4,500. Low
OR
flow rates, viscous liquids, and large Re = DN x V/ν
pipe sizes make fully developed turbu- where: DN = pipe inside diameter (m)
lent flow more difficult to achieve. The V = flow velocity (m/s)
opposite is also true. That is, for a given ν = kinematic viscosity (m2/s)
set of conditions, simply reducing the (ν of water = 1 x 10-6 m2/s)
pipe size to increase the local flow
velocity will produce a higher Reynolds
Number.

Note: Vortex sensors require higher minimum Fully Developed 2

2
thresholds than paddlewheel sensors. Velocity Profile

Principles of Operation
• Electromagnetic flow sensors, like 2550 or 2560
+GF+ SIGNET’s Models 2550 and
2560, operate on Faraday’s principle
of electromagnetic induction, and
have no moving parts. As fluid (must
be conductive) moves through the
magnetic field produced at the
sensor tip, a voltage occurs that is
directly proportional to the fluid
velocity. Internal electronics then
convert this voltage into a frequency
and/or a 4 to 20 mA output. +GF+
SIGNET electromagnetic flow sensors Fully Developed 2
2
are insertion-style, suitable for use in Flow Profile

a wide range of pipe sizes.

202 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Principles of Operation (continued)
• Paddlewheel flow sensors are insertion devices, mounted perpendicular to the
piping system, and rely upon the energy in the flow stream to spin a rotor
(paddlewheel) around a stationary shaft. Most paddlewheel flow sensors utilize
rotors with magnets embedded in each blade. The magnets are typically used
either in conjunction with a coil internal to the sensor housing to produce a
sinusoidal output (self-generating, non-powered sensors), or to trigger an internal
electronic switch to produce a square-wave output (transistor-type, powered
sensors). Either way, the resulting frequency is directly proportional to the fluid
velocity.

Volts

Hz

Sinusoidal output

515 525 2517

1) Sinusoidal sensors output a signal
typical of self-generating, non-
powered paddlewheel sensors SIGNET
such as the Model 515, 525, or
2517. The frequency and
amplitude (voltage) both vary
directly with flow rate.

3.3 to 24 VDC

0 VDC
Square wave output

2536 2540
2) Transistor-type sensors output a
signal typical of powered sensors
such as the Model 2536, 2540,
and all other +GF+ SIGNET
powered flow sensors with
frequency output.

Reference
Technical

• In-Line Rotor flow sensors like the 2000 2507

+GF+ SIGNET Models 2000 and
2507 are similar to paddlewheel
sensors, except the rotor is positioned
in a flow cell. These types of sensors
have a transistor-type output signal FLOW

and are able to measure lower flow

rates.

www.gfsignet.com 203
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Principles of Operation (continued)
• Turbine flow sensors are full-bore stream to spin a rotor (turbine). The
devices designed for low-flow difference is that the shaft is in the
measurements. +GF+ SIGNET center of, and parallel to, the flow
Model 2100 is offered in 6.4 mm and stream. The velocity of the fluid spins
12.7 mm (1/4 in. and 1/2 in.) line the turbine for detection by external
sizes. Many self-aligning end- electronic circuitry, producing a
connector options are available for transistor-type square wave output
installation simplicity and application with a frequency directly proportional
versatility. Similar to paddlewheels, to the flow rate.
they rely upon the energy in the flow
2100

Flow Flow Flow

• Vortex flow sensors have no moving narrow bluff body and direct them to
parts and utilize a naturally occurring an encapsulated piezoelectric sensor.
phenomenon in which whirling +GF+ SIGNET Model 7002 Vortex
masses of liquid, or vortices, are shed Flow Sensors, sizes DN 80 and DN
downstream of a stationary object 100 (3 in. and 4 in.), utilize a state-of-
within a flow stream, and at a rate the-art ultrasonic technique for
directly proportional to the velocity of detecting vortices shed by a bluff
the flow stream. Each vortex causes body. Factory calibration and
a local pressure fluctuation that can electronic conditioning produce an
be detected. +GF+ SIGNET Models extremely accurate and reliable
7000 and 7001 Vortex Flow Sensors, output that is strictly proportional to
sizes DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 the fluid flow rate.
in.), develop vortices around a
Model 7000/7001Vortex Flow Sensors DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.)

Sensor is shown without2

its usual Cap and Adaptor

+GF+
XX DN XX X2
XX

Piezoelectric
sensor
Vortices
w
flo "bluff body"
id
Flu

Model 7002 Vortex Flow Sensors DN 80 and DN 100 (3 in. and 4 in.)
The vortices caused by the bluff body affect the ultrasonic signal sent
across the pipe. Changes in the ultrasonic waves are detected.

bluff body
ultrasonic transducers
sound waves

2 flow vortices shed from bluff

body (3 shown, using
dashed lines)
204 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Principles of Operation (continued)
• Ultrasonic Doppler sensors have a
transducer that emits an acoustic Strap Mounted Transducer
3500.31X-X
signal which penetrates the fluid flow
and is returned after reflecting from
particles and air bubbles within the
flow. The difference in frequency is
proportional to the stream velocity.

In full or partially full pipes, the

velocity of the flow stream varies
markedly across the cross-section of
the pipe. Typically, velocity is zero
along the wall of the pipe and
increases to a maximum at or about Insertion Mounted Transducer
3500.320-X
the center of the pipe. The +GF+ 3500.330-X
SIGNET 3300 instrument receives
reflected frequencies from particles
moving at these different velocities
and then calculates the average
velocity of the stream.

Depth is measured with a ceramic-

based pressure transducer integrally
mounted in a surface mount velocity
sensor.

View of Cross-Section of Typical Pipe Installation

Mounting Strap

Particles

Direction of Flow

Reference
Technical

Optional built-in2 Ultrasonic beams

pressure sensor2
(for partially filled pipes)

www.gfsignet.com 205
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Flow Range Charts (GPM)
Paddlewheel and Electromagnetic Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Models 515, 525, 2517, 2536, 2540, 2550, 2560
GPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 450 (1/2 in. to 18 in.) pipe sizes
MIN/MAX Flowrates in Gallons per minute (GPM)
Insertion Paddlewheel Electromagnetic
Pipe Size Pipe Size 3-2536-XX 3-2540 P51530-XX P525-X 3-2550 3-2560
(in.) (mm) 3-8512-XX 3-8510-XX 3-2517
Velocity 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 1 to 20 fps 1.6 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps
Range 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.3 to 6 m/s 0.5 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s
0.5 d20/DN15 0.3 0.3 1 1.6 - 0.3
19 19 19 19 - 19
0.75 d25/DN20 0.5 0.5 1.7 2.7 - 0.5
34 34 34 34 - 34
1 d32/DN25 0.8 0.8 2.7 4.4 - 0.8
54 54 54 54 - 54
1.25 d40/DN32 1.4 1.4 4.7 7.4 - 1.4
94 94 94 94 - 94
1.5 d50/DN40 1.9 1.9 6.4 10.1 - 1.9
127 127 127 127 - 127
2 d63/DN50 3.2 3.2 10.6 16.8 3.2 3.2
210 210 210 210 210 210
2.5 d75/DN65 4.5 4.5 15 24 4.5 4.5
300 300 300 300 300 300
3 d90/DN80 7 7 24 37 7 7
461 461 461 461 461 461
4 d110/DN100 12 12 40 63 12 12
794 794 794 794 794 794
5 d140/DN125 19 19 63 100 19 -
1247 1247 1247 1247 1247 -
6 d160/DN150 27 27 91 144 27 -
1801 1801 1801 1801 1801 -
8 d225/DN200 47 47 156 250 47 -
3119 3119 3119 3119 3119 -
10 d280/DN250 74 74 246 393 74 -
4915 4915 4915 4915 4915 -
12 d315/DN300 105 105 349 559 105 -
6977 6977 6977 6977 6977 -
14 d400/DN350 127 127 422 - - -
8432 8432 8432 - - -
16 d450/DN400 166 166 551 - - -
11015 11015 11015 - - -
18 d500/DN450 210 210 698 - - -
13942 13942 13942 - - -

Based on Sch 40 metal pipe (ASTM); values will vary due to pipe material, size, and schedule

Vortex Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Models 7000 and 7001
GPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.) pipe sizes
GPM
Velocity 0.5 to 4 meters/sec 0.4 to 4 meters/sec 0.3 to 4 meters/sec
Range 1.64 to 13.12 feet/sec 1.31 to 13.12 feet/sec 0.98 to 13.12 feet/sec
Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)
Sensor 0.5 d20/DN15 0.75 d25/DN20 1 d32/DN25 1.25 d40/DN32 1.5 d50/DN40 2 d63/DN50
Materials Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
PVDF 1.32 10.48 2.36 18.94 3.11 31.12 5.60 55.89 7.07 94.24 11.30 150.64
PP 1.32 10.48 2.36 18.94 3.11 31.12 4.79 47.86 5.68 75.74 9.15 122.03
PVC Sch 80 1.13 8.42 2.02 15.25 2.63 25.21 4.94 47.86 5.11 66.35 8.61 112.36
PVC Metric 1.39 11.21 2.49 19.93 3.36 33.67 5.42 54.23 6.28 83.71 10.10 134.66
See page 206 for Flow Range Charts for sizes DN 80 to DN 100 (3 in. to 4 in.)

206 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Flow Range Charts (LPM)
Paddlewheel and Electromagnetic Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Models 515, 525, 2517, 2536, 2540, 2550, 2560
LPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 450 (1/2 in. to 18 in.) pipe sizes
MIN/MAX Flowrates in Liters per minute (LPM)
Insertion Paddlewheel Electromagnetic
Pipe Size Pipe Size 3-2536-XX 3-2540 P51530-XX P525-X 3-2550 3-2560
(in.) (mm) 3-8512-XX 3-8510-XX 3-2517
Velocity 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 1 to 20 fps 1.6 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps
Range 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.3 to 6 m/s 0.5 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s
0.5 d20/DN15 1 1 4 6 - 1
72 72 72 72 - 72
0.75 d25/DN20 2 2 6 10 - 2
129 129 129 129 - 129
1 d32/DN25 3 3 10 17 - 3
204 204 204 204 - 204
1.25 d40/DN32 5 5 18 28 - 5
356 356 356 356 - 356
1.5 d50/DN40 7 7 24 38 - 7
481 481 481 481 - 481
2 d63/DN50 12 12 40 64 12 12
795 795 795 795 795 795
2.5 d75/DN65 17 17 57 91 17 17
1136 1136 1136 1136 1136 1136
3 d90/DN80 26 26 91 140 26 26
1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745
4 d110/DN100 45 45 151 238 45 45
3005 3005 3005 3005 3005 3005
5 d140/DN125 72 72 238 379 72 -
4720 4720 4720 4720 4720 -
6 d160/DN150 102 102 344 545 102 -
6817 6817 6817 6817 6817 -
8 d225/DN200 178 178 590 946 178 -
11805 11805 11805 11805 11805 -
10 d280/DN250 280 280 931 1488 280 -
18603 18603 18603 18603 18603 -
12 d315/DN300 397 397 1321 2116 397 -
26408 26408 26408 26408 26408 -
14 d400/DN350 481 481 1597 - - -
31915 31915 31915 - - -
16 d450/DN400 628 628 2086 - - -
41692 41692 41692 - - -
18 d500/DN450 795 795 2642 - - -
52770 52770 52770 - - -

Based on Sch 40 metal pipe (ASTM); values will vary due to pipe material, size, and schedule

Vortex Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Models 7000 and 7001
LPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.) pipe sizes
LPM
Velocity 0.5 to 4 meters/sec 0.4 to 4 meters/sec 0.3 to 4 meters/sec

Reference
Technical
Range 1.64 to 13.12 feet/sec 1.31 to 13.12 feet/sec 0.98 to 13.12 feet/sec
Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)
Sensor 0.5 d20/DN15 0.75 d25/DN20 1 d32/DN25 1.25 d40/DN32 1.5 d50/DN40 2 d63/DN50
Materials Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
PVDF 4.98 39.66 8.94 71.70 11.76 117.78 21.18 211.56 26.76 356.70 42.78 570.18
PP 4.98 39.66 8.94 71.70 11.76 117.78 18.12 181.14 21.48 286.68 34.62 461.88
PVC Sch 80 4.29 31.86 7.63 57.73 9.97 95.43 18.70 181.14 19.35 251.12 32.57 425.29
PVC Metric 5.28 42.42 9.42 75.42 12.72 127.44 20.52 205.26 23.76 316.86 38.22 509.70

See page 206 for Flow Range Charts for sizes DN 80 to DN 100 (3 in. to 4 in.)

www.gfsignet.com 207
Technical Reference Section: Flow
Flow Range Charts (GPM and LPM)
In-line Rotor and Turbine Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Models 2000, 2100, and 2507
GPM and LPM Flow Rates
GPM LPM
Model and Size: Description Min Max Min Max
3-2000-1X Micro Flow - Low 0.030 0.700 0.110 2.600
3-2000-2X Micro Flow - High 0.300 3.200 1.130 12.110
3-2100-XL and -31 Kits Turbine Low - 1/2" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -32 Kits Turbine Low - 3/8" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -33 Kits Turbine Low - 1/4" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -34 thru -38 Kits Turbine Low - 1/2" Pipe 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -40 Kit Turbine Low - 1/2" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -41 Kit Turbine Low - 3/8" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XL and -42 Kit Turbine Low - 1/4" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800
3-2100-XH and -31 kits Turbine High - 1/2" Tubing 0.800 10.000 3.000 38.000
3-2100-XH and -34 thru -38 Kits Turbine High - 1/2" Pipe 0.800 10.000 3.000 38.000
3-2100-XH and -40 kit Turbine High - 1/2" Flare 0.800 7.000 3.000 27.000
3-2507.100-2V Mini-Flow - 2mm Insert 0.106 0.740 0.500 2.800
3-2507.100-3V Mini-Flow - 3mm Insert 0.198 1.123 0.750 4.250
3-2507.100-4V Mini-Flow - 4mm Insert 0.330 1.585 1.250 6.000
3-2507.100-6V Mini-Flow - 6mm Insert 0.792 3.170 3.000 12.000

Vortex Sensors
+GF+ SIGNET Model 7002
GPM and LPM Flow Rates for DN 80 (3 in.) sensors

At this velocity: the flow rate will be: and the current and the frequency
m/s ft/s lpm gpm output will be: output will be:
0 0 0 0 4.00 mA 0 Hz Below 0.2 m/s, the
a
0.1 0.33 28.64 7.57 4.00 mA 1.9 Hz output is 4.0 mA
0.2 0.66 57.28 15.13 4.80 mA 4.6 Hz
0.5 1.64 143.2 37.83 6.00 mA 12 Hz
1 3.28 286.4 75.67 8.00 mA 23 Hz
1.5 4.92 429.6 113.5 10 mA 35 Hz
2 6.56 572.8 151.33 12.00 mA 47 Hz
2.5 8.2 716 189.17 14.00 mA 58 Hz
3 9.84 859.2 227 16.00 mA 70 Hz
3.5 11.48 1002.4 264.83 18.00 mA 82 Hz
4 13.12 1145.6 302.67 20.00 mA 93 Hz
Beyond 4 m/s, the current output is 20.00 mA

+GF+ SIGNET Model 7002

GPM and LPM Flow Rates for DN 100 (4 in.) sensors

At this velocity: the flow rate will be: and the current and the frequency
m/s ft/s lpm gpm output will be: output will be:
0 0 0 0 4.00 mA 0 Hz Below 0.2 m/s, the
a
0.1 0.33 43.4 11.47 4.00 mA 1.9 Hz output is 4.0 mA
0.2 0.66 86.8 22.93 4.80 mA 3.8 Hz
0.5 1.64 217 57.33 6.00 mA 9.4 Hz
1 3.28 434 114.66 8.00 mA 19 Hz
1.5 4.92 651 171.99 10 mA 28 Hz
2 6.56 868 229.33 12.00 mA 38 Hz
2.5 8.2 1085 286.66 14.00 mA 47 Hz
3 9.84 1302 343.99 16.00 mA 56 Hz
3.5 11.48 1519 401.32 18.00 mA 66 Hz
4 13.12 1736 458.65 20.00 mA 76 Hz
Beyond 4 m/s, the current output is 20.00 mA

208 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP
Information in this section addresses frequently asked questions regarding pH & ORP and is provided as REFER-
ENCE ONLY to supplement procedures and recommendations specifically outlined in individual product instruction
manuals. All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available at www.gfsignet.com.
Definition of pH
pH is defined as the negative logarithm
of the Hydrogen ion concentration in
aqueous solutions. The common pH
scale ranges from 0 to 14, with 7 being
neutral water (H2O). At pH 7, Hydrogen
ions (H+) exist in equal concentration to
Hydroxyl ions (OH-). A solution is
pH Scale
+
2 +
(Theoretical: 59.16 mV/pH @ 25°C)
Definition of ORP
ORP is an abbreviation for Oxidation-
Reduction Potential. Oxidation is a term
used to denote the occurrence of a
molecule losing an electron. Reduction
occurs as a molecule gains an electron.
The “potential” is simply an indication of
a solution’s propensity to contribute or
accept electrons. ORP reactions (some-
times referred to as REDOX) always take
place simultaneously. There is never
oxidation without reduction, and ORP
electrodes are used to detect electrons
exchanged by molecules as these
reactions occur.
Both pH and ORP electrodes produce
voltages that depend on the solutions in
contact with their sensing ends. Most
pH electrodes, including the +GF+
SIGNET brand, are designed to pro-
duce 0 mV at pH 7, positive mV below
pH 7 (associated with the charge of the
Hydrogen ion, H+) and negative mV
above pH 7 (associated with the charge
of the Hydroxyl ion, OH-). According to
the Nernst Equation, the interval be-
tween each pH unit is approximately
59.16 mV at 25°C. This “raw” output is
converted to a pH value by the display
www.gfsignet.com
considered to be acidic if the concentra-
tion of H+ exceeds that of OH-, and is
indicated by pH values below 7. Con-
versely, a solution is considered to be
basic if the concentration of H+ is less
than that of OH-, and is indicated by pH
values above 7.
+ Common Acids
1M HCl: 0.0 pH
Sulfuric Acid: 0.3 pH
Lemon Juice: 2.0 pH
Vinegar: 3.0 pH
Wine: 3.5 pH
Beer: 4.5 pH
Milk: 6.0 pH
Common Bases
instrument. The ORP scale is typically - Egg Whites: 7.5 pH
Seawater: 8.0 pH
1000 mV to +1000 mV, and the elec- Sodium Bicarbonate: 8.4 pH
trodes produce these values directly. Ammonia: 11 .6 pH
Photo Developer: 12.0 pH
Whereas pH is a specific measure of the 0.1M NaOH: 13.0 pH
Hydrogen ion concentration in solution, Lye: 14.0 pH
ORP only provides relative measures of
chemicals and cannot discriminate one
from another. Although non-specific, it is
a very useful and inexpensive method of
monitoring and controlling the activity of
such compounds as chlorine, ozone,
bromine, cyanide, chromate, and many
other chemical reactions.
It is worth noting that Temperature
Compensation, very important for
accurate pH measurement, is NOT used
Reference
Technical
in ORP measurements. Temperature
does indeed affect the reactionary
potential of all chemicals, some to a
greater extent than others. But even if
the affects of temperature could be
precisely known in all of the many
different REDOX reactions, it would not
be desirable to remove them from the
measurement. True ORP is the direct
measurement of electrons in transit
during Oxidation-Reduction reactions,
regardless of temperature.
209
Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP
Principle of Operation
• Standard pH/ORP electrodes are Cutaway of 2716 pH electrode
also commonly called combination
electrodes; a pH/ORP measuring
electrode and a reference measuring
electrode are combined in a single Reference Chamber with
electrolyte
body. The pH/ORP sensor measures
the amount of hydrogen ions in the Temperature element
liquid. The pH signal is measured (Embedded in electrode plastic body)

against the steady reference signal. Reference silver chloride

element
Various chemical elements leaching
through the porous reference junction
can react with the reference Porous reference junction
electrolyte, dilute the electrolyte pH/ORP electrode
solution, or attack the silver chloride
element; in either case, it will disturb Cutaway of 2776 pH electrode
the steady reference signal. Stray
electrical currents will also affect the
steady reference signal. A
temperature element is also built into Reference silver chloride
element
the pH/ORP combination electrode.
Reference Chamber with
Instruments interpret and temperature electrolyte
compensate the pH/ORP and
reference signals into pH/ORP
readings at 25°C (77°F).

Standard pH/ORP Electrode

+GF+ SIGNET offers three different groups of
Standard pH/ORP Electrode Models. Models Porous reference junction

2714-2717, 2754-2757, and 2774-2777

Temperature element
(Embedded in pH/ORP
glass stem)

pH/ORP electrode

• Differential pH/ORP electrodes Cutaway of 2766 pH electrode

function similar to the standard
(combination) electrodes, but the
reference design is modified and
there is a third electrode, the solution
ground. The pH and reference
electrodes are measured against the
solution ground. The solution
ground drains stray currents away
from the reference element, hence
maintaining a steady signal at all
times. The reference salt bridge
slows or stops various chemical
elements from leaching into the
reference chamber. Chemicals that
leach in may dilute the electrolyte but
will not react with the glass-encased
reference silver chloride element.
The reference electrolyte can be
refreshed if it is diluted or depleted.
The temperature element is Differential pH/ORP Electrode
embedded in the pH/ORP electrode +GF+ SIGNET offers one group of Differential pH/
for an extremely quick response. ORP Electrodes, Models 2764 - 2767

210 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP
Standard versus Differential pH/ORP Electrodes:
+GF+ SIGNET offers what is called combination pH/ORP electrodes; that is, there is
a combination of three or four electrodes built into one common body that measures
the pH or ORP of the solutions. These electrodes are the pH/ORP sensing element,
temperature sensing element (pH only), the reference, and sometimes a solution
ground. An electrical path between the process solution, reference electrode, and
the pH/ORP sensing electrode must always be present to complete the measuring
circuit. When the circuit is broken or interrupted, the result is a faulty reading. There
are only a few things in a chemical process that would affect the glass-sensing
element. These include concentrations of HF, constant high temperatures, and par-
ticles that can break the glass.

On the other hand, there are many problems that can occur with the reference
electrode. The reference silver chloride sensing element (wire) is exposed to the
process liquid via the primary porous reference junction, which is in constant contact
with the process and allows liquid to pass through to the reference electrolyte.
Because of the direct contact with the process liquid, the reference electrolyte and
reference silver chloride sensing element can react with chemicals in the process.
Many application liquids do not chemically react with the reference and therefore a
standard electrode will perform well in this scenario. However, there are other
process chemicals that will easily attack the reference and therefore, a differential
style electrode should be used. There are three advantages of the differential electrode:
1. If the process chemicals attack the 3. If there are stray currents or if there
KCl electrolyte, the reference are process chemicals that attack the
electrolyte chamber is refillable. silver chloride wire in the standard
electrodes, it will not attack it in the
2. If the reference junction becomes differential electrode because the
clogged by chemical reactions wire is encased in a glass electrode.
between the KCl and the process
chemicals, the reference salt bridge is
replaceable.
A general rule of thumb is to use a differential electrode if you have mercury, copper,
lead, chlorate, bromine, iodine, cyanide, or sulfide compounds in the process liquid.
Differential electrodes may also be useful in processes that have oil, grease, and dirt
that builds up on the reference junction because it is easily replaced.

See Model 2764-2767 Differential pH/ORP catalog pages for more information on standard versus
differential electrodes.

Reference
Technical

www.gfsignet.com 211
Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP
Installation and Application Tips
• It is important that the sensing end of
pH and ORP electrodes remain wet,
for they may be permanently
damaged if allowed to dehydrate.
This is true for both in-line and
submersible installation configurations.
However, be careful to keep the
electrical interconnection between
electrode and preamplifier dry and
clean at all times. Moisture in this area
can also cause permanent damage.
• Some pH and ORP electrode models
should be installed greater than ± 30°
above the horizontal plane, so the
internal solutions remain in contact
with the sensing ends. Other
electrodes allow horizontal or inverted
installation. See individual sensor
models for more information.
• pH control is best when performed in
a tank. This is especially true in
neutralization applications since it is
very important for reagents to mix
thoroughly with waste fluids, and to
be allowed adequate time for the
reactions to occur. Limiting
adjustments to fewer than 3 pH units
per stage, and sizing tanks to provide
at least 10 minutes retention time, will
increase the probability of producing
safe effluents.
• For bulb-style pH and ORP electrodes,
significant natural self-cleaning by
turbulent eddies is achieved at
velocities of 1.5m/s or more (5 ft/s).
Flat surface electrodes get adequate
self-cleaning at velocities of 0.3 to
0.6m/s (1 to 2 ft/s). In all cases,
exposure to velocities greater than
3m/s (10 ft/s) can cause excessive
measurement noise and electrode
wear and should be avoided.
• Simply stated, the aging of pH and
ORP electrodes (i.e., reference
depletion and decreased glass
sensitivity) results from a series of
chemical reactions. And as a general
rule, the rates of chemical reactions
double with every increase of 10°C
(50°F). This means shorter life
expectancy for all pH and ORP
electrodes as application
temperatures increase.
212
• HF acid and strong caustics etch pH
glass. High concentrations,
especially at high temperatures,
destroy electrodes quickly. For
applications containing trace
quantities of HF (<2%), use the +GF+
SIGNET 3-2714-HF or 3-2754-HF
electrode. This electrode has a
polymeric constituent in the pH glass
that resists attack by HF and extends
the service life considerably over
“normal” electrodes.
• In applications where process
temperatures will drop below 10 °C
(50 °F), use the bulb-style electrodes
in place of the Flat style electrode.
This is a function of the electrical
impedance of the glass that increases
dramatically as temperature
decreases.
• Proper electrode placement within a
tank is also very important.
Electrodes should be mounted in
well-mixed areas, away from reagent
and waste introduction. It is usually
advisable to position the electrode
near the discharge outlet of the tank.
• In-line pH control is not
recommended because it is very
difficult to determine the amounts of
reagent necessary to achieve a
desired reaction if both pH and flow
are variables. However, in-line pH
monitoring is very common and
useful.
www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP
Maintenance Tips
• Cleaning pH and ORP electrodes
and calibrating the systems should
be done regularly. The required
frequency is application-dependent,
but once/week for cleaning, and
twice/month for calibration is
recommended.
• Isopropyl alcohol may be used for
removing mild grease and oils from
the pH sensitive glass or from the
metallic tips of ORP electrodes. Use
5% HCl on porous reference
junctions clogged with hard water
deposits, or other solvents/detergents
as necessary. Always consider the
electrode’s materials of construction
when selecting a cleanser.
• The purpose of calibration is to
compensate the system for the
continual changes occurring within
the electrodes. Like batteries, all pH
and ORP electrodes eventually
deplete and must be replaced. A
good time to determine the condition
of an electrode is after cleaning and
during calibration. Note the mV
readings in pH buffers and replace
the electrode if its actual mV output
differs more than 50 mV from these
theoretical values: pH 7 = 0 mV, pH
4 = +177 mV, pH 10 = -177 mV.
Replace an ORP electrode if its actual
mV output differs more than 50 mV
from the theoretical values in the
table below:

ORP Values of Standard pH Buffers Saturated with Quinhydrone

• The typical shelf-life recommendation for +GF+ SIGNET pH and ORP electrodes is
12 months at 25°C (77°F). Refrigeration will extend this period, but do not allow
them to freeze! Expansion of internal solutions during freezing can cause
permanent damage to the electrodes. The risk of putting older electrodes into
service is the possible disappointment of shorter than expected service-life. All
+GF+ SIGNET pH and ORP electrodes are marked with date codes to identify the
date of manufacture.

Reference
Technical

www.gfsignet.com 213
Technical Reference Section:
Conductivity/Resistivity
Information in this section addresses frequently asked questions regarding Conductiv-
ity (Resistivity) and is provided as REFERENCE ONLY to supplement procedures and
recommendations specifically outlined in individual product instruction manuals.
All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available at
www.gfsignet.com.
Definition of Conductivity and Resistivity
Conductivity is a measure of the ability
of a material to convey an electric
current. The proper term for this ability
of a solution is electrolytic conductivity
since only ions conduct electric current in
solution. When dissolved in solution,
many substances such as salts, acids
and bases dissociate into ions. Electro-
lytic conductivity (or simply conductivity)
is therefore an indirect measure of the
ionic concentration of a solution. Gen-
erally, conductivity increases and de-
creases with the concentration of ions.
Unlike pH, which is a specific measure of
Hydrogen ion concentration, conductiv-
ity is a non-selective measurement of all
the dissolved ionic species in a solution.
As such, it is a highly utilized parameter
in water, wastewater and industrial
process analyses. For example, conduc-
tivity is used to monitor the salt load of
waters entering treatment facilities, to
monitor and control the quality of
drinking water and ultra-pure water, and
to otherwise detect contaminants in
industrial processes.
According to the International Standards
Organization (ISO) the unit of conduc-
tance is the Siemens (S), after Werner
von Siemens (1816-1892). However, the
following three separate units of mea-
sure are commonly used to express
conductivity: Siemens/cm (S/cm), mhos/
cm, and µS/cm. For any given measure-
ment Siemens/cm and mhos/cm are
Rinse
UPW @ 25°C Water
0.10 Cell
0.01 Cell
0.010 µS 0.055 µS 1 µS
100 MΩ 18.3 MΩ 1 MΩ 100 KΩ
214
exactly equal; they are merely different
labels for the same value. The denomi-
nator in these units (cm) is sometimes
truncated but is always assumed to be
present.
Ohm·cm is a unit of resistivity (the inverse
of conductivity) and is frequently re-
placed by “Ω” the symbol for electrical
resistance. Units of resistivity are most
commonly associated with ultra-pure
water measurements in the millions of
ohm·cm, or MΩ (megohms).
Some users will also find it desirable to
express conductivity in terms of parts per
million (PPM) or parts per billion (PPB) of
total dissolved solids (TDS). +GF+
SIGNET instruments accommodate this
by allowing the entry of a TDS factor to
convert from standard units of conductiv-
ity. (See the instruction manual of any
current +GF+ SIGNET conductivity
instrument for details.)
Conductivity is a measurement param-
eter with a very wide range. For ex-
ample, ultra-pure water has a theoretical
maximum resistivity of approximately
18.3 MΩ, approximately 0.055 µS
(microsiemens), whereas concentrated
acids and bases can exceed 400,000
µS. Despite the wide-ranging possibili-
ties most applications for conductivity
measurement are much narrower. Tap
water, for instance, typically measures
between 50 and 1,000 µS.
Cooling Tower Deionization Regen. Chemicals
Bottled Waste Waters Alkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases
Water
Brackish
Sea Water
(Salinity)
10.0 Cell
1 .0 Cell
10 µS 100 µS 1,000 µS 10,000 µS 100,000 µS
10 KΩ 50,000 µS 200,000 µS 400,000 µS
www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section:
Conductivity/Resistivity
Principle of operation
Most conductivity electrodes consist of AC
Voltage
two measuring half-cells. The geometry
of the half-cells can be tailored to
provide highly accurate measurements
over a specific conductivity range. Cell
constants help to describe electrode
geometry for the purpose of selecting z
the appropriate electrode for a given + +
x +
application. A cell constant is defined +
+ + +
+
+

as the length between the two half-cells y

+
+
+ +
+
+
+ +
divided by the area of the cells. +

* CSA is cross sectional area.

Conductivity Cell Constant = Length = z Half Cells
CSA* xy
As an example, When x = y = z = 1cm the cell constant becomes 1cm = 1cm-1
1cm2
Solutions of very low conductivity (high resistivity) such as ultra-pure water are best
measured with half-cells that are very close together (i.e., cell constant = 0.01cm-1).
Highly conductive solutions should be measured with half-cells that are farther apart
and that have relatively little cross sectional area between them (i.e., cell constant =
20.0cm-1).
Temperature Compensation
The conductivity of a solution is highly can range from less than 1% to more
dependent upon temperature. There- than 3% per °C. This is true of regional
fore, conductivity measurements are ground water sources as well as for
almost always converted to an equiva- other solutions such as brackish water,
lent conductivity at the common refer- acids and bases. +GF+ SIGNET
ence temperature of 25°C (77°F). This is instruments allow the entry of custom
accomplished by means of temperature linear compensation coefficients for
compensation algorithms in the instru- these applications. See the instruction
ments, which require temperature as manual of any +GF+ SIGNET conduc-
well as conductivity measurement input. tivity instrument for details.
To simplify and facilitate this requirement The conductivity or resistivity of pure
all +GF+ SIGNET conductivity elec- water is not a linear function with
trodes contain high-quality temperature respect to temperature. In fact, the
sensing elements intelligently positioned latest +GF+ SIGNET conductivity
for quick and accurate response. instruments utilize a sophisticated

Reference
Technical
polynomial to compensate for the
Temperature effects on conductivity are peculiar effects. For seamless measure-
more or less linear for normal water- ment accuracy all current +GF+ SIG-
based solutions, hovering around 2% NET conductivity instruments switch
per °C. However, the actual linear automatically between linear and pure-
relationship varies considerably with the water compensation as certain mea-
ionic composition of the solution and surement thresholds are crossed.
Temperature Compensation Exception
One exception to the requirement for temperature compensation has been established
by USP (United States Pharmacopeia), which prescribes limits of acceptability for ultra-
pure water quality based upon non-compensated measurements. This methodology is
used to eliminate measurement variances that may result from differences in the pure-
water temperature compensation algorithms used by different manufacturers of
conductivity measurement equipment. A more thorough treatment of the USP standard
and instrument functionality can be found in the instruction manuals of the following
+GF+ SIGNET conductivity instruments: Model 8900 Multi-Channel, Multi-Parameter
Controller (Appendix D), model 8860 Dual Channel Conductivity/Resistivity Controller.
www.gfsignet.com 215
Technical Reference Section:
Conductivity/Resistivity
Installation and Application Tips
The two basic installation configurations for conductivity electrodes are in-line and
submersible. In-line configuration refers to installation into a piping system as op-
posed to submersion in a tank. In either case the primary considerations are to
minimize the propensity for air entrapment inside and/or around the electrode and to
position the electrode for representative exposure to the process.
• In-Line Installation
For in-line configurations it is best to
install the electrode in the “dead leg”
of a tee fitting. That is, use a tee
fitting in place of an elbow and
install the electrode in the horizontal
plane. Best results will be obtained if
fluid flows into and around, then up
and away from the electrode. Be Upward flow is the preferred installation when
sure that at least one of the holes in mounting the sensor in a tee
a flow-through electrode is facing
upward to allow air bubbles to
escape.

• Submersible Installation
When conductivity electrodes are
submerged in tanks beware of
mechanical mixers, sparges, and
inlets as potential sources of air
bubbles. Baffles may be used to
create more favorable conditions for
reliable continuous conductivity
measurements. If the application is
such that sediment is likely to
accumulate on the bottom of the Mounting a submersed sensor on the side of the
tank, then position the electrode to baffle that is free of air bubbles is preferred
avoid it being smothered by debris.
Most +GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes are supplied with a standard 4.6 m (15
ft.) of cable. Generally, this can be extended up to a maximum of 30 m (100 ft.). If
splicing in the field, then use good quality 3-conductor shielded 22 AWG cable and
be sure to maintain the shield through the splice. Electrode cable should be routed
separately from power wiring. The maximum allowable cable length for resistivity
measurements above 10 MΩ (below 0.1 µS) is 7.6 m (25 ft.), except for the model
2850 Conductivity Sensor which allows cable lengths of almost 915 m (3,000 ft.) for
all measurements.

The primary purpose of calibration is to compensate the system for possible changes
occurring to the electrode’s cell constant. Since the cell constant accuracy of all
+GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes is tightly controlled, and since brand new
electrodes should be allowed to “soak” overnight prior to calibration, “out-of-the-box”
calibration of conductivity systems is not recommended.

216 www.gfsignet.com
Technical Reference Section:
Conductivity/Resistivity
Maintenance Tips
Conductivity electrodes are not inher-
ently perishable as pH and ORP elec-
trodes. This means system calibrations
and electrode replacements are typi-
cally not required as frequently. How-
ever, depending upon the application,
conductivity electrodes may require
periodic cleaning to remove coatings,
algae growth, scale build-up, etc. Use
isopropyl alcohol for removing mild
grease and oils, and/or other cleansing
agents as necessary. Always consider
the electrode’s materials of construction
when selecting a cleanser.
www.gfsignet.com
The shelf-life of +GF+ SIGNET conduc-
tivity electrodes is limitless. However,
oxidation can cause cell constants to
drift over time. If there is any doubt
about an electrode’s condition, then
clean it thoroughly before placing it into
service.
When installing new electrodes, it is
recommended to “soak” the electrode
into the process solution for several days
before the first use. This will condition the
surfaces of the electrode.
Reference
Technical
217
Relay Information
The two most common methods of controlling a process are “on/off” and “propor-
tional” control. In on/off control, relay setpoints are defined as either high or low
limits on the process variable. When the measurement value reaches a limit the relay
is energized, typically for the purpose of opening a valve or starting a pump to
introduce a chemical reagent to the process. This should cause the measurement
value to change in the direction of the setpoint as shown in these on/off control
diagrams:

High limit on/off relay control Low limit on/off control

pH

= LO setpoint
= HI setpoint = Hysteresis
= Hysteresis = Relay energized
= Relay energized = Relay de-energized
= Relay de-energized

pH

Notice the relay will not de-energize
until the setpoint is exceeded by the
hysteresis value. This is a programmable
value and is primarily used to prevent
”relay chatter”, which occurs if a relay is
set to energize and de-energize at the
same value. Because of hysteresis, and
because reagent delivery is fairly
constant while the relay is energized, a
condition known as “overshoot” is
inherent to the on/off control method.
Overshoot refers to the introduction of
more chemical reagent than is abso-
lutely necessary for achieving a desired
adjustment to the process value, and
can be expensive over time.
Proportional control is a popular alter-
native to the on/off control method. This
method typically makes use of variable-
rate metering pumps to reduce over-
shoot and improve precision. Establish-
ing a proportional control scenario
requires the selection of setpoint(s),
deviation range(s) and maximum pulse
rates. The example shown here illus-
trates how two relays in ”pulse mode”
can be used to proportionally control
pH within a desired range, or to a single
setpoint. This is called “Dual Propor-
tional Control”. Of course, a single relay
in proportional pulse mode can be used
to establish a high or low limit and will
also reduce overshoot.
Metering pumps are idle at and be-
tween setpoints. When a setpoint is
exceeded, the pump begins delivering
reagent at a rate proportional to the
difference between the measurement
value and the setpoint. The larger the
difference, the faster the delivery. The
programmed deviation value defines
how quickly the maximum pulse rate is
reached. Depending on the input
requirements of the metering pump,
proportional control can also be accom-
plished with scaleable 4 to 20 mA
outputs instead of pulsing relays or open
collectors.

Dual proportional pulse relay control

Maximum Pulse Rate Maximum Pulse Rate

> > > >

Deviation=> Deviation=> Deviation=> Deviation=>
5.30 pH 3.50 pH 5.20 pH 4.90 pH
2
LO2 HI2 LO and HI>
02 5.302 7.502 11.002 142 02 2.102 7.30 pH 12.202 142
pH pH pH pH pH pH pH pH pH

218 www.gfsignet.com
Open Collector Output
Many +GF+ SIGNET instruments and sensors feature “Open Collector Outputs” for
purposes of signal transmission, alarming, control signal output, etc. Although such
outputs allow for a lot of wiring flexibility, care must be taken not to destroy the
circuits via incorrect polarity, over-voltage, transients or current overload. Below is an
explanation of proper wiring and dimensioning of related circuit components. Please
note that the following recommendations may or may not apply to other
manufacturer’s equipment.

1. Function
Open Collector (“OC”) outputs are low powered, solid state switches. Although
the term “Open Collector” stipulates the use of bipolar transistors (NPN-type or
PNP-type) as a switch, nowadays Field Effect Transistors (FET or MOSFET) are
used. Unlike electromechnical switches (e.g. pushbuttons or dry contact relays)
these OC switches are very fast, use little power, are inexpensive, do not bounce
and do not wear. However, OC’s are also more limited in terms of voltage and
current rating as well as being polarized (i.e. they have a “plus” and “minus”
terminal and thus DC only switching capability). They are less tolerant to overload
abuse than electromechanical devices. Usually these switches have higher
resistance and voltage drop.

2. Sensor Wiring
A typical example of the need for high speed switching capability is the OC
frequency output of +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors like 3-2536 or 3-2540. Signal
frequencies can reach several hundred pulses per second while voltage and
current requirements are small enough, allowing the use of a transistor switch. For
each output pulse this switch connects the signal output to the negative supply or
ground terminal of the sensor and is therefore an “NPN” style output. +GF+
SIGNET does not produce sensors with PNP style outputs (which connect the
signal output internally to the positive supply terminal).

Most indicating instruments or control system inputs require a signal voltage of 0

to 5V (TTL or CMOS logic levels) or 0 to 24V. Therefore, Open Collector output
circuits must be complemented with a “Pull-Up-Resistor” to function properly.
Please see the following example diagram for wiring with a PLC input:

+5V to
Do not exceed the absolute
V+ +24V maximum voltage rating of
+GF+ SIGNET Pull-Up-
Power
the OC output as listed in
Resistor
Sensor
Gnd Supply the sensor specifications,
Signal normally 27 or 30 Volt, DC
Input
OC-
Switch
only. This includes changes

Reference
Technical
to power line fluctuations,
Gnd PLC transients or power supply
Gnd
instability, otherwise damage
to the OC will occur.
Please note that the voltage connected to the positive sensor supply (V+) must
correspond to the required high-level PLC input voltage (i.e. if the high-input
voltage of the PLC is 24V, then the pull-up must be supplied with 24V). If the input
is “TTL-Level” or “CMOS-Level”, that means 5V for high level, then the pull-up
should not be connected with a supply higher than 5V.

+GF+ SIGNET instruments already have the pull-up-resistor and the sensor power
supply built into the instrument. No external pull-up-resistors are required.

www.gfsignet.com 219
Open Collector Output (continued)
3. Instrument Output Wiring
Open collector control and alarm outputs on +GF+ SIGNET instruments (i.e.
ProcessPro® or ProPoint™ series) are electrically isolated from the instrument’s
power supply. That means these can be used in the above mentioned NPN
configuration as well as in PNP configuration, if required. Below are a few sample
circuits:

• PLC Wiring “NPN” style

+5V to
+24V

+GF+ SIGNET Pull-Up-

Power
Instrument Resistor
Gnd Supply
OC+
OC- Input
Switch

Gnd PLC
OC-

• PLC Wiring “PNP” style

+GF+ SIGNET
Instrument
OC+ +5V to
+24V

OC- Power
Switch Supply
Gnd

Input
OC-

Pull-Down- Gnd PLC

Resistor

• Alarm circuit or alarm lamp wiring to a single +GF+ SIGNET instrument

Alarm
+GF+ SIGNET Circuit
Instrument
OC+
V+

OC- Power
Switch Supply
Gnd
OC-

• Alarm circuit or alarm lamp wiring to serve multiple +GF+ SIGNET instruments

Alarm
+GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET +GF+ SIGNET Circuit
Instrument Instrument Instrument
OC+ OC+ OC+
V+

OC- OC- OC- Power

Switch Switch Switch Supply
Gnd
OC- OC- OC-

220 www.gfsignet.com
Open Collector Output (continued)
4. Voltage and Current Limitation
As mentioned before, the supply voltage in the OC output circuit MUST be limited
to the specified maximum OC voltage (see operating manual for specific
instrument). The use of a quality regulated 5V, 12V or 24V (depending on the
application) power supply is recommended. Depending on the stability of the
main power line and the location, it may be necessary to use additional over-
voltage protection components or lightning arrestors.

Similarly, the current through the Open Collector switch must be limited. Typical
OC outputs allow only for 10 to 50mA switch current (please consult manual).
Exceeding this current limit can burn out the OC output components immediately.
Please see the following section on how to dimension the loads.

5. Load and Pull-Up/Down Resistor Considerations

By utilizing basic arithmetic and Ohm’s law, one can determine the safe limits of
load resistance. When the OC switch is closed, almost the entire supply voltage
is applied to the load, (i.e. the pull-up or pull-down resistor, the alarm horn input, a
potential power relay coil or annunciator lamp). The resulting current through the
load and through the OC switch, as well, can be calculated as:

(Current) = (Supply Voltage)/(Load Resistance)

• Example 1:
The supply voltage is 24V and a
pull-up-resistor of 10kΩ is used.
Current is 24/10,000 = 2.4mA
(If the OC current rating is 10mA, then in this
example, it would be considered safe.)
• Example 2:
The supply voltage is 12V and a horn
with a resistance of 100Ω is used
Current is 12/100 = 120mA
(Even if the OC current rating is 50mA, this load will
damage the instrument)

6. Transient Protection
There are several “difficult” load cases that must be considered:
• Inductive loads • Capacitive loads
These can be power relay or This type of load should be rare
other solenoids, motors, alarm but can occur if the load
horn coils, etc. Such loads contains an internal power
generate very high voltage supply/regulator that is fed from
spikes when the OC switch is the OC output circuit. In such a

turned off. If such a load is
unavoidable, the use of transient
suppression components or RC-
Filters (or snubbers) wired
parallel to the load is required.
This is critical, as a single
transient pulse may destroy the
output.
Reference
Technical
case, it must be assured that the
in-rush current does not exceed
the OC current rating.
• Incandescent lamps
Such lamps have a very high
start-up current until the filament
glows and the current settles to
the specified value. The use of
incandescent lamps on an OC
output is not recommended. An
LED type annunciator should be
used instead.

www.gfsignet.com 221
Open Collector Output (continued)

7. “Active High” and “Active Low” Setting

Depending on the desired function of the circuit attached to the OC output, it may
be necessary to have the OC output switch turned “on” or “off” when the criteria
for the activation of this output are met.

By default, +GF+ SIGNET instruments are set to operate in “active low” mode. This
means when the user-defined condition for the activation is met (e.g. exceeding of
an alarm limit) the OC switch is turned “on”. If wired as standard “NPN-style”
output (see previous page) the logic level of the attached control system or PLC
input consequently becomes “low” logic level.

If a high input logic level is required for activation, it can be accomplished in two
ways:
• to wire the OC output “PNP” style as described in the previous page
• to change the OC output function to “active high” in the menu system of the
instrument. Most +GF+ SIGNET instruments allow for this option.

8. Fail-Safe Behavior
No matter what the setting, all OC outputs of +GF+ SIGNET instruments turn off
when the instrument loses power. This must be taken into account when evaluating
system failure consequences. If the system layout requires a “closed” or “on”
condition for the output in case of power loss, a mechanical dry contact relay (NC
contacts) must be used instead of the OC output.

222 www.gfsignet.com
Conversion Factors
Volume
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by
Gallons (U.S.) fl. oz. (U.S.) 128 Liters fl. oz. (U.S.) 33.81
Gallons (U.S.) cubic in. (in3) 231 Liters cubic in. (in3) 61.02
Gallons (U.S.) cubic ft. (ft3) 0.1336 Liters cubic ft. (ft3) 0.0353 Nominal Pipe Sizes
Gallons (U.S.) liters 3.785 Liters Gallons (U.S.) 3785.41 Below are the NPS (Nominal
Pipe Sizes) inch names and their
Gallons (U.S.) cubic meter (m3) 0.00379 Cubic meter (m3) cubic ft. (ft3) 35.31
metric equivalents called DN or
Gallons (U.S.) pounds 8.33 Cubic meter (m3) Gallon (UK) 219.97
3
“diametre nominel”. The metric
Gallons (U.S.) cubic centimeter (cm or cc) 3785.41 Cubic meter (m3) Gallons (U.S.) 264.17
designations conform to
Gallons (U.S.) Gallon (UK) 0.833 1 Acre foot Gallons (U.S.) 325,853
International Standards
Gallons (U.S.) milliliter (mL) 3785.41 Cubic ft. (ft3) Gallon (UK) 6.23 Organization (ISO).
Cubic ft. (ft3) liters 28.32 Cubic ft. (ft3) Gallons (U.S.) 7.48
Cubic ft. (ft3) cubic meter (m3) 0.028317
Pressure
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by Metric DN NPS
psi bar 0.069 bar psi 14.5 (mm) (inch)
psi kPa 6.89 bar kPa 100 6 1/8
psi atmosphere 0.068 bar atmosphere 0.987 8 1/4
psi mm of Hg 51.71 bar mm of Hg 750.06
10 3/8
atmosphere bar 1.013 kPa bar 0.01
15 1/2
atmosphere psi 14.696 kPa psi 0.145
atmosphere kPa 101.325 kPa atmosphere 0.00987
20 3/4
atmosphere mm of Hg 760 kPa mm of Hg 7.5 25 1
Temperature 32 1.25
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by
40 1.5
Deg F Deg C (F-32)*0.5555 Deg C Deg F C*1 .8+32
Length
50 2
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by 65 2.5
inch meter (m) 0.0254 foot centimeter (cm) 30.48 80 3
inch millimeter (mm) 25.4 cm foot (ft.) 0.0328 100 4
inch centimeter (cm) 2.54 cm inch (in.) 0.3938 150 6
foot meter (m) 0.3048 m foot (ft.) 3.28 200 8
foot millimeter (mm) 304.8 m inch (in.) 39.37
Flow rate
250 10
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by 300 12
gallon (US)/min m3/h 0.227 m3/h l/s 0.2778 350 14
gallon (US)/min l/s 0.063 m3/h ft3/min 0.589 400 16
gallon (US)/min ft3/min 0.134 m3/h gallon (US)/min 4.4 450 18
ft3/min m3/h 1.699 l/s m3/h 3.6 500 20
ft3/min l/s 0.472 l/s ft3/min 2.12
550 22
ft3/min gallon (US)/min 7.48 l/s gallon (US)/min 15.85
Weight 600 24
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by 650 26
ounce(Av.) grams (g) 28.35 grams (g) ounce(Av.) 0.035274 700 28
pound(Av.) grams (g) 453.59 grams (g) pound(Av.) 0.0022046 750 30
pound(Av.) ounce(Av.) 16
800 32
Area
To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by 900 36

Reference
Technical
Acre Hectare 0.4047 square meter (m2) Hectare 0.0001 1000 40
Acre square ft. (ft2) 43559.66 square meter (m2) square ft. (ft2) 10.764 1100 42
Acre square meter (m2) 4046.82 square centimeter (cm2) square ft. (ft2) 0.00108 1200 48
2 2
Acre square kilometer (km ) 0.004047 square inch (in ) square centimeter (cm2 ) 0.155 1400 54
Equations: 1500 60
Flow: 1600 64
To convert fluid velocity into a volumetric flow rate. 1800 72
GPM = (ID2 x Feet/sec)/0.4084967 2000 80
2200 88

To convert volumetric flow rate into fluid velocity.

Feet/sec = (GPM x 0.4084967)/ID2

Conductivity Conductivity = 1/Resistivity

1/Ohm = 1 Siemen = 1 mho
Measured conductivity = [(solution conductivity) x (electrode sectional area)]/ electrode separation
Measured conductivity = Siemen/cm

www.gfsignet.com 223
Flow & Analytical Application Assistance Form:
Please provide as much detail as possible for prompt assistance. Fax the completed form to Technical Support at
your local GF sales office.
Distributor Name: _________________________ Contact: ______________________ Date: ______________
Street Address: ________________________________________________________________________________
City: ___________________________________ State/County: _____ Zip/Postal Code: __________________
Country: _______________________________
Telephone: _____________________________ Extension: ________ Fax: ____________________________
E-mail: _________________________________
Description of Application
Pipe Material: Loc./Distance: Upstream of: m/cm (ft./in.)
Downstream of: m/cm (ft./in.)
Pipe Size: _________________ Pipe Schedule: _____________ Pressure: Min.____/____ Max.____/____
Fluid Type: _________________ Conductance (µS) __________ Temperature: Min.____/°____ Max.____/°____
Chemical: Concentration: Viscosity: ____________________
Flow _________________________ Rate: Min. _______ Max. ________ Nominal: _____________________
Required accuracy: ____________________________ Unit of Measure: _______________________________
Proportional addition: ___________________________ pH: Min _____ Max. _____ Nominal: ____ +/- ____
ORP: mV min. ______ mV max. ______ mV nominal _____ +/- ____ Conductance: Min. _____ Max. _____
Resistivity: Min. _________ Max. ___________ TDS ppm Min. __________________ Max. ________________
Display: Analog: ________ Digital: __________ Local (at sensing point) ___________ Remote: ______________
Distance: Sensor to Indicator/Control ______________
Power Availability: 110 VAC ___ 220 VAC ___ 12 VDC ___ 24 VDC ____ None: ____
Specific Control Options Required: (Check all that apply)
Flow Rate: __________ Totalization: Non-resettable _______ Resettable: ________ Alarms/Qty. _______
Alarm Function: ___________ Batch Control: ________ Batch Quantity: _________ Time: ______________
Sensor Pulse Output: ___________ Scaleable Pulse Output: __________ Isolated 4 to 20 mA: ___________
0 to 5 VDC: ___________________ 0 to 10 VDC: ___________________ Other: _______________________

Sketch of Application:

224 www.gfsignet.com
 Level Application Assistance Form:
Please provide as much detail as possible for prompt assistance. Fax the completed form to Technical Support at
your local GF sales office.

Distributor Name: _________________________ Contact: ______________________ Date: ______________

Street Address: ________________________________________________________________________________
City: ___________________________________ State/County: _____ Zip/Postal Code: __________________
Country: _______________________________
Telephone: _____________________________ Extension: ________ Fax: ____________________________
E-mail: _________________________________

Please provide description of intended application on separate sheet (include critical factors/tolerances/fill-drain
cycles, etc.).

Tank Type: Vertical Cylinder Horizontal Cylinder Conical Rectangular

Sensor Mounting: Indoor Outdoor Indicator: Indoor Outdoor Sun Shade

Cable run from sensor to indicator: _______

Available power: _____________________ Amperage: ____________

Fluid type ___________________________ Fluid Viscosity: __________ Fluid Specific Gravity: _______

Vapors: Yes No Agitation: Yes No

Tank Material: _____________ Tank Depth m (ft.): _____ Diameter m (ft.): __ Dimensions: _______________

Tank Radius m (ft.): _________

Fluid temp. range °C (°F): min. ______ max. ____ nominal ____ Vessel pressure bar (psi): min___ max___

Output: Continuous Point Output Type: Relay 4 to 20 mA (fixed) 4 to 20 mA (prog.)

Reference
Technical

FOR CONTINUOUS PRESSURE SENSING

Mounting: Standpipe to tank bottom Through wall Pipe run exiting tank

Continuous Pressure Sensor Detail

Please indicte your installation, pipe
dimensions, and sensor location informa-
tion.
A) Example of in-line
A B
installation
B) Example of submersible
installation
www.gfsignet.com 225
Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
Flow Sensors
Model 515 Model 2536

Model 3519 Wet Tap Valve Model 525

Model 2540

226 www.gfsignet.com
 Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
Flow Sensors
Model 2560 Model 2100

Model 7000/7001 Model 7002

Reference
Technical
Model 2507

www.gfsignet.com 227
Pressure Drop Graphs: Flow Sensors
Model 2000 Model 2100

Model 2507

228 www.gfsignet.com
 Backpressure Drop Graphs: Flow Sensors
Model 7000-7001
Backpressure
Calculation:
Minimum downstream pipe
backpressure levels (full
pipes) are required to
prevent cavitation within the
sensor. The minimum back
pressure is calculated by the
following formula:

2.7 x ∆P + 1 .3 x Pv

∆P = Pressure drop across

sensor
Pv = Liquid vapor pressure
at operating temperature

1) Using Pressure Drop

Graph, find ∆P by
locating your maximum
flow rate on specific
sensor size line.
2) Using the Liquid Vapor
Pressures Chart, find Pv
at operating tempera-
ture.
3) Calculate minimum back
pressure needed using Model 7002
formula.

Reference
Technical
Water Saturation Vapor Pressures at Operating Temperatures

www.gfsignet.com 229
Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
Flow Sensor and pH Electrode Fittings
PVC and CPVC Tees and Saddles Fiberglass Tees and Saddles Note:
The pressure/temperature
graphs are specifically for the
+GF+ SIGNET sensor.
During system design the
specifications of all compo-
nents must be considered. In
the case of a metal piping
system, a plastic sensor will
reduce the system specifica-
tion. When using a PVDF
sensor in a PVC piping
system, the fitting will reduce
the system specification.

PP and PVDF Tees Saddles Metal Weld-o-lets and Saddle Fittings

For 525 Flow Sensor

Metal Tees 3519 Wet-Tap Valve

230 www.gfsignet.com
 Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
pH/ORP Electrodes
Model 2714-2717 & 2720 Model 2754-2757

Models 2764-2767 Models 2774-2777

Model 3719 Saddles for Model 3719

Reference
Technical

www.gfsignet.com 231
Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
Conductivity Electrodes
Models 2819-2823

Models 2839-2842 NPT Models 2839-2842 DryLoc™

232 www.gfsignet.com
 Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:
Temperature/Pressure Sensors
Model 2350

Model 2450

Reference
Technical

www.gfsignet.com 233
Glossary
+GF+ SIGNET: Brand name of products associated with Excellence in Fluid Measure-
ment, manufactured by George Fischer Signet Inc.

4 to 20 mA: A standard analog signal used for the proportional representation of a

measurement variable or process condition.

Absorb: To take up or receive by chemical or molecular action.

AC (Alternating Current): An electric current in which the flow reverses periodically.

(Compare direct current (DC).)

Accumulator: See Totalizer

Accuracy: The ability of a measurement to match the actual value of the quantity
being measured.

Acid: A corrosive liquid (usually in a solution) that dissolves metals and other materi-
als. Technically, acidic material produces positive ions in solution. An acid is the
opposite of a base and has a pH between 0 to 7. A given amount of an acid added
to the same amount of a base neutralizes the base, producing water and a salt.
Common vinegar, for example, is a weak solution of acetic acid.

Adsorption: The clinging of molecules to the surface of particles; the process by

which activated carbon removes contaminants from water.

Alkali: A caustic mineral often found in large beds in the desert. Alkalis are bases;
two common examples are lye and ammonia.

Analog (also analogue): A type of signal in which data is represented by continu-

ously variable, measurable, physical quantities, such as current or voltage. 4 to 20 mA
is a common analog signal. Opposite of Digital.

Base: A caustic liquid. Technically, a basic material produces negative ions in solu-
tion. A base is the opposite of an acid and has a pH of 7 to 14. A given amount of a
base added to the same amount of an acid neutralizes the acid; water and a salt are
produced. Alkalis are bases; ammonia is a common base.

Batch Control: The process of dispensing a precise volume of fluid repetitively or in

conjunction with another process.

BCF: Bead and Crevice Free; a welding technique for plastic pipes that yields a weld
surface suitable for high purity application requirements.

Blind Transmitter: Any device having 4 to 20 mA output without also having a local
display.

Boolean: A logic system treating variables through the operators AND, OR, NOT,
and XOR, where each variable can have one of two values, true or false.

Buffer: Typically a solution used as a calibration standard due to its ability to main-
tain a stable pH value.

Calibration: Systematic adjustment or recording of the display and/or output of a

measuring instrument for the purpose of conforming to a standard or actual value.

234 www.gfsignet.com
 Glossary
Caustic: Any strongly corrosive chemical substance, especially one that attacks
organic matter. A caustic alkali is a metal hydroxide, especially that of an alkali metal;
caustic soda is sodium hydroxide, and caustic potash is potassium hydroxide. Most
inorganic acids, e.g., sulfuric acid, are caustic, especially when concentrated.

Cavitation: The formation and collapse of a gas pocket or bubble due to mechani-
cal shearing of a fluid.

CE: Conformité Européene. A mark that is affixed to a product to designate that it is

in full compliance with all applicable European Union legal requirements.

Cell Constant: 1) the distance between the two electrodes of a conductivity cell
divided by their cross-sectional area. 2) A value associated with an effective mea-
surement range used in the proper selection of conductivity cells for specific applica-
tions.

Condensation: The transformation of water vapor to liquid. Also, a chemical reaction

in which two or more molecules combine, usually with the expulsion of water or some
other substance.

Conductivity: The measure of the ability of a fluid to conduct an electrical current. In

water, this ability is due to the presence of ionized substances in solution. Conductiv-
ity measurements usually include temperature compensation.

Corrosion: Material deterioration due to chemical attack.

Current (loop) Output: See 4 to 20 mA

DC (Direct Current): Electric current in which electrons flow in one direction only.
(Compare alternating current (AC).)

Dead Band:
The limits between which the input to an instrument can vary without causing a
change to the instrument output.
In relay operation: The difference between the increasing and decreasing readings
when the switch is operated between set point and reset point.
See also Hysteresis

DIN: Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V.

DIN is a non-governmental organization established to promote the development of
standardization and related activities in Germany and related markets with the goal
of facilitating the international exchange of goods and services, and to developing
cooperation in the spheres of intellectual, scientific, technological and economic
activity. Through the European standards organizations CEN and CENELEC, DIN also
Glossary
of Terms

presents the German view in the development of the European standards that are
critical to completion of the single European market.

DN: Diametre Nominal; Term used by DIN standards for the inside diameter of pipes.

Deionization: A purification process by which ionized particles are removed from

water.

Desalination: Processes that remove salt from water, such as reverse osmosis, ion
exchange, distillation and evaporation.

www.gfsignet.com 235
Glossary
Diffusion: An intermingling of the molecules of liquids or gases.

Digital: A type of signal in which data is represented in numerical form. Opposite of

Analog.

Dry Contact Closure: Relay. The contacts of a mechanical switch.

DryLoc™: George Fischer Signet Inc. trade name for a versatile and robust connector
scheme between sensor electronics and electrodes.

Dual Proportional Control: See relay control discussion on page 218 (also applies to
transistor-type outputs).

EasyCal: The calibration routine in +GF+ SIGNET pH, ORP and some conductivity
systems in which standard buffers or test solutions are automatically recognized by
the instrument.

Effluent: Liquid flowing out of a system, such as a discharge of liquid waste from a
factory or water leaving a sewage treatment plant.

Electrode: Primary detection device, typically analytical, requiring or benefiting from

some secondary conditioning circuitry (e.g., pH and ORP electrodes). 2) Sensor.

Emissions: The potentially disruptive electromagnetic frequencies generated by an

electronic device. Various standards defining allowable limits have been established.

EP, EPDM, EPR: Ethylene-Propylene, Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer,

Ethylene Propylene Rubber; A family of synthetic elastomers with excellent resistance to
heat, oxidation, ozone and weather aging, and good insulating properties.

FM: Factory Mutual; An organization that sets various product safety standards, espe-
cially related to intrinsic safety and explosion proof. Insurance companies look to see if
items such as cooling towers have earned Factory Mutual Approval and typically offer
reduced rates for equipment that has been demonstrated as unlikely to burn in a fire.

Frequency: The number of repetitions that occur in one second. Frequency can be
used to describe electrical quantities, sound waves, mechanical vibrations, etc.
Frequency is measured in units of Hertz (Hz).
In +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors, the output is defined in terms of frequency and used to
calculate Flow Rate.

Hot-Tap: A mechanical assembly that allows the insertion and removal of a sensor or
electrode without the need for system shutdown, and initial installation may be
performed under pressurized conditions. Similar to Wet-Tap.

Hysteresis: In relay Setpoint programming, the difference between the activation

point and the release point. See also Deadband.

Impedance: A measure of the apparent resistance posed by an electrical circuit to

an alternating current (AC).

Immunity: Ability of a device to function without disruption in the presence of electro-

magnetic interference.

236 www.gfsignet.com
 Glossary
Insertion Flow Sensor: A type of flow sensor that installs through a hole in the wall of
a pipe and converts a local velocity measurement into a calculation of the flow rate in
the pipe. Usually used in comparison to “full bore” or “full line” flow sensor.

Intrinsically Safe: Term used to identify any device, instrument or component that will
not produce any spark or thermal effects under any conditions that are normal or
abnormal that will ignite a specified gas mixture. Electrical and thermal energy limits
are at levels incapable of causing ignition. It is common practice to use external
barriers with intrinsically safe installations.

Ion: An electrically charged atom or group of atoms.

IP65: A European standard for the degree of protection provided by enclosures for
splash proof and dust-proof rating.

IP68: The European standard for degree of protection provided by enclosures for
submersible and dust-proof rating.

IR: Infrared, refers to a welding technique offered within the range of SYGEF® HP
products.

ISO: International Organization for Standardization: A voluntary organization that

creates international standards, including the standards for computers and communica-
tions. The American National Standards Institute, ANSI is a member of ISO. An ex-
ample of an ISO set of standard codes is the two-character code set to denote coun-
tries, e.g., AR = Argentina, AT = Austria, AU = Australia, DE = Germany, SG =
Singapore, and US = United States of America. (ISO is not one of the thousands of
acronyms used by computer and communications workers! It is actually a pun based
on the prefix “iso” which means “same” in Greek.)

ISO 14001: International Organization for Standardization environmental standard.

ISO 9001: International Organization for Standardization quality standard.

Isolated/Isolation: Electrical separation between two or more circuits used to prevent

measuring errors, ground loops, or a shock hazard.

K-Factor: In +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors, the number of pulses generated by the
sensor for each unit of volume that passes by the sensor. Usually published in pulses
per gallon and pulses per liter.

Linearity: The extent to which an output (response) is strictly proportional to an input

(stimulus).
Glossary
of Terms

Loop: In electricity, a complete circuit. Usually used in reference to a 4 to 20 mA loop,

an output signal used to control valves, actuators etc.

Loop Impedance: The maximum allowable total electrical resistance of all devices,
including wiring, connected to any electrical loop; expressed in Ohms at a specified
voltage level, i.e.; 600Ω @ 12 VDC.

Loop output: An analog output signal, usually 4 to 20 mA.

www.gfsignet.com 237
Glossary
Loop powered: In +GF+ SIGNET products, any instrument that derives operating
power from a 4 to 20 mA loop.

Magmeter: Electromagnetic flow meter.

Metalex™: Product name of fixed insertion metal paddlewheel flow sensors manu-
factured by George Fischer Signet Inc.

Mho: The unit of conductance such that a constant voltage of one volt between its
ends produces a current of one ampere in the conductor.

Mini-Tap: Stainless steel installation fittings for use with Metalex flow sensors.

NEMA 4: A standard for enclosures maintained by the National Electrical Manufac-

turers Association; NEMA 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use prima-
rily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing
water, and hose-directed water.

NEMA 4X: Same as NEMA 4, with added protection from corrosion.

NEMA 6: A standard for enclosures maintained by the National Electrical Manufac-

turers Association; NEMA 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use prima-
rily to provide a degree of protection in submersible applications.

NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology.

Non-isolated: Two or more electrical circuits sharing a common ground. When

separated by distance or connected to additional circuitry there is increased prob-
ability for measurement errors due to ground loops.

Ohm: The unit of measure for electrical resistance. A resistance of 1 ohm will pass 1
ampere of current when a voltage of 1 volt is applied.

Open Collector Output: An NPN transistor or FET output generally used to pull a
signal from high to low. Device used for frequency, pulse, and alarm outputs.

Operating Temperature: The temperature at which a product is capable of operat-

ing; usually a minimum and maximum value.

ORP (Oxidation Reduction Potential): A method of measuring the degree of

completion of a chemical reaction by detecting the ratio of ions in the reduced form
to those in the oxidized form as a variation in electrical potential measured by an
ORP electrode.

Paddlewheel: A type of insertion flow sensor (pioneered by George Fischer Signet

Inc.) that utilizes a bladed rotor to engage the fluid flowing in a pipe. The spinning
rotor produces a frequency output directly proportional to the fluid velocity.

PBT: PolyButylene Terephthalate: A semi-crystalline polymer, combining good

strength and stiffness with low moisture absorption, exceptional thermal stability,
excellent electrical insulation properties, outstanding dimensional stability and resis-
tance to the effects® of a wide range of chemicals, solvents, and oils. Housing material
used in ProcessPro instruments.

238 www.gfsignet.com
 Glossary
PEEK: PolyEtherEtherKetone; an engineering thermoplastic with excellent mechanical,
chemical and water resistance. In +GF+ SIGNET products, the insulator in conductiv-
ity electrodes.

Percent Rejection: An indicator of RO system efficiency and membrane condition.

Defined as one minus the ratio of the conductivity of RO product water to feed water,
expressed as a percentage, and representing the extent to which incoming contami-
nants were rejected by the system.

pH: A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution, numerically equal to 7 for

neutral solutions, increasing with increasing alkalinity and decreasing with increasing
acidity. The pH scale commonly in use ranges from 0 to 14.

Piezoelectric: The generation of electricity or of electric polarity in dielectric crystals

subjected to mechanical stress, or the generation of stress in such crystals subjected to
an applied voltage.

Preamplifier: A device used typically to protect the relatively weak output signals of
pH and ORP electrodes from the wide variety of electromagnetic interference common
in most industrial environments.

ProcessPro®: +GF+ SIGNET product name for a group of instruments characterized

by a basic 4 to 20 mA Loop output, for the measurement of Flow, pH/ORP, Conductiv-
ity, Pressure and Temperature.

Profibus: A vendor-independent open fieldbus standard used in manufacturing and

building automation as well as process control. Utilizes a non-powered two-wire (RS485)
network. PROFIBUS is standardized under the European Fieldbus Standard EN 50 170.

ProPoint™: +GF+ SIGNET product name for a group of panel mount instruments for
the measurement of Flow, Batch, pH/ORP, Conductivity/Resistivity, Salinity and others.
Characterized by a unique analog and digital display.

Proportional Pulse: In +GF+ SIGNET products, an operating mode for relays and
open-collector outputs that varies the frequency of the pulse in direct proportion to
input variations.

Pull-up resistor: A resistor needed to obtain the high-level voltage signal in a transis-
tor-type output circuit.

PWM: Pulse Width Modulation; In +GF+ SIGNET products, an operating mode for
relays and open-collector outputs characterized by varying the time that a pulse is “on”
versus the time it is “off”. Also, a method of digitally encoding analog signal levels.
Glossary
of Terms

Quinhydrone: A crystalline powder typically added to pH 4 and 7 buffers for the

purpose of producing standard solutions used in the calibration of ORP measuring
systems.

RC Filter: A resistive-capacitive device, often referred to as a “snubber”, designed to

protect instrumentation and relay contacts by capturing the voltage spikes resulting
from the switching of large inductive loads such as solenoids and motor starters, etc.

REDOX: Reduction/Oxidation; Same as ORP.

www.gfsignet.com 239
Glossary
Relative Humidity: The amount of moisture in the air as compared with the maximum
amount that the air could contain at the same temperature, expressed as a percentage.

Relay: An electromechanical switch.

Repeatability: The extent to which an output (response) repeatedly corresponds to

identical input (stimulus) during dynamic conditions.

Resistivity: The inverse of conductivity (1/conductivity).

Reverse Osmosis: a process that allows the removal of particles as small as ions from a
solution. The most common use for reverse osmosis is in purifying water. It is used to
produce water that meets the most demanding specifications that are currently in place.

Reynolds Number: A dimensionless quantity associated with the smoothness of flow of a

fluid. At low velocities fluid flow is smooth, or laminar, and the fluid can be pictured as a
series of parallel layers, or lamina, moving at different velocities. The fluid friction between
these layers gives rise to viscosity. As the fluid flows more rapidly, it reaches a velocity,
known as the critical velocity, at which the motion changes from laminar to turbulent, with
the formation of eddy currents and vortices that disturb the flow. The formula can be
stated as:
R=dv/µ where d is inside diameter, v is velocity and µ is viscosity.
In general,
• R < 2000 = Laminar Flow
• R > 2000 < 4500 = Transitional (Indeterminate)
• R > 4500 = Fully Developed & Turbulent
(most flow sensors operate best in turbulent flow)

Rotor-X: Family trade name of the original +GF+ SIGNET plastic paddlewheel flow
sensors.

RS232: An interface standard between equipment employing serial binary data inter-
change.
®
Ryton : A registered trademark of Phillips Company. Known as Polyphenylene sulfide
(pps), it is a semi-crystalline polymer that has a highly stable molecular structure, remark-
able for its short term and long term thermal stability. It has outstanding resistance to
aggressive chemicals and excellent dielectric and insulating properties.

S3L: Acronym for Signet Sensor Serial Link; a digital communication method between
+GF+ SIGNET sensors and host instruments.

SafeLoc™: Name coined by George Fischer Signet Inc. to define the unique locking
mechanism used in the +GF+ SIGNET 3719 pH Wet-Tap assembly.

Salinity: A measurement of dissolved salt concentration, as in seawater, typically ex-

pressed in parts per thousand (ppt).

Sensor: 1) A primary detection device typically providing direct input to a measurement

instrument (i.e., paddlewheel flow sensor). 2) The combination of an electrode and some
secondary conditioning circuitry (i.e., pH electrode and preamplifier). 3) Electrode.

240 www.gfsignet.com
 Glossary
Sleeved Rotor: An accessory rotor featuring a self-lubricating mechanical sleeve that
replaces the standard liquid bearing of Rotor-X paddlewheel flow sensors. Sleeved
rotors will extend the maintenance interval in applications known to produce prema-
ture rotor wear, such as those involving abrasive liquids.

Specific Gravity: Ratio of the mass of a body to the mass of an equal body of
volume of water at 4°C, or some other specified temperature.

Suspended Solids: Particulate suspended (as opposed to being dissolved) and

typically creating turbid, cloudy conditions in liquid.

TDS: Total dissolved solids.

Totalizer: In flow instrumentation, a permanent or resettable counter for volume such

as gallons or tens of gallons, etc.

Transmitter (two-wire): A device that converts an electrode or sensor input to a 4 to

20 mA output using the same two wires for signal transmission as for system power

Turndown Ratio: Dynamic response characteristic. The ratio of a sensor’s maximum

measurement range to its minimum measurement range.

Twist-Lock: +GF+ SIGNET quick and easy connector scheme between the 2720
Preamplifier and 2714-2717 pH and ORP electrodes.

Ultrasonic: Designating frequencies of mechanical vibration above the range au-

dible to the human ear, i.e., above 20,000 Hz.

Viscosity: The internal friction of a fluid, caused by molecular interaction, which

makes it resist a tendency to flow.

Voltage (output): A standard analog signal (typically 0 to 5 or 0 to 10 VDC, but less

common than 4 to 20 mA) used for the proportional representation of a measurement
variable or process condition.

Vortex shedding: A type of flow measurement device where vortices are formed
continuously behind a solid body in a stream, and the frequency of the vortices is
proportional to the flow rate.

Weldolet: A weld-on branch connection for metal pipe typically used as an installa-
tion fitting for insertion-style sensors or electrodes.

Wet-Tap: A mechanical assembly that, after initial installation into a non-pressurized

system, allows the insertion and removal of a sensor or electrode without the need for
Glossary
of Terms

system shutdown. Similar to Hot-Tap.

Window (Relay Module): An out-of-range alarm scenario that allows a single relay
to be triggered by either a high or a low process condition. For example, a relay in
window mode can be programmed to trigger if a pH value in a final effluent tank
drops below 6.0 or rises above 8.5.

www.gfsignet.com 241
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Paddlewheel Flow Sensors Paddlewheel Flow Sensors
198 864 504 3-8510-P0 14 159 000 267 3-2517.102 25
198 864 505 3-8510-P1 14 159 000 268 3-2517.103 25
159 000 622 3-8510-T0 14 198 840 035 3-2540-1 27
198 864 506 3-8510-V0 14 198 840 036 3-2540-2 27
198 801 659 P51530-H0 14 198 840 037 3-2540-3 27
198 801 620 P51530-P0 14 198 840 038 3-2540-4 27
198 801 621 P51530-P1 14 Turbine Flow Sensors
198 801 622 P51530-P2 14 159 000 001 3-2100-1L 29
198 801 661 P51530-S0 14 159 000 002 3-2100-1H 29
198 801 663 P51530-T0 14 159 000 003 3-2100-2L 29
198 801 664 P51530-T1 14 159 000 004 3-2100-2H 29
198 801 623 P51530-V0 14 159 000 005 3-2100-31 29
198 801 624 P51530-V1 14 159 000 006 3-2100-32 29
198 801 625 P51530-V2 14 159 000 007 3-2100-33 29
198 840 310 P51530-P3 15 159 000 008 3-2100-34 29
198 840 311 P51530-P4 15 159 000 009 3-2100-35 29
198 840 312 P51530-P5 15 159 000 010 3-2100-36 29
198 840 143 3-2536-P0 18 159 000 011 3-2100-37 29
198 840 144 3-2536-P1 18 159 000 012 3-2100-38 29
198 840 145 3-2536-P2 18 159 000 633 3-2100-40 29
198 840 149 3-2536-T0 18 159 000 634 3-2100-41 29
198 840 146 3-2536-V0 18 159 000 635 3-2100-42 29
198 840 147 3-2536-V1 18 In-line Rotor Flow Sensors
198 864 513 3-8512-P0 18 198 801 732 3-2507.100-2V 33
198 864 514 3-8512-P1 18 198 801 733 3-2507.100-3V 33
198 864 518 3-8512-T0 18 198 801 734 3-2507.100-4V 33
198 864 516 3-8512-V0 18 198 801 736 3-2507.100-6V 33
159 000 758 3-2536-P3 19 198 822 000 3-2000-11 31
159 000 759 3-2536-P4 19 198 822 001 3-2000-12 31
159 000 760 3-2536-P5 19 198 822 002 3-2000-21 31
159 000 757 3-3519 21 198 822 003 3-2000-22 31
159 000 822 3519/2536-P3 21 Insertion Magmeters
159 000 823 3519/2536-P4 21 159 000 294 3-2550.100-110 35
159 000 824 3519/2536-P5 21 159 000 296 3-2550.355 35
159 000 819 3519/515-P3 21 159 000 632 3-2550.100-110T 35
159 000 820 3519/515-P4 21 198 840 024 3-2550.100-111 35
159 000 821 3519/515-P5 21 198 840 025 3-2550.100-111T 35
198 801 494 P525-1 23 198 840 030 3-2560-2 37
159 000 963 P525-1S 23 198 840 031 3-2560-1 37
198 801 495 P525-2 23
159 000 964 P525-2S 23
198 801 496 P525-3 23
159 000 965 P525-3S 23
198 840 003 3-2517.100 25
198 840 007 3-2517.101 25

242
Part Number Cross Reference
Mfr. Part No. Code Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Vortex Flow Sensors Vortex Flow Sensors
159 000 106 3-7000-11 41 159 000 588 3-7000.391-62 42
159 000 107 3-7000-12 41 159 000 589 3-7000.391-63 42
159 000 108 3-7000-13 41 159 000 590 3-7000.391-64 42
159 000 109 3-7000-14 41 159 000 591 3-7000.391-65 42
159 000 110 3-7000-15 41 159 000 592 3-7000.391-66 42
159 000 111 3-7000-16 41 159 000 124 3-7000-41 42
159 000 112 3-7000-21 41 159 000 125 3-7000-42 42
159 000 113 3-7000-22 41 159 000 126 3-7000-43 42
159 000 114 3-7000-23 41 159 000 127 3-7000-44 42
159 000 115 3-7000-24 41 159 000 128 3-7000-45 42
159 000 116 3-7000-25 41 159 000 129 3-7000-46 42
159 000 117 3-7000-26 41 159 000 130 3-7000-51 42
159 000 118 3-7000-31 41 159 000 131 3-7000-52 42
159 000 119 3-7000-32 41 159 000 132 3-7000-53 42
159 000 120 3-7000-33 41 159 000 133 3-7000-54 42
159 000 121 3-7000-34 41 159 000 134 3-7000-55 42
159 000 122 3-7000-35 41 159 000 135 3-7000-56 42
159 000 123 3-7000-36 41 159 000 136 3-7000-61 42
159 000 611 3-7000.391-11 42 159 000 137 3-7000-62 42
159 000 612 3-7000.391-12 42 159 000 138 3-7000-63 42
159 000 613 3-7000.391-13 42 159 000 139 3-7000-64 42
159 000 614 3-7000.391-14 42 159 000 140 3-7000-65 42
159 000 615 3-7000.391-15 42 159 000 141 3-7000-66 42
159 000 616 3-7000.391-16 42 159 000 148 3-7001-11 42
159 000 605 3-7000.391-21 42 159 000 149 3-7001-12 42
159 000 606 3-7000.391-22 42 159 000 150 3-7001-13 42
159 000 607 3-7000.391-23 42 159 000 151 3-7001-14 42
159 000 608 3-7000.391-24 42 159 000 152 3-7001-15 42
159 000 609 3-7000.391-25 42 159 000 153 3-7001-16 42
159 000 610 3-7000.391-26 42 159 000 154 3-7001-21 42
159 000 599 3-7000.391-31 42 159 000 155 3-7001-22 42
159 000 600 3-7000.391-32 42 159 000 156 3-7001-23 42
159 000 601 3-7000.391-33 42 159 000 157 3-7001-24 42
159 000 602 3-7000.391-34 42 159 000 158 3-7001-25 42
159 000 603 3-7000.391-35 42 159 000 159 3-7001-26 42
159 000 604 3-7000.391-36 42 159 000 160 3-7001-31 42
159 000 593 3-7000.391-41 42 159 000 161 3-7001-32 42
159 000 594 3-7000.391-42 42 159 000 162 3-7001-33 42
159 000 595 3-7000.391-43 42 159 000 163 3-7001-34 42
159 000 596 3-7000.391-44 42 159 000 164 3-7001-35 42
159 000 597 3-7000.391-45 42 159 000 165 3-7001-36 42
159 000 598 3-7000.391-46 42 159 000 166 3-7001-41 42
159 000 581 3-7000.391-51 42 159 000 167 3-7001-42 42
159 000 582 3-7000.391-52 42 159 000 168 3-7001-43 42
Part No. Cross

159 000 583 3-7000.391-53 42 159 000 169 3-7001-44 42

Reference

159 000 584 3-7000.391-54 42 159 000 170 3-7001-45 42

159 000 585 3-7000.391-55 42 159 000 171 3-7001-46 42
159 000 586 3-7000.391-56 42 159 000 172 3-7001-51 42
159 000 587 3-7000.391-61 42 159 000 173 3-7001-52 42

243
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Vortex Flow Sensors pH/ORP Electrodes
159 000 174 3-7001-53 42 198 864 602 3-2720 79
159 000 175 3-7001-54 42 198 864 603 3-2720-2 79
159 000 176 3-7001-55 42 198 864 610 3-2721 79
159 000 177 3-7001-56 42 159 000 747 3-2754 83
159 000 178 3-7001-61 42 159 000 748 3-2754-HF 83
159 000 179 3-7001-62 42 159 000 749 3-2755 83
159 000 180 3-7001-63 42 159 000 750 3-2756 83
159 000 181 3-7001-64 42 159 000 751 3-2756-DI 83
159 000 182 3-7001-65 42 159 000 752 3-2757 83
159 000 183 3-7001-66 42 159 000 955 3-2774 87
159 000 692 3-7002.391 47 159 000 956 3-2774-1 87
159 000 657 3-7002-2AF 47 159 000 957 3-2775 87
159 000 658 3-7002-2AFI 47 159 000 958 3-2775-1 87
159 000 661 3-7002-2AW 47 159 000 959 3-2776 87
159 000 662 3-7002-2BF 47 159 000 960 3-2776-1 87
159 000 663 3-7002-2BFI 47 159 000 961 3-2777 87
159 000 666 3-7002-2BW 47 159 000 962 3-2777-1 87
159 000 667 3-7002-3AF 47 159 000 943 3-2764-1 91
159 000 668 3-7002-3AFI 47 159 000 944 3-2764-2 91
159 000 671 3-7002-3AW 47 159 000 945 3-2764-3 91
159 000 672 3-7002-3BF 47 159 000 946 3-2765-1 91
159 000 673 3-7002-3BFI 47 159 000 947 3-2765-2 91
159 000 676 3-7002-3BW 47 159 000 948 3-2765-3 91
Ultrasonic Flow 159 000 949 3-2766-1 91
159 000 989 3-3300 51 159 000 950 3-2766-2 91
159 000 990 3-3500.310-1 51 159 000 951 3-2766-3 91
159 000 991 3-3500.310-2 51 159 000 952 3-2767-1 91
159 000 992 3-3500.311-1 51 159 000 953 3-2767-2 91
159 000 993 3-3500.311-2 51 159 000 954 3-2767-3 91
159 000 994 3-3500.312-1 51 159 000 804 3-3719-11 93
159 000 995 3-3500.312-2 51 159 000 806 3-3719-12 93
159 000 996 3-3500.313-1 51 159 000 805 3-3719-21 93
159 000 997 3-3500.313-2 51 159 000 807 3-3719-22 93
159 000 998 3-3500.320-1 51 159 000 765 3-2759.393 79, 198
159 000 999 3-3500.320-2 51 159 000 762 3-2759 79, 83, 87, 91, 200
159 001 001 3-3500.320-3 51 159 000 809 3-2716-WT 79, 93
159 001 002 3-3500.320-4 51 159 000 811 3-2717-WT 79, 93
159 001 003 3-3500.330-1 51 159 000 764 3-2759.391 83, 87, 91, 198
159 001 004 3-3500.330-2 51 159 000 744 3-2750-1 83, 87, 91, 97
159 001 005 3-3500.330-3 51 159 000 745 3-2750-2 83, 87, 91, 97
159 001 006 3-3500.330-4 51 159 000 746 3-2750-3 83, 87, 91, 97
pH and ORP Electrodes 159 000 842 3-2750-4 83, 87, 91, 97
198 844 300 3-2714 79 159 000 939 3-2760-1 83, 87, 91, 97
198 844 305 3-2714-HF 79 159 000 940 3-2760-2 83, 87, 91, 97
198 844 301 3-2715 79 159 000 941 3-2760-3 83, 87, 97
198 844 302 3-2716 79 159 000 942 3-2760-4 83, 87, 97
198 844 306 3-2716-DI 79 159 000 834 3-2756-WT 83, 93
198 844 303 3-2717 79 159 000 835 3-2757-WT 83, 93

244
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Temperature and Pressure Sensors Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes
159 000 021 3-2350-1 129 159 000 652 3-2821-T1C 107
159 000 022 3-2350-2 129 159 000 627 3-2821-T2 107
159 000 920 3-2350-3 129 159 000 653 3-2821-T2C 107
159 000 026 3-2450-1H 131 198 844 002 3-2822-1 107
159 000 024 3-2450-1L 131 198 844 003 3-2823-1 107
159 000 679 3-2450-1U 131 159 000 921 3-2839-1 111
159 000 027 3-2450-2H 131 159 000 923 3-2839-1D 111
159 000 025 3-2450-2L 131 159 000 922 3-2839-2 111
159 000 680 3-2450-2U 131 159 000 924 3-2839-2D 111
159 000 681 3-2450-3H 131 159 000 786 3-2840-1 111
159 000 682 3-2450-3L 131 159 000 788 3-2840-1D 111
159 000 683 3-2450-3U 131 159 000 787 3-2840-2 111
159 000 684 3-2450-4H 131 159 000 789 3-2840-2D 111
159 000 685 3-2450-4L 131 159 000 790 3-2841-1 111
159 000 686 3-2450-4U 131 159 000 792 3-2841-1D 111
159 000 909 3-2450-5H 131 159 000 791 3-2841-2 111
159 000 907 3-2450-5L 131 159 000 793 3-2841-2D 111
159 000 905 3-2450-5U 131 159 000 925 3-2842.390 111
159 000 910 3-2450-7H 131 159 000 794 3-2842-1 111
159 000 908 3-2450-7L 131 159 000 796 3-2842-1D 111
159 000 906 3-2450-7U 131 159 000 795 3-2842-2 111
Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes 159 000 797 3-2842-2D 111
198 844 010 3-2819-1 107 159 000 783 3-2850-1 115
159 000 651 3-2819-1C 107 159 000 784 3-2850-2 115
159 000 085 3-2819-S1 107 159 000 785 3-2850-3 115
159 000 087 3-2819-S1C 107 159 000 857 3-2850-4 115
159 000 086 3-2819-S2 107 159 000 628 3-2830 105, 111, 201
159 000 088 3-2819-S2C 107 159 000 888 3-2831 111, 115, 201
159 000 081 3-2819-T1 107 Instruments
159 000 083 3-2819-T1C 107 198 825 007 3-5075 53
159 000 082 3-2819-T2 107 198 825 000 3-5090 55
159 000 084 3-2819-T2C 107 198 825 010 3-5091 57
198 844 000 3-2820-1 107 198 825 002 3-5500 59
159 000 654 3-2820-1C 107 198 825 006 3-5600 61
159 000 089 3-2820-S1 107 159 000 930 3-8150-1P 63
159 000 091 3-2820-S1C 107 159 000 048 3-8550-1P 65
159 000 090 3-2820-S2 107 159 000 050 3-8550-2P 65
159 000 092 3-2820-S2C 107 159 000 051 3-8550-3 65
159 000 624 3-2820-T1 107 159 000 052 3-8550-3P 65
159 000 655 3-2820-T1C 107 198 825 003 3-5700 99
159 000 625 3-2820-T2 107 159 000 053 3-8750-1 101
159 000 656 3-2820-T2C 107 159 000 054 3-8750-1P 101
198 844 001 3-2821-1 107 159 000 055 3-8750-2 101
159 000 650 3-2821-1C 107 159 000 056 3-8750-2P 101
Part No. Cross

159 000 093 3-2821-S1 107 159 000 057 3-8750-3 101
Reference

159 000 095 3-2821-S1C 107 159 000 058 3-8750-3P 101
150 000 094 3-2821-S2 107 198 825 005 3-5800CR 117
159 000 096 3-2821-S2C 107 198 825 008 3-5900 119
159 000 626 3-2821-T1 107 159 000 229 3-8850-1P 121

245
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Instruments Instruments
159 000 231 3-8850-2P 121 159 000 194 3-8350-2 69, 127, 135, 141
159 000 233 3-8850-3P 121 159 000 041 3-8450-1 69, 127, 137, 141
159 000 677 3-8860 123 159 000 043 3-8450-2 69, 127, 137, 141
159 000 678 3-8860-AC 123 Fittings
159 000 767 3-8250-2P 133 159 000 408 CPV8T005 180
159 000 768 3-8250-3 133 159 000 409 CPV8T005F 180
159 000 769 3-8250-3P 133 159 000 410 CPV8T007 180
159 000 193 3-8350-1P 135 159 000 411 CPV8T007F 180
159 000 195 3-8350-2P 135 159 000 412 CPV8T010 180
159 000 196 3-8350-3 135 159 000 413 CPV8T010F 180
159 000 197 3-8350-3P 135 159 000 414 CPV8T012 180
159 000 042 3-8450-1P 137 159 000 415 CPV8T012F 180
159 000 044 3-8450-2P 137 159 000 416 CPV8T015 180
159 000 045 3-8450-3 137 159 000 417 CPV8T015F 180
159 000 046 3-8450-3P 137 159 000 441 FPS030 183
159 000 868 3-8900 147 159 000 442 FPS040 183
159 000 870 3-8900.401-1 147 159 000 443 FPS060 185
159 000 969 3-8900.401-10 147 159 000 444 FPS100 187
159 000 970 3-8900.401-11 147 159 000 445 FPS120 187
159 000 971 3-8900.401-12 147 159 000 446 FPT015 183
159 000 871 3-8900.401-2 147 159 000 447 FPT020 183
159 000 872 3-8900.401-3 147 159 000 484 P526-1020 188
159 000 873 3-8900.401-4 147 159 000 485 P526-1025 188
159 000 874 3-8900.401-5 147 159 000 486 P526-1030 188
159 000 875 3-8900.401-6 147 159 000 487 P526-1040 188
159 000 876 3-8900.401-7 147 159 000 488 P526-1050 188
159 000 877 3-8900.401-8 147 159 000 489 P526-1060 188
159 000 968 3-8900.401-9 147 159 000 490 P526-1080 188
159 000 878 3-8900.402-1 147 159 000 491 P526-1100 188
159 000 879 3-8900.402-2 147 159 000 492 P526-1120 188
159 000 880 3-8900.403-1 147 159 000 494 P526-2012 188
159 000 881 3-8900.403-2 147 159 000 495 P526-2020 188
159 000 882 3-8900.404-1 147 159 000 496 P526-2025 188
159 000 883 3-8900.405-1 147 159 000 497 P526-2030 188
159 000 884 3-8900.405-2 147 159 000 498 P526-2040 188
159 000 885 3-8900.405-3 147 159 000 499 P526-2050 188
159 000 869 3-8900-VF 147 159 000 500 P526-2060 188
159 000 929 3-8150-1 63, 69 127, 141 159 000 501 P526-2080 188
159 000 931 3-8150-P0 63, 69 127, 141 159 000 502 P526-2100 188
159 000 932 3-8150-P1 63, 69 127, 141 159 000 503 P526-2120 188
159 001 011 3-8150-T0 63, 69, 127, 141 159 000 526 PV8T005 180
159 001 012 3-8150-V0 63, 69, 127, 141 159 000 527 PV8T005F 180
159 000 047 3-8550-1 65, 69, 127, 141 159 000 528 PV8T007 180
159 000 049 3-8550-2 65, 69, 127, 141 159 000 529 PV8T007F 180
159 000 228 3-8850-1 69, 121, 127, 141 159 000 530 PV8T010 180
159 000 230 3-8850-2 69, 121, 127, 141 159 000 531 PV8T010F 180
159 000 232 3-8850-3 69, 121, 127, 141 159 000 532 PV8T012 180
159 000 766 3-8250-2 69, 127, 133, 141 159 000 533 PV8T012F 180
159 000 192 3-8350-1 69, 127, 135, 141 159 000 534 PV8T015 180

246
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Fittings Fittings
159 000 535 PV8T015F 180 198 150 562 PPMT040 190
159 000 637 PV8S020 180 198 150 563 PPMT050 190
159 000 638 PV8S025 180 198 150 564 PPMT060 190
159 000 639 PV8S080 184 198 150 565 PPMT080 190
159 000 693 PPS100 186 198 150 571 SFMT025 190
159 000 694 PPS120 186 198 150 573 SFMT040 190
159 000 695 PV8S100 186 198 150 574 SFMT050 190
159 000 696 PV8S120 186 198 150 575 SFMT060 190
159 000 812 2007-0225 93, 201 198 150 576 SFMT080 190
159 000 813 2007-0230 93, 201 198 150 577 PV8S030 180
159 000 814 2007-0240 93, 201 198 150 578 PV8S040 180
159 000 815 2007-0260 93, 201 198 150 579 PV8S060 184
159 000 816 2007-0280 93, 201 198 150 697 SFMT030 190
159 000 817 2007-0210 93, 201 198 801 230 - 191
159 000 818 2007-0212 93, 201 198 801 231 - 191
198 150 480 PVMT005 189 198 801 232 - 191
198 150 481 PVMT007 189 198 801 233 - 191
198 150 482 PVMT010 189 198 801 234 - 191
198 150 483 PVMT012 189 198 801 235 - 191
198 150 484 PVMT015 189 198 801 236 - 192
198 150 485 PVMT020 189 198 801 237 - 192
198 150 494 PVAT005 181 198 801 238 - 192
198 150 495 PVAT007 181 198 801 239 - 192
198 150 496 PVAT010 181 198 801 240 - 192
198 150 497 PVAT012 181 198 801 241 - 192
198 150 498 PVAT015 181 198 801 242 - 192
198 150 499 PVAT020 181 198 801 243 - 192
198 150 522 PPMT005 189 198 801 244 - 192
198 150 523 PPMT007 189 198 801 248 - 191, 192
198 150 524 PPMT010 189 198 801 249 - 192
198 150 525 PPMT012 189 198 801 252 - 191
198 150 526 PPMT015 189 198 801 253 - 191, 192
198 150 527 PPMT020 189 198 801 254 - 191, 192
198 150 529 SFMT005 189 198 801 256 - 191, 192
198 150 530 SFMT007 189 198 801 257 - 191, 192
198 150 531 SFMT010 189 198 801 415 PV8T020 180
198 150 532 SFMT012 189 198 801 416 PV8T030 180
198 150 533 SFMT015 189 198 801 417 FPS080 185
198 150 534 SFMT020 189 198 801 418 CUKT020 182
198 150 538 PVMS025 190 198 801 419 CS4T015 181
198 150 539 PVMS030 190 198 801 420 IR8S040 181
198 150 540 PVMS040 190 198 801 421 IR4T010 192
198 150 543 PVMS060 190 198 801 422 IR4T012 192
198 150 545 PVMS080 190 198 801 423 IR4T015 192
Part No. Cross

198 150 550 PVAS030 181 198 801 424 IR4T020 192
Reference

198 150 551 PVAS040 181 198 801 425 IR8S020 181
198 150 554 PVAS060 184 198 801 426 IR8S025 181
198 150 560 PPMT025 190 198 801 427 IR8S030 181
198 150 561 PPMT030 190 198 801 429 IR8S050 185

247
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Fittings Fittings
198 801 430 IR8S060 185 198 840 501 P526-2005 188
198 801 431 IR8S080 185 198 840 502 P526-2007 188
198 801 432 IR8S100 186 198 840 503 P526-2010 188
198 801 433 IR8S120 186 198 840 506 P526-2015 188
198 801 436 PV8T040 180 Accessories and Replacement Parts
198 801 459 CS4T005 181 159 000 014 3-2100.390 29, 198
198 801 460 CS4T007 181 159 000 015 3-2100.390-1L 29, 198
198 801 461 CS4T010 181 159 000 016 3-2100.390-1H 29, 198
198 801 462 CS4T012 181 159 000 017 3-2100.390-2L 29, 198
198 801 463 CS4T020 181 159 000 018 3-2100.390-2H 29, 198
198 801 464 CS4W025 183 159 000 019 1220-0018 29, 199
198 801 465 CS4W050 184 159 000 020 1224-0018 29, 199
198 801 552 CS4W040 183 159 000 184 3-8050 65, 101, 121, 135, 137, 133,
198 801 553 CS4W060 184 195
198 801 554 CR4T005 182 159 000 186 3-8050.395 65, 101, 121, 123, 133,135,
198 801 555 CR4T007 182 137, 147, 195
198 801 556 CR4T010 182 159 000 187 3-8051 65, 195
198 801 557 CS4W030 183 159 000 188 3-8052 69, 121, 127, 135, 137, 141
198 801 573 PV8T025 180 159 000 235 1222-0439 35, 199
198 801 574 CS4W080 184 159 000 236 1223-0151 43, 199
198 801 575 CS4W100 187 159 000 239 1500-0101 35, 37, 198
198 801 576 CS4W120 187 159 000 248 3-2000.390 31, 197
198 801 687 CUKT005 182 159 000 254 3-2507.080-2 33, 197
198 801 688 CUKT007 182 159 000 255 3-2507.080-3 33, 199
198 801 689 CUKT010 182 159 000 256 3-2507.080-5 33, 198
198 801 690 CUKT012 182 159 000 269 3-2517.567 25, 198
198 801 691 CUKT015 182 159 000 272 3-2536.320-2 19, 197
198 801 770 BR4T010 182 159 000 273 3-2536.320-3 19, 197
198 801 771 BR4T012 182 159 000 296 3-2550.355 35, 197
198 801 772 BR4T015 182 159 000 323 3-5000.390 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 118,
120, 195
198 801 773 BR4T020 182
159 000 325 3-5000.396 56, 58
198 801 783 CR4T012 182
159 000 326 3-5000.397 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 118,
198 801 784 CR4T015 182
120, 196
198 801 785 CR4T020 182
159 000 334 3-5090.390 56, 196
198 801 786 CR4W025 183
159 000 339 3-5091 .611 58, 196
198 801 787 CR4W030 183
159 000 347 3-5500.390 54, 60, 62, 118, 196
198 801 788 CR4W040 183
159 000 392 5523-0222 27, 31, 149, 151, 153, 201
198 801 789 CR4W050 185
159 000 393 5523-3222 23, 198
198 801 790 CR4W060 185
159 000 459 P31515-0V200 79, 83, 200
198 801 791 CR4W080 185
159 000 464 P31542-3 19, 198
198 801 792 CR4W100 187
159 000 474 P51547-3 15, 197
198 801 793 CR4W120 187
159 000 563 3-7000.390-01 43, 199
198 801 794 BR4B025 183
159 000 564 3-7000.390-02 43, 199
198 801 795 BR4B030 183
159 000 565 3-7000.390-03 43, 199
198 801 796 BR4B040 183
159 000 566 3-7000.390-04 43, 199
198 801 797 BR4B050 184
159 000 567 3-7000.390-05 43, 199
198 801 798 BR4B060 184
159 000 568 3-7000.390-06 43, 199
198 801 799 BR4B080 184
159 000 569 3-7000.390-07 43, 199
198 801 800 BR4B100 187
159 000 570 3-7000.390-08 43, 199
198 801 801 BR4B120 187

248
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Accessories and Replacement Parts Accessories and Replacement Parts
159 000 571 3-7000.390-09 43, 199 159 000 859 6205-0003 149, 151, 153, 201
159 000 572 3-7000.390-10 43, 199 159 000 888 3-2831 111, 201
159 000 573 3-7000.390-11 43, 199 159 000 889 3-8050-1CR 115, 201
159 000 574 3-7000.390-12 43, 199 159 000 890 3-8052-1CR 115, 201
159 000 575 3-7000.390-13 43, 199 159 000 892 3-0000.596-1 195
159 000 576 3-7000.390-14 43, 199 159 000 893 3-0000.596-2 123, 147, 195
159 000 577 3-7000.390-15 43, 199 159 000 925 3-2842.390 111, 201
159 000 578 3-7000.390-16 43, 199 159 000 927 1220-9458 93, 201
159 000 579 3-7000.390-17 43, 199 159 000 966 3-8058-1 149, 196
159 000 580 3-7000.390-18 43, 199 159 000 967 3-8058-2 149, 196
159 000 617 3-8050.396 65, 101, 121, 133, 135, 159 000 972 3-3300.100 51, 199
157, 196 159 000 973 3-3200.075 51, 199
159 000 618 3-0000.393 43, 47, 198 159 000 975 3-3200.076 51, 199
159 000 628 3-2830 107, 111, 201 159 000 976 3-3200.395 51, 199
159 000 629 3-8055 43, 198 159 000 977 3-3200.390 51, 199
159 000 630 P31515-0P200 79, 83, 200 159 000 978 3-3200.091 51, 199
159 000 631 P31515-0C200 79, 83, 20 159 000 979 3-3200.391 51, 199
159 000 636 5523-0624 79, 97, 200 159 000 980 3-3200.392 51, 199
159 000 640 3-8050.392 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 159 000 981 3-3200.393 51, 199
118, 120, 147, 195 159 000 982 3-3300.393 51, 199
159 000 641 3-0000.596 195 159 000 983 3-3500.391 51, 199
159 000 646 3-5000.398 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 159 000 984 3-3500.392 51, 199
118, 120, 196 159 000 985 3-3500.398 51, 199
159 000 647 6400-0020 35, 198 159 000 986 3-3500.390 51, 199
159 000 648 3-2540.520 27, 197 159 000 987 3-3500.393 51, 199
159 000 649 P31536-2 15, 19, 198 159 000 988 3-3500.397 51, 199
159 000 687 7300-7524 155 159 001 009 2120-0015 91, 200
159 000 688 7300-1524 155 159 001 010 2122-0015 91, 200
159 000 689 7300-3024 155 198 801 181 M1538-2 15, 197
159 000 690 7300-5024 155 198 801 182 M1546-1 15, 19, 197
159 000 691 7300-1024 155 198 801 183 M1546-2 15, 19, 197
159 000 692 3-7002.391 47, 198 198 801 186 1220-0021 15, 119, 199
159 000 753 3-8050-1 65, 101, 121, 133, 135, 198 801 500 P52504-1 23, 197
157, 199
198 801 502 3-2507.081-2 33, 198
159 000 754 3-8050-2 97, 201
198 801 503 3-2507.081-3 33, 198
159 000 761 5523-0322 23, 198
198 801 558 3-2507.081-4 33, 198
159 000 762 3-2759 79, 83, 87, 91, 200
198 801 630 P31542 15, 198
159 000 764 3-2759.391 83, 87, 91, 200
198 820 006 1224-0021 15, 19, 25, 27, 199
159 000 770 3-8059-2 147, 151
198 820 007 1228-0021 15, 19, 27, 199
159 000 771 3-8059-2AC 147, 151
198 820 008 3-1500.663 25, 27, 198
159 000 772 3-8059-4 147, 151
198 820 013 P52503 23, 25, 197
159 000 773 3-8059-4AC 147, 151
198 820 014 M1546-3 15, 19, 197
159 000 802 3-8050-2CR 115, 201
198 820 015 M1546-4 15, 19, 197
159 000 803 3-8052-2CR 115, 201
198 820 016 P51545 19, 197
Part No. Cross

159 000 849 3-2541 .260-1 27, 198

198 820 017 3-0515.322-3 15, 197
Reference

159 000 850 3-2541 .260-2 27, 198

198 820 018 M1538-4 15, 197
159 000 852 1220-0121 25, 27, 199
198 820 023 P52504-2 23, 197
159 000 854 1220-0114 93, 201
198 820 043 P51550-3 15, 197
159 000 855 3-3719.390 93, 201
198 820 049 1220-0029 31, 199
159 000 858 6205-0002 149, 151, 153, 201

249
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Accessories and Replacement Parts Special Part Numbers with non-standard delivery
198 820 051 2450-0620 31, 198 Special order 3-2774-1-C 87
198 820 052 3-2536.320-1 19, 197 Special order 3-2774-1-HT 87
198 820 054 3-2536.321 19, 197 Special order 3-2774-1-ISO 87
198 820 056 3-2536.322-1 19, 197 Special order 3-2774-C 87
198 820 057 3-2536.322-2 19, 197 Special order 3-2774-HT 87
198 820 058 3-2536.322-3 19, 197 Special order 3-2774-ISO 87
198 820 059 3-0515.322-1 15, 197 Special order 3-2775-1-C 87
198 820 060 3-0515.322-2 15, 197 Special order 3-2775-1-HT 87
198 829 024 7400-0010 196 Special order 3-2775-1-ISO 87
198 840 201 P31536 15, 19, 198 Special order 3-2775-C 87
198 840 202 P31536-1 15, 19, 198 Special order 3-2775-HT 87
198 840 221 3-2820.391 107, 201 Special order 3-2775-ISO 87
198 840 222 3-2820.392 107, 201 Special order 3-2776-1-C 87
198 840 224 3-5000.399 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, Special order 3-2776-1-HT 87
118, 120, 147, 195 Special order 3-2776-1-ISO 87
198 840 225 3-5000.598 195 Special order 3-2776-C 87
198 840 226 3-5000.525-1 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, Special order 3-2776-HT 87
118, 120, 196 Special order 3-2776-ISO 87
198 840 227 3-5000.395 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, Special order 3-2777-1-C 87
118, 120, 195 Special order 3-2777-1-HT 87
198 840 228 3-5090.611 56, 196 Special order 3-2777-1-ISO 87
198 840 230 3-5500.611 54, 60, 62, 118, 196 Special order 3-2777-C 87
198 864 403 3-0700.390 79, 83, 87, 91, 200 Special order 3-2777-HT 87
198 864 920 1203-1121 43, 198 Special order 3-2777-ISO 87
Special order 3-8058-1S 149
Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembled Special order 3-8058-1SSC 149
at the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kit
Special order 3-8058-2S 149
included).
Special order 3-8058-2SC 149
159 000 479 P52509-1 25, 197
Special order 3-8058-2SSC 149
159 000 480 P52509-2 23, 197
Special order 3-8510-T1 14
159 000 481 P52527 23, 27, 198
Special order 3-8510-V1 14
159 000 493 P52618 23, 199
Special order 3-8512-T1 18
159 000 504 P52628 23, 198
Special order 3-8512-V1 18
198 801 501 P52509 19, 23, 197
Special order P51530-H1 14
Special order 3-2536-T1 18
Special order P51530-H2 14
Special order 3-2536-T2 18
Special order P51530-S1 14
Special order 3-2536-V2 18
Special order P51530-S2 14
Special order P51530-T2 14
Special order 3-8058-1SC 149

250
Part Number Cross Reference
Code Mfr. Part No. Page No. Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.
Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembled Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembled
at the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kit at the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kit
included). included).
159 001 013 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141 198 864 801 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-H0 69, 127, 141
159 001 014 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141 198 864 802 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-S0 69, 127, 141
159 001 016 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141 198 864 803 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-V0 69, 127, 141
159 001 017 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141 198 864 804 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-T0 69, 127, 141
159 001 019 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141 198 864 805 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-P1 69, 127, 141
159 001 020 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141 198 864 810 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-P0 69, 127, 141
159 001 022 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141 198 864 811 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-H0 69, 127, 141
159 001 023 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141 198 864 812 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-S0 69, 127, 141
159 001 026 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141 198 864 813 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-V0 69, 127, 141
159 001 029 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141 198 864 814 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-T0 69, 127, 141
159 001 032 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141 198 864 815 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-P1 69, 127, 141
159 001 035 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141 198 864 830 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-P0 69, 127, 141
159 001 038 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141 198 864 831 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-H0 69, 127, 141
159 001 041 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141 198 864 832 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-S0 69, 127, 141
159 001 043 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 833 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-V0 69, 127, 141
159 001 044 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 834 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-T0 69, 127, 141
159 001 045 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 835 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-P1 69, 127, 141
159 001 046 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 840 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-P0 69, 127, 141
159 001 047 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 841 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-H0 69, 127, 141
159 001 048 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 842 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-S0 69, 127, 141
159 001 049 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 843 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-V0 69, 127, 141
159 001 050 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 844 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-T0 69, 127, 141
159 001 051 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 845 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-P1 69, 127, 141
159 001 052 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 860 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141
159 001 053 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 861 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141
159 001 054 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141 198 864 870 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141
198 864 800 3-8350-1 w/ 3-2350-2 69, 127, 141 198 864 871 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141
198 864 800 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-P0 69, 127, 141 198 864 881 3-8350-2 w/ 3-2350-2 69, 127, 141

Part No. Cross

Reference

251
GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index
4 - 20 mA Current Output (Blind Output)
Instruments:
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,
Model 5800CR, p116
Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,
Model 8850, p120
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor, Model
5900, p118
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,
p134
Sensors:
Conductivity Sensor Electronics,
Model 2850, p112
Magnetic Flow Sensor, Model 2550 and
2560, p34, 36
ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94
pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94
Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130
Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128
Ultrasonic Flow Monitor System,
Model 3300/3500, p48
Vortex Flow Sensor, Models 7001 and
7002, p38, 44
A Conductivity Operating Range Graphs,
AC Powered Instruments
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,
Model 5800CR, p116
Conductivity/Resistivity, Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,
Model 5900, p118
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52
Accessories
Conductivity, p201
Flow, p197
Instruments, p195
pH/ORP, p200
Analog Display
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor, Model
5800CR, p116
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,
Model 5900, p118
252
Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 5090, p54
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52
Analog with Digital Display Instruments
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor, Model
5800CR, p116
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,
Model 5900, p118
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52
Application Assistance Form
Flow, Analytical, Level, p224, 225
B
Back Pressure Calculation, p227
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Battery Power Flowmeter, Model 8150, p62
Blind Transmitter
Conductivity Sensor Electronics,
Model 2850, p112
ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94
pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94
Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130
Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128
Vortex Flow Sensors, Models 7001 and
7002, p38, 44
C
Cable Glands See Liquid Tight Connectors
Conductivity Certification Tools, Models
2830 and 2831, p105, 111, 114, 199
Conductivity Controller, Model 8900, p142
Conductivity Monitor, Model 5800CR, p116
p106, 114, 214
Conductivity Sensor (Electrode)
0.01 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2819
and 2839, p104, 108
0.1 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2820 and
2840, p104, 108
1 .0 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2821
and 2841, p104, 108
10.0 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2822
and 2842, p104, 108
20.0 cm-1 cell constant, Model 2823,
p104
Conductivity Technical Information
Definition, p214
Installation, p170
Installation and Application Tips, p216
Principle of operation, p215
Maintenance Tips, p217
Conduit adapter kits, p198
Conductivity Transmitter
Single Channel, Model 8850, p120
Dual Channel, Model 8860, p122
Controller
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
Conversion Factors, p223
www.gfsignet.com
 GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index
CPVC Sch. 80 Fittings, p182
Current Monitor, Model 5091, p56
D Conductivity, Models 2839-2842, p108
DC Powered Instruments
Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,
Model 8850, p120
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134
Derived Functions, instruments with
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134
Differential pH/ORP Sensor (Electrode)
Comparison to standard electrode,
p89, 211
Models 2764-2767, p88
Principle of Operation, p210
Digital display instruments
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60
Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,
Model 5800CR, p116
Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,
Model 8850, p120
Conductivity/Resistivity, Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,
Model 5900, p118
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52
Digital output sensors (electrodes)
Conductivity Sensor Electronics,
Model 2850, p112
ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94
pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750 , p94
Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130
Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128
Digital with Analog Display Instruments
See Analog with Digital Display Instruments
www.gfsignet.com
Doppler, Ultrasonic Flow Meter,
Model 3300, p48
Dry Loc Sensor
pH/ORP, Differential, Models 2764-
2767, p88
pH/ORP, Models 2754-2757 and
Models 2774-2777, p80, 84
Dual Channel Instruments
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450,
p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,
p134
E
Easy-Cal Calibration
pH/ORP, Model 2750, p94
Conductivity, Model 2850, p112
Electromagnetic Flow Meters
See Magmeters
External Relay Module, Model 8059,
p150
F
Fiberglass Saddles and Tees, p183, 185,
187
Fittings
316 SS Tees, p182
316 SS Weldolets, p183, 185, 187
Brass Brazolet, p187
BSP PVC-U Tees and Saddles, p181
Carbon Steel Tees, p118
Carbon Steel Weldolets, p183, 184,
187
Conductivity sensor compatible, p201
Copper Tees, p182
CPVC Sch. 80, p180
Fiberglass Glue-On Saddles, p185,
186
Flow sensor compatible
Paddlewheel, Models 515, 2536,
p186
Paddlewheel, Model 525, p188
Galvanized Iron Tee, p182
Iron Strap-on Saddles, p181, 185, 186
Metalex Fittings, p188
Metric PP Union Tee, p189
Metric PP Wafer, p190
Metric PVC-U Tee, p189
Metric PVC-U Saddles, p190
Metric PVDF Union Tee, p189
Metric PVDF Wafer, p190
pH/ORP Sensor compatible, p180
Index
253
GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index
Fittings continued...
PP Clamp-On, p186
PVC Clamp-On, p180
PVC Glue-On, p186
PVC Sch. 80, p180
Wet-Tap, Model 3519 and 3719
p180, 201
Flanged Sensors
Conductivity, Models 2819, 2820, 2821
p104
Flow, Models 7000, 7001, p38
Flow and Analytical Application
Assistance Form , p222
Flow Controller, Model 5600, p60
Flow Instrumentation
Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600,
p60
Battery Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 8150, p62
Current Monitor, 5091, p56
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 5090, p54
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075,
p52
Transmitter, Model 8550, p120
Flow Meters
Batch (Flow), Model 5600, p60
Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,
p34, 36
Paddlewheel, Models 5075, 5090, 5091,
5500, 5600, 8150, 8550, 8900,
p52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66
Ultrasonic Doppler, Model 3300, p48
Vortex, p38, 44
Flow Monitor
Battery Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 8150, p62
Current Monitor, 5091, p56
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 5090, p54
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075,
p52
Flow Range Charts, p206
Flow Sensor
In-line Rotor, Models 2000 and 2507,
p30, 32
Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,
p34, 36
Paddlewheel, Models 515, 525, 2517,
2536, 2540, p12, 16, 22, 24, 26
Turbine, Model 2100, p28
Ultrasonic Doppler, Model 3300, p48
Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and 7002,
p38, 44
Flow Technical Information
Installation, p156, 161, 163
Principle of operation, p202
Profile, Reynolds Number, p202
254
Flow Through Sensors
Flow, In-Line Rotors, Models 2000 and
2507, p30, 32
Flow, Turbine, Model 2100, p28
Flow, Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and
7002, p38, 44
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
FM Approved Products for Explosion-
Proof installations
Flow Sensors, Models 515, 525,
2517, p12, 22, 24
French Display Instrument, Model 8900,
p142
G
Gaskets, replacements, p199
German Display Instrument, Model 8900,
p142
Glossary of Terms, p234
H
Hot-Tap Sensors, Flow, Models 2517 and
2540, p24, 26
I
Insertion (In-line) Sensors
Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and
2839-2842, p104, 108
Flow, Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,
p34, 36
Flow, Paddlewheel, Models 515, 525,
2517, 2536, 2540, p12, 16, 22, 24,
26
pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757,
2764-2767, and 2774-2777 p76, 80,
84, 88
Pressure, Model 2450, p130
Temperature, Model 2350, p128
Installation Fittings
See Fitting Installation Information
Conductivity sensors, instruments, and
wiring, p170, 174, 176
Flow sensors, instruments, and wiring,
p156, 173, 175
Level instruments and wiring, p177
Multiparameter Instruments and Wiring,
p178
pH/ORP sensors, instruments, and
wiring, p165, 174, 176
Pressure sensor, instruments, and wiring,
p171, 177
Temperature sensor, instruments, and
wiring, p172, 177
Integral Mount Information, p68, 126, 140
Integral Mount Instruments
Battery Powered Flow Monitor,
Model 8150, p62
Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,
Model 8850, p120
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
www.gfsignet.com
 GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index
Integral Mount Instruments continued...
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,
p134
Integral Mount Sensors
Conductivity, p2839-2842, 108
Flow, Models 515 and 2536, p12, 16
Pressure, Model 2450, p130
Temperature, Model 2350, p128
Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and 7002,
p38, 44
Italian Display Instrument, Model 8900,
p142
K 24, 26
K-factors Definition, p156
L pH Controller, Model 8900, p142
LCD Display Instruments See Digital
Display Instruments
Level Application Assistance Form, p225
Level Sensor See Pressure Sensor
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Liquid Tight Connectors, p195
Low Flow Sensors, Models 2000, 2100,
2507, p28, 30, 32
M Definition, p209
Magmeter, Models 2550 and 2560,
p34, 36
Metal Sensors
Metal Flow Sensors, Models 525, 2517,
2540, 3300, p22, 24, 26, 48
Conductivity Sensors, Models 2819-
2823 and 2839-2842, p104, 108
Metalex Sensor, Model 525, p22
Micro-Flow Sensor, Model 2000, p30
Mini-Flow Sensor, Model 2507, p32
Mounting Angles, p156, 161, 163, 167, 169
Mounting Brackets, p195
Mounting Information, p156, 161, 163, 165,
170, 171, 172
Mounting Instruments, p195
Multi-Channel Instruments
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,
Model 8860, p122
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,
p134
Multi-Language Instrument, Model 8900,
p142
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel
Instrument/Controller, Model
8900, p142
O Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,
O-rings, replacements, p199
Open Collectors, Technical Tips, p217
www.gfsignet.com
ORP (REDOX) Electrodes, Models 2715,
2717, 2755,2757, 2765, 2767,
2775, 2777, p76, 80, 84, 88
ORP Controller, Model 8900, p142
ORP Electronic Sensor, Model 2750, p94
ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98
ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100
ORP/pH Technical Information
See pH/ORP Technical Information
P
Paddlewheel Sensors, Models 515, 525,
2517, 2536, 2540, p12,16, 22,
Part Number Index, p242
pH Connector, Model 2760, p94
pH Electrodes, Models 2714,
2716, 2754, 2756, 2764, 2766,
2774, 2776, p76, 80, 84, 88
pH Electronic Sensor, Model 2750, p94
pH Monitor, Model 5700, p98
pH Transmitter, Model 8750, p100
pH/ORP System Tester, Model 2759,
p78, 81, 86, 90
pH/ORP Technical Information
Installation, p165
Installation and Application Tips, p212
Maintenance tips, p213
Principal of operation, p210
Portuguese Display Instrument,
Model 8900, p142
Power Supply, Model 7300, p152
Preamplifier, Model 2720, 2721, 2760
p76, 94
Pressure Drop Graphs and Calculations
p228
Pressure and Temperature Graphs, p226
Pressure Sensors, Installation, p171
Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136
ProcessPro Transmitters, Models 8550,
8750, 8850, 8860, 8350, 8250,
8450, p64, 100, 120, 122, 132, 134,
136
ProPoint Monitors, Models 5075, 5090,
5091, 5500, 5600, 5700, 5800CR,
5900, p52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 98,
116, 118
R
REDOX Electrode See ORP Electrodes
Relays
External, Model 8059, p150
Instruments with relays
Batch (Flow) Controller,
Model 5600, p60
Model 5800CR, p116
Index
255
GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index
Relays continued...
Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,
Model 8850, p120
Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual
Channel, Model 8860, p122
Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58
Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64
Level Transmitter, Model 8250,
p132
Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,
Model 8900, p142
pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700,
p98
pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750
p100
Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450
p136
Temperature Transmitter, Model
8350, p134
Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model
5075, p52
Resistivity Controller See Conductivity
Controller
Resistivity Instrumentation See
Conductivity Instrumentation
Resistivity Monitor See Conductivity
Monitor
Resistivity Sensor (Electrode) See
Conductivity Sensor (Electrode)
Resistivity Technical Information See
Conductivity Technical Information
Resistivity Transmitter See Conductivity
Transmitter
Retractable Sensors See Wet-Tap and
Hot-Tap Sensors
Reynolds Number
Calculation of, p202
Definition, p240
Rotor Pins, replacements, p197, 160
Rotor shafts, replacements, p197,160
Rotors, replacements, p197, 160
Rotor-X Flow Sensors, Models 515 and
2536, p12, 16
S V
S3L Sensors See Digital Output Sensors
Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,
Model 5900, p118
Sanitary Sensors, Models 2819, 2820,
2821, p104
Sensors
Flow, Models 515, 525, 2536, 2000,
2100, 2507, 2517, 2540, 2550,
2560, 7000, 7001, 7002, 3300
p12, 16, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,
34, 36, 38, 44, 48
pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-
2757, 2764-2767, and 2774-2777
p76, 80, 84, 88
256
Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and
2839-2842, p104, 108
Temperature, Model 2350, p128
Pressure, Model 2450, p130
Level, Model 2450, p130
Sensor Mounting Positions See Installa-
tion Information
Sensor-Powered Flowmeter,
Model 5090, p54
Signal converter, Model 8058, p148
Spanish Display Instrument, Model 8900,
p142
Submersible Sensors
Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and
2839-2842, p104, 108
Flow, Model 3300, p48
Level, Model 2450, p130
pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-
2757, 2764-2767, and 2774-2777,
p76, 80, 84, 88
Pressure, Model 2450, p130
Temperature, Model 2350, p128
T
Temperature and Pressure Graphs, p226
Temperature Sensors, Installation, p172
Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128
Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,
p134
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) See
Conductivity
Totalizers, Models 5075, 8150, 8550,
5500, 5090, 5600, p52, 54, 58, 60,
62, 64,
Tri-Clamp Sensors, Models 2819, 2820,
2821, p104
Turbine Sensor, Model 2100, p28
Twist Lock Sensor, Models 2714-2717,
p76
U
Ultrasonic Doppler Flowmeter,
Model 3300, p48
Vacuum Fluorescent Display,
Model 8900, p142
Vortex Sensor, Models 7000, 7001, 7002
p38, 44
Back pressure calculation, p229
W
Wet-Tap Sensor
Flow, Models 515 and 2536, p12, 16
pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717 and
2754-2757, p76, 80
Wiring information
Sensors and Electrodes, p173
Instruments, p175
www.gfsignet.com
Notes:

Index

www.gfsignet.com 257
Systems Solutions Total Solutions Capability

2750 pH Sensor

8900 Series
Multi-Parameter Controller

Georg Fischer Corporation is a global leader in providing total system solutions for our
customers’ automation needs. Whether you need detailed schematics for customized
products, pre-wired system components that save time and money, on-site training or
calibration services, our team of automation engineers can deliver unsurpassed quality
and efficiency.

Our extensive product offering not only includes the sensors and instruments featured in
this catalog, but our reputation is also built on our full line of valves, pipes and fittings. For
over 200 years, Georg Fischer Corporation has been known worldwide for its outstanding
commitment to the highest standard of quality and service. Let us show you why. To find out
Actuated 546 ball Valve
more, contact your local George Fischer sales office (see back cover for list of offices.)

Diaphragm Valve

Piping & Fittings

www.gfsignet.com